manualshive.com logo in svg

Huawei SmartAX MA5600T, Руководство по настройке

На нашем сайте вы можете бесплатно скачать руководство по настройке Huawei SmartAX MA5600T. Подробная конфигурация и руководство доступны для загрузки на manualshive.com. Получите все необходимые инструкции для использования этого продукта в вашем доме или офисе.

Поделиться
Скачать
background image

3.1.3 Example: Configuring the xDSL PPPoA Internet Access Service..........................................................................267
3.1.4 Example: Configuring the xDSL IPoA Internet Access Service.............................................................................273
3.1.5 Example: Configuring the Internet Access Service in the xDSL 802.1X Mode.....................................................280
3.1.6 Configuration Example of Changing ADSL Internet Access Service to VDSL Internet Access Service (for the VDSL2
Board)...............................................................................................................................................................................288
3.2 Example: Configuring the xDSL Multicast Service...................................................................................................292
3.2.1 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Static Program Configuration).......................................292
3.2.2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service (Dynamic Program Generation)......................................297
3.3 Example: Configuring the VoIP Service....................................................................................................................301
3.3.1 Example: Configuring the VoIP Service (H.248-based).........................................................................................301
3.3.2 Example: Configuring the VoIP Service (MGCP-based)........................................................................................309
3.3.3 Example: Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service (SIP).............................................................................................316
3.3.4 Example: Configuring the VoIP Service (H.248-based and SIP-based).................................................................323
3.3.5 Example: Configuring the P2P ISDN BRA Service...............................................................................................328
3.3.6 Example: Configuring the P2P ISDN BRA Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)..................................................332
3.3.7 Example: Configuring the P2MP ISDN BRA Service............................................................................................335
3.3.8 Example: Configuring the P2MP ISDN BRA Service(Based on the SIP Protocol) ..............................................338
3.3.9 Example: Configuring the ISDN PRA Service.......................................................................................................340
3.3.10 Example: Configuring the ISDN PRA Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)........................................................344
3.3.11 Example: Configuring TDM SHDSL for Carrying the PRA Service...................................................................346
3.3.12 Example: Configuring TDM SHDSL for Carrying the PRA Service (Based on the SIP Protocol)......................349
3.3.13 Configuring VAGs................................................................................................................................................351
3.3.13.1 Example: Configuring the H.248/MGCP-based VAG Service..........................................................................351
3.3.13.2 Example: Configuring the SIP-based VAG Service...........................................................................................358
3.4 Example: Configuring the Triple Play........................................................................................................................363
3.4.1 Configuration Example of the Triple Play (Multi-PVC for Multiple Services)......................................................365
3.4.2 Configuration Example of the Triple Play (Single-PVC for Multiple Services) - Stream-based Rate Limitation
..........................................................................................................................................................................................372
3.4.3 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Service (Single-PVC for Multiple Services) - User-based and Stream-
based Rate Limitation.......................................................................................................................................................379

4 Configuration Example of the Private Line Service...........................................................388

4.1 Example: Configuring the QinQ VLAN....................................................................................................................390
4.2 Example: Configuring VLAN Stacking Multi-ISP Wholesale Access......................................................................394
4.3 Configuration Example of the PWE3 Private Line Service.......................................................................................398
4.3.1 Example: Configuring ATM PWE3 to Implement Migration from ATM Network to IP Network.......................399
4.3.2 Example: Configuring the ATM PWE3 to Achieve emulated ATM Services on the MPLS Network..................408
4.3.3 Example: Configuring the ETH PWE3 to Emulate Ethernet Services on the MPLS Network..............................414
4.3.4 Example: Configuring the TDM PWE3 to Emulate TDM Services on the IP Network.........................................419
4.3.5 Example: Configuring the TDM PWE3 to Emulate TDM Services on the MPLS Network..................................425
4.4 Configuration Example of TDM SHDSL for Transparently Transmitting the Narrowband Data Private Line Service
..........................................................................................................................................................................................430
4.5 Configuration Example of the Private Line Service Leasing E1 Timeslots...............................................................433

SmartAX MA5600T/MA5603T/MA5608T Multi-service
Access Module
Commissioning and Configuration Guide

Contents

Issue 01 (2014-04-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

viii

Содержание SmartAX MA5600T

Страница 1: ...SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module V800R015C00 Commissioning and Configuration Guide Issue 01 Date 2014 04 30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO LTD ...

Страница 2: ... be within the purchase scope or the usage scope Unless otherwise specified in the contract all statements information and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties guarantees or representations of any kind either express or implied The information in this document is subject to change without notice Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ens...

Страница 3: ... System maintenance engineers l Data configuration engineers Symbol Conventions The following symbols may be found in this document They are defined as follows Symbol Description DANGER indicates a hazard with a high level or medium level of risk which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury WARNING indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which if not avoided could result in min...

Страница 4: ...bars A minimum of one or a maximum of all can be selected GUI Conventions Convention Description Boldface Buttons menus parameters tabs window and dialog titles are in boldface For example click OK Multi level menus are in boldface and separated by the signs For example choose File Create Folder Update History Updates between document issues are cumulative Therefore the latest document issue conta...

Страница 5: ...ation MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE 16 3 1 5 Configuring DHCP Relay IPv6 Added the configuration of IPv6 Modified the following sections in optiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE l 16 3 1 8 Configuring a Service Channel Between an OLT and a D CMTS l 16 4 1 8 Configuring a Management Channel Between an OLT and a D CMTS Added the configuration of IPv6 SmartAX MA5600T MA...

Страница 6: ... 2 Checking the Power Supply of the Power Board 17 1 3 4 Configuring the Maintenance Terminal 18 1 3 5 Logging In to the System 20 1 3 5 1 Login Through the Local Serial Port 21 1 3 5 2 Login Through Telnet Outband Management 26 1 3 5 3 Login Through Telnet Inband Management 32 1 3 5 4 Login Through SSH Outband Management 38 1 3 5 5 Login Through SSH Inband Management 49 1 3 6 Checking the Softwar...

Страница 7: ...0 115 1 3 16 9 Configuring the Power3000 Environment Monitoring Mode 120 1 3 16 10 Commissioning the EMU_TCU 123 1 3 16 11 Commissioning the EMU_FAN 125 1 3 17 Saving and Backing Up Data 127 1 3 17 1 Manually Saving and Backing Up Data 127 1 3 17 2 Configuring the Auto save and Auto backup Functions 131 1 4 Interconnection Commissioning 135 1 4 1 Commissioning the Interconnection with the NMS 136 ...

Страница 8: ... Default settings of the GPON ONT service profile 214 1 6 3 8 Factory Defaults of a GPON ONT Alarm Profile 214 1 6 3 9 Default settings of the environment monitoring units 216 2 Basic Configurations 218 2 1 Configuring Alarms 219 2 2 Adding Port Description 222 2 3 Configuring the Attributes of an Upstream Ethernet Port 223 2 4 Configuring AAA 226 2 4 1 Configuring the Local AAA 227 2 4 2 Configur...

Страница 9: ...IP Protocol 349 3 3 13 Configuring VAGs 351 3 3 13 1 Example Configuring the H 248 MGCP based VAG Service 351 3 3 13 2 Example Configuring the SIP based VAG Service 358 3 4 Example Configuring the Triple Play 363 3 4 1 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Multi PVC for Multiple Services 365 3 4 2 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Single PVC for Multiple Services Stream based Rate Limita...

Страница 10: ...ation 542 8 FTTx Configuration Summary 543 9 FTTH Configuration 546 9 1 FTTH Service Overview 547 9 2 Basic Concepts 547 9 3 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations GPON 549 9 4 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations P2P 551 9 5 Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets 552 9 6 Principle of FTTH Data Plan 563 9 6 1 Data Plan Principles for IP Addresses 563 9 6 2 Principle of QoS Pla...

Страница 11: ...quirements and Application Scenario 656 9 7 3 2 Configuration Process 657 9 7 3 3 Adding an ONT to an OLT 659 9 7 3 4 Configuring the Internet Access Service on a Web Page or the U2000 663 9 7 3 5 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on a Web Page or the U2000 669 9 7 3 6 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service Through the CLI 679 9 7 3 7 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service on a Web Pag...

Страница 12: ... Requirements and Application Scenario 786 10 6 2 2 Configuration Process 787 10 6 2 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT 788 10 6 2 4 Configuring a VDSL2 User Port 792 10 6 2 5 Configuring the Internet Access Service 797 10 6 2 6 Configuring the Voice Service 800 10 6 2 7 Configuring the BTV Service 803 10 6 2 8 Configuring the VoD Service 807 10 6 2 9 Verifying Services 810 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Config...

Страница 13: ...e Channel Between the OLT and the ONU 889 11 3 2 6 Configuring the Internet Access Service ADSL2 Access on the ONU 891 11 3 2 7 Configuring the Internet Access Service VDSL2 Access on the ONU 894 11 3 2 8 Optional Configuring Vectoring 897 11 3 2 9 Configuring H 248 Voice Service on the ONU 908 11 3 2 10 Configuring SIP Voice Service on the ONU 912 11 3 2 11 Configuring Link Aggregation Congestion...

Страница 14: ...1 3 4 16 Verifying Services 1019 11 4 Configuring Services in Various FTTB and FTTC Scenarios Ethernet Cascading 1022 11 4 1 FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking ONU Works as an Independent NE 1022 11 4 1 1 Service Requirements and Usage Scenario 1022 11 4 1 2 Configuration Procedure 1024 11 4 1 3 Configuring the Working Mode of an Ethernet Cascading Board 1025 11 4 1 4 Configuring the Manage...

Страница 15: ... 5 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on a Web Page 1107 12 3 6 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service Through the CLI 1114 12 3 7 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service on a Web Page 1119 12 3 8 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service Through the CLI 1126 12 3 9 Configuring the BTV Service 1131 12 3 10 Configuring the VoD Service 1134 12 3 11 Configuring Link Aggregation Congestion Con...

Страница 16: ...2 4 3 4 Configuring Layer 2 Interoperation Service Ports on OLT 1241 12 4 3 5 Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies 1242 12 4 3 6 Configuring E2E Reliability 1243 12 4 3 7 Verifying Services 1247 13 FTTO Configuration Large sized Enterprise Access 1250 13 1 Overview of Enterprise Access Service 1251 13 1 1 Basic Concepts 1251 13 1 2 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations G...

Страница 17: ...t Access Service Ports on ONUs 1305 13 3 3 7 Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies 1306 13 3 3 8 Configuring E2E Reliability 1308 13 3 3 9 Verifying Services 1312 13 3 4 Enterprise PRA PBX Private Line Access Service 1313 13 3 4 1 Service Requirement and Application Scenario 1313 13 3 4 2 Configuration Process 1314 13 3 4 3 Adding ONUs to OLT 1314 13 3 4 4 Configuring Management Ser...

Страница 18: ...ta Plan 1366 14 2 2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan 1367 14 2 3 Principle of QoS Data Plan 1369 14 2 4 Principle of Clock Synchronization Data Plan 1370 14 2 5 Principle of Security Data Plan 1372 14 2 6 Planning Reliability Data 1373 14 3 Configuring Base station access Clock Synchronization 1376 14 3 1 Overview of Base station access Clock Time Synchronization 1376 14 3 2 Configuring BITS Clock Sync...

Страница 19: ...onfiguring Clock Synchronization 1442 14 4 3 8 Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies 1443 14 4 3 9 Configuring Network Protection 1445 14 4 3 10 Verifying Services 1449 14 4 4 Symmetrical TDM PWE3 Access for OLTs on Both Sides 1449 14 4 4 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario 1449 14 4 4 2 Configuration Procedure 1450 14 4 4 3 Adding ONUs to the OLT and Configuring the Man...

Страница 20: ...s 1499 14 4 8 5 Configuring Clock Synchronization 1500 14 4 8 6 Configuring End to End Protection 1502 14 4 8 7 Verifying Services 1503 14 4 9 Small Cell Base Station Access Service in QinQ VLAN Mode Through GUI Pre Deployment 1503 14 4 9 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenarios 1504 14 4 9 2 Configuration Procedure 1504 14 4 9 3 Configuring the IP Address of the NMS Server and the IP Addr...

Страница 21: ...enario 1569 15 3 2 2 Configuration Process 1570 15 3 2 3 Configuring DHCP Relay 1571 15 3 2 4 Configuring a Route 1573 15 3 2 5 Configuring DHCP Relay IPv6 1575 15 3 2 6 Configuring a Route IPv6 1577 15 3 2 7 Adding a Remote Extended Frame to an OLT 1579 15 3 2 8 Configuring RF Port Parameters 1581 15 3 2 9 Configuring the L2VPN Enterprise Service 1585 15 3 2 10 Verifying Services 1586 15 3 3 WLAN...

Страница 22: ...645 15 5 1 Home Service Networking 1646 15 5 1 1 Service Requirements and Usage Scenario 1646 15 5 1 2 Configuration Process 1647 15 5 1 3 Adding a Remote Extended Frame to an OLT 1649 15 5 1 4 Configuring RF Port Parameters 1652 15 5 1 5 Configuring the HSI Service 1655 15 5 1 6 Configuring the DOCSIS VoD Service 1656 15 5 1 7 Verifying Services 1657 16 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Worki...

Страница 23: ...Service Channel Between an OLT and a D CMTS 1722 16 3 2 9 Configuring RF Port Parameters on an MA5633 1724 16 3 2 10 Configuring the L2VPN Enterprise Service on the CMC 1726 16 3 2 11 Verifying Services 1727 16 3 3 WLAN Hotspot Radio Backhaul Service Networking 1731 16 4 Service Configuration on a D CMTS That Works in GPON Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network 1732 16 4 1 Home Service Networking 1733 1...

Страница 24: ...onsumption Information over Ethernet Access 1805 17 1 3 Configuration Example of Automatically Transmitting Site Information over Ethernet Single Homing 1814 17 1 4 Configuration Example of Automatically Transmitting Site Information over Ethernet Dual Homing 1831 17 1 5 Configuration Example of Transmitting Information Collected in Centralized Mode in the Smart Grid over a Serial Port 1847 18 Opt...

Страница 25: ...Procedure 1919 19 5 4 Configuration Example 1920 19 6 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH Gateway ONT Scenario 1934 19 6 1 Application Scenarios 1934 19 6 2 Data Plan 1935 19 6 3 Configuration Procedure 1938 19 6 4 Configuration Example 1939 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide Contents Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confid...

Страница 26: ...g to actual requirements 1 4 Interconnection Commissioning The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T provides multiple interfaces for interconnection This topic describes the interconnection commissioning of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T The following recommended commissioning tasks and sequences are for reference only Different offices have different conditions therefore it is recommended that customers with the...

Страница 27: ...bes the procedure for commissioning the device Flowchart Perform the commissioning according to the flowchart Figure 1 1 shows the commissioning procedure Figure 1 1 Commissioning procedure Commissioning Item The commissioning items in the commissioning procedure are described as follows Commissioning Preparations This topic describes the hardware software and tool preparations for the commissioni...

Страница 28: ...s the hardware to be checked before the commissioning Table 1 1 Hardware checklist SN Item Description 1 Power supply and grounding Ensure that the power cable and the grounding meet the following requirements l The power cable and the ground cable are connected properly and are in good contact l The labels of the power cable ground cable and power distribution switch are correct legible and compl...

Страница 29: ...t commissioning Table 1 2 shows the software checklist before the commissioning Table 1 2 Software checklist SN Item Description 1 Software package Ensure that files in the software package for the commissioning are complete and the software version is correct 2 Software commissioning tools Ensure that all the commissioning tools are available The common commissioning tools are as follows l HyperT...

Страница 30: ...ch cords with different connectors Used for the upstream transmission and optical power test 2 Maintena nce terminal One maintenance terminal configured with a HyperTerminal application such as a laptop Used to log in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T to commission the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 3 Auxiliary device and meter One optical power meter Used to test the mean launched power and the input optic...

Страница 31: ...is not limited to the following l Types and slot distribution of the control board and service boards l Types and physical positions of the upstream ports and the service ports 2 Networking and data plan This includes but is not limited to the following l Networking mode l IP address assignment l VLAN planning 3 DIP Switches configuration NOTE Only the MA5600T supports this operation l For details...

Страница 32: ...ttings of the DIP switches on the environment monitoring board ESC board and the fan monitoring board This ensures the consistency between the settings of DIP switches and the application of DIP switches 1 3 1 1 Checking the Settings of DIP Switches on the H801ESC Board This topic describes how to check the settings of DIP switches on the H801ESC board Checking the settings of DIP switches helps e...

Страница 33: ...baud rate is 19200 bit s default l OFF The baud rate is 9600 bit s Table 1 6 describes the mapping between S5 1 to S5 4 and sensor ports Table 1 6 Mapping between S5 1 to S5 4 and sensor ports Electric Switch OFF ON S5 1 The external sensor of JTA1 is of the voltage type The external sensor of JTA1 is of the current type S5 2 The external sensor of JTA2 is of the voltage type The external sensor o...

Страница 34: ...1 1 01011 11 0 1 1 0 0 01100 12 0 1 1 0 1 01101 13 0 1 1 1 0 01110 14 0 1 1 1 1 01111 15 default 1 0 0 0 0 10000 16 1 0 0 0 1 10001 17 1 0 0 1 0 10010 18 1 0 0 1 1 10011 19 1 0 1 0 0 10100 20 1 0 1 0 1 10101 21 1 0 1 1 0 10110 22 1 0 1 1 1 10111 23 1 1 0 0 0 11000 24 1 1 0 0 1 11001 25 1 1 0 1 0 11010 26 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Gu...

Страница 35: ...onment monitoring cable Step 2 Loosen the screws on the H801ESC board anticlockwise by using the Phillips screwdriver as shown in 1 of Figure 1 3 Figure 1 3 Removing the H801ESC board Step 3 Hold the ejector lever of the front panel and remove the H801ESC board from the PDU as shown in 2 of Figure 1 3 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide...

Страница 36: ...on the H801ESC board are consistent with the actual requirements 1 3 1 2 Checking the Settings of DIP Switches on the Fan Monitoring Board This topic describes how to check the settings of DIP switches on the fan monitoring board Checking the settings of DIP switches helps ensure that the settings meet the application of DIP switches Prerequisites NOTE Do not change the DIP switch setting on the f...

Страница 37: ...Used to set the sub node address This value must correspond with the configured sub node address of the fan in the system and cannot be identical to the address value of the ESC sub node Such restrictions ensure that the fan tray can communicate with the control board For detailed information see Table 1 9 l ON The mapping address bit is 0 l OFF The mapping address bit is 1 SW2 2 SW2 3 SW2 4 Used ...

Страница 38: ...W2 1 to SW2 3 SW2 3 SW2 2 SW2 1 Address Value ON ON ON 000 0 ON ON OFF 001 1 default setting ON OFF ON 010 2 ON OFF OFF 011 3 OFF ON ON 100 4 OFF ON OFF 101 5 OFF OFF ON 110 6 OFF OFF OFF 111 7 Table 1 10 Settings of SW2 5 and SW2 6 SW2 6 SW2 5 Quantity of Fans Remarks ON ON 6 ON OFF 8 The unique and default setting of the 19 inch fan tray OFF ON 4 The unique and default setting of the ETSI fan tr...

Страница 39: ...temperature ranges from 55 C to 65 C the fans rotate at 50 to 100 of the full speed l If the temperature is higher than 65 C the fans rotate at the full speed OFF ON Measure the temperature at the air intake vent Policy 3 l If the temperature is lower than 30 C the fans rotate at 50 of the full speed l If the temperature ranges from 30 C to 50 C the fans rotate at 50 to 100 of the full speed l If ...

Страница 40: ...rom 45 C to 65 C the fans rotate at 50 to 100 of the full speed l If the temperature is higher than 65 C the fans rotate at full speed Procedure Step 1 Loosen the screws on the front panel of the fan tray anticlockwise by using the Phillips screwdriver as shown in 1 of Figure 1 7 Figure 1 7 Removing Inserting the fan tray SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning an...

Страница 41: ...topic describes how to power on the device to ensure that all the boards can be normally powered on Prerequisites The after installation check and the power on check must be performed on the device Context NOTICE Inserting or removing boards is prohibited during startup Procedure l There are two kinds of devices the indoor device and the outdoor device Powering on the indoor device 1 Connect the i...

Страница 42: ...upply of the cabinet Step 4 Restore the second power supply to power the cabinet End Result After either of the two independent power supplies is disconnected the power supply of the cabinet is in the normal state and the power supply of the boards is not affected that is the RUN LED on the board is on for 1s and off for 1s repeatedly 1 3 3 2 Checking the Power Supply of the Power Board This topic...

Страница 43: ...e terminal to meet the commissioning requirements Context A maintenance terminal is usually a laptop installed with a HyperTerminal application Procedure l Starting the Maintenance Terminal 1 Power on the maintenance terminal The Windows OS starts automatically and the Log In dialog box is displayed 2 Power on the maintenance terminal The Windows OS starts automatically and the Log In dialog box i...

Страница 44: ...ck General and then select Use the following IP address to configure the IP address and the subnet mask as shown in the following figure SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 19 ...

Страница 45: ...E By default the IP address of the maintenance network port ETH port on the control board is 10 11 104 2 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 1 3 5 Logging In to the System You must log in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T before commissioning the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through the maintenance terminal The following describes three login modes namely local serial port mode telnet mode and SSH mode S...

Страница 46: ... 25 female connector must be available Networking Figure 1 10 shows the networking for logging in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through the local serial port Figure 1 10 Logging in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through the local serial port PC Serial port RS 232 cable Access node Flowchart Figure 1 11 shows the flowchart for logging in to the system through the local serial port SmartAX MA5600T ...

Страница 47: ... HyperTerminal download the HyperTerminal The following section considers the typical mode in Windows as an example to describe how to log in to the system in the local serial port mode Other modes are not described here 1 Set up a connection Click Start Choose All Programs Accessories Communications Hyper Terminal to display the Connection Description dialog box Input the connection name and clic...

Страница 48: ...mple and click OK as shown in the following figure 3 Set the HyperTerminal communication parameters For details see the following figure SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 23 ...

Страница 49: ...e system The system supports the baud rates of 9600 bit s 19200 bit s 38400 bit s 57600 bit s and 115200 bit s 4 Click OK to display the HyperTerminal interface Step 3 Optional Set the properties of the HyperTerminal 1 Set the emulation type of the HyperTerminal Choose File Properties on the HyperTerminal interface In the dialog box that is displayed click the Settings tab and set Emulation to VT1...

Страница 50: ... and Character delay to 200 and then click OK as shown in the following figure By default Line delay is 0 and Character delay is 0 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 25 ...

Страница 51: ...fault the terminal timeout time is set to 5 minutes If you do not run any commands within 5 minutes the system disconnects with the terminal To perform any operation you must have to log in to the system again l In the commissioning procedure you must use the command It is recommended that you know well the command modes first Figure 1 12 shows how to switch command modes Figure 1 12 huawei config...

Страница 52: ... 1 13 shows an example network for outband management through telnet in a LAN and Figure 1 14 shows an example network for outband management through telnet in a WAN Figure 1 13 Example network for outband management through telnet in a LAN PC PC PC LAN LSW Access node NOTE The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is connected to the LAN using the straight using cable and the IP address of the maintenance Ethe...

Страница 53: ...ntenance terminal IP address 10 50 1 20 24 in the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port Table 1 13 Data plan for the outband management through telnet in a WAN Item Data Maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T IP address 10 50 1 10 24 NOTE By default the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port ETH port on the control board is 10 11 104 2 and the subnet...

Страница 54: ...utband management mode through telnet set up a network environment according to Figure 1 14 Step 2 Configure the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port In the MEth mode run the ip address command to configure the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port huawei config interface meth 0 huawei config if meth0 ip address 10 50 1 10 24 Step 3 Add a route for the outband management l If the netw...

Страница 55: ...word By default the user name is root and the password is admin When the login is successful the system displays the following information User name root User password admin Huawei Integrated Access SoftwareMA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Copyright C Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 2002 2012 All rights reserved User last login information Access Type Telnet IP Address 10 10 10 122 Login Time 2011 03 29 16 03 2...

Страница 56: ...t failed login Last IP Address Indicates the IP address of the latest failed login Last Login Time Indicates the time of the latest failed login Login Failure Times Indicates the failed login times It is the times of login failures between two login successes but not the accumulative login failures All user fail login information Indicates the information about failed login of all users which can ...

Страница 57: ...et port ETH port on the control board is 10 11 104 2 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 l For details about how to log in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T by using the local serial port see 1 3 5 1 Login Through the Local Serial Port l For details about how to log in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T by using the ETH port see the following Configure the IP address of the PC that is used for logging i...

Страница 58: ... Figure 1 18 Example network for inband management through telnet in a LAN PC PC LAN PC LSW Access node Figure 1 19 Example network for inband management through telnet in a WAN Router PC Access node Data Plan Table 1 14 and Table 1 15 provide the data plan for the inband management through telnet in a LAN and in a WAN respectively Table 1 14 Data plan for the inband management through telnet in a...

Страница 59: ...address 10 10 1 10 24 Router port connecting to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T IP address 10 50 1 1 24 Flowchart Figure 1 20 shows the flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through telnet inband management Figure 1 20 Flowchart for logging in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through telnet inband management SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and ...

Страница 60: ... upstream port is untagged run the native vlan command to configure the native VLAN of the upstream port to be the same as the VLAN of the upstream port Step 3 Add a route for the inband management l If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1 18 you need not add a route l If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1 19 run the ip route static command to add a route from...

Страница 61: ... Telnet 10 10 10 122 2011 03 29 15 37 05 08 00 3 Telnet 10 10 10 193 2011 03 25 18 19 04 08 00 1 The following table describes the parameters in response to this login Parameter Description User name Indicates the user name User password Indicates the user password that is not displayed on the maintenance terminal User last login information Indicates the information about the latest successful lo...

Страница 62: ...password after first login You can run the terminal user password command to modify your password Follow up Procedure l You can run the idle timeout command to set the terminal timeout time if you do not input commands within the specified timeout time the system disconnects the terminal By default the terminal timeout time is set to 5 minutes If you do not run any commands within 5 minutes the sy...

Страница 63: ...1 3 5 1 Login Through the Local Serial Port l For details about how to log in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T by using the ETH port see the following Configure the IP address of the PC that is used for logging in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T This IP address is on the same subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port but is not the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port For examp...

Страница 64: ...08T to manage the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T in the outband management mode In such a condition if the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T uses SCUL SCUB control board and the peer device does not support the cable autosensing function a crossover cable must be used Figure 1 24 Example network for outband management through SSH in a WAN PC PC PC Router LAN Access node Data Plan Table 1 16 and Table 1 17 provide ...

Страница 65: ...H in a WAN Item Data Maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T l IP address 10 50 1 10 24 l User authentication mode RSA public key authentication l RSA key name key NOTE By default the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port ETH port on the control board is 10 11 104 2 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 New user l User name Password huawei test01 l Authority Operator l Permit...

Страница 66: ...A5603T MA5608T through SSH Outband Management SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 41 ...

Страница 67: ...inal user name command to create a user huawei config terminal user name User Name length 6 15 huawei User Password length 6 15 test01 The password is not displayed on the maintenance terminal Confirm Password length 6 15 test01 The password is not displayed on the maintenance terminal User profile name 15 chars root User s Level 1 Common User 2 Operator 2 Permitted Reenter Number 0 4 4 User s App...

Страница 68: ...ion based on a password and a public key The user can log in to the device only after both the password and the RSA public key authentication huawei config ssh user huawei authentication type all K password publickey K password K rsa K rsa Command ssh user huawei authentication type rsa Authentication type setted and will be in effect next time Step 7 Generate the RSA public key 1 Run the key gene...

Страница 69: ...7 Figure 1 27 Interface of the key generator Click Save public key and Save private key to save the public key and the private key respectively after they are generated as shown in Figure 1 28 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd ...

Страница 70: ...file saved in the preceding step Then click Convert to change the client public key to the RSA public key as shown in Figure 1 29 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 45 ...

Страница 71: ...h public key code end huawei config rsa key code 30818702 81810098 933744B6 7C864EC7 A86A84CC 198BAC1 5 huawei config rsa key code D32834F7 365CFD17 E7FE4041 3266E416 710D13ED 22BD4D5 9 huawei config rsa key code DF0C3E46 A995CC61 DC4CB179 F6888B8C 3F8A3085 51EDB5C 7 huawei config rsa key code 5DEBDBE1 3AB4A256 0D0B9AA8 9A419D85 35C0E562 AE0BBFA B huawei config rsa key code 515299F9 D2803E84 3AE36...

Страница 72: ...private key as shown in Figure 1 30 Click Browse to display the window for selecting the file In the window select the file for the private key and click OK Figure 1 30 Interface of the SSH client software 2 Log in to the system Choose Session from the navigation tree and then input the IP address of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T in the Host Name or IP address field as shown in Figure 1 31 Then clic...

Страница 73: ...t as shown in Figure 1 32 Input the user name to log in to the system here the user name is huawei Figure 1 32 Interface for logging in to the system using the SSH client software End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 48 ...

Страница 74: ...management port in the secure shell SSH mode to maintain and manage the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T The SSH provides authentication encryption and authorization to ensure the network communication security When a user logs in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T remotely over an insecure network SSH provides security guarantee and powerful authentication to protect the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T against attack...

Страница 75: ...the SCUB control board in slot 9 or 10 is used for upstream transmission and the upstream port is 0 9 0 Alternatively the GIU upstream interface board in slot 19 or 20 can be used for upstream transmission In this case you need to run the electro switch0 location 1 command to switch the electronic switch to the GIU upstream interface board for upstream transmission By default the electronic switch...

Страница 76: ...subnet as the IP address of the maintenance Ethernet port Table 1 19 Data plan for the inband management through SSH in a WAN Item Data Upstream port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T l VLAN ID 30 l Port 0 9 0 l IP address 10 50 1 10 24 l User authentication mode RSA public key authentication l RSA key name key New user l User name Password huawei test01 l Authority Operator l Permitted reenter numbe...

Страница 77: ...in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through SSH SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 52 ...

Страница 78: ...A5603T MA5608T through SSH Inband Management SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 53 ...

Страница 79: ...dd a route for the inband management l If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1 34 you need not add a route l If the network environment is set up as shown in Figure 1 35 run the ip route static command to add a route from the maintenance Ethernet port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T to the maintenance terminal huawei config ip route static 10 10 1 0 24 10 50 1 1 Step 4 Create a us...

Страница 80: ...cation based on a password l rsa authentication based on an RSA public key l all authentication based on a password or an RSA public key The user can log in to the device either by the password or the RSA public key l password publickey authentication based on a password and a public key The user can log in to the device only after both the password and the RSA public key authentication huawei con...

Страница 81: ...nerate and move the cursor according to the prompt on the interface to generate the client key as shown in Figure 1 38 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 56 ...

Страница 82: ...key respectively after they are generated as shown in Figure 1 39 Figure 1 39 Save the public key and the private key SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 57 ...

Страница 83: ...lic key view return system view with peer public key end NOTE The number of the bits of public key must be between 769 and 2048 huawei config rsa public key public key code begin Enter RSA key code view return last view with public key code end huawei config rsa key code 30818702 81810098 933744B6 7C864EC7 A86A84CC 198BAC1 5 huawei config rsa key code D32834F7 365CFD17 E7FE4041 3266E416 710D13ED 2...

Страница 84: ...ftware Run the SSH client software putty exe choose SSH Auth from the navigation tree and assign a file for the RSA private key as shown in Figure 1 41 Click Browse to display the window for selecting the file In the window select the file for the private key and click OK Figure 1 41 Interface of the SSH client software 2 Log in to the system Choose Session from the navigation tree and then input ...

Страница 85: ...t as shown in Figure 1 43 Input the user name to log in to the system here the user name is huawei Figure 1 43 Interface for logging in to the system using the SSH client software End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 60 ...

Страница 86: ...onfig mode 1 3 6 Checking the Software State This topic describes how to verify that current software state meets the deployment requirement Procedure Step 1 Run the display language command to check whether the version of the host software meets the deployment requirement Step 2 Run the display patch command to check whether the version of the patch meets the deployment requirement Step 3 Run the...

Страница 87: ...atch State Delivery Attribute Dependency Total 0 Patches in the system cannot be rolled back huawei display version cr backplane K frameid slotid S Length 1 15 Command display version VERSION MA5600V800R012C00 PRODUCT Active Mainboard Running Area Information Current Program Area Area A Current Data Area Area A Program Area A Version MA5600V800R012C00 Program Area B Version MA5600V800R012C00 Data ...

Страница 88: ...d the configuration script For the detailed operation procedure see 1 6 2 Configuring the File Transfer Mode l The operator is in the privilege mode Procedure l There are two methods for loading the configuration script You can select one of them Importing the configuration script 1 Run the load configuration command to load the configuration script on the file server TFTP FTP SFTP server to the c...

Страница 89: ...ter the system name is changed the CLI prompt character changes to the new name accordingly Procedure Step 1 Run the sysname command to set the system name End Result The CLI prompt character changes to the system name that is set after the command is executed successfully Example To name the first MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T at Longgang a district in Shenzhen Guangdong China guangdong_shenzhen_longga...

Страница 90: ...es the western time zone that is the local time is behind the Greenwich time l By default the system time zone is GMT 8 00 Step 3 Configure the system time stamp Run the display time time stamp command to query the time stamp between the NMS and the NE namely the displayed time format of the SNMP interface If the system time stamp is consistent with the actual data plan you need not change it If t...

Страница 91: ...d Result The system time time zone time stamp NTP and start end time of the DST are consistent with those in the actual condition Example To set the time stamp between the NMS and the NE to use the UTC time do as follows huawei time time stamp local K utc K utc Command time time stamp utc Assume that the current time zone of MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T A is GMT 7 00 the device uses the network clock t...

Страница 92: ...mmand to change the password to meet the requirement after the first successful login It is recommended that you change the password periodically l The user name must be unique and cannot be all or online l The super user and the administrator can add multiple users consecutively Up to 127 total 128 including the root user users can be added to the system l The terminal session max number command ...

Страница 93: ...ty l Differences l Only one super user exists in the system however multiple administrators can coexist in the system l The super user can add an administrator but an administrator has no authority to add the super user Permitted reenter number The permitted reenter number determines whether a user name can be used to log in to the system from several terminals at the same time The permitted reent...

Страница 94: ...topic describes how to modify the attributes of a system user including the password user profile authority permitted reenter number and appended information in the case that the user attributes are not consistent with the current data plan Prerequisites For details about the user authority see Context Context Table 1 21 lists the user attributes that can be modified and the related restrictions T...

Страница 95: ...the user attributes run the display terminal user command to query the user attributes to be modified l Run the terminal user password command to change the password of a user The password of a user consists of 6 15 characters in which at least one digit and one letter must be contained The password is case sensitive l Run the terminal user user profile command to modify the profile bound to a use...

Страница 96: ...tion y n n n huawei config terminal user level User Name 15 chars huawei 1 Common User 2 Operator User s Level 2 Confirm Level 2 Information will take effect when this user logs on next time Repeat this operation y n n n huawei config terminal user reenter User Name 15 chars huawei Permitted Reenter Number 0 4 4 Confirm Reenter Number 0 4 4 Information will take effect when this user logs on next ...

Страница 97: ...led the board status cannot be changed to normal l The type of the board added offline must be the same as the type of the board installed Otherwise when the board is installed the board status cannot be changed to normal Step 2 Run the display board frameid slotid command to query the type of the added board End Result The type of the added board is the same as the board type that is planned When...

Страница 98: ...he board confirm command to confirm an Auto_find board NOTE l To confirm only one board run the board confirm frameid slotid command l To confirm all the boards in a shelf run the board confirm frameid command Step 2 Run the display board frameid slotid command to query the board status End Result The board status is displayed as Normal Example To confirm the service board in slot 0 2 do as follow...

Страница 99: ...all of the service board status is displayed as Normal the active control board status is displayed as Active_normal and the standby control board status is displayed as Standby_normal Example To query the information about all the boards of shelf 0 do as follows huawei config display board 0 SlotID BoardName Status SubType0 SubType1 Online Offline 0 1 2 3 4 H802GPBD Normal 5 6 H802GPBD Normal 7 8...

Страница 100: ...e link is in the online state If the optical port is adopted for upstream transmission Optic Status is displayed as normal 1 3 13 Checking the Status of the Service Port This topic describes how to check whether the service port is in the normal state Prerequisites NOTE The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T provides various service ports The following only describes how to check the status of an ADSL2 port ...

Страница 101: ...fig if gpon 0 3 display port info portid U 0 7 0 Command display port info 0 F S P 0 3 0 Min distance km 0 Max distance km 20 Left guaranteed bandwidth kbps 1240576 Number of T CONTs 0 Autofind Enable FEC check Enable Laser switch On ONT encryption key switching interval m Disable 1 3 15 Testing the Optical Power of an Optical Port This topic describes how to check whether the optical signal trans...

Страница 102: ...optical fiber is connected to a normal optical fiber connector the connector will be contaminated which leads to abnormal attenuation and reflection and thus affecting optical path quality Procedure Step 1 Configuring the measure parameters of the optical power meter l Unit of optical power dBm l Wavelength 1490 nm Step 2 Connect the optical power meter directly to the optical module on the OLT PO...

Страница 103: ...LT PON Port Determine whether there are continuous mode ONUs or rogue ONUs by measuring the optical power of the OLT PON port Prerequisites l The ONU is powered on l The ONU PON port is enabled l The optical fiber between the OLT and the ONU is properly connected Tools Meters and Materials Burst optical power meter Impact on System When the receive optical power of a PON port on the OLT is measure...

Страница 104: ...f a value can always be read and is higher than 28 dBm on the optical power meter there are ONUs in continuous mode connected to the PON port l If a value can be read at one time and cannot be read at another time and the value is higher than 28 dBm there are rogue ONUs connected to the PON port that is an ONU that transmits data in the timeslot that is not allocated by the OLT to it 1 3 15 3 Meas...

Страница 105: ...0 Step 2 Remove all optical fibers connected to the PON ports on the ONU and ensure that the ONU is not connected to any optical splitters or OLTs NOTE When certain ONUs support network protection in the case that multiple PON ports are used for upstream transmission you need to remove all the optical cables of the ONU PON ports This is because the continuous mode of the ONU needs to be enabled wh...

Страница 106: ...Result l The test result in step 4 helps to determine whether the ONU is a continuous mode ONU or a rogue ONU If no value can be read or the value is smaller than 40 dBm on the optical power meter there is no rogue ONU or continuous mode ONU connected to the PON port If a value can always be read and is larger than 28 dBm on the optical power meter there are continuous mode ONUs connected to the P...

Страница 107: ...tical fiber connector the connector will be contaminated which leads to abnormal attenuation and reflection and thus affecting optical path quality Procedure Step 1 Configure the measuring parameters of the optical power meter l Optical power unit dBm l Wavelength nm 1490 Step 2 Remove the optical fiber from the ONU PON port and connect it to the optical power meter as shown in Figure 1 48 The val...

Страница 108: ...voltage of the power supply to ensure that the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T can work stably in a proper environment This topic describes how to commission the environment monitoring unit EMU 1 3 16 1 Environment Monitoring Application This topic describes the environment monitoring applications in different cabinets Table 1 22 lists the environment monitoring applications in different cabinets Table 1 ...

Страница 109: ...ions Context ESC stands for the environment and power monitoring board The H801ESC board monitors environment parameters such as temperature humidity smoke water fire voltage and power supply through various sensors When commissioning the H801ESC board pay attention to the following points l The EMU sub nodes are numbered from 0 to 31 l When the system is configured with multiple EMUs simultaneous...

Страница 110: ...witches 41 and 42 22 external sensor power l User defined IDs 2 8 allocated to other extended digital sensors Procedure Step 1 Set the DIP switch of the sub node for the H801ESC board By default the sub node ID is 15 The H801ESC board communicates with the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T in the master node and sub node mode Therefore the DIP switch of the sub node for the H801ESC board must be consistent ...

Страница 111: ...l After the configuration the RUN ALM LED on the H801ESC board turns green and is on for 1s and off for 1s repeatedly which indicates that the H801ESC board monitors the environment normally l In the H801ESC mode run the display esc system parameter command to check whether the ESC information is the same as the data plan l Close doors of the cabinet and query alarms Ensure that no alarm of the mo...

Страница 112: ... H801VESC Ensure that it is running properly Step 3 Configure the digital parameters Run the interface emu command to enter the EMU mode Run the vesc digitalcommand to configure the valid level name and alarm ID of the digital parameters Step 4 Query the environment information about the H801VESC Run the display vesc environment info command to query the environment information about the H801VESC ...

Страница 113: ...low level When the low level represents the valid level the MA5608T does not report an alarm in the case of low level Name of digital parameter 2 Arrester This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements The monitoring digital parameter of the lightning arrester status sensor is set to monitor the arrester status Digital parameter ID 3 Valid level of digital parameter 3 low level...

Страница 114: ... 1 6 Normal 1 huawei config if h801vesc 2 quit huawei config save 1 3 16 4 Configuring the Environment Monitoring Parameters of the EPS30 4815AF This topic describes how to configure the environment monitoring parameters of the EPS30 4815AF through the CLI Mapping Between Monitoring Parameters and Device Ports Table 1 25 describes the mapping between the monitoring parameters displayed on the sens...

Страница 115: ...ower system display power system parameter Query the power environment parameters display power environment parameter Query the alarm information of the power supply display power alarm Configure the battery charging parameters power charge Configure the battery management parameters power battery parameter Configure the upper lower temperature alarm limits or the upper lower temperature test limi...

Страница 116: ...igital parameters 9 Query the information about the configured parameters and environment parameters of the power system 10 Query the alarms and confirm that the door status alarm other than alarms for other monitoring parameters is generated The door status sensors of the device compartment and the temperature control compartment are in serial connection and are monitored as a variable 11 Save th...

Страница 117: ...set 20 C Temperature compensation coefficient of the battery set 80 mV Battery set power off parameters Battery set power off permission status permit Battery set power off voltage 43 V Power distribution parameters AC overvoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 280 V AC undervoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 180 V DC overvoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 58 V DC undervolta...

Страница 118: ... the fan tray is faulty the host reports an alarm Valid level of digital parameter 1 low level When the low level represents the valid level the host does not report an alarm in the case of low level Digital parameter ID 2 This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements Valid level of digital parameter 2 low level When the low level represents the valid level the host does not r...

Страница 119: ...alid level the host does not report an alarm in the case of low level NOTE The preceding data is configured according to the actual requirements When the actually planned value of a parameter is the same as the default value it is not necessary to configure the parameter Configuration Example The following considers the configuration in the F01S300 cabinet as an example to describe the process of ...

Страница 120: ...monitoring parameters displayed on the host and the ports on the sensor transfer box Monitoring Parameter Displayed on the Host Device Port Application in the N66 Cabinet Application in the F01D500 Cabinet Digital 0 JTD1 Not connected by default used to add a user defined monitoring digital parameter Not connected by default used to add a user defined monitoring digital parameter Digital 1 JTD2 No...

Страница 121: ...TP1 Not connected by default used to monitor a MDF sensor MDF Battery Tem BAT_WE Battery temperature sensor Battery temperature sensor environment Tem environment Hum TEM HU Not connected by default Temperature and humidity sensor NOTE Before adding a user defined analog or monitoring digital parameter make sure that the port corresponding to this parameter is properly connected to an environment ...

Страница 122: ...arameter Configure the battery discharging test parameters power battery test Configure the parameters for the power rectifier module power module num Configure the battery high temperature power off parameters power temperature off Configure the environment monitoring parameters power environment Configure the external extended digital parameters power outside digital 1 Log in to the device throu...

Страница 123: ...meters of the EPS75 4815AF Table 1 30 Data plan for configuring the monitoring parameters of the EPS75 4815AF Item Data Plan for the F01D500 Cabinet Data Plan for the N66 Cabinet EMU Type POWER4875L SN 0 Subnode ID 0 The subnode ID must be the same as the subnode setting of the corresponding DIP switches on the EMU but the subnode ID must be different from IDs of the other subnodes on the same bus...

Страница 124: ... distribution parameters AC overvoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 280 V AC undervoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 180 V DC overvoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 58 V DC undervoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 45 V AC overvoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 280 V AC undervoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 180 V DC overvoltage alarm threshold o...

Страница 125: ...parameter ID 0 This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements The monitoring digital parameter of the external fan tray is set here to monitor the fan tray When the fan tray is faulty the host reports an alarm Valid level of digital parameter 0 low level When the low level represents the valid level the host does not report an alarm in the case of low level Digital parameter ID...

Страница 126: ...r is set here to monitor the status of the surge protector When the surge protector is faulty the host reports an alarm Valid level of digital parameter 3 low level When the low level represents the valid level the host does not report an alarm in the case of low level Digital parameter ID 4 This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements The monitoring digital parameter of the ...

Страница 127: ...host does not report an alarm in the case of low level Digital parameter ID 6 This digital parameter is set according to the actual requirements The digital monitoring parameter of the MDF door status sensor is set here to monitor the MDF door status When the door of the MDF compartment is open the host reports an alarm Valid level of digital parameter 6 low level When the low level represents the...

Страница 128: ...ent monitoring parameters of the GEPS4845 through the CLI Mapping Between Monitoring Parameters and Device Ports Table 1 31 describes the mapping between the monitoring parameters displayed on the sensor transfer box Table 1 31 Mapping between the monitoring parameters displayed on the host and the ports on the sensor transfer box Monitoring Parameter Displayed on the Host Device Port Application ...

Страница 129: ...Commands for configuring the GEPS4845 To Run the Command Add an EMU emu add Query the configuration parameters of the power system display power system parameter Query the power environment parameters display power environment parameter Query the alarm information of the power supply display power alarm Configure the battery charging parameters power charge Configure the battery management paramet...

Страница 130: ...and battery high temperature power off parameters 8 Configure the extended digital parameters 9 Query the information about the configured parameters and environment parameters of the power system 10 Query the alarms and confirm that the door status alarm other than alarms for other monitoring parameters is generated The door status sensors of the device compartment and the temperature control com...

Страница 131: ...rature threshold of the battery set 40 C Temperature compensation coefficient of the battery set 100 mV Power supply load power off and battery set power off parameters Load power off permission status forbid Battery set power off permission status permit Load power off voltage 44 V Battery set power off voltage 43 V Power distribution parameters AC overvoltage alarm threshold of the power supply ...

Страница 132: ... set according to the actual requirements The monitoring digital parameter of the external fan tray is set here to monitor the fan tray When the fan tray is faulty the host reports an alarm Valid level of digital parameter 1 low level When the low level represents the valid level the host does not report an alarm in the case of low level Digital parameter ID 2 This digital parameter is set accordi...

Страница 133: ...st does not report an alarm in the case of low level NOTE The preceding data is configured according to the actual requirements When the actually planned value of a parameter is the same as the default value it is not necessary to configure the parameter Configuration Example The following considers the configuration in the F01D500 cabinet as an example to describe the process of configuring the e...

Страница 134: ... sure that the port corresponding to this parameter is properly connected to an environment monitoring cable Table 1 34 Mapping between the monitoring parameters displayed on the host and the ports on the sensor transfer box Monitoring Parameter Displayed on the Host Device Port Application in the F01S300 Cabinet Digital 0 JTD1 Not connected by default used to add a user defined monitoring digital...

Страница 135: ... the battery set Step 5 Optional Configure discharging testing parameters l Run the power battery test command to configure the discharging testing parameters including the automatic power off test scheduled automatic test test interval for automatic discharging test time for delayed discharging voltage at the stop of the test number of batteries in a battery set time limit for the discharging tes...

Страница 136: ...ata Run the quit command to exit the SMU mode and run the save command to save the data End Result After the configuration the ETP4830 power system works properly and monitors the configured parameters If the status of a monitored parameter becomes abnormal an alarm is generated on the device Data Plan Table 1 35 provides the data plan for configuring the monitoring parameters of the ETP4830 Table...

Страница 137: ...g test period day 120 Load power off and battery set power off voltage parameters Battery set power off permission status permit Battery set power off voltage V 43 Battery high temperature power off parameters Battery high temperature power off permission status permit Temperature for battery high temperature power off C 53 Environment temperature parameters Upper alarm threshold of the temperatur...

Страница 138: ...ater has the low level when working properly and the device does not report an alarm Digital parameter ID 4 Available level low level Name SPD Digital alarm index 20 NOTE The monitoring digital parameter of the surge protector is set here to monitor the surge protector When the surge protector is faulty the device reports an alarm The surge protector has the low level when working properly and the...

Страница 139: ... 15 huawei config if smu 1 power battery test auto test permit 120 huawei config if smu 1 display power battery test info 1 huawei config if smu 1 power off battery off state permit battery off voltage 43 huawei config if smu 1 power temperature off battery off state permit battery off temperature 53 huawei config if smu 1 power environment temperature 68 20 80 20 This command is invalid unless in...

Страница 140: ...ice Port Application in the F01S300 Cabinet Digital 0 JTD1 Not connected by default used to add a user defined monitoring digital parameter Digital 1 JTD2 Not connected by default used to add a user defined monitoring digital parameter Digital 2 JTD3 Not connected by default used to add a user defined monitoring digital parameter Digital 3 JTD4 Surge protector SPD Digital 4 JTD5 Not connected by d...

Страница 141: ...esting parameters including the automatic power off test scheduled automatic test test interval for automatic discharging test time for delayed discharging voltage at the stop of the test number of batteries in a battery set time limit for the discharging test time limit for simplified discharging test alarm thresholds for discharging efficiencies You can use default values of these parameters for...

Страница 142: ...the data End Result After the configuration the ETP4890 power system works properly and monitors the configured parameters If the status of a monitored parameter becomes abnormal an alarm is generated on the device Data Plan Table 1 37 provides the data plan for configuring the monitoring parameters of the ETP4890 Table 1 37 Data plan for configuring the power monitoring using the ETP4890 Item Dat...

Страница 143: ... power off voltage parameters Load power off status forbid Load power off voltage V 44 Battery set power off permission status permit Battery set power off voltage V 43 Battery high temperature power off parameters Battery high temperature power off permission status permit Temperature for battery high temperature power off C 53 Environment temperature parameters Upper alarm threshold of the tempe...

Страница 144: ... the MDF compartment is open the device reports an alarm The MDF compartment has the low level when its door is closed and the device does not report an alarm NOTE The preceding data is configured according to the actual requirements When the actually planned value of a parameter is the same as the default value it is not necessary to configure the parameter Example Assume that the F01D500 cabinet...

Страница 145: ... power system parameter huawei config if smu 1 display power environment parameter huawei config if smu 1 display power alarm huawei config if smu 1 quit huawei config save 1 3 16 9 Configuring the Power3000 Environment Monitoring Mode This topic describes how to configure environment monitoring parameters by using the CLI Configuration Process The monitoring parameters can be reported to the cont...

Страница 146: ...status of the Power3000 3 Enter the environment monitoring configuration mode and query the default configuration 4 Configure the battery management parameters 5 Configure the battery discharging test parameters 6 Configure the battery high temperature power off parameters 7 Configure the environment parameters 8 Configure the extended digital parameters 9 Query the information about the configure...

Страница 147: ...ient of the battery set 80 mV Battery set power off parameters Battery set power off permission status permit Battery set power off voltage 43 V Power distribution parameters AC overvoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 280 V AC undervoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 180 V DC overvoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 58 V DC undervoltage alarm threshold of the power supply 45...

Страница 148: ...onfig if power3000 0 power temperature off battery off state permit battery off temperature 53 huawei config if power3000 0 power environment temperature 68 5 80 20 huawei config if power3000 0 display power system parameter huawei config if power3000 0 display power environment parameter huawei config if power3000 0 quit huawei config save 1 3 16 10 Commissioning the EMU_TCU This topic describes ...

Страница 149: ...e command to set the high temperature alarm threshold and the low temperature alarm threshold of the heat exchanger l When the current temperature of the heat exchanger is higher than the high temperature threshold the excessively high temperature alarm is reported The default value of the high temperature threshold is 68 C l When the current temperature of the heat exchanger is lower than the low...

Страница 150: ...oning In certain cases if the EMU needs to be configured in other shelves reconnect the EMU For details see this topic The FAN is used to monitor the running status of the fans and to set the fan rotation speed according to actual conditions to ensure the normal heat dissipation of the device When commissioning the FAN pay attention to the following points l The EMU sub nodes are numbered from 0 t...

Страница 151: ...5 or 6 Here 6 stands for the highest level and 0 stands for the lowest level Step 6 Run the fan alarmset command to configure the fan alarm reporting function The fan alarms are read temperature failure alarm fan block alarm over temperature alarm and power fault alarm By default the fan alarm reporting is permitted Step 7 Run the save command to save the data End Result l In the FAN mode run the ...

Страница 152: ...tioned three file transfer modes You are advised to use SFTP mode Procedure l Manually save data System data files are saved manually The system data files include the database file and the configuration file Table 1 42 lists the commands for manually saving the data files and describes command functions Table 1 42 List of commands for manually saving the data files Operation Command Function Manu...

Страница 153: ...e the backup files are stored must be identical to the one configured in the FTP SFTP TFTP tool The file name must be specified Manually back up the configuration file backup configuration l Manually backs up the configuration file to the server l The IP address of the server where the backup files are stored must be identical to the one configured in the FTP SFTP TFTP tool The file name must be s...

Страница 154: ...ge of saved data on 9 slot s main control board is 96 huawei config 1 2010 07 12 14 32 15 08 00 The percentage of saved data on 9 slot s main control board is 98 huawei config 1 2010 07 12 14 32 18 08 00 The percentage of saved data on 9 slot s main control board is 98 huawei config huawei config 1 2010 07 12 14 32 19 08 00 The data of 9 slot s main control board is saved completely l To save the ...

Страница 155: ...a on 9 slot s main control board is 98 huawei config huawei config 1 2010 07 12 14 35 25 08 00 The data of 9 slot s main control board is saved completely Manually backing up data 1 For configuring and enabling the FTP tool on the backup sever see Configuring the FTP Transfer Mode 2 Select one of the following modes to back up the database file or the configuration file to the server l Assume that...

Страница 156: ...ance terminal PARAMETERS FrameID 0 SlotID 9 Position 1 Backup type Configuration file Backup Object Active control board 1 3 17 2 Configuring the Auto save and Auto backup Functions This topic describes how to configure the auto save and auto backup functions so that data is automatically saved in the flash memory or backed up to the server These functions ensure that data or configuration files a...

Страница 157: ...a Hence you need to manually save data l When the autosave interval function is enabled you still can manually save data l If data is saved frequently the system will be affected Therefore it is suggested that you set the auto save interval to longer than 60 minutes It is better to set the auto save interval to equal to or longer than one day l Before upgrading the system run the autosave interval...

Страница 158: ...p database files automatically auto backup manual data Immediately and automatically back up database files to the auto backup server l auto backup period data interval l auto backup period data enable l Automatically back up database files to the auto backup server at an interval l Set the interval and start time of automatically backing up database files and then enable the auto backup function ...

Страница 159: ...save data including database files and configuration files huawei config autosave type all K configuration K data K all Command autosave type all 2 Configure the auto save function at a specified time or at a preset interval l Set the auto save time at 02 00 00 and enable the auto save function huawei config autosave time 02 00 00 System autosave time switch off Autosave time 02 00 00 Autosave typ...

Страница 160: ...o backup period data enable l To enable the auto backup function for the configuration file and set the auto backup interval to one day and the start time to 03 30 do as follows huawei config auto backup period configuration interval 1 time 03 00 huawei config auto backup period configuration enable l To enable the auto backup function for the logs and set the auto backup interval to one day and t...

Страница 161: ...intain the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T using this management channel In the outband network management mode a non service channel is used to transmit the management information With the use of the non service channel the management channel is separated from the service channel which is more reliable than in the inband network management mode Service Requirements In the network as shown in Figure 1 49 ...

Страница 162: ... ip address 10 50 1 10 255 255 255 0 huawei config if meth0 quit 2 Add a route for the outband network management Use the static route The destination IP address is 10 10 1 0 24 the network segment to which the U2000 belongs and the gateway IP address is 10 50 1 1 24 the IP address of the gateway of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T huawei config ip route static 10 10 1 0 24 10 50 1 1 3 Set the SNMP par...

Страница 163: ...ddress of the U2000 the trap parameter name is ABC SNMP version is V1 and the parameter security name is private the parameter security name is the SNMP community name huawei config snmp agent target host trap hostname huawei address 10 10 1 10 trap paramsname ABC huawei config snmp agent target host trap paramsname ABC v1 securityname private When the SNMP V2 is used the host name is huawei the I...

Страница 164: ...lt SNMP profile exists in the system Use the default profile in this service If a new profile is required do as follows a Choose Administration NE Communicate Parameter Default Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu b When the SNMP V1 is used choose SNMP v1 Parameter on the Default Access Protocol Parameters tab page Then click Add and set the SNMP parameters as shown in the following figur...

Страница 165: ...tree on the Main Topology tab page right click and choose New NE from the shortcut menu b In the dialog box that is displayed choose Access NE Access NE from the main menu c In the right pane set the parameters When the SNMP V1 is used In the dialog box that is displayed set the required parameters as shown in the following figure IP Address is 10 50 1 10 Device Name is huawei and SNMP Parameters ...

Страница 166: ...lowing figure IP Address is 10 50 1 10 Device Name is huawei and SNMP Parameters is SNMP V2 default Figure 1 54 Add device SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 141 ...

Страница 167: ...rap hostname huawei address 10 10 1 10 trap paramsname ABC snmp agent target host trap paramsname ABC v1 securityname private snmp agent trap source meth 0 save The following describes the script for commissioning the outband network management on the device SNMP V2 interface meth 0 ip address 10 50 1 10 255 255 255 0 quit ip route static 10 10 1 0 24 10 50 1 1 snmp agent community read public snm...

Страница 168: ...e network as shown in Figure 1 55 the service requirements are as follows l The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T provides the outband network management channel through the local maintenance Ethernet port l A static route is used between the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T and the U2000 l SNMP V3 is used more reliable than V1 and V2 providing network security and access control management functions Figure 1 55 Exa...

Страница 169: ...255 0 huawei config if meth0 quit 2 Add a route for the outband network management Use the static route The destination IP address is 10 10 1 0 24 the network segment to which the U2000 belongs and the gateway IP address is 10 50 1 1 24 the IP address of the gateway of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T huawei config ip route static 10 10 1 0 24 10 50 1 1 3 Set the SNMP parameters a Configure the SNMP us...

Страница 170: ...fig snmp agent sys info version v3 4 Enable the function of sending traps On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T enable the function of sending traps to the U2000 huawei config snmp agent trap enable standard 5 Configure the IP address of the destination host for the traps The host name is huawei the IP address of the host is 10 10 1 10 24 IP address of the U2000 the trap parameter name is ABC the SNMP ve...

Страница 171: ...work segment you need not configure the routing information 2 Set the SNMP parameters a Choose Administration NE Communicate Parameter Default Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu b Choose SNMP v3 Parameter on the Default Access Protocol Parameters tab page Then click Add and set the SNMP parameters as shown in Figure 1 57 Figure 1 57 Set the SNMP parameters After selecting corresponding ...

Страница 172: ...t is displayed click Yes to test the set SNMP parameters f The U2000 displays the Loading dialog box After the testing is complete click OK 3 Add a device a In the Physical Root navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page right click and choose New NE from the shortcut menu b In the dialog box that is displayed choose Access NE Access NE from the main menu c In the dialog box that is displayed s...

Страница 173: ...4 10 50 1 1 snmp agent usm user v3 user1 group1 authentication mode sha authkey123 privacy mode aes128 prikey123 snmp agent group v3 group1 privacy read view hardy write view hardy snmp agent mib view hardy include internet snmp agent sys info contact HW 075528780808 snmp agent sys info location Shenzhen_China snmp agent sys info version v3 snmp agent trap enable standard snmp agent target host tr...

Страница 174: ...vice Requirements In the network as shown in Figure 1 60 the service requirements are as follows l The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T provides the inband network management through the upstream port l The upstream port of the GIU board on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is used as the inband network management port l A static route is used between the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T and the U2000 Figure 1 60 Example...

Страница 175: ...uit NOTE If the packet transmitted from the upstream port is untagged run the native vlan command to configure the native VLAN of the upstream port to be the same as the VLAN of the upstream port 2 Add a route for the inband network management Use the static route The destination IP address is 10 10 1 0 24 the network segment to which the U2000 belongs and the gateway IP address is 10 50 1 1 24 th...

Страница 176: ...he destination host for the traps When the SNMP V1 is used the host name is huawei the IP address of the host is 10 10 1 10 24 IP address of the U2000 the trap parameter name is ABC SNMP version is V1 and the parameter security name is private the parameter security name is the SNMP community name huawei config snmp agent target host trap hostname huawei address 10 10 1 10 trap paramsname ABC huaw...

Страница 177: ...e U2000 3 Set the SNMP parameters A default SNMP profile exists in the system Use the default profile in this service If a new profile is required do as follows a Choose Administration NE Communicate Parameter Default Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu b When the SNMP V1 is used choose SNMP v1 Parameter on the Default Access Protocol Parameters tab page Then click Add and set the SNMP p...

Страница 178: ...tree on the Main Topology tab page right click and choose New NE from the shortcut menu b In the dialog box that is displayed choose Access NE Access NE from the main menu c In the right pane set the parameters When the SNMP V1 is used In the dialog box that is displayed set the required parameters as shown in the following figure IP Address is 10 50 1 10 Device Name is huawei and SNMP Parameters ...

Страница 179: ...lowing figure IP Address is 10 50 1 10 Device Name is huawei and SNMP Parameters is SNMP V2 default Figure 1 65 Add device SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 154 ...

Страница 180: ...hostname huawei address 10 10 1 10 trap paramsname ABC snmp agent target host trap paramsname ABC v1 securityname private snmp agent trap source vlanif 1000 save The following describes the script for commissioning the inband network management on the device SNMP V2 vlan 1000 standard port vlan 1000 0 19 0 interface vlanif 1000 ip address 10 50 1 10 255 255 255 0 quit ip route static 10 10 1 0 24 ...

Страница 181: ...rements are as follows l The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T provides the inband network management through the upstream port l The upstream port of the GIU board on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is used as the inband network management port l A static route is used between the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T and the U2000 l SNMP V3 is used more reliable than V1 and V2 providing network security and access control ...

Страница 182: ... the packet transmitted from the upstream port is untagged run the native vlan command to configure the native VLAN of the upstream port to be the same as the VLAN of the upstream port 2 Add a route for the inband network management Use the static route The destination IP address is 10 10 1 0 24 the network segment to which the U2000 belongs and the gateway IP address is 10 50 1 1 24 the IP addres...

Страница 183: ... engineid 0123456789 e Set the SNMP version The SNMP version is SNMP V3 NOTE The SNMP version must be the same as the SNMP version set on the U2000 huawei config snmp agent sys info version v3 5 Enable the function of sending traps On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T enable the function of sending traps to the U2000 huawei config snmp agent trap enable standard 6 Configure the IP address of the destina...

Страница 184: ...dress of the U2000 are in the same network segment you need not configure the routing information 2 Set the SNMP parameters a Choose Administration NE Communicate Parameter Default Access Protocol Parameters from the main menu b Choose SNMP v3 Parameter on the Default Access Protocol Parameters tab page Then click Add and set the SNMP parameters as shown in Figure 1 68 Figure 1 68 Set the SNMP par...

Страница 185: ...t is displayed click Yes to test the set SNMP parameters f The U2000 displays the Loading dialog box After the testing is complete click OK 3 Add a device a In the Physical Root navigation tree on the Main Topology tab page right click and choose New NE from the shortcut menu b In the dialog box that is displayed choose Access NE Access NE from the main menu c In the dialog box that is displayed s...

Страница 186: ...00 0 19 0 interface vlanif 1000 ip address 10 50 1 10 255 255 255 0 quit ip route static 10 10 1 0 24 10 50 1 1 snmp agent usm user v3 user1 group1 authentication mode sha authkey123 privacy mode aes128 prikey123 snmp agent group v3 group1 privacy read view hardy write view hardy snmp agent mib view hardy include internet snmp agent sys info contact HW 075528780808 snmp agent sys info location She...

Страница 187: ... static route on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T NOTE For details about how to configure a router see the related configuration guide Figure 1 71 Example network for commissioning the interconnection with the router PC PC LAN PC 10 10 1 12 24 Access node 10 50 1 10 24 VLAN 2 Router 10 50 1 1 24 Procedure Step 1 Configure a VLAN The VLAN ID is 2 and the VLAN type is smart VLAN huawei config vlan 2 smar...

Страница 188: ...icate with the BRAS Working with the BRAS the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T can implement the authentication accounting and authorization AAA service Service Requirements In the network as shown in Figure 1 72 the service requirements are as follows l The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T uses the GIU board for upstream transmission l A static route is configured on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T for communicating w...

Страница 189: ...ddress IP address of the router port that is connected to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T huawei config interface vlanif 2 huawei config if vlanif2 ip address 10 50 1 10 255 255 255 0 huawei config if vlanif2 quit Step 4 Add a static route The destination IP address is 10 10 1 0 24 the network segment of the BRAS and the next hop IP address is gateway IP address 10 50 1 1 huawei config ip route static...

Страница 190: ...H 248 protocol Service Requirements In the network as shown in Figure 1 73 the service requirements are as follows l The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T uses the H 248 protocol l The media IP address is the same as the signaling IP address and the media stream and the signaling stream are transmitted upstream through the same Ethernet port on the GIU board l The media stream and the signaling stream use t...

Страница 191: ...un the protocol support h248 command to change it to H 248 Procedure Step 1 Configure the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling stream The VLAN ID is 50 the VLAN type is smart VLAN the upstream port is 0 19 0 and the IP address of the VLAN interface is 10 50 1 10 24 huawei config vlan 50 smart huawei config port vlan 50 0 19 0 huawei config interface vlanif 50 huawei confi...

Страница 192: ...nterface are 10 50 1 10 24 the MG port ID is 2944 the coding mode is text the transmission mode is UDP the MG domain name is MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T com the IP address of the primary MGC is 10 10 1 4 24 the MGC port ID is 2944 and the start negotiation version of the H 248 is V2 huawei config if h248 0 if h248 attribute mgip 10 50 1 10 mgport 2944 code text transfer udp domainName MA5600T MA5603T ...

Страница 193: ...5 the service requirements are as follows l The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T uses the MGCP protocol l The media IP address is the same as the signaling IP address when the MGCP protocol is used the media IP address must be the same as the signaling IP address and the media stream and the signaling stream use the same Ethernet port on the GIU board for upstream transmission l The media stream and the si...

Страница 194: ...with the MG interface MGCP Figure 1 76 Flowchart for commissioning the interconnection with the MG interface MGCP Prerequisites l The data configuration on the MGC side corresponding to the data configuration on the MG side must be correct SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Con...

Страница 195: ... MG interface attributes ensure that the media and signaling IP addresses exist in the corresponding address pools Step 3 Configure a static route to the MGC The IP address of the destination network segment of the static route to the MGC is 10 10 1 0 24 and the gateway IP address is 10 50 1 1 huawei config ip route static 10 10 1 0 255 255 255 0 10 50 1 1 Step 4 Add an MG interface MG interface 0...

Страница 196: ...face This topic describes how to check whether the SIP interface can normally communicate with the IP multimedia subsystem IMS through the SIP protocol Service Requirements In the network as shown in Figure 1 77 the service requirements are as follows l The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T uses the SIP protocol l The media IP address is the same as the signaling IP address and the media stream and the sign...

Страница 197: ...equisites l The data configuration on the IMS side corresponding to the data configuration on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T side must be correct l The current system must use the SIP protocol NOTE Run the display protocol support command to query the current voice protocol If the voice protocol is not SIP run the protocol support sip command to change it to SIP SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi ...

Страница 198: ... Add a SIP interface SIP interface 0 is added huawei config interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface y n n y Step 5 Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface The media and signaling IP addresses of the SIP interface are 10 50 1 10 24 the signaling port ID is 5555 the transmission protocol is UDP default setting the IP address 1 of the primary proxy server is 10 10 1 1 24 the...

Страница 199: ...ary proxy ip1 10 10 1 2 secondary proxy port 5555 home domain MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T com sipprofile index 0 if sip attribute optional mg domain huawei com phone context 86755 reset y quit save 1 4 6 Commissioning the Management Channel Between the OLT and the GPON MDU This topic describes how to commission the management channel between the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T and the GPON MDU to ensure that ...

Страница 200: ...it the user rate to the fixed 10 Mbit s bandwidth Figure 1 79 Example network for commissioning the management channel between the OLT and the GPON MDU MDU PC 192 168 1 200 24 BRAS LSW VLAN 20 192 168 1 100 24 Access node Optical splitter Figure 1 80 shows the flowchart for commissioning the management channel between the OLT and the GPON MDU SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Mo...

Страница 201: ...DU Procedure Step 1 Create a VLAN The VLAN ID is 20 and the VLAN type is smart VLAN SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 176 ...

Страница 202: ...and to query the information about the DBA profile huawei config dba profile add profile id 12 type1 fix 10240 Step 5 Configure an MDU line profile The MDU line profile ID is 5 T CONT 1 is bound with DBA profile 12 GEM port 0 is bound to T CONT 1 the service type is ETH and the mapping mode is VLAN mapping huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 5 huawei config gpon lineprofile 5 tcont 1 dba...

Страница 203: ... a service port to the VLAN huawei config service port vlan 20 gpon 0 2 0 ont 0 gemport 0 multi service user vlan 20 Step 10 Save the data huawei config save End Result After the commissioning is complete you can remotely maintain and manage the MDU using telnet 192 168 1 200 Configuration File vlan 20 smart port vlan 20 0 19 0 interface vlanif 20 ip address 192 168 1 100 255 255 255 0 quit dba pr...

Страница 204: ...ected to 128 ONTs using an optical splitter NOTE The following considers ONT 0 as an example for commissioning the management channel between the OLT and the GPON ONT l On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T you can configure ONTs at different locations in a centralized manner l The DBA profile is used to limit the user rate to the fixed 10 Mbit s bandwidth Figure 1 81 Example network for commissioning th...

Страница 205: ...re Step 1 Add a DBA profile The DBA profile ID is 12 the DBA profile uses the default name DBA profile_12 the bandwidth type is type1 fixed bandwidth and the user rate is the fixed 10 Mbit s bandwidth SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies...

Страница 206: ...Step 3 Add an ONT service profile The ONT service profile ID is 10 the quantity of Ethernet ports on the ONT is 4 the quantity of POTS ports on the ONT is 2 and Ethernet ports 1 4 are added to VLAN 20 NOTE The port capability set in the ONT service profile must be the same as the actual ONT capability set huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon srvprofile 10 ont port eth...

Страница 207: ...rvice user vlan 20 save 1 4 8 Commissioning the Management Channel to the xDSL CPE This topic describes how to commission the CPE management function of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T to ensure that you can log in to the CPE from the DSLAM at the CO to remotely maintain and manage the CPE Service Requirements In the network as shown in Figure 1 83 the service requirements are as follows l The mainten...

Страница 208: ...hannel to the CPE Prerequisites You must be logged in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T using the maintenance terminal Procedure Step 1 Configure the management IP address of the CPE SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 183 ...

Страница 209: ...e IPoA Configure MAC address pool 0 with the start address 0000 0000 0001 huawei config mac pool 0 0000 0000 0001 Enable the IPoA protocol conversion function huawei config ipoa enable Set the IPoA default gateway huawei config ipoa default gateway 10 1 1 1 Step 6 Log in to the CPE huawei config cpe management telnet 0 2 0 End Result You can log in to the CPE from the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T using...

Страница 210: ...ystem supports a series of energy saving measures according to the referenced energy saving profile These measures include the following battery energy saving shutting down unused boards putting unused xDSL ports to sleep mode and shutting down the laser on unused xPON ports An energy saving profile is a set of energy saving measures The system provides three typical energy saving profiles You can...

Страница 211: ...sed port shutdown command to set energy saving for unused ports Run the unused slot shutdown command to set energy saving for unused boards 2 Run the system energy saving mode command to set the used energy saving profile 3 Run the display system energy saving mode command to query the used energy saving profile End Result The system is referenced to an energy saving profile that is the unused boa...

Страница 212: ...t when an ONT is online Check whether the corresponding alarm or event is generated on the maintenance terminal Insert the optical fiber back into the optical port Check whether the corresponding recovery alarm or event is generated on the maintenance terminal Open the cabinet door Check whether the corresponding alarm or event is generated on the maintenance terminal Close the cabinet door Check ...

Страница 213: ...ry alarmclass class detail list start number number Query alarms by alarm level display alarm history alarmlevel level detail list start number number Query alarms by alarm time display alarm history alarmtime start start date start time end end date end time start number number detail list start number number Query alarms by alarm parameter display alarm history alarmparameter frameid slotid port...

Страница 214: ... Step 3 Run the display event history command to query history events End Result You can query the alarm or event triggered by the operation you have performed Example To query the history environment alarms by alarm type do as follows huawei display alarm history alarmtype type E communication service process equipment environment environment cr detail K list K start number U 1 1900 K list cr K C...

Страница 215: ...Date Time Event Name Para 35346 2009 08 24 17 59 40 Backing up files fails from the host to the maintenance terminal FrameID 0 SlotID 9 Position 1 Backup type Host data Backup Object Active control board Failure cause Failed to transfer the file 35345 2009 08 24 17 58 52 Change of Maintenance User s State User name test01 Log mode Telnet IP 10 71 42 55 State Log on 35344 2009 08 24 17 58 47 Change...

Страница 216: ...ve standby switchover is performed the services of the active control board are switched to the standby control board This ensures that the services run in the normal state Prerequisites l An active control board and a standby control board must be configured on the device and the cables must be connected correctly on the boards l The patch status of the active and standby control boards must be c...

Страница 217: ...choose to reset the system In this manner the system can return to the normal state in a short period Basic data When the basic data is not fully synchronized the system prohibits performing forced switchover by running the active standby switchover command Other forced switching methods such as manually resetting the active board or removing the active control board neither reset the system nor a...

Страница 218: ...evice works in the normal state which facilitates the commissioning of the basic functions and services of the device Script Overview The basic configuration through the script includes but is not limited to the following items l Adding the power board l Configuring the environment monitoring unit including the FAN and the ESC l Configuring the route protocol NOTE For details about how to load the...

Страница 219: ...he script must end with a carriage return CR enable config board add 0 21 H801PRTE board add 0 22 H801PRTE emu add 0 FAN 0 1 FAN interface emu 0 fan speed mode automatic quit emu add 1 H801ESC 0 15 H801ESC vlan 100 standard port vlan 100 0 19 0 interface vlanif 100 ip address 10 50 1 10 24 quit ip route static 10 10 1 0 24 10 50 1 1 save 1 6 2 Configuring the File Transfer Mode This topic describe...

Страница 220: ... FTP server configure the IP address of its Ethernet port Configure the Ethernet port IP address of the FTP server according to the IP address planning in the specific networking and ensure that the Ethernet port of the FTP server and the inband or outband Ethernet port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T can ping each other For example if the Ethernet port of the FTP server is directly connected to th...

Страница 221: ... configure the SFTP transfer mode for transferring uploading or downloading files through the inband or outband Ethernet port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T After the configuration the SFTP server and the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T can communicate to transfer files in the SFTP mode Prerequisites l The Ethernet port of the SFTP server is directly connected to the inband or outband Ethernet port of the...

Страница 222: ...red when the function of database file auto backup is used On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T run the file server auto backup data command to configure the SFTP user name password and port ID huawei config file server auto backup data primary 10 10 20 1 sftp path test port 22 user User Name 40 chars huawei User Password 40 chars huawei The input is not displayed on the CLI NOTE The MA5600T MA5603T MA5...

Страница 223: ...ansfer mode is applicable to only the active control board l Users who log in to the system remotely are prohibited from transferring files in Xmodem mode Procedure Step 1 Query the baud rate of the serial port on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T huawei config display baudrate Current active serial baudrate 9600 bps Step 2 This step is optional but is required when you reconfigure the baud rate of the ...

Страница 224: ... the inband or outband Ethernet port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Connect to the inband Ethernet port Maintenance port through the crossover cable Connect to the outband Ethernet port Upstream port through the direct cable l You have logged in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T remotely from the console maintenance terminal and have entered the global config mode Tools Meters and Materials l Crossov...

Страница 225: ...5608T the IP address of this Ethernet port and the IP address of the inband or outband Ethernet port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T must be in the same subnet Step 2 On the TFTP server run the TFTP application and set related parameters 1 After the TFTP application is run on the TFTP server an interface as shown in Figure 1 85 is displayed In the Server interfaces drop down list select the IP addr...

Страница 226: ...address of the TFTP server is correct Whether the TFTP server can ping the inband or outband Ethernet port of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T run the Ping command Whether the TFTP application is run on the TFTP server Whether the path is correctly set in the TFTP application Whether the TFTP file transfer function has been enabled through the command Whether the entered name of the file to be transfer...

Страница 227: ...I J L M G 992 4 Annex A I G 992 5 Annex A B I J M Trellis mode Enable Bit swap downstream Enable Bit swap upstream Enable Form of transmit rate adaptation downstream AdaptAtStartup Form of transmit rate adaptation upstream AdaptAtStartup Target SNR margin downstream 0 1dB 60 Minimum SNR margin downstream 0 1dB 0 Maximum SNR margin downstream 0 1dB 160 Target SNR margin upstream 0 1dB 60 Minimum SN...

Страница 228: ...tinuation value downstream symbol 0 INM equivalent INP mode downstream 0 defm ode Maximum nominal transmit PSD downstream 0 1dBm 400 Maximum nominal transmit PSD upstream 0 1dBm 380 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream 0 1dBm 200 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream 0 1dBm 125 Upstream PSD mask selection ADLU 32 EU 32 Network timing reference clock mode FreeRun SmartAX ...

Страница 229: ...NR margin downstream 0 1dB 0 Maximum SNR margin downstream 0 1dB 300 Target SNR margin upstream 0 1dB 60 Minimum SNR margin upstream 0 1dB 0 Maximum SNR margin upstream 0 1dB 300 UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameters a b 1650 1020 UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameters a b 1650 615 UPBO US3 band reference PSD parameters a b 0 0 UPBO US4 band reference PSD parameters a b 0 0 UPBO Boost Mode Enable...

Страница 230: ...e12a VDSL2 PSD class mask AnnexB998 M2x B B8 6 VDSL2 link use of U0 Unused Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power downstream 0 1dBm 145 Maximum nominal aggregate transmit power upstream 0 1dBm 145 Upstream PSD mask selection ADLU 32 EU 32 Virtual noise mode downstream Disable Virtual noise mode upstream Disable Network timing reference clock mode FreeRun INM inter arrival time offset downstream ...

Страница 231: ...1dB 0 Minimum impulse noise protection of ROC downstream 0 SOS time Window upstream 64ms 0 Minimum percentage of degraded tones upstream 0 Minimum number of normalized CRC anomalies upstream 0 02 65535 Maximum number of SOS upstream 0 SNR margin offset of ROC upstream 0 1dB 0 Minimum impulse noise protection of ROC upstream 0 Table 1 52 SHDSL line profile Profile Index Profile Parameter Factory De...

Страница 232: ...able 1 54 Table 1 55 list the factory defaults of the xDSL alarm profile on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Table 1 53 ADSL alarm profile Profil e Index Profile Parameter Factory Default 1 DEFV AL CO The number of forward error correction seconds 0 The number of errored seconds 0 The number of severely errored seconds 0 The number of loss of signal seconds 0 The number of unavailable seconds 0 CPE The...

Страница 233: ...seconds 0 The number of severely errored seconds 0 The number of loss of signal seconds 0 The number of unavailable seconds 0 CPE The number of forward error correction seconds 0 The number of errored seconds 0 The number of severely errored seconds 0 The number of loss of signal seconds 0 The number of unavailable seconds 0 The number of failed full initialization 0 The number of full initializat...

Страница 234: ...ers Index Description Default 0 Sending howler tone flag 0 not send 1 send 1 1 Overseas version flag 0 China 1 HongKong 2 Brazil 3 Egypt 4 Singapore 5 Thailand 6 France 7 Britain MSFUK 8 Britain ETSI 9 Bulgaria 0 2 Stop initial ringing flag 0 not send 1 send 0 3 The mode of voicemail 0 high voltage 1 FSK and ring 2 FSK no ring 1 4 Global digitmap support flag 0 Not support 1 Support 1 5 Transfer m...

Страница 235: ...ctory Defaults of a DBA Profile The following table lists the factory defaults of a DBA profile on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Table 1 58 DBA profile 1 Profile Name Default Profile name dba profile_1 Profile ID 1 Type 1 Bandwidth compensation No Fix bandwidth kbps 5120 Assure bandwidth kbps 0 Maximum bandwidth kbps 0 Table 1 59 DBA profile 2 Profile Name Default Profile name dba profile_2 Profile ...

Страница 236: ...able 1 61 DBA profile 4 Profile Name Default Profile name dba profile_4 Profile ID 4 Type 1 Bandwidth compensation No Fix bandwidth kbps 1024000 Assure bandwidth kbps 0 Maximum bandwidth kbps 0 Table 1 62 DBA profile 5 Profile Name Default Profile name dba profile_5 Profile ID 5 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue ...

Страница 237: ...bps 102400 Assure bandwidth kbps 0 Maximum bandwidth kbps 0 Table 1 64 DBA profile 7 Profile Name Default Profile name dba profile_7 Profile ID 7 Type 2 Bandwidth compensation No Fix bandwidth kbps 0 Assure bandwidth kbps 32768 Maximum bandwidth kbps 0 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1 Commissioning Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Propri...

Страница 238: ...andwidth kbps 32768 Maximum bandwidth kbps 65536 1 6 3 6 Default settings of the GPON ONT line profile The following table lists the default settings of the GPON ONT line profile on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Table 1 67 GPON ONT line profile Parameter Name Default FEC upstream switch Disable Qos mode PQ Mapping mode VLAN T CONT 0 DBA Profile ID 1 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Acce...

Страница 239: ...AN Multicast mode Unconcern Upstream IGMP packet forward mode Unconcern Upstream IGMP packet forward VLAN 1 6 3 8 Factory Defaults of a GPON ONT Alarm Profile The following table lists the factory defaults of a GPON ONT alarm profile on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Table 1 69 GPON ONT alarm profile Profile Index Profile Parameter Factory Default 1 alarm profile_ 1 GEM port loss of packets threshold...

Страница 240: ...count threshold 0 Ethernet internal MAC Tx errors threshold 0 Ethernet carrier sense errors threshold 0 Ethernet alignment errors threshold 0 Ethernet internal MAC Rx errors threshold 0 PPPOE filtered frames threshold 0 MAC bridge port discarded frames due to delay threshold 0 MAC bridge port MTU exceeded discard frames threshold 0 MAC bridge port received incorrect frames threshold 0 CES general ...

Страница 241: ...ter Default Sub node 15 Analog parameters ESC analog parameter IDs l 0 allocated to the temperature sensor by default unable to be changed by the user l 1 4 allocated to the voltage sensor by default 1 indicates 48 V input of channel 0 2 indicates 48 V input of channel 1 3 indicates 48 V input of channel 2 4 indicates 48 V input of channel 3 l 5 8 user defined analog parameters allocated to other ...

Страница 242: ...tifier unit 7 secondary power supply 8 door status of the cabinet 9 door status of the equipment room 10 window 11 theft 12 MDF 13 fan 14 fire 15 smoke 16 water 17 diesel 18 abnormal smell 19 air conditioner 20 lightning arrester 21 user defined alarms of digital parameters Table 1 71 Default settings of the FAN Parameter Default Sub node 1 Fan speed adjustment mode Automatic Whether to report the...

Страница 243: ...tes of an Upstream Ethernet Port This topic describes how to configure the attributes of a specified Ethernet port so that the system communicates with the upstream device in the normal state 2 4 Configuring AAA This topic describes how to configure the AAA on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T including configuring the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T as the local and remote AAA servers 2 5 Configuring DOCSIS Ev...

Страница 244: ...long time you can run this command to clear the alarm Before clearing an alarm you can run the display alarm active command to query the currently active alarms l Configure alarm level Run the alarm alarmlevel command to configure the alarm level Alarm levels are critical major minor and warning Parameter default indicates restoring the alarm level to the default setting You can run the display al...

Страница 245: ...command to filter alarms that the device reports to the NMS through traps The filtering criteria can be alarm ID alarm severity alarm type subrack ID subrack ID slot ID subrack ID slot ID port ID VLAN interface and NE To reduce alarms and avoid alarm storms the system does not send alarms of some ONTs to the NMS To query the filtering criteria of alarms and events in the system run the display tra...

Страница 246: ...IDs 0x0a310021 and 0x2e314021 are modified to critical do as follows huawei config undo alarm output alarmlevel warning huawei config alarm jitter proof on huawei config alarm jitter proof 15 huawei config alarm alarmlevel 0x0a310021 critical huawei config alarm alarmlevel 0x2e314021 critical To mask the activation and deactivation alarm events of the ADSL port event IDs 0x0a300013 and 0x0a300015 ...

Страница 247: ... 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont alarm policy 0 1 policy id 10 2 2 Adding Port Description This topic describes how to add port description Prerequisites A board must be added to the system Context After the description of a physical port on the board is added the description facilitates information query in system maintenance Procedure Step 1 In the global config mode run the port desc command to...

Страница 248: ...nterconnected with the upstream device through the Ethernet port Therefore pay attention to the consistency of port attributes Default Configuration Table 2 1 lists the default settings of the attributes of an Ethernet port Table 2 1 Default settings of the attributes of an Ethernet port Parame ter Auto negotiation mode of the port Port rate Duplex mode Network cable adaptation mode Flow control D...

Страница 249: ... command lines NOTICE The mode auto negotiation mode or forced mode of the OLT port must be consistent with that of the interworking port Otherwise the communication fails 2 Optional Set the rate of the Ethernet port Run the speed command to set the rate of the Ethernet port After the port rate is set successfully the port works at the set rate Pay attention to the following points Make sure that ...

Страница 250: ...enable flow control on the Ethernet port When the flow of an Ethernet port is heavy run this command to control the flow to prevent network congestion which may cause the loss of data packets Flow control should be supported on both the local and peer devices Pay attention to the following points If the peer device does not support flow control generally enable flow control on the local device If ...

Страница 251: ...PPPoA PPPoE 802 1x VLAN WLAN ISDN or Admin SSH associating the user name and the password with the domain name mode NOTE In the existing network 802 1x and Admin SSH correspond to the local AAA that is the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T functions as a local AAA server PPPoE corresponds to the remote AAA that is the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T functions as the client of a remote AAA server Figure 2 1 shows an...

Страница 252: ...er Does not support the authorization of the configuration commands on the router 2 4 1 Configuring the Local AAA This topic describes how to configure the local AAA so that the user authentication can be performed locally Context l The local AAA configuration is simple which does not depend on the external server l The local AAA supports only authentication Procedure Step 1 Configure the AAA auth...

Страница 253: ...ion The authentication scheme is newscheme the password is a123456 do as follows huawei config aaa huawei config aaa authentication scheme newscheme Info Create a new authentication scheme huawei config aaa authen newscheme authentication mode local huawei config aaa authen newscheme quit huawei config aaa domain isp Info Create a new domain huawei config aaa domain isp authentication scheme newsc...

Страница 254: ...ing An independent RADIUS server A pair of primary secondary RADIUS servers with the same configuration but different IP addresses The following lists the attributes of a RADIUS server template IP addresses of primary and secondary servers Shared key RADIUS server type l The configuration of the RADIUS protocol defines only the essential parameters for the information exchange between the MA5600T ...

Страница 255: ... service type The value of this parameter is 2 frame for access users and is 6 for remote management users Currently the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T supports only 802 1x access users but not PPP L2TP or DHCP access users for RADIUS authentication 7 Framed Protocol The value of this parameter is fixed to 1 PPP because ITU T RFC 2856 does not define 802 1x for this parameter 14 Login IP Host Indicates t...

Страница 256: ...meter 27 Session Timeout Indicates the available remaining time in the unit of second It is the user re authentication time in the EAP challenge packet 29 Termination Action Indicates the service termination mode The valid modes are re authentication and forcing users to go offline 31 Calling Station Id Allows the NAS to send the calling number 32 NAS Identifier Indicates the host name of the devi...

Страница 257: ...user authentication mode l 1 RADIUS authentication l 2 local authentication 46 Acct Session Time Indicates the time for a user to go online in the unit of second 47 Acct Input Packets Indicates the number of upstream packets 48 Acct Output Packets Indicates the number of downstream packets 49 Terminate Cause Indicates the user connection interruption cause The valid values are as follows l User Re...

Страница 258: ...dicates the NAS port type 79 EAP Message Carries EAP packets 80 Message Authenticator Verifies validity of packets between the RADIUS server and RADIUS client to prevent malicious attacks 85 Acct Interim Interval Indicates the interval for real time charging in the unit of second 87 NAS Port Id Indicates the user access port number The format of this parameter uses the format when DHCP option 82 i...

Страница 259: ...uthentication scheme NOTE l The authentication scheme specifies how all the users in an ISP domain are authenticated l The system supports up to 16 authentication schemes The system has a default accounting scheme named default It can only be modified but cannot be deleted 1 Run the aaa command to enter the AAA mode 2 Run the authentication scheme command to add an authentication scheme 3 Run the ...

Страница 260: ... the encryption key They can receive the packets from each other and can respond to each other only when their keys are the same l By default the shared key of the RADIUS server is huawei 5 Optional Run the radius server timeout command to set the response timeout time of the RADIUS server By default the timeout time is 5s The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T sends the request packets to the RADIUS server ...

Страница 261: ...use an accounting scheme in a domain only after the accounting scheme is created In the domain mode run the accounting scheme command to use the accounting scheme Step 7 Use the RADIUS server template NOTE You can use a RADIUS server template in a domain only after the RADIUS server template is created 1 In the domain mode run the radius server template command to use the RADIUS server template 2 ...

Страница 262: ...hwtest huawei config aaa domain isp quit 2 4 3 Configuration Example of the RADIUS Authentication and Accounting The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is interconnected with the RADIUS server through the RADIUS protocol to implement authentication and accounting Service Requirements l The RADIUS server performs authentication and accounting for users in the ISP1 and ISP2 domains l The RADIUS server with the...

Страница 263: ...ccounting newscheme accounting mode radius huawei config aaa accounting newscheme accounting interim interval 10 huawei config aaa accounting newscheme quit huawei config aaa quit Step 3 Configure the RADIUS protocol Create RADIUS server template named hwtest with the RADIUS server 10 10 66 66 as the primary authentication and accounting server and the RADIUS server 10 10 66 67 as the secondary au...

Страница 264: ...te in a domain only after the RADIUS server template is created huawei config aaa domain isp1 radius server hwtacacs huawei config aaa domain isp1 quit End Result User 1 in ISP 1 can pass authentication only if both the user name and password are correct and then can log in to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Then the user starts to be accounted Configuration File aaa authentication scheme newscheme au...

Страница 265: ...ACACS server and obtains the prompt of entering the user name from the daemon Then the NAS displays the message to the user When the remote user enters the user name the NAS transmits the user name to the daemon Then the NAS obtains the prompt of entering the password and displays the message to the user After the remote user enters the password the NAS transmits the password to the daemon HWTACAC...

Страница 266: ...ounting interim interval command to set the interval of real time accounting By default the interval is 0 minutes that is the real time accounting is not performed 4 Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode Step 4 Configure the HWTACACS protocol The configuration of the HWTACACS protocol of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is on the basis of the HWTACACS server group In actual networking scenario...

Страница 267: ...me the communication between the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T and the current HWTACACS server is considered as interrupted l By default the response timeout time of the HWTACACS server is 5s 7 Optional In the global config mode run the hwtacacs server accounting stop packet command to configure the re transmission mechanism of the accounting stop packets of the HWTACACS server NOTE l To prevent the los...

Страница 268: ...created 1 In the domain mode run the hwtacacs server command to use the HWTACACS server template 2 Run the quit command to return to the AAA mode End Example User1 in the isp domain adopts the HWTACACS protocol for authentication authorization and accounting The accounting interval is 10 minutes the authentication password is a123456 HWTACACS server 10 10 66 66 functions as the primary authenticat...

Страница 269: ... huawei config aaa domain isp quit 2 4 5 Configuration Example of the HWTACACS Authentication 802 1X access user The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is interconnected with the HWTACACS server through the HWTACACS protocol to implement authentication authorization and accounting Service Requirements l The HWTACACS server performs authentication authorization and accounting for 802 1X access users l The use...

Страница 270: ...i config aaa author newscheme authorization mode hwtacacs huawei config aaa author newscheme quit Step 3 Configure the accounting scheme Configure accounting scheme named newscheme users are authenticated through HWTACACS the interval is 10 minutes huawei config aaa accounting scheme newscheme huawei config aaa accounting newscheme accounting mode hwtacacs huawei config aaa accounting newscheme ac...

Страница 271: ...1X parameters In the local termination authentication the 802 1X parameters should be configured to be in the EAP termination mode The count of allowed handshake failure is 1 and the handshake interval is 20s huawei config dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service port 1 huawei config dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service port 2 huawei config dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval...

Страница 272: ...horization 10 10 66 67 secondary hwtacacs server accounting 10 10 66 66 hwtacacs server accounting 10 10 66 67 secondary quit dot1x enable dot1x service port 1 dot1x service port 2 dot1x service port 3 dot1x dhcp trigger enable dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service port 1 dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service port 2 dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service port 3 dot1...

Страница 273: ... authentication l The HWTACACS server with the IP address 10 10 66 67 functions as the secondary server for authentication l Other parameters adopt the default settings Networking Figure 2 4 shows an example network of HWTACACS authentication Figure 2 4 Example network of HWTACACS authentication Procedure Step 1 Configure the authentication scheme Configure authentication scheme named login auth u...

Страница 274: ... characters huawei config aaa huawei config aaa domain isp1 Info Create a new domain Step 4 Use the authentication scheme login auth You can use an authentication scheme in a domain only after the authentication scheme is created huawei config aaa domain isp1 authentication scheme login auth Step 5 Bind the HWTACACS server template ma56t login to the user You can use an HWTACACS server template in...

Страница 275: ...s include localVolatile trap and syslog l localVolatile indicates that the DOCSIS events are saved to MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T local logs but not to the buffer The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T does not save the DOCSIS events and clears them after being reset Configure the localVolatile mode before setting the mode of reporting DOCSIS events to trap or syslog l trap reports DOCSIS events to a log host wh...

Страница 276: ...le event alert report trap huawei config snmp agent target host trap hostname huawei address 10 10 10 10 trap paramsname docsis huawei config cable event alert report syslog huawei config cable event loghost ip 10 10 20 10 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 2 Basic Configurations Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ...

Страница 277: ...guring the xDSL Multicast Service This topic describes how to configure the multicast video service 3 3 Example Configuring the VoIP Service This topic describes how to configure the H 248 based MGCP based and SIP based VoIP services respectively 3 4 Example Configuring the Triple Play This topic describes how to configure the Triple Play on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA56...

Страница 278: ...thod Service Requirements l The user accesses the Internet through the PPPoE dialup l The user packet goes upstream carrying two VLAN tags The outer VLAN tag identifies the service and the inner VLAN tag identifies the user The service of each user is identified by unique S VLAN C VLAN that is this is a 1 1 access scenario l A traffic profile is adopted for rate limitation The user access rate is ...

Страница 279: ...ing requirements The ports must work in the full duplex mode the port rates must be the same and the rate of an electrical port must not be of the auto negotiation type the attributes of the ports such as the default VLAN ID PVID and VLAN must be the same one port can belong to only one aggregation group the port must not be a mirroring destination port the port must not be in the auto negotiation...

Страница 280: ...nd VCI of the modem are 1 and 39 and the access port ID is 0 2 0 To facilitate the maintenance of the service port also configure the service port description huawei config service port 1 vlan 50 adsl 0 2 0 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic table index 5 outbound traffic table index 5 huawei config service port desc 1 description Vlanid 50 adsl vpi 1vci 39 stacking 5 Set the C VLAN ID of the preset ser...

Страница 281: ...and to create a service port adopt traffic profile 5 and set the S VLAN ID to 50 Set the SHDSL channel mode to PTM and create service port 2 on SHDSL port 0 3 1 To facilitate the maintenance of the service port also configure the service port description huawei config service port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode ptm 0 3 1 inbound traffic table index 5 outbound traffic table index 5 huawei config service port...

Страница 282: ...ry result shows that traffic profile 5 for inbound and outbound rate limitation meets the requirements NOTE l If a matched traffic profile is not available in the system run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile l On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or a VDSL line profile When both profiles are configured the smal...

Страница 283: ...up is successful Then the PC can access the Internet in the PPPoE mode Step 4 When downloading files through FTP you can openTask Manager in Windows and click Networking to check the link speed Then you can calculate the Internet access rate by the following formula Attainable Internet access rate Computer network adapter rate 48 x 53 x 8 The calculation result approximates to the planned 2048 kbi...

Страница 284: ...n Vlanid 50 shdsl vpi 1vci 39 stacking stacking label service port 2 10 stacking inner priority service port 2 4 pitp enable pmode raio mode cntel pitp pmode save Configuration File in the VDSL access mode vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan forwarding 50 vlan connect port vlan 50 0 19 0 port vlan 50 0 19 1 link aggregation 0 19 0 0 19 1 egress ingress workmode lacp static vdsl line profile...

Страница 285: ...ion 82 mode l To trace service sources of users and control and manage quality of service QoS based on user and service the Internet service is planned in per user per service per VLAN PUPSPV mode To differentiate users the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T allocates a virtual local area network VLAN for each user Double VLAN tags are added to user packets for upstream transmission where the outer VLAN tag ...

Страница 286: ...ng destination port the port must not be in the auto negotiation mode the start port ID must be smaller than the end port ID Step 3 In the ADSL access mode follow this procedure 1 Configure an ADSL2 profile For details see Configuring ADSL2 Profiles The default ADSL2 line template line template 1 and the default ADSL2 alarm template alarm template 1 are used as an example 2 Activate the ADSL port ...

Страница 287: ...sl vpi 1vci 39 stacking 5 Set the C VLAN ID of the preset service port 1 to 10 for identifying the user Configure the important user packet with a higher priority so that the user packet can be processed with precedence and set the priority of the inner VLAN to 4 huawei config stacking label service port 1 10 huawei config stacking inner priority service port 1 4 Step 4 In the SHDSL access mode fo...

Страница 288: ...pi 1vci 39 stacking 5 Set the C VLAN ID of the preset service port 2 to 10 for identifying the user Configure the important user packet with a higher priority so that the user packet can be processed with precedence and set the priority of the inner VLAN to 4 huawei config stacking label service port 2 10 huawei config stacking inner priority service port 2 4 Step 5 In the VDSL access mode follow ...

Страница 289: ...le or a VDSL line profile When both profiles are configured the smaller one of the two rates configured in the profiles is adopted as the user bandwidth In this example the traffic profile is used to limit the user access rate 4 Run the service port command to create a service port adopt traffic profile 5 and set the S VLAN ID to 50 Set the VDSL channel mode to PTM and create service port 3 on VDS...

Страница 290: ...n access the Internet Step 2 To download a file through FTP open Windows Task Manager and then click Networking to observe the link rate Calculate the Internet access rate by the formula attainable Internet access rate computer NIC rate 48 x 53 x 8 The calculated result approximates to the planned 2048 kbit s l DHCP emulation verification Step 1 On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T run the dhcp simulati...

Страница 291: ...ss mode vlan 50 smart vlan attrib 50 stacking vlan forwarding 50 vlan connect port vlan 50 0 19 0 port vlan 50 0 19 1 link aggregation 0 19 0 0 19 1 egress ingress workmode lacp static vdsl line profile quickadd 3 snr 60 0 300 60 0 300 vdsl channel profile quickadd 3 path mode ptm interleaved delay 8 2 inp 4 2 rate 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 vdsl channel profile quickadd 3 path mode ptm interle...

Страница 292: ...ggregation is configured for the two upstream ports Figure 3 3 shows an example network of the xDSL PPPoA Internet access service Figure 3 3 Example network of the xDSL PPPoA Internet access service Prerequisite l The AAA function must be configured To enable the AAA function on the device see 2 4 Configuring AAA If the AAA function is implemented by the BRAS a connection to the BRAS must be estab...

Страница 293: ...s and the SNR margin is 6 dB huawei config adsl line profile quickadd 3 snr 60 30 120 60 30 120 huawei config adsl channel profile quickadd 3 interleaved delay 10 10 rate 1024 2048 3096 1024 2048 3096 huawei config adsl line template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 60 70 channel2 3 2 Activate the ADSL port The port is port 0 2 0 and ADSL line template 3 and the default alarm template alarm template 1...

Страница 294: ...MAC addresses that can be learned by one account namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account huawei config mac address max mac count service port 1 16 Step 4 In the case of the SHDSL access mode follow this procedure 1 Configure an SHDSL profile For details see Configuring SHDSL Profiles The ID of the SHDSL line profile is 3 the line rate is 2048 kbit s an...

Страница 295: ...ned by the service port is 16 This parameter is to limit the maximum number of the MAC addresses that can be learned by one account namely the maximum number of the PCs that can access the Internet through one account huawei config mac address max mac count service port 2 16 Step 5 In the case of the VDSL access mode follow this procedure In this example the VDSL normal mode is used as an example ...

Страница 296: ...requirement and the S VLAN is VLAN 50 The VPI and VCI must be the same as the management VPI and VCI of the peer modem Assume that the management VPI and VCI of the modem are 1 and 39 To facilitate the maintenance of the service port also configure the service port description huawei config service port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode atm 0 4 1 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic table index 5 outbound traffic table...

Страница 297: ...nload a file through FTP open Windows Task Manager and then click Networking to observe the link rate Calculate the Internet access rate by the formula attainable Internet access rate computer NIC rate 48 x 53 x 8 The calculated result approximates to the planned 2048 kbit s Configuration File Configuration File for the ADSL access mode vlan 50 smart port vlan 50 0 19 0 port vlan 50 0 19 1 link ag...

Страница 298: ...pi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic table index 5 outbound traffic table index 5 service port desc 3 description MA5600T MA5603T MA5608THW Vlanid 50 vdsl smart mac address max mac count service port 3 16 mac pool xpoa 0000 1111 1010 300 pppoa enable encapsulation 0 4 1 vpi 1 vci 39 type pppoa llc pitp enable pmode raio mode cntel pitp pmode save 3 1 4 Example Configuring the xDSL IPoA Internet Access Serv...

Страница 299: ... forwarding mode of the aggregation group to egress ingress and set the aggregation group to work in the LACP static mode do as follows huawei config link aggregation 0 19 0 0 19 1 egress ingress workmode lacp static NOTE The aggregated ports must meet the following requirements The ports must work in the full duplex mode the port rates must be the same and the rate of an electrical port must not ...

Страница 300: ...g to service requirement the user access rate is 2048 kbit s The query result shows that traffic profile 5 meets the requirement NOTE l If no traffic profile in the system meets the service requirement run the traffic table ip command to configure a new traffic profile l On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T the user access rate can be limited by either a traffic profile or an ADSL line profile When both...

Страница 301: ...ri Copy policy Pri Policy kbps bytes kbps bytes 0 1024 34768 2048 69536 6 tag pri 1 2496 81872 4992 163744 6 tag pri 2 512 18384 1024 36768 0 tag pri 3 576 20432 1152 40864 2 tag pri 4 64 4048 128 8096 4 tag pri 5 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag pri 6 off off off off 0 tag pri Total Num 7 According to service requirement the user access rate is 2048 kbit s The query result shows that traffic profile ...

Страница 302: ...uawei config vdsl line template quickadd 3 line 3 channel1 3 100 100 2 Activate the VDSL port The access port is port 0 4 1 and VDSL line template 3 and the default VDSL alarm template alarm template 1 are bound to the port NOTE By default an ADSL port is in the activated state Before binding a template to the port you must deactivate the port huawei config interface vdsl 0 4 huawei config if vdsl...

Страница 303: ...6 Enable the IPoA IPoE protocol conversion This step is to configure the IPoA MAC address pool The start MAC address in the MAC address pool is 0000 1111 1010 and the maximum number of the MAC addresses in the MAC address pool is 300 The IPoA IPoE protocol conversion is enabled the default gateway is the same as the IP address 192 168 1 20 of the upper layer router and the service encapsulation mo...

Страница 304: ...e 1 activate 1 3 alarm config 1 1 quit service port 2 vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0 3 1 vpi 1 vci 39 inbound traffic table index 5 outbound traffic table index 5 service port desc 2 description MA5600T MA5603T MA5608THW Vlanid 50 shdsl smart mac address max mac count service port 2 16 mac pool xpoa 0000 1111 1010 300 ipoa enable ipoa default gateway 192 168 1 20 encapsulation 0 3 1 vpi 1 vci 39 type ip...

Страница 305: ...ss rate is 2048 kbit s which is restricted by the traffic profile l Dual GE ports are adopted for upstream transmission to ensure reliability Link aggregation is configured for the two upstream ports Figure 3 5 shows an example network of the Internet access service in the xDSL 802 1X mode Figure 3 5 Example network of the Internet access service in the xDSL IPoE mode Prerequisite l The user alrea...

Страница 306: ...he ADSL access mode follow this procedure 1 Configure an ADSL2 profile For details see Configuring ADSL2 Profiles The default ADSL2 line template line template 1 and the default ADSL2 alarm template alarm template 1 are used as an example 2 Activate the ADSL port and bind the ADSL2 templates NOTE By default an ADSL port is in the activated state Before binding a template to the port you must deact...

Страница 307: ...o 10 for identifying the user Configure the important user packet with a higher priority so that the user packet can be processed with precedence and set the priority of the inner VLAN to 4 huawei config stacking label service port 1 10 huawei config stacking inner priority service port 1 4 Step 4 In the SHDSL access mode follow this procedure 1 Configure an SHDSL profile For details see Configuri...

Страница 308: ...t 2 to 10 for identifying the user Configure the important user packet with a higher priority so that the user packet can be processed with precedence and set the priority of the inner VLAN to 4 huawei config stacking label service port 2 10 huawei config stacking inner priority service port 2 4 Step 5 In the VDSL access mode follow this procedure In this example the VDSL normal mode is used as an...

Страница 309: ...r access rate 4 Run the service port command to create a service port adopt traffic profile 5 and set the S VLAN ID to 50 Set the VDSL channel mode to PTM and create service port 3 on VDSL port 0 4 1 To facilitate the maintenance of the service port also configure the service port description huawei config service port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0 4 1 inbound traffic table index 5 outbound traffic ta...

Страница 310: ...henzhen huawei config aaa local user shenzhen huawei service type terminal password shenzhen 5 Name the AAA domain huawei Bind the domain with the accounting scheme named huawei authentication scheme named huawei huawei config aaa domain huawei huawei config aaa domain huawei authentication scheme huawei huawei config aaa domain huawei accounting scheme huawei huawei config aaa domain huawei quit ...

Страница 311: ...t 1 10 stacking inner priority service port 1 4 dot1x enable dot1x service port 1 dot1x dhcp trigger enable dot1x keepalive retransmit 1 interval 20 service port 1 dot1x eap end service port 1 aaa authentication scheme huawei authentication mode local quit accounting scheme huawei accounting mode none quit local user shenzhen huawei service type terminal password shenzhen domain huawei authenticat...

Страница 312: ... 128 10000 128 10000 2048 2048 interface vdsl 0 4 deactivate 0 activate 0 template index 3 alarm config 0 1 quit service port 3 vlan 50 vdsl mode ptm 0 4 1 inbound traffic table index 5 outbound traffic table index 5 service port desc 3 description Vlanid 50 vdsl vpi 1vci 39 stacking stacking label service port 3 10 stacking inner priority service port 3 4 stacking inner priority service port 2 4 ...

Страница 313: ...s an example network of the Internet access service through PPPoE dialup Figure 3 6 Example network of the Internet access service through PPPoE dialup Prerequisite l The AAA function must be configured To enable the AAA function on the device see 2 4 Configuring AAA If the AAA function is implemented by the BRAS a connection to the BRAS must be established The BRAS should be capable of identifyin...

Страница 314: ...Startup Form of transmit rate adaptation upstream AdaptAtStartup Target SNR margin downstream 0 1dB 60 Minimum SNR margin downstream 0 1dB 0 Maximum SNR margin downstream 0 1dB 300 Target SNR margin upstream 0 1dB 60 Minimum SNR margin upstream 0 1dB 0 Maximum SNR margin upstream 0 1dB 300 UPBO US1 band reference PSD parameters a b 1650 1020 UPBO US2 band reference PSD parameters a b 1650 615 UPBO...

Страница 315: ... Press Q to break If the line rate does not meet the requirements of users change it To do so proceed to Step 5 Step 5 Run the vdsl channel profile quickadd command to reconfigure the data path mode and line rate To meet customer demands increase bandwidth to 8192 kbit s set the data path mode to both and add a new channel profile channel profile 11 huawei config if vdsl 0 2 vdsl channel profile q...

Страница 316: ...N PORT F S P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA 5 101 common vdl 0 2 4 0 35 vlan untag 6 6 up Total 1 Up Down 1 0 The query result shows that VPI and VCI are configured which indicate that VDSL is in the ATM mode In this example however the VDSL is in the PTM mode Run the service port command to create a service port adopt traffic profile 7 and set the S VLAN ID to 101 Set the in...

Страница 317: ...dth management program preview and program prejoin This configuration mode applies to multicast services that have strict requirements on program and user management Service Requirements l ISP 1 has two popular music programs and ISP 2 has one popular music program and one popular video program These programs can be ordered continuously and in time l The program ordering status can be recorded col...

Страница 318: ... Multicast VLAN Multicast domain of ISP 1 VLAN 10 Multicast domain of ISP 2 VLAN 20 NOTE It is recommended that different multicast VLANs be planned for different ISPs Multicast upstream port 0 19 0 Multicast mode IGMP proxy Multicast protocol IGMPv3 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 3 Configuring the DSLAM Services Issue 01 2014 04 3...

Страница 319: ...fault profiles profile ID 1 Port connected to user 1 0 2 1 Port connected to user 2 0 4 1 Multicast user User 1 l Name of the bound right profile music l Maximum multicast bandwidth 10 Mbit s l Multicast user log recording enabled User 2 l Name of the bound right profile movie l Maximum multicast bandwidth 5 Mbit s l Multicast user log recording enabled Procedure Step 1 Configure multicast VLANs a...

Страница 320: ...eip 10 10 10 11 bandwidth 5000 log enable huawei config mvlan20 igmp program add name program4 ip 224 1 1 4 sourceip 10 10 10 11 bandwidth 5000 log enable Step 2 Configure right profiles named music and movie with the watch right and bind the right profiles to the programs huawei config mvlan20 btv huawei config btv igmp profile add profile name music huawei config btv igmp profile profile name mu...

Страница 321: ...ile name music huawei config btv igmp user bind profile service port 101 profile name movie 4 Add the VDSL users to the multicast VLANs so that the VDSL users are multicast members huawei config btv multicast vlan 10 huawei config mvlan10 igmp multicast vlan member service port 100 huawei config mvlan10 multicast vlan 20 huawei config mvlan20 igmp multicast vlan member service port 101 huawei conf...

Страница 322: ...n 10 igmp multicast vlan member service port 100 multicast vlan 20 igmp multicast vlan member service port 101 quit save 3 2 2 Configuration Example of the Multicast Video Service Dynamic Program Generation Dynamic program generation simplifies multicast service configuration and reduces maintenance cost but does not support functions of program user multicast bandwidth management program preview ...

Страница 323: ...eo service with dynamic program generation Item Data Multicast VLAN Multicast domain of ISP 1 VLAN 10 Multicast domain of ISP 2 VLAN 20 NOTE It is recommended that different multicast VLANs be planned for different ISPs Multicast upstream port 0 19 0 Multicast mode IGMP proxy SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 3 Configuring the DSLAM S...

Страница 324: ...ged only when igmp match mode is set to off However setting igmp match mode to off will cause users to go offline Therefore it is recommended that the program configuration mode be planned beforehand huawei config vlan 10 smart huawei config multicast vlan 10 huawei config mvlan10 igmp match mode disable huawei config mvlan10 igmp match group ip 224 1 1 1 to ip 224 1 1 2 huawei config mvlan10 igmp...

Страница 325: ...ttr 2 huawei config service port 101 vlan 20 vdsl mode ptm 0 4 1 rx cttr 2 tx cttr 2 2 Configure the attributes of the multicast users Enable the log reporting for multicast users 0 2 1 and 0 4 1 The authentication status and multicast bandwidth of the multicast users do not need to be configured huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp user add service port 100 log enable huawei config btv igmp u...

Страница 326: ...port 101 quit save 3 3 Example Configuring the VoIP Service This topic describes how to configure the H 248 based MGCP based and SIP based VoIP services respectively 3 3 1 Example Configuring the VoIP Service H 248 based This topic describes an example for configuring the H 248 based VoIP service Service Requirements In an office located in China theMA5600T MA5603T MA5608T that adopts the H 248 pr...

Страница 327: ... The SCUN and SCUH control boards do not support electronic switch l The control board SCUL does not provide the upstream port and the system goes upstream through only the upstream board Data Plan After the service requirements are further confirmed and analyzed with the service provider the data plan is made by considering the interconnection with the MGC and according to the data plan described...

Страница 328: ...ce ID Confirmed with the engineers of this service provider the 32 users to be provisioned with the services are the first batch of users in the community named huawei and later other users in this community will be provisioned with the same services gradually The number of users in this community is 10 000 Considering that the number of users is large the office assigns a VAG VAG 0 to this commun...

Страница 329: ... defined on the MGC is 0 value of mgcpara and the users have no special requirements for the ringing mode Therefore the normal ringing with the break make ratio of 1 4 is adopted Terminal ID TID format of the MG interface To differentiate users according to the TID the service provider requires that the terminal prefix uses the community name huawei and the TID is automatically generated by the sy...

Страница 330: ...und Information in Optional Configuring the Overseas Parameters and confirmed with the service provider the default settings can meet the service requirements Therefore the overseas parameters are not configured here PSTN port attributes The polarity reversal accounting is adopted and therefore the PSTN port to which the users belong needs to support the polarity reversal pulse The other attribute...

Страница 331: ... Add an MG interface to communicate with the MGC which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface According to the data plan add MG interface 0 and configure the interface attributes huawei config interface h248 0 Are you sure to add MG interface y n n y huawei config if h248 0 if h248 attribute mg media ip1 10 10 10 10 mgip 10 10 10 10 mgport 2944 primary mgc ip...

Страница 332: ... can work in the normal state huawei config board confirm 0 3 Step 9 Configure the PSTN user data Add POTS users phones 0 31 to ensure that users can go online huawei config esl user huawei config esl user mgpstnuser batadd 0 3 0 0 3 31 0 huawei config esl user quit Step 10 Configure the polarity reversal accounting function Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the users bel...

Страница 333: ... must be configured manually and the configuration profile cannot be directly imported interface h248 0 if h248 attribute mg media ip1 10 10 10 10 mgip 10 10 10 10 mgport 2944 primary mgc ip1 10 10 20 20 primary mgc port 2944 code text transfer udp Configure the ringing mapping of the MG interface mg ringmode add 0 0 4 Configure the TID format of the PSTN user on the MG interface tid format pstn p...

Страница 334: ... 4 Data plan for configuring the MGCP based VoIP service Item Data MG interface data The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the MGC Media and signaling parameter s Media and signaling upstream VLAN Standard VLAN is recommended as the upstream VLAN of the VoIP service Standard VLAN 20 is adopted Media and signaling upstream port In this office all the services are tran...

Страница 335: ...the MG interface belongs The service provider does not provide dual homing for its network According to the network topology the IP address of the primary MGC is 10 10 20 20 and the port ID is 2727 the same as the port ID on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Port ID of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs Coding mode of the MG interface For the MG interface that supports MGCP the default co...

Страница 336: ...t ID subrack ID port ID of the user Run the display tid template command to query the default TID template It is found that default TID template 6 can meet the requirements VoIP user data The data configuration must be the same as the data configuration on the MGC Slot of the voice service board User access is implemented by the ASPB board in slot 0 3 User data Phone number MGCP does not support e...

Страница 337: ...eters are not configured here PSTN port attributes The polarity reversal accounting is adopted and therefore the PSTN port to which the users belong needs to support the polarity reversal pulse The other attributes of the PSTN port do not need to be modified Ringing current attributes There is no special requirement and the configuration of the ringing current attributes is not required Figure 3 1...

Страница 338: ...d For details about how to configure the electronic switch see electro switch NOTE l The SCUN and SCUH control boards do not support electronic switch l The control board SCUL does not provide the upstream port and the system goes upstream through only the upstream board l The POTS service board namely the ASPB board must be inserted into the planned slot and the RUN ALM LED of the board must be g...

Страница 339: ...0 10 10 10 mgport 2727 mgcip_1 10 10 20 20 mgcport_1 2727 domainName huawei Step 4 Configure the ringing mapping of MG interface 0 Configure the ringing mode of the MG interface According to the data plan the break make ratios of the cadence ringing and the initial ringing are both 1 4 Therefore the value of parameter cadence is 0 and the value of parameter initialring is 4 huawei config if mgcp 0...

Страница 340: ...ed normally In the normal state phones 0 31 can make phone calls to each other l The caller can hear the dial tone after picking up the phone l When the caller dials the phone number of the callee the phone of the callee can ring normally and the caller can hear the ring back tone l The caller and the callee can communicate with each other successfully l After the callee hangs up the phone the cal...

Страница 341: ...t save 3 3 3 Example Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service SIP This topic describes the configuration example of the VoIP PSTN service based on sip protocol Service Requirements In an office located in China the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T that adopts the SIP protocol is newly deployed Data plan and configuration however are not performed on the IMS softswitch connected to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T The ...

Страница 342: ...CE If the media IP address and the signaling IP address are different and the media and the signaling are transmitted upstream through different gateways ensure that they correspond to correct gateways Otherwise normal calls may not be made SIP interface SIP NOTE The parameter s of the SIP interface must be the same as the parameter s on the softswitc h SIP has many negotiatio n parameter s and th...

Страница 343: ... Numbers of Phone 0 Phone 63 83110000 83110063 User priority Phone 0 Cat2 Phone 1 Phone 63 Cat3 default User authentication PSTN user whose port is 0 2 0 and telephone number is 83110000 l Username user83110000 l Password password mode value pwd83110000 PSTN user data in slot 0 3 Numbers of Phone 64 Phone 127 88110000 88110063 User type Payphone PSTN port attributes Polarity reversal pulse support...

Страница 344: ...h NOTE l The SCUN and SCUH control boards do not support electronic switch l The control board SCUL does not provide the upstream port and the system goes upstream through only the upstream board Procedure Step 1 Add the upstream VLAN interface According to the data plan configure standard VLAN 20 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN add upstream port 0 19 0 to the VLAN and configure the IP ad...

Страница 345: ...can control the call connection through the SIP interface According to the data plan add SIP interface 0 and configure the interface attributes l Signaling Media IP address 10 10 10 10 l Signaling port ID 5060 l Transfer mode UDP l IP address of the primary IMS 10 10 10 20 l Signaling port ID of the primary IMS 5060 l Homing domain name of SIP interface huawei l SIP profile ID 1 huawei config inte...

Страница 346: ...ippstnuser batadd 0 3 0 0 3 63 0 telno 88110000 4 Configure the authentication data of the PSTN user in port 0 2 0 huawei config esl user sippstnuser auth set 0 2 0 telno 83110000 password mode password User Name 64 characters indicates deletion user83110000 User Password 64 characters indicates deletion Input the password pwd8311000 NOTE Considering users safety the IMS may require user authentic...

Страница 347: ...igure the upstream VLAN interface vlan 20 standard port vlan 20 0 19 0 interface vlanif 20 ip address 10 10 10 10 24 quit Configure the media and signaling IP address pools voip ip address media 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 ip address signaling 10 10 10 10 Add an SIP interface and configure the attributes of the SIP interface if sip attribute basic media ip 10 10 10 10 signal ip 10 10 10 10 signal port ...

Страница 348: ...work for ISDN service by adopting the H 248 protocol The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T upstream to IMS network for PSTN service by adopting the SIP protocol l ISDN Phone A is connected to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through the NT1 and the ISDN digital phone supports the P2P function l Basic rate interface BRI is adopted between the NT1 and the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T to provide a rate of 144 kbit s inc...

Страница 349: ...lated operations see Configuring an SIP Interface and Optional Configuring the System Parameters The SIP interface must be in the normal state l The system must be configured with the ISDN service board that is the DSRD board or DSRE board l The system must be configured with the PSTN service board that is the ASRB board or ASPB board l The ISDN digital phone must support the P2P function l The te...

Страница 350: ...IUA link ID 15 Local port ID 1401 Local IP address 10 13 4 116 16 It must exist in the signaling IP address pool Remote port ID 1400 IP address of the primary MGC 10 14 1 2 16 IP address of the primary MGC MGC that is bound to the IUA link primary mgc Priority of the IUA link 3 ISDN BRA port Subrack ID Slot ID Port ID 0 2 0 IUA interface ID 8 Working mode P2P SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi ...

Страница 351: ...eactive disable huawei config braport quit 2 Add an IUA link set and IUA links In the SIGTRAN mode configure the SIGTRAN protocol stack Add an IUA link set and then add IUA links huawei config sigtran huawei config sigtran iua linkset add 1 mgid 0 jointly work enable trafficmode override iid map 2 pendingtime 1 cs mode client huawei config sigtran iua link add 15 1 1401 10 13 4 116 1400 10 14 1 2 ...

Страница 352: ...f the PSTN user huawei config esl user huawei config esl user sippstnuser batadd 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 telno 83110000 huawei config esl user sippstnuser attribute set 0 3 0 priority cat2 huawei config esl user sippstnuser attribute set 0 3 1 priority cat2 huawei config esl user quit 3 Configure the PSTN port attributes huawei config pstnport huawei config pstnport pstnport attribute batset 0 3 0 0 3 1 rev...

Страница 353: ...io where one NT1 is connected to only one terminal Service Requirements l ISDN Phone A is connected to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through the NT1 and the ISDN digital phone supports the P2P function l ISDN Phone B is connected to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through the NT1 and the ISDN digital phone supports the P2P function l Basic rate interface BRI is adopted between the NT1 and the MA5600T MA...

Страница 354: ... with the ISDN service board that is the DSRD or DSRE board l The terminal endpoint identifier of the ISDN digital phone must be 0 Data Plan Table 3 7 provides the data plan for configuring the P2P ISDN BRA service Table 3 7 Data plan for configuring the P2P ISDN BRA service Item Data MG interface ID 0 IUA link set parameter IUA link set ID 1 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Mo...

Страница 355: ...te port ID 1400 IP address of the primary MGC 10 14 1 2 16 IP address of the primary MGC MGC that is bound to the IUA link primary mgc Priority of the IUA link 3 IP address of the primary MGC 10 14 1 2 16 IP address of the primary MGC ISDN BRA port Subrack ID Slot ID Port ID 0 2 0 0 3 0 IUA interface ID 8 9 Working mode P2P TID 100 110 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Co...

Страница 356: ...gtran huawei config sigtran iua linkset add 1 mgid 0 jointly work enable trafficmode override iid map 2 pendingtime cs mode client huawei config sigtran iua link add 15 1 1401 10 13 4 116 1400 10 14 1 2 jointly work with primary mgc priority 3 huawei config sigtran quit NOTE All the ISDN call control messages are sent from the IUA link to the softswitch whereas the system uses the bearer control m...

Страница 357: ...braport attribute set 0 3 0 workmode p2p activemode stable active autodeactive disable quit sigtran iua linkset add 1 mgid 0 jointly work enable trafficmode override iid map 2 pendingtime cs mode client iua link add 15 1 1401 10 13 4 116 1400 10 14 1 2 jointly work with primary mgc priority 3quit esl user mgbrauser add 0 2 0 0 1 interfaceid 8 terminalid 100 telno 12345601 mgbrauser add 0 3 0 0 1 i...

Страница 358: ... MA5608T must use the SIP protocol to communicate with the IMS l The MG interface and the system parameters must be configured For the related operations see Configuring an SIP Interface and Optional Configuring the System Parameters The MG interface must be in the normal state l The ISDN digital phone must support the P2P function l The system must be configured with the ISDN service board that i...

Страница 359: ...ive autodeactive disable huawei config braport braport attribute set 0 3 0 workmode p2p activemode stable active autodeactive disable huawei config braport quit Step 2 Configure the ISDN BRA user data huawei config esl user huawei config esl user sipbrauser add 0 2 0 0 telno 12345601 huawei config esl user sipbrauser add 0 3 0 0 telno 12345602 huawei config esl user quit Step 3 Save the data huawe...

Страница 360: ...8T through the same NT1 l Basic rate interface BRI is adopted between the NT1 and the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T to provide a rate of 144 kbit s including two B channels and one D channel Prerequisite l The MG interface and the system parameters must be configured For the related operations see Configuring an MG Interface and Optional Configuring the System Parameters The MG interface must be in the ...

Страница 361: ...A link set parameter IUA link set ID 1 Working mode of a link set override Pending time 10s Mode of generating the interface ID 2 Whether the link in the link set supports the interlocking enable SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 3 Configuring the DSLAM Services Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei ...

Страница 362: ...mode of the ISDN BRA port In the BRA port mode configure the working mode of the ISDN BRA port to P2MP configure the activation mode to stable activation and enable automatic activation huawei config braport huawei config braport braport attribute set 0 3 1 workmode p2mp autodeactive enable Step 2 Add an IUA link set and IUA links In the SIGTRAN mode configure the SIGTRAN protocol stack Add an IUA...

Страница 363: ...ry mgc priority 3 quit esl user mgbrauser add 0 3 1 0 1 interfaceid 10 terminalid 106 telno 88880000 quit save 3 3 8 Example Configuring the P2MP ISDN BRA Service Based on the SIP Protocol This topic describes how to configure the P2MP ISDN BRA service on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T which is applicable to the scenario where one NT1 is connected to multiple terminals Service Requirements l Two ISDN...

Страница 364: ...ple network of the P2MP ISDN BRA service Figure 3 16 Example network of the P2MP ISDN BRA service Data Plan Table 3 10 provides the data plan for configuring the P2MP ISDN BRA service Table 3 10 Data plan for the P2MP ISDN BRA service Item Data MG interface ID 0 ISDN BRA port Subrack ID Slot ID Port ID 0 3 1 Working mode P2MP SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissionin...

Страница 365: ...le braport braport attribute set 0 3 1 workmode p2mp autodeactive enable quit esl user sipbrauser add 0 3 1 0 telno 88880000 quit save 3 3 9 Example Configuring the ISDN PRA Service This topic is applicable to the scenario where the ISDN users are connected to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through the ISDN primary rate interface PRI Prerequisite l The PSTN user Phone B in the example network must be...

Страница 366: ...th users outside the PBX in the normal state Networking Figure 3 17 shows an example of the ISDN PRA service Figure 3 17 Example of the ISDN PRA service Data Plan Table 3 11 provides the data plan for configuring the ISDN PRA service Table 3 11 Data plan for configuring the ISDN PRA service Item Data MG interface ID 0 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Co...

Страница 367: ...P address of the primary MGC 10 14 1 2 16 IP address of the primary MGC MGC that is bound to the IUA link primary mgc Priority of the IUA link 3 IP address of the primary MGC 10 14 1 2 16 IP address of the primary MGC ISDN PRA port Subrack ID Slot ID Port ID 0 2 0 IUA interface ID 1 TID 512 Procedure Step 1 Add the EDTB board According to the data plan add an ISDN PRA service board to slot 0 2 Sma...

Страница 368: ...ID profile to which the ISDN PRA user of the MG interface is bound is not a layering profile the TID must be configured and cannot be within the configured TID range l When the TID profile to which the ISDN PRA user of the MG interface is bound is a layering profile the configuration of the TID parameter is not available because the system automatically allocates the TID Step 4 Save the data huawe...

Страница 369: ...hod see 3 3 3 Example Configuring the VoIP PSTN Service SIP l Users of the PBX must be configured and can communicate with each other in the normal state l The system must be configured with the EDTB board Service Requirements l The PBX is connected to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T through the ISDN PRI PRI supports a data rate of 2048 kbit s including 30 B channels and one D channel The rate of both...

Страница 370: ...D Slot ID Port ID 0 2 0 Phone number 12345600 Procedure Step 1 Configure the ISDN PRA user data huawei config esl user huawei config esl user sipprauser add 0 2 0 0 telno 12345600 huawei config esl user quit SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 3 Configuring the DSLAM Services Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyr...

Страница 371: ...de Service Requirements l The PBX is connected to the IP network over a long distance to carry the PRA service l The user interface data is transparently transmitted on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T The following figure shows an example network of TDM SHDSL for carrying the PRA service Figure 3 19 Example network of TDM SHDSL for carrying the PRA service Data Plan The following table lists the data ...

Страница 372: ...s 10 13 4 116 16 It must exist in the signaling IP address pool Remote port ID 1400 IP address of the primary MGC 10 14 1 2 16 IP address of the primary MGC MGC that is bound to the IUA link primary mgc Priority of the IUA link 3 IP address of the primary MGC 10 14 1 2 16 IP address of the primary MGC PRA user interface data MGID 0 IUA link set ID 0 Terminal ID 0 Prerequisite l The H802EDTB board ...

Страница 373: ... clockmode line 0 Step 4 Configure the attributes of the SHDSL port Configure the signaling mode of SHDSL port 0 3 16 to CCS PRA D channel signaling is transmitted in timeslot 16 and timeslot 0 is used for frame synchronization huawei config edt 0 3 shdslport signal 16 CCS huawei config edt 0 3 quit Step 5 Add an IUA link set and IUA links In the SIGTRAN mode configure the SIGTRAN protocol stack A...

Страница 374: ...he SIP Protocol The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is connected to the PBX in the TDM SHDSL mode and then connected upstream to the IP network in the GE mode Service Requirements l The PBX is connected to the IP network over a long distance to carry the PRA service l The configuration data is transparently transmitted on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T The following figure shows an example network of TDM SHD...

Страница 375: ...re the working sub mode of the board According to the service requirement configure the working sub mode of the board to service mode By default the working sub mode of the board is service huawei config edt 0 3 runmode service Step 3 Optional Configure the clock source of the board Configure the E1 line clock on port 0 3 0 as the clock source NOTE You can select the line clock or system clock as ...

Страница 376: ...rfaces This topic is applicable to the scenario where multiple logical AGs are simulated on one physical AG Context Configuring VAGs is literally to configure MG interfaces with different IDs on the same device and to configure user ports homing to different MG interfaces Pay attention to the following points l When the system uses the MGCP or H 248 protocol up to eight MG interfaces with differen...

Страница 377: ...hat of VAG1 except for the following differences The media IP address and signaling IP address of VAG2 are 10 10 10 11 The MGC assigns phone numbers 85110000 85110031 to phones 0 31 of VAG2 l MG0 indicates VAG1 in the figure and MG1 indicates VAG2 in the figure Networking Figure 3 21 shows an example network of the VAG service Figure 3 21 Example network of the VAG service SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T ...

Страница 378: ...T MA5603T MA5608T to the MGC is 10 10 10 1 Attributes of the MG interface NOTE Parameter s listed here are mandator y which means that the MG interface fails to be enabled if these parameter s are not configure d MG interface ID 0 and 1 Signaling port ID of the MG interface 2944 IP address of the primary MGC to which the MG interface belongs The IP address of the primary MGC is 10 10 20 20 and the...

Страница 379: ...d the upstream VLAN interface According to the data plan configure standard VLAN 20 as the media and signaling upstream VLAN add upstream port 0 19 0 to the VLAN and configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10 10 10 10 which facilitates the configuration of the media and signaling IP address pools huawei config vlan 20 standard huawei config port vlan 20 0 19 0 huawei config interface ...

Страница 380: ...e be either the same or different Note this when configuring the terminal prefix huawei config if h248 0 tid format pstn prefix huawei template 6 5 Reset the MG interface Reset the MG interface to make the MG interface register with the MGC and to make the modified attributes of the MG interface take effect so that the MG interface can work in the normal state The MG interface can be started in di...

Страница 381: ...ress pools respectively Therefore the media and signaling IP addresses used for the services can be selected from the IP address pools According to the data plan IP address 10 10 10 11 is added to the media and signaling IP address pools and the gateway IP address corresponding to the media IP address is 10 10 10 1 huawei config voip huawei config voip ip address media 10 10 10 11 10 10 10 1 huawe...

Страница 382: ...running status of the MG interface After the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC the MG interface should be in the normal state indicating that the MG interface works in the normal state huawei config display if h248 all MGID Trans State MGPort MGIP MGCPort MGCIP DomainName 0 UDP Normal 2944 10 10 10 10 2944 10 10 20 2 1 UDP Normal 2944 10 10 10 11 2944 10 10 20 20 7 Confirm the service bo...

Страница 383: ...erfaces with different IDs on the same device and to configure user ports homing to different SIP interfaces Pay attention to the following points l When the system uses the SIP protocol up to eight SIP interfaces with different IDs can be configured on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T and each SIP interface can be considered as a VAG l When configuring the parameters for interconnecting different SIP ...

Страница 384: ...VAG1 as listed in Table 3 16 l The data plan of VAG2 is the same as that of VAG1 except for the following differences The media IP address and signaling IP address of VAG2 are 10 20 10 11 The IMS assigns phone numbers 85000000 85000031 to phones 0 31 of VAG2 l SIP interface 0 indicates VAG1 in the figure and SIP interface 1 indicates VAG2 in the figure SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service...

Страница 385: ...eter s listed here are mandator y which means that the SIP interface fails to be enabled if these parameter s are not configure d SIP interface ID 0 and 1 Signaling port ID of the SIP interface 5060 IP address of the primary IMS core network device to which the SIP interface belongs 10 20 20 100 Port ID of the primary IMS core network device to which the SIP interface belongs 5060 Transmission mod...

Страница 386: ...sponding to the media IP address is 10 20 10 1 huawei config voip huawei config voip ip address media 10 20 10 10 10 20 10 1 huawei config voip ip address signaling 10 20 10 10 huawei config voip quit 3 Configure a static route to the IMS Make sure that the route between the local device and the IMS is reachable The static route is used as an example huawei config ip route static 10 20 0 0 255 255...

Страница 387: ... They are used for Layer 3 forwarding huawei config interface vlanif 30 huawei config if vlanif30 ip address 10 20 10 11 24 sub huawei config if vlanif30 quit 2 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools Add the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface configured in the previous step to the media and signaling IP address pools respectively Therefore the media and signaling IP addresses use...

Страница 388: ... 8 Save the data huawei config save End Result After the configuration l Users of VAG1 can communicate with each other l Users of VAG2 can communicate with each other l Users of VAG1 and VAG2 can communicate with each other 3 4 Example Configuring the Triple Play This topic describes how to configure the Triple Play on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Triple play is a service provisioning mode in which...

Страница 389: ...he previously configured services and previously deployed user terminals Single PVC for multiple services Single PVC for multiple services is a triple play mode in which a single PVC is adopted for carrying multiple services from the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T to each DSL user terminal The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T can differentiate services by the following means l Ethernet type IPoE PPPoE l User side...

Страница 390: ...ed in a unified way Every users VoIP IPTV and Internet services share one user bandwidth the bandwidth is preferentially allocated to the service with higher priority and one service burst can hold the total user bandwidth when the other two services carry no traffic 3 4 1 Configuration Example of the Triple Play Multi PVC for Multiple Services This topic describes how to configure the triple play...

Страница 391: ...PPoE mode The VoIP service and the IPTV service are provided in the DHCP mode obtaining IP addresses from the DHCP server in the standard DHCP mode Figure 3 23 Example network of the triple play service in the multi PVC for multiple services mode Data Plan Table 3 17 shows the key data for configuring the triple play in multi PVC for multiple services mode on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T SmartAX MA...

Страница 392: ...olicy of downstream packets Local Setting l Index 9 l No rate limitation l Default packet 802 1p priority 5 l Priority scheduling policy of downstream packets Local Setting As VoIP IPTV and Internet services access from the same port the 802 1p priorities for each service must be configured These three services are prioritized in descending order as follows VoIP IPTV Internet access Service port l...

Страница 393: ...s of the VLAN Layer 3 interface 10 2 2 1 24 Multicas t l Multicast mode IGMP Proxy l Profile 0 of multicast user 2 the right to watch only program BTV 1 l Multicast upstream port 0 19 0 l Multicast IP address of program BTV 1 224 1 1 1 program source IP address 10 10 10 10 l Multicast IP address of program BTV 2 224 1 1 2 program source IP address 10 10 10 10 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi ...

Страница 394: ...ervice port to the VLAN 3 and use the traffic profile 8 added in the preceding step huawei config service port vlan 3 adsl 0 2 1 vpi 0 vci 36 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port vlan 3 adsl 0 3 1 vpi 0 vci 36 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 4 Configure the DHCP relay Configure the IP addresses of DHCP server 1 and the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface and bind the VLAN Layer 3 interface to D...

Страница 395: ...t vlan 4 huawei config mvlan4 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y huawei config mvlan4 igmp uplink port 0 19 0 huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp uplink port mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode y n n y huawei config multicast vlan 4 huawei config mvlan4 igmp program add name BTV 1 ip 224 1 1 1 sourceip 10 10 10 10 huawei config mvlan4 igmp program ad...

Страница 396: ... adsl 0 3 1 vpi 0 vci 36 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 dhcp mode layer 3 standard dhcp server 1 ip 20 1 1 2 20 1 1 3 interface vlanif 3 ip address 10 1 1 1 24 dhcp server 1 quit save Save the configuration IPTV vlan 4 smart port vlan 4 0 19 0 traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority policy local Setting service port 100 vlan 4 adsl 0 2 1 vpi 0 vci 35 rx cttr 9 tx cttr 9 service port 101 vlan 4 a...

Страница 397: ...e template and alarm template that need to be bound to ports have been configured For details about how to configure the ADSL2 line template or alarm template see Configuring ADSL2 Profiles Service Requirements ADSL2 user 1 and ADSL2 user 2 are connected to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T to implement the triple play l The PC user accesses the Internet properly l The VoIP user makes calls properly l T...

Страница 398: ...y 2 Home Gateway 1 Program1 224 1 1 1 Program2 224 1 1 2 User 1 User 2 IP1 20 2 2 2 IP2 20 2 2 3 IP1 20 1 1 2 IP2 20 1 1 3 Data Plan Table 3 18 shows the key data for configuring the triple play in single PVC for multiple services mode on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 3 Configuring the DSLAM Services Is...

Страница 399: ...2 1p priority 6 l Priority scheduling policy of downstream packets Local Setting l Index 9 l No rate limitation l Default packet 802 1p priority 5 l Priority scheduling policy of downstream packets Local Setting As VoIP IPTV and Internet services access from the same port the 802 1p priorities for each service must be configured These three services are prioritized in descending order as follows V...

Страница 400: ...s of the VLAN Layer 3 interface 10 2 2 1 24 Multicas t l Multicast mode IGMP Proxy l Profile 0 of multicast user 2 the right to watch only program BTV 1 l Multicast upstream port 0 19 0 l Multicast IP address of program BTV 1 224 1 1 1 program source IP address 10 10 10 10 l Multicast IP address of program BTV 2 224 1 1 2 program source IP address 10 10 10 10 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi ...

Страница 401: ...ing step huawei config service port vlan 3 adsl 0 2 1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port vlan 3 adsl 0 3 1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 NOTE The video and voice services have stricter requirements on delay You can run the bind channel command to bind them to a low delay channel Currently this command is available fo...

Страница 402: ... Add multicast user 1 and multicast user 2 to multicast VLAN 4 huawei config multicast vlan 4 huawei config mvlan4 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y huawei config mvlan4 igmp uplink port 0 19 0 huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp uplink port mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode y n n y huawei config multicast vlan 4 huawei config mvlan4 igmp program ...

Страница 403: ...ffic table ip index 8 cir 1024 priority 6 priority policy local Setting service port vlan 3 adsl 0 2 1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 service port vlan 3 adsl 0 3 1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 dhcp mode layer 3 standard dhcp server 1 ip 20 1 1 2 20 1 1 3 interface vlanif 3 ip address 10 1 1 1 24 dhcp server 1 quit save IPTV vlan 4 smart ...

Страница 404: ...ines must be in the normal state l The system is working properly l The home gateway has been configured Specifically virtual local area networks VLANs have been configured on the home gateway for different services l The asymmetric digital subscriber line 2 plus ADSL2 line template and alarm template that need to be bound to ports have been configured Service Requirements ADSL2 user 1 and ADSL2 u...

Страница 405: ...e standard DHCP mode Figure 3 25 Example network of the triple play service in the single PVC for multiple services mode Access node TV PC DHCP DHCP PPPoE TV Ephone PC DHCP DHCP PPPoE LSW STB STB GW IPTV DHCP Server BMS OSS RADIUS Server RADIUS Proxy BRAS VoIP DHCP Server Ephone Muticast source Router Home Gateway 2 Home Gateway 1 Program1 224 1 1 1 Program2 224 1 1 2 User 1 User 2 IP1 20 2 2 2 IP...

Страница 406: ...stream downstream rates 32 kbit s Minimum reserved upstream downstream rate 32 kbit s Maximum upstream rate 4096 kbit s Maximum downstream rate 10240 kbit s l ADSL2 line template ID 3 Upstream Downstream rate adaptation ratio of channel 100 l ADSL2 line alarm template ID 1 VLAN l SVLAN ID 2 l SVLAN type smart l CVLAN ID 20 l SVLAN ID 3 l SVLAN type smart l CVLAN ID 30 l SVLAN ID 4 l SVLAN type sma...

Страница 407: ...prioritized in descending order as follows VoIP IPTV Internet access The PIR and maximum user bandwidth must be the same Service port l VPI 0 l VCI 35 l VPI 0 l VCI 35 l Index 100 and 101 l VPI 0 l VCI 35 The three services have different VCIs DHCP relay l Number of the DHCP server group 1 l IP address of DHCP server group 1 20 1 1 2 l IP address of DHCP server group 2 20 1 1 3 l IP address of the...

Страница 408: ...ximum upstream transmission rate 4096 kbit s huawei config adsl channel profile quickadd 3 rate 32 32 10240 32 32 4096 2 Configure ADSL line template 3 by binding channel profile 3 huawei config adsl line template quickadd 3 channel1 3 100 100 l Bind ADSL line template 3 created in the previous step to ADSL ports 0 2 0 and 0 2 1 Activate the ports huawei config interface adsl 0 2 huawei config if ...

Страница 409: ...i config traffic table ip index 8 cir 1024 pir 10240 priority 6 priority policy local Setting 3 Add a service port to the VLAN Create service virtual port the S VLAN ID to 3 the C VLAN ID to 30 the VPI VCI to 0 35 and use the traffic profile 8added in the preceding step huawei config service port vlan 3 adsl 0 2 0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service po...

Страница 410: ...lanif4 dhcp server 2 huawei config if vlanif4 quit 5 Configure the multicast data Configure the multicast mode authority profile multicast upstream port and multicast program Add multicast user 1 and multicast user 2 to multicast VLAN 4 huawei config multicast vlan 4 huawei config mvlan4 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y huawei config mvlan4 igmp uplink port 0 19 0 huawei co...

Страница 411: ...e adsl 0 2 deactivate 0 deactivate 1 activate 0 template index 3 activate 1 template index 3 alarm config 0 1 alarm config 1 1 quit Internet vlan 2 smart port vlan 0 19 0 traffic table ip index 7 cir 10240 priority 1 priority policy local Setting service port vlan 2 adsl 0 2 0 vpi 0 vci 35 multi service user vlan 20 rx cttr 7 tx cttr 7 service port vlan 2 adsl 0 2 1 vpi 0 vci 35 multi service user...

Страница 412: ...an 4 igmp program add name BTV 1 ip 224 1 1 1 sourceip 10 10 10 10 igmp program add name BTV 2 ip 224 1 1 2 sourceip 10 10 10 10 btv igmp profile profile name profile0 program name BTV 1 watch igmp policy service port 100 normal igmp policy service port 101 normal igmp user add service port 100 no auth igmp user add service port 101 auth igmp user bind profile service port 100 profile name profile...

Страница 413: ...provided by the ISP to the specified user group rapidly the outer VLAN tags of VLAN stacking can be used to identify ISPs while the inner VLAN tags to identify users In this way different user groups can be connected to the specified ISPs in batches through different outer VLAN tags to obtain services from the ISPs 4 3 Configuration Example of the PWE3 Private Line Service This topic describes how...

Страница 414: ...sing a part of an E1 line With this service users are assigned specific timeslots of an E1 line and therefore can share the bandwidth of the E1 line hence saving the E1 line lease expense SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 4 Configuration Example of the Private Line Service Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyri...

Страница 415: ...ranches of the enterprise are connected to the metropolitan area network MAN through the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T The upper layer network must work in the Layer 2 mode and must forward packets according to the VLAN and the MAC address On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T the attribute of the upstream VLAN of user packets is configured as QinQ private line service A VLAN tunnel is created in Layer 2 Layer...

Страница 416: ... as examples to describe how to configure the private line service implemented through a QinQ VLAN Data Plan Table 4 1 lists the key data planning of the QinQ VLAN private line service on MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T_A SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 4 Configuration Example of the Private Line Service Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprieta...

Страница 417: ...etwork Upstream port 0 19 0 Traffic profile l Traffic profile ID 10 l CIR 4 Mbit s l Priority copy policy user cos l Default 802 1p priority of the packet 4 l Priority based scheduling policy of the downstream packets local setting The CIR depends on the user bandwidth requirement VDSL2 port l VDSL2 port ID 0 2 0 l Default VDSL2 line profile 1 l Default VDSL2 alarm profile 1 Service virtual port l...

Страница 418: ...d bind a profile to it Use the default VDSL2 line profile 1 Activate port 0 2 0 and bind alarm profile 1 to port 0 2 0 NOTE l By default the VDSL port is in the activated state Before binding a profile to the port you must deactivate the port huawei config interface vdsl 0 2 huawei config if vdsl 0 2 deactivate 0 huawei config if vdsl 0 2 activate 0 template index 1 huawei config if vdsl 0 2 alarm...

Страница 419: ...ication data of the access user must be configured on the BRAS l The system is working properly Service Requirements l The two ISPs in the Layer 2 switching MAN provide broadband services to enterprise users Different enterprise user groups are bulk connected to the specified ISP to obtain services provided by the ISP l The access device uses xDSL or LAN access Networking Figure 4 2 shows an examp...

Страница 420: ...cking multi ISP wholesale access Data Plan Table 4 2 lists the key data planning of the VLAN stacking wholesale service on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T The ADSL2 access is used as an example SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 4 Configuration Example of the Private Line Service Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copy...

Страница 421: ...The CIR depends on the user bandwidth requirement ADSL2 port l ADSL2 port ID Enterprise user 1 0 2 0 Enterprise user 2 0 2 1 Enterprise user 3 0 3 0 Enterprise user 4 0 3 1 l Default ADSL2 line profile 1 l Default ADSL2 alarm profile 1 Service virtual port l Service port ID Enterprise user 1 0 Enterprise user 2 1 Enterprise user 3 2 Enterprise user 4 3 l VPI 0 l VCI 35 l ID of the traffic profile ...

Страница 422: ...t Use the default ADSL2 line profile 1 Activate the ADSL2 port and bind alarm profile 1 to the port The following uses port 0 2 0 as an example The configuration of the other three ADSL2 ports are similar to that of port 0 2 0 NOTE l By default the port is in the activated state Before binding a profile to the port you must deactivate the port huawei config interface adsl 0 2 huawei config if adsl...

Страница 423: ...total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the VLAN s which have been operated successfully is 2 port vlan 60 61 0 19 0 It will take several minutes and console may be timeout please use command idle timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port s y n n y The total of the VLANs having been processed is 2 The total of the port VLAN s having been added is 2 traffic tabl...

Страница 424: ...ssion network and the IP network provides simulated TDM services PWE3 encapsulation is recommended TDM MPLS Mainly used to integrate the TDM circuit into the PSN to provide more value added services When the MPLS protocol is deployed for the transmission network and the IP network provides simulated TDM services PWE3 encapsulation is recommended 4 3 1 Example Configuring ATM PWE3 to Implement Migr...

Страница 425: ...aranteed for various services Figure 4 3 Example network of the ATM PWE3 Prerequisite l The xDSL board and the SPUB board must be in position and must work in the normal state l The static routing protocol or the OSPF protocol must be successfully configured on each device in the network the host route of each port must be successfully advertised Context For the principle and configuration of trTC...

Страница 426: ... and other IP addresses set the LSR ID to a special unique value so that it identifies the device intuitively The MPLS feature must be enabled for 1 Global 2 L2VPN 3 VLAN and VLAN interfaces VLAN Smart VLAN 300 IP address of the VLAN interface 192 168 1 20 Upstream port 0 19 1 VLAN and VLAN interfaces must be configured to enable MPLS forwarding PW parameters Peer IP address 7 7 7 7 PW type ATM Nt...

Страница 427: ...erent users are deployed at different ports on the same board in the same slot By doing so the same PW is used to carry multiple PVCs This improves the transmission efficiency reduces the number of PWs required and facilitates the application of QoS policies Services of different types are deployed on boards in different slots isolating the services physically VPI VCI of Cells 0 35 0 35 0 35 Since...

Страница 428: ...8460 8461 8462 PW CAR 12288 Kbit s 30720 Kbit s 6144 Kbit s QoS policies In the upstream direction priorities of service packets are remarked by setting CAR and PIR for the PW and only yellow packets are identified CAR Rate PIR User CoS Priority 1 4 5 CoS Priority After Remar king 0 2 5 WRED Profile ID 5 ID 5 ID 5 QoS policies In the downstream direction the xDSL board sets CoS drop threshold glob...

Страница 429: ...ck0 quit 2 Configure the LSR ID of the MPLS and enable global MPLS function and Layer 2 VPN huawei config mpls lsr id 5 5 5 5 huawei config mpls huawei config mpls quit huawei config mpls l2vpn 3 Enable the MPLS function for VLAN 300 configure the IP address of the VLAN interface 300 and enable the MPLS function for it huawei config mpls vlan 300 huawei config interface vlanif 300 huawei config if...

Страница 430: ...steps 1 Configure the PW ID to 20 huawei config pw para 20 2 Configure the LSR ID of the peer PWE3 gateway in the PW Configure the LSR ID of the PWE3 gateway to 7 7 7 7 huawei config pw para 20 peer address 7 7 7 7 3 Configure the PW type to ATM NTo1 VCC huawei config pw para 20 pw type atm nto1 vcc 4 Configure the PW to support the control word huawei config pw para 20 control word 5 Optional Set...

Страница 431: ...VCI is 0 35 and the traffic profile for the upstream and downstream directions is 21 huawei config multi service port vlan aoe board 3 vpi 0 vci 35 inbound traffic table index 21 outbound traffic table index 21 l Create AOE service streams in batches for CBR services The service board is in slot 0 4 VPI VCI is 0 35 and the traffic profile for the upstream and downstream directions is 22 huawei con...

Страница 432: ...eue huawei config cos queue map cos0 1 cos1 1 cos2 4 cos4 4 cos5 5 Step 14 Set committed rate in the PW upstream direction l Set CAR in the upstream direction of PW 20 to 12288 kbit s huawei config mpls car pw 20 cir 12288 l Set CAR in the upstream direction of PW 21 to 30720 kbit s huawei config mpls car pw 21 cir 30720 l Set CAR in the upstream direction of PW 22 to 6144 kbit s huawei config mpl...

Страница 433: ...label 8450 receive label 8460 multi pw ac binding pvc board 3 vpi 0 vci 35 from outvpi 0 outvci 33 from invpi 1 invci 33 pw 21 static transmit label 8451 receive label 8461 multi pw ac binding pvc board 4 vpi 0 vci 35 from outvpi 0 outvci 34 from invpi 1 invci 34 pw 22 static transmit label 8452 receive label 8462 wred profile index 5 green low limit 100 high limit 100 discard probability 0 yellow...

Страница 434: ...he PW and MPLS encapsulation for the packets the SPUB board performs the MPLS packet header encapsulation and then sends them to the control board 4 The control board performs the Layer 2 forwarding and sends the packets to the upstream port 5 The packets are sent over the MPLS network to the peer PWE3 gateway such as the PTN 6 The PWE3 gateway restores the ATM cells and sends them to the peer ATM...

Страница 435: ...f the tunnel interface at the data link layer MPLS TE Tunnel signaling protocol RSVP TE ATM service port Port 0 2 0 Emulation SVLAN 3001 VPI VCI 0 35 OSPF OSPF process ID 200 OSPF area ID 1 Enable MPLS TE for the OSPF area PWE3 gateway LSR ID 7 7 7 7 Procedure Step 1 Configure a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN Create upstream VLAN 300 and add upstream port 0 19 1 to VLAN 300 huawei confi...

Страница 436: ...aque capability huawei config ospf 1 area 200 huawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 200 mpls te enable standard complying Enable MPLS TE for the OSPF area huawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 200 network 192 168 2 0 0 0 0 255 huawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 200 network 5 5 5 5 0 0 0 0 huawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 200 return Step 4 Configure a PWE3 outer tunnel Configure the tunnel ID to 20 and the encapsu...

Страница 437: ... Configure the tunnel policy used by the PW Configure the tunnel policy name to atmpw plcy huawei config pw para 20 tnl policy atmpw plcy huawei config pw para 20 quit Step 7 Create an ATM access service stream ATM cells must be encapsulated into ATM over Ethernet AOE packets before being carried by PWs That is create an ATM service stream l Create AOE service streams in batches for UBR services T...

Страница 438: ... services huawei config multi pw ac binding pvc board 4 vpi 0 vci 35 from outvpi 0 outvci 34 from invpi 1 invci 34 pw 22 static transmit label 8452 receive label 8462 Step 9 Query the PW status huawei config display pw ac binding pvc 0 2 0 vpi 0 vci 35 Total 1 Up Down 1 0 Static LDP 1 0 F S P PW PW PROTO RECEIVE TRNS PW VPIVCI ID STATE TYPE LABEL LABEL INDEX 0 2 0 0 35 20 up static 8460 8450 20 No...

Страница 439: ...ork Service Requirements l The data interaction between enterprise branches in different regions is achieved through the metropolitan area network MAN that is running the MPLS protocol l The Ethernet service data of the enterprise private network is transparently transmitted so that the data security can be ensured Prerequisite l The SPUB board must be in position and must work in the normal state...

Страница 440: ... the PTN 6 The PWE3 gateway restores ETH signals and sends them to the peer Ethernet switch or router Figure 4 5 Example network of the ETH PWE3 MPLS Network LAN Switch Access Node PWE3 Gateway FE GE FE GE Router ETH PWE3 LAN Switch FE GE FE GE Router Data Plan Table 4 6 lists the data plan for configuring the ETH PWE3 Table 4 6 Data plan for configuring the ETH PWE3 Item Data MPLS LSR ID 5 5 5 5 ...

Страница 441: ...e loopback interface Configure the IP address of loopback interface 0 to 5 5 5 5 32 huawei config interface loopback 0 huawei config if loopback0 ip address 5 5 5 5 32 huawei config if loopback0 quit 2 Configure the LSR ID of the MPLS and enable global MPLS TE and Layer 2 VPN huawei config mpls lsr id 5 5 5 5 huawei config mpls huawei config mpls mpls te huawei config mpls mpls rsvp te huawei conf...

Страница 442: ...ation IP address of the tunnel to 6 6 6 6 huawei config if tunnel10 destination 6 6 6 6 Configure the ID of the MPLS TE tunnel interface to 10 The tunnel ID and LSR ID uniquely identify an MPLS TE tunnel huawei config if tunnel10 mpls te tunnel id 10 Configure the signaling protocol of the MPLS TE tunnel to RSVP TE huawei config if tunnel10 mpls te signal protocol rsvp te Configure the MPLS TE tun...

Страница 443: ...i config service port vlan 3001 eth 0 4 0 multi service user vlan 20 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 Step 8 Bind the VLAN to the PW to create the ETH PWE3 service Bind emulation SVLAN 3001 to PW 10 and set PW type to static PW out label of the PW to 8500 and in label of the PW to 8600 huawei config pw ac binding vlan 3001 pw 10 static transmit label 8500 receive label 8600 Step 9 Query the PW status huawei co...

Страница 444: ...4 Example Configuring the TDM PWE3 to Emulate TDM Services on the IP Network The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T supports SAToP encapsulation for non frame E1 signals and implements the TDM PWE3 emulation service after IP encapsulating the signals In this way the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T provides emulated TDM private line service over the IP network Service Requirements l To make full use of legacy TDM lin...

Страница 445: ...control board 4 The control board performs Layer 2 forwarding and sends the packets to the upstream port 5 The packets are sent over the PSN network to the peer PWE3 gateway such as the PTN 6 The PWE3 gateway restores the E1 signals from the packets and then sends them to the DDN network or SDH network Networking Figure 4 6 shows an example network of TDM PWE3 IP based Figure 4 6 Example network o...

Страница 446: ...Set the ID of the loopback interface to 0 and its IP address to 3 3 3 3 32 huawei config interface loopback 0 huawei config if loopback0 ip address 3 3 3 3 32 huawei config if loopback0 quit Step 2 Enable basic MPLS functions Set the IP address of loopback interface 0 as the LSR ID huawei config mpls lsr id 3 3 3 3 Enable global MPLS huawei config mpls huawei config mpls lsp trigger host set up an...

Страница 447: ...vlanif4001 mpls huawei config if vlanif4001 mpls ldp huawei config if vlanif4001 quit Step 4 Configure a route PWE3 has no special requirements for the routing policy A static route or dynamic RIP or OSPF route can be configured An OSPF dynamic route is recommended because OSPF supports MPLS RSVP TE extension Set the OSPF process ID to 100 and OSPF area ID to 1 In addition configure the interfaces...

Страница 448: ...00 and the value must be an integer multiple of 125 Configure this value according to actual conditions In this example the jitter buffer size is set to 2500 μs huawei config pw para 2 jitter buffer buffer size 2500 7 Configure the PW to support the control word huawei config pw para 2 control word 8 Enable virtual circuit connectivity verification VCCV huawei config pw para 2 vccv cc cw alert ttl...

Страница 449: ...k of a port implementing voice service synchronization huawei config edt 0 3 clock work 1 net End Result After a network is restructured the long term bit error ratio and latency meet the requirements for actual applications the Nx64k private line service or ISDN PRI PBX service runs normally and the operation method for end users is not changed Configuration File interface loopback 0 ip address 3...

Страница 450: ...eam as MPLS packets to the DDN network or SDH network Prerequisite l The H802EDTB board and SPUB board are installed and work in the normal state l The working mode of the H802EDTB board is set to SAToP by running the board workmode command l A static route or dynamic route is successfully configured on each device over the network so that the IP routes between LSRs are reachable Context The imple...

Страница 451: ...ists the data plan for configuring TDM PWE3 MPLS based Table 4 8 Data plan for configuring TDM PWE3 MPLS based Parameter Data H802EDTB board Board slot 0 4 E1 port 0 4 5 SPUB board Board slot 0 5 MPLS VLAN for MPLS forwarding 4001 IP address of VLAN interface 4001 10 50 50 50 24 MPLS LSR ID 3 3 3 3 Global MPLS LDP enabled MPLS LDP for VLANIF 4001 enabled MPLS Layer 2 VPN enabled SmartAX MA5600T MA...

Страница 452: ...vpn Enable global LDP huawei config mpls ldp huawei config mpls ldp quit NOTE l Only one session can exist between two LSRs and a local LDP session takes priority over a remote LDP session To simplify the configuration assume that the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is directly connected to the PTN Hence you need to enable only the LDP function the local LDP session is automatically set up after the LDP f...

Страница 453: ... 0 255 huawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 100 network 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 huawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 100 return Step 5 Configure PW parameters 1 Create PW 3 and enter the PW parameter mode huawei config pw para 3 2 Configure the loopback interface IP address of the remote PTN device in the PW Set the loopback interface IP address to 10 10 10 10 huawei config pw para 3 peer address 10 10 10 10 3 Set ...

Страница 454: ...ECEIVE TRNS PW ID ID STATE TYPE LABEL LABEL INDEX 2 3 up LDP 3 Note F Frame S Slot P Port Secondary Step 9 Configure clock synchronization on the E1 port Configure the recovery clock source of the H802EDTB board In the recovery clock mode the receive end recovers the clock of the transmit end according to the average arrival rate of the received SAToP packets In this example clock signals are extr...

Страница 455: ...or Transparently Transmitting the Narrowband Data Private Line Service The TDM SHDSL extends the access distance With the TDM SHDSL the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T transparently transmits user side configuration data to the digital data network DDN In this way the twisted pair can be fully used and the E1 line deployment expense decreases Service Requirements l Use the existing rich twisted pair resou...

Страница 456: ...ce l Slot ID 0 3 l Board working mode voice l Board working sub mode transparent mode If a port is used for transparently transmitting the narrowband data private line service l Port ID 0 3 0 l Board working mode voice l Board working sub mode service l Port working mode transparent mode Prerequisite l The H802EDTB board must be in position and must work in the normal state l An SHDSL modem must b...

Страница 457: ...dt 0 3 runmode service huawei config edt 0 3 e1port runmode 0 transparent huawei config edt 0 3 quit NOTE l Before changing the service mode to transparent mode make sure that no service is configured for the board l In the transparent mode the E1 ports and SHDSL ports are in one to one mapping that is ports 0 15 map ports 16 31 one by one Step 3 Save the data huawei config save End Result The use...

Страница 458: ...mode is set to be common channel signaling CCS in general which must be the same as that set on the peer device in the digital data network DDN l CCS frame format in this mode timeslot 0 is used to send frame synchronization information and the other 31 timeslots are used to send valid data Service Requirements l Use the existing rich twisted pair resources for long distance transmission extending...

Страница 459: ...onfiguring the private line service leasing E1 timeslots Item Data EDTB board Working mode voice Working sub mode service mode Clock source E1 line clock E1 port Upstream port ID 0 3 0 Line coding mode HDB3 default Port impedance 75 ohms default Port signaling mode CCS SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 4 Configuration Example of the P...

Страница 460: ... to send data Therefore it cannot be used for internal semi permanent connection SPC Procedure Step 1 Configure the working mode and clock source of the EDTB board Configure the working mode of the board to voice working sub mode to service and clock source to E1 line clock NOTE To configure the private line service leasing timeslots the working mode of the board must be configured to voice and th...

Страница 461: ...3 six wire 4 eight wire 1 Do you use the default data to create a line profile y n y n G SHDSL minimum line rate Value must be multiple of 64 except 2312kbps and 3848kbps 192 5696 2312 3848 kbps 2048 512 G SHDSL maximum line rate Value must be multiple of 64 except 2312kbps and 3848kbps 512 5696 2312 3848 kbps 2048 512 Power spectral density mode 1 symmetric 2 asymmetric 1 Transmission mode 1 G 99...

Страница 462: ...al SPC huawei config spc huawei config spc anspc add start 0 3 16 0 end 0 3 0 1 apptype normal channelnum 8 huawei config spc anspc add start 0 3 17 0 end 0 3 0 9 apptype normal channelnum 4 Step 5 Query the status of the internal SPCs huawei config spc display anspc from connectid 0 cr to connectid K Command display anspc from connectid 0 ConnectId 0 Start F S P Chn 0 3 16 0 End F S P Chn 0 3 0 1...

Страница 463: ...16 2 activate 17 3 quit interface edt 0 3 e1port signal 0 ccs quit spc anspc add start 0 3 16 0 end 0 3 0 1 apptype normal channelnum 8 anspc add start 0 3 17 0 end 0 3 0 9 apptype normal channelnum 4 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 4 Configuration Example of the Private Line Service Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confid...

Страница 464: ...his topic describes how to configure MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 2 5 5 Configuring MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 3 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 3 5 6 Configuring MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 4 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 4 5 7 Configuring MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 5 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 5 5 8 Verification Al...

Страница 465: ... providing the Internet voice and IPTV services concurrently l MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 3 through whose GE port is subtended with MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 4 l MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 1 works with MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 5 to provide the QinQ service through the IP network Figure 5 1 shows an example MSTP network of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Modu...

Страница 466: ...Table 5 1 provides the service and the data plan for the example network of the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 5 Configuration Example of MSTP Subtending Network Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 441 ...

Страница 467: ...e l POTS service l GPON service l Multicast service l VDSL2 service l QinQ private line service interoper ate with MA5600 T MA5603 T MA5608 T 1 Inband NMS address 10 10 1 2 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 10 10 1 3 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 10 10 1 4 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 10 10 1 5 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 10 10 1 6 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 GE port of t...

Страница 468: ...N password authenticati on NMS 10 Multicast 100 ADSL2 2040 uses the PPPoE authenticatio n SHDSL 3040 uses the PPPoE authenticatio n GPON 1540 the ONT uses the SN password authenticatio n POTS 1600 uses the H 248 protocol NMS 10 QinQ 50 VDSL2 1800 uses the PPPoE authenticatio n Slot ADSL2 0 2 SHDSL 0 5 GPON 0 18 POTS 0 3 QinQ 0 5 31 Multicast 0 2 2 0 2 3 ADSL2 0 2 SHDSL 0 5 POTS 0 3 Stacking 0 2 0 ...

Страница 469: ...og host 3 3 3 3 and 3 3 4 3 Time server 4 4 4 4 and 4 4 4 5 Multica st server 10 10 10 10 EMU AC PS4845 power monitoring fan monitoring DHCP server DHCP server1 10 1 1 2 active 10 1 1 3 standby Gateway 10 1 1 1 24 DHCP server2 10 4 4 2 active 10 4 4 3 standby Gateway 10 4 4 1 24 Upper layer device The upper layer device supports the DHCP option82 function The BRAS supports the PITP stacking VLAN a...

Страница 470: ... ip address 10 10 1 2 255 255 255 0 huawei config if vlanif10 quit 2 Add the route l Configure the route destined to the NMS trap destination host huawei config ip route static 2 2 2 2 255 255 255 255 10 10 1 1 preference 1 l Configure the route destined to the time server huawei config ip route static 4 4 4 0 255 255 255 0 10 10 1 1 preference 1 l Configure the route destined to the log host huaw...

Страница 471: ...agent target host trap hostname huawei address 2 2 2 2 trap paramsname abc huawei config snmp agent target host trap hostname huawei123 address 2 2 2 3 trap paramsname 123 7 Set the trap source address huawei config snmp agent trap source vlanif 10 Step 3 Configure the time server huawei config ntp service unicast server 4 4 4 4 source interface vlanif 10 huawei config ntp service unicast server 4...

Страница 472: ...guration Y N N y 5 Set the priority of MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T_1 in the instance huawei stp region configuration quit huawei config stp instance 0 priority 0 huawei config stp instance 1 priority 0 Step 8 Configure ADSL2 service The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T supports the ADSL2 service of multiple encapsulation modes such as IPoA PPPoA IPoE and PPPoE This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to de...

Страница 473: ...ofile 10 successfully 2 Configure the ADSL2 channel profile You can configure the ADSL2 channel profile based on your requirements huawei config adsl channel profile add 10 Start adding profile Press Q to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected Do you want to name the profile y n n n Data path mode 1 ATM 2 PTM 3 Both 1 3 3 1 Will you set the minimum impulse noise pro...

Страница 474: ...um transmit rate upstream 32 6000 Kbps 1024 Will you set rate thresholds y n n Will you set retransmission function y n n Will you set erasure decoding y n n Add profile 10 successfully 3 Configure the ADSL2 line template Bind the preceding configured line profile and the channel profile together in the line template with the index of 10 huawei config adsl line template add 10 Start adding templat...

Страница 475: ...the VLAN authentication In this case the MUX VLAN is used to identify the users huawei config vlan 1000 to 1031 mux huawei config port vlan 1000 to 1031 0 19 0 2 huawei config port vlan 60 to 62 0 19 0 2 8 Add the service port All ports in slot 0 3 provide the ADSL2 service To add service ports in batches run the multi service port command huawei config multi service port from vlan 1000 port 0 2 0...

Страница 476: ... configure the alarm threshold value to monitor the performance statistics of the activated ONT line run the gpon alarm profile add command to configure the GPON alarm threshold profile l In the default GPON alarm threshold profile 1 all alarm thresholds are set to 0 which indicates that no alarm is reported l In this example the default alarm threshold profile is used You do not need to configure...

Страница 477: ...0 smart huawei config port vlan 1600 0 19 0 huawei config interface vlanif 1600 huawei config if vlanif1600 ip address 10 176 6 33 24 huawei config if vlanif1600 quit 2 Configure the static route destined to the MGC NOTE When the MGC and the MG are in the same network segment you do not need to configure the static route huawei config ip route static 10 30 80 0 255 255 255 0 10 176 6 62 3 Configur...

Страница 478: ...rt command must be the same as those on the modem The QinQ VLAN supports the PVC priority scheduling policy only In this case select the profile that supports PVC priority policy huawei config traffic table ip index 7 cir off priority 0 priority policy local Setting huawei config service port vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0 5 15 vpi 0 vci 36 rx cttr 7 tx cttr 7 Step 13 Configure the multicast service Aft...

Страница 479: ... add index 1 duration 150 times 6 interval 60 huawei config btv igmp preview auto reset time 00 00 00 l Configure the program library huawei config btv quit huawei config multicast vlan 100 huawei config mvlan100 igmp program add name program1 ip 224 1 1 1 sourceip 10 10 10 10 huawei config mvlan100 igmp program add name program2 ip 224 1 1 2 sourceip 10 10 10 10 huawei config mvlan100 igmp progra...

Страница 480: ...e the multicast for the subtending port l Specify a subtending port huawei config mvlan100 quit huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp cascade port 0 19 0 huawei config btv igmp cascade port 0 19 1 l Modify the subtending port huawei config btv igmp cascade port modify 0 19 0 static enable huawei config btv igmp cascade port modify 0 19 1 static enable Step 15 Save the data huawei config btv qui...

Страница 481: ...ource 4 4 4 5 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 3 3 4 3 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 quit huawei config packet filter inbound ip group 3050 port 0 19 0 huawei config packet filter inbound ip group 3050 port 0 19 1 4 ...

Страница 482: ...600T MA5603T MA5608T 1 is subtended with MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 2 MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 3 and MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 4 Therefore the subtending should be configured Step 7 Configure MSTP 1 Enable the MSTP function huawei config stp enable Change global stp state may active region configuration it may take several minutes are you sure to change global stp state Y N N Y 2 Set the MST region name...

Страница 483: ...elect the form of transmit rate adaptation downstream 1 fixed 2 adaptAtStartup 3 adaptAtRuntime 1 3 2 Please select the form of transmit rate adaptation upstream 1 fixed 2 adaptAtStartup 3 adaptAtRuntime 1 3 2 Will you set SNR margin parameters y n n Will you set DPBO parameters y n n Will you set power management parameters y n n Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter y n n Will you s...

Страница 484: ...nSymbols 13 elevenSymbols 14 twelveSymbols 15 thirteenSymbols 16 fourteenSymbols 17 fifteenSymbols 18 sixteenSymbols Please select 1 18 2 4 Will you set interleaving delay parameters y n n y Maximum interleaving delay downstream 0 63 ms 16 24 Maximum interleaving delay upstream 0 63 ms 6 12 Will you set parameters for rate y n n y Minimum transmit rate downstream 32 32000 Kbps 32 Minimum reserved ...

Страница 485: ...vate all template index 10 huawei config if adsl 0 2 quit 7 Configure the upstream port l Configure the GIU board The configuration of the upstream port of the GIU board should be the same as the configuration of the peer device Run the auto neg command to set the port to work in the auto negotiation mode If the port does not work in the auto negotiation mode change to the GIU config mode and run ...

Страница 486: ... PPPoE authentication In this case the smart VLAN is used to identify the users huawei config vlan 3020 smart huawei config port vlan 3020 0 19 0 1 6 Add the service port l Ports 0 15 of the SHDSL board in 0 5 provide the SHDSL services l To add service ports in batches run the multi service port command huawei config multi service port vlan 3020 port 0 5 0 15 vpi 0 vci 35 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 Step...

Страница 487: ...multi ISP wholesale service ISP2 provides users of ports 11 20 to with the multi ISP wholesale service ISP3 provides users of port 21 30 with the multi ISP wholesale service 1 Create a VLAN and set the attribute as stacking huawei config vlan 60 to 62 smart huawei config vlan attrib 60 to 62 stacking 2 Add the upstream port huawei config port vlan 60 to 62 0 19 0 1 3 Add the service port huawei co...

Страница 488: ...huawei config dhcp server 1 ip 10 1 1 2 10 1 1 3 huawei config dhcp domain video huawei config dhcp domain video dhcp server 1 huawei config dhcp domain video quit l Configure the gateway mapped to the DHCP domain huawei config interface vlanif 100 huawei config if vlanif100 ip address 10 1 1 1 24 huawei config if vlanif100 dhcp domain video gateway 10 1 1 1 huawei config if vlanif100 quit l Enabl...

Страница 489: ...35 no auth huawei config btv igmp user add port 0 2 16 adsl 0 35 auth huawei config btv igmp user bind profile port 0 2 16 profile name profile0 huawei config btv quit huawei config multicast vlan 100 huawei config mvlan100 igmp multicast vlan member port 0 2 15 huawei config mvlan100 igmp multicast vlan member port 0 2 16 Step 14 Configure the subtending multicast service In the MSTP ring network...

Страница 490: ...10 quit 2 Add the route l Configure the route destined to the NMS Trap destination host huawei config ip route static 2 2 2 0 255 255 255 0 10 10 1 1 preference 1 l Configure the route destined to the time server huawei config ip route static 4 4 4 0 255 255 255 0 10 10 1 1 preference 1 l Configure the route destined to the log host huawei config ip route static 3 3 3 0 255 255 255 0 10 10 1 1 pre...

Страница 491: ...ion address huawei config snmp agent target host trap hostname huawei address 2 2 2 2 trap paramsname abc huawei config snmp agent target host trap hostname huawei123 address 2 2 2 3 trap paramsname 123 7 Set the trap source address huawei config snmp agent trap source vlanif 10 Step 3 Configure the time server huawei config ntp service unicast server 4 4 4 4 source interface vlanif 10 huawei conf...

Страница 492: ...awei stp region configuration active region configuration STP actives region configuration it may take several minutes are you sure to active region configuration Y N N y huawei stp region configuration quit Step 8 Configure the ADSL2 service The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T supports the ADSL2 service of multiple encapsulation modes such as IPoA PPPoA IPoE and PPPoE This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an...

Страница 493: ...dd profile 10 successfully 2 Configure the ADSL2 channel profile You can configure the ADSL2 channel profile based on your requirements huawei config adsl channel profile add 10 Start adding profile Press Q to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected Do you want to name the profile y n n n Data path mode 1 ATM 2 PTM 3 Both 1 3 3 1 Will you set the minimum impulse nois...

Страница 494: ...template The configured ADSL2 line profile and the ADSL2 channel profile are bound together in the ADSL2 line template and the index of the ADSL2 line template is 10 huawei config adsl line template add 10 Start adding template Press Q to quit the current configuration and new configuration will be neglected Do you want to name the template y n n Please set the line profile index 1 128 1 10 Will y...

Страница 495: ...3 0 31 vpi 0 vci 35 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 Step 9 Configure the SHDSL service The MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T supports the SHDSL service of multiple encapsulation modes such as IPoA PPPoA IPoE and PPPoE This topic uses the PPPoE mode as an example to describe how to configure the SHDSL service For other encapsulation modes see 3 1 Example Configuring the xDSL Internet Access Service 1 Configure the SHDSL...

Страница 496: ...PON alarm threshold profile l In the default GPON alarm threshold profile 1 all alarm thresholds are set to 0 which indicates that no alarm is reported l In this example the default alarm threshold profile is used You do not need to configure it 4 Configure the GPON traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir 10240 priority 0 priority policy tag In Package 5 Add an ONT NOTE l You ca...

Страница 497: ...onfig if giu 0 19 native vlan 1 vlan 100 huawei config if giu 0 19 quit l Enable the multicast proxy huawei config multicast vlan 100 huawei config mvlan100 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y l Configure the program library huawei config mvlan100 igmp program add name program1 ip 224 1 1 1 sourceip 10 10 10 10 huawei config mvlan100 igmp program add name program2 ip 224 1 1 2...

Страница 498: ...route static 3 3 4 0 255 255 255 0 10 10 1 1 preference 1 3 Add the ACL rule huawei config acl 3050 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source any destination any huawei config acl adv 3050 rule deny ip source any destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 2 2 2 ...

Страница 499: ...ost add 3 3 3 3 syslog 1 huawei config loghost activate ip 3 3 3 3 huawei config loghost add 3 3 4 3 syslog 2 huawei config loghost activate ip 3 3 4 3 Step 5 Configure the EMU This topic uses the fan and the PS4875L power supply as examples to describe how to configure the environment monitoring unit EMU By default the default slave node number of the fan EMU is 0 In this example assume that the ...

Страница 500: ...t rate adaptation upstream 1 fixed 2 adaptAtStartup 3 adaptAtRuntime 1 3 2 Will you set SNR margin parameters y n n Will you set DPBO parameters y n n Will you set power management parameters y n n Will you set tone blackout configuration parameter y n n Will you set INM downstream parameter y n n Will you set RFI notch configuration parameter y n n Will you set mode specific parameters y n n Will...

Страница 501: ...ng delay parameters y n n y Maximum interleaving delay downstream 0 63 ms 16 24 Maximum interleaving delay upstream 0 63 ms 6 12 Will you set parameters for rate y n n y Minimum transmit rate downstream 32 32000 Kbps 32 Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream 32 32000 Kbps 32 Maximum transmit rate downstream 32 32000 Kbps 24544 8000 Minimum transmit rate upstream 32 6000 Kbps 32 Minimum reserved...

Страница 502: ...tream port of the GIU board should be the same as the configuration of the peer device Run the auto neg command to set the port to work in the auto negotiation mode If the port does not work in the auto negotiation mode change to the GIU config mode and run the speed command to change the port rate and run the duplex command to change the port duplex mode l Configure the VLAN The ADSL2 users of MA...

Страница 503: ...40 0 19 0 6 Add the service port Ports 0 15 in slot 0 5 provide the SHDSL service To add service ports in batches run the multi service port command huawei config multi service port vlan 3040 port 0 5 0 15 vpi 0 vci 35 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 Step 9 Configure the GPON service 1 Configure the service VLAN and the upstream port huawei config vlan 1530 smart huawei config port vlan 1530 0 19 0 2 Configur...

Страница 504: ...the GEM port to the ONT T CONT huawei config if gpon 0 18 ont gemport bind 1 0 150 1 priority queue 3 11 Create the mapping between the GEM port and the service stream huawei config if gpon 0 18 ont gemport mapping 1 0 150 vlan 1530 huawei config if gpon 0 18 quit 12 Add the service port huawei config service port vlan 1530 gpon 0 18 0 gemport 150 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 5 tx cttr 8 Ste...

Страница 505: ...the configuration the following results should be achieved l Users of port 0 2 2 must be authenticated and have rights to watch two programs and to preview one program l Users of port 0 2 3 do not need authenticating 1 Configure the xDSL In this example it is unnecessary to configure the xDSL The default line profile profile 1002 is used 2 Configure the VLAN l Create a smart VLAN huawei config vla...

Страница 506: ...vlan100 igmp program add name program3 ip 224 1 1 3 sourceip 10 10 10 10 preview profile 1 huawei config mvlan100 quit l Configure the authority profile huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp profile profile name profile0 program name program1 watch huawei config btv igmp profile profile name profile0 program name program2 watch huawei config btv igmp profile profile name profile0 program name p...

Страница 507: ...config acl adv 3050 rule deny ip source any destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 2 2 2 3 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 4 4 4 4 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip...

Страница 508: ... as an example to describe how to configure the EMU By default the default slave node number of the fan EMU is 0 In this example assume that the slave node number is 1 In this case you need to set the DIP switch of the node address on the fan monitoring unit as 1 huawei config emu add 0 power4875l 0 0 huawei config emu add 1 fan 0 1 huawei config interface emu 0 huawei config if power4875l 0 power...

Страница 509: ... you set ADSL tone blackout configuration parameter y n n Will you set VDSL tone blackout configuration parameter y n n Will you set mode specific parameters y n n Will you set network timing reference y n n Will you set INM parameter y n n Will you set SOS downstream parameter y n n Will you set SOS upstream parameter y n n Add profile 10 successfully 2 Configure the VDSL2 channel profile You can...

Страница 510: ...m 0 200 ms 20 Will you set parameters for rate y n n y Minimum transmit rate downstream 64 100000 Kbps 64 Minimum reserved transmit rate downstream 64 100000 Kbps 64 Maximum transmit rate downstream 64 100000 Kbps 100000 Minimum transmit rate upstream 64 100000 Kbps 64 Minimum reserved transmit rate upstream 64 100000 Kbps 64 Maximum transmit rate upstream 64 100000 Kbps 100000 Will you set rate t...

Страница 511: ... config mode Then run the speed command to change the port rate and run the duplex command to change the port duplex mode The settings of the upstream port must be the same as the settings on the peer device l Configure the VLAN The VDSL2 users of MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T 1 use the PPPoE authentication In this case the smart VLAN is used to identify the users huawei config vlan 1800 smart huawei co...

Страница 512: ...config traffic table ip index 7 cir off priority 0 priority policy local Setting huawei config service port vlan 50 shdsl mode atm 0 5 15 vpi 0 vci 35 rx cttr 7 tx cttr 7 Step 8 Save the data huawei config save End 5 8 Verification All services configured on all DSLAMs run in the normal state SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 5 Config...

Страница 513: ...cally isolated LANs that consist of Ethernet using the IP or MPLS network provided by carriers and make the LANs work as a LAN Currently the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T only supports Label Distribution Protocol LDP based VPLS Table 6 1 provides basic concepts of VPLS Table 6 1 Basic concepts of VPLS Concept Description VSI Virtual switch instance This concept corresponds to virtual local area network ...

Страница 514: ...e In a VPLS network full mesh and split horizon are used to prevent loops Split horizon in VPLS means that the data packets received from the PW at the PSN side are not forwarded to other PWs Instead they are forwarded to the private network 6 1 Configuration Example of the VPLS Internet Access Service This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for individual users when the ...

Страница 515: ...re broadcast in the VPLS domain it belongs to and then the broadcast packets are received by the two AGS devices The AGS devices terminate packets of some users respectively in delay response mode to achieve load sharing When a BRAS device is faulty the user dials up again Then the VPLS MAC learning and forwarding mechanism automatically selects a new BRAS to provide services Figure 6 1 Networking...

Страница 516: ...ote LDP session to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is configured on PE3 and PE4 Routin g protoc ol The Open Shortest Path First OSPF protocol is used Ensure that the Layer 3 interfaces on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T and those on PE3 and PE4 can ping each other Layer 3 interfaces and routes are configured on PE3 and PE4 Ensure that the Layer 3 interfaces and LSR IDs on PE3 and PE4 and those on the MA56...

Страница 517: ... an LSP huawei config mpls huawei config mpls lsp trigger host huawei config mpls quit 4 Enable the L2VPN function huawei config mpls l2vpn 5 Enable the LDP function globally and enable the split horizon policy huawei config mpls ldp huawei config mpls ldp outbound peer all split horizon huawei config mpls ldp quit Step 2 Configure VLAN and enable MPLS for VLAN and VLAN interfaces 1 Add VLAN 4001 ...

Страница 518: ... VSI ID to 1 huawei config vsi hsi huawei config vsi hsi pwsignal ldp huawei config vsi hsi vsi id 1 2 Optional Configure the attributes of VSI Configure basic attributes of VSI as required including the encapsulation type control word MTU value and traffic suppression policy In the following example the control word is enabled and default values are used for other parameters huawei config vsi hsi...

Страница 519: ...ed in the packets from PWs and forwards the packets to the user 5 The user receives two PADO packets at different time and only responds to the first received PADO packet to establish a PPPoE session 6 The OLT forwards subsequent PPPOE active discovery request PADR and PPPOE active discovery session confirmation PADS packets based on learnt MAC addresses 6 2 Configuration Example of the VPLS Multi...

Страница 520: ...ge network and two edge AGS devices functioning as PEs in the upstream direction terminate VPLS and are connected to multicast routers l Two multicast routers back up each other and import multicast traffic streams from the multicast source to the VPLS bearer network NOTE Currently a maximum of two PWs are supported for VPLS multicast services and both two PWs are used for transmitting multicast p...

Страница 521: ...SPE2 Ensure that the Layer 3 interfaces and loopback interfaces on SPE1 and SPE2 and those on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T can ping each other VPLS PW l PW ID 1 and 2 l Service type vpls l Encapsulation type ethernet tagged l The control word is enabled L2VPN must be enabled On the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T PW1 and PW2 are created for SPE1 and SPE2 respectively The LDP VPLS is supported VPLS PWs to t...

Страница 522: ...he IP address of VLAN interface 4001 to 10 50 50 50 24 and enable MPLS LDP for the VLAN interface huawei config interface vlanif 4001 huawei config if vlanif4001 ip address 10 50 50 50 24 huawei config if vlanif4001 mpls huawei config if vlanif4001 mpls ldp huawei config if vlanif4001 quit Step 3 Configure routes VPLS has no special requirements on routing policy You can use static route RIP or OS...

Страница 523: ...mic PW to 10240 and 10250 respectively huawei config pw para pwindex 1 huawei config pw para index 1 service type vpls huawei config pw para index 1 pwid 1 huawei config pw para index 1 peer address 1 1 1 1 huawei config pw para index 1 pw type ethernet tagged huawei config pw para index 1 control word enable huawei config pw para index 1 dyn receive label 10240 huawei config pw para index 1 quit ...

Страница 524: ...ise Private Line Service This topic describes how to configure the enterprise private line service when the VPLS networking is used at the access and aggregation layers Application Context As shown in Figure 6 3 branch offices of an enterprise access the VPLS network through a CE or PE By deploying VPLS PWs between PEs the service provider can provide Ethernet based multipoint services to enterpri...

Страница 525: ... configure QinQ VLAN based Ethernet traffic streams on PE1 PE4 and perform corresponding configurations on routers for branch offices of the enterprise The configurations are the same as those for common QinQ VLAN private line service which are not described here Data Plan Table 6 4 provides the key data plan for the OLT MSAN MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Ac...

Страница 526: ...es MPLS LDP is enabled The remote LDP session to the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T is configured on PE1 PE4 Routin g protoc ol The Open Shortest Path First OSPF protocol is used Ensure that the Layer 3 interfaces on the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T and those on PE1 PE4 can ping each other Layer 3 interfaces and routes are configured on PE1 PE4 Ensure that the Layer 3 interfaces and LSR IDs on PE1 PE4 and tho...

Страница 527: ... VSI VSI binds VLAN and PW to map VLAN to the VPLS domain so that packets for the enterprise private line service can be broadcast in the VPLS domain VSI is configured on PE1 PE4 and the VSI ID must bind the corresponding PW Procedure Step 1 Configure the basic MPLS 1 Configure a loopback interface Set the ID of the loopback interface to 0 and its IP address to 10 10 10 10 32 huawei config interfa...

Страница 528: ...uawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 100 network 10 50 50 0 0 0 0 255 huawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 100 network 10 10 10 10 0 0 0 0 huawei config ospf 1 area 0 0 0 100 return Step 4 Configure the remote LDP session Configure the remote LDP session from the MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T to PE1 LSR ID 5 5 5 5 PE2 LSR ID 2 2 2 2 PE3 LSR ID 3 3 3 3 and PE4 LSR ID 4 4 4 4 respectively Name the sessions to_pe1 to...

Страница 529: ...ndex 2 control word enable huawei config pw para index 2 dyn receive label 10250 huawei config pw para index 2 quit huawei config pw para pwindex 3 huawei config pw para index 3 service type vpls huawei config pw para index 3 pwid 3 huawei config pw para index 3 peer address 3 3 3 3 huawei config pw para index 3 pw type ethernet tagged huawei config pw para index 3 control word enable huawei confi...

Страница 530: ...pw stream dual receiving Step 9 Bind AC and VSI Bind QinQ VLAN 100 to the VSI named enterprise_vpn so that the enterprise private line service packets can be forwarded in the VSI huawei config vsi enterprise_vpn vsi ac binding vlan 100 End Result As shown in Figure 6 3 the private networks distributed in different branches can establish point to multipoint communication with each other and various...

Страница 531: ...his topic describes how to configure MA5600T 1 7 4 Configuring MA5600T 2 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T 2 7 5 Configuring MA5600T 3 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T 3 7 6 Configuring MA5600T 4 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T 4 7 7 Verification All services configured on all DSLAMs run in the normal state SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access...

Страница 532: ...board l MA5600T 2 is subtended with MA5600T 3 through the GE port on the GIU board Figure 7 1 shows an example subtended network of the MA5600T SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 7 Example Subtending Networking Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 507 ...

Страница 533: ...s topic describes the data plan for the example subtended network SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 7 Example Subtending Networking Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 508 ...

Страница 534: ...service l GPON service l POTS service l Multicast service l VDSL2 service l QinQ private line service for the private line interconnectio n withMA5600 T 1 Inband NMS address 10 10 1 2 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 10 10 1 3 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 10 10 1 4 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 10 10 1 5 255 255 255 0 Gateway 10 10 1 1 24 GE port of the GIU board Upstream 0 19 0 Subte...

Страница 535: ...QinQ 0 5 15 Multicast 0 2 2 0 2 3 ADSL2 0 2 SHDSL 0 5 POTS 0 3 Stacking 0 2 0 10 map VLAN 60 ISP1 0 2 11 20 map VLAN 61 ISP2 0 2 21 30 map VLAN 62 ISP3 Triple play 0 2 31 ADSL2 0 2 SHDSL 0 5 GPON 0 18 POTS 0 3 SHDSL 0 5 VDSL 0 2 QinQ 0 5 15 POTS service MGC IP address 10 30 80 65 24 Media Signaling IP address of the MG interface 10 176 6 33 24 Default media gateway of the MG interface 10 176 6 62 ...

Страница 536: ...A5600T supports the port aggregation function In the actual network planning you can aggregate multiple upstream ports for use l In this networking the four MA5600Ts support the ADSL2 SHDSL VDSL2 GPON and POTS services You can plan the services according to your actual network conditions 7 3 Configuring MA5600T 1 This topic describes how to configure MA5600T 1 Procedure Step 1 Confirm the board hu...

Страница 537: ...onfig acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 2 2 2 3 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 4 4 4 4 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 4 4 4 5 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 r...

Страница 538: ...huawei config vlan 60 to 62 standard huawei config port vlan 60 to 62 0 19 0 1 It will take several minutes and console may be timeout please use command idle timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port s y n n y huawei config vlan 101 to 102 standard huawei config port vlan 101 to 102 0 19 0 1 It will take several minutes and console may be timeout please use command idle timeout ...

Страница 539: ...s 18 sixteenSymbols Please select 1 18 2 4 Minimum impulse noise protection upstream 1 noProtection 2 halfSymbol 3 singleSymbol 4 twoSymbols 5 threeSymbols 6 fourSymbols 7 fiveSymbols 8 sixSymbols 9 sevenSymbols 10 eightSymbols 11 nineSymbols 12 tenSymbols 13 elevenSymbols 14 twelveSymbols 15 thirteenSymbols 16 fourteenSymbols 17 fifteenSymbols 18 sixteenSymbols Please select 1 18 2 4 Will you set...

Страница 540: ...rt working mode and the port rate run the speed and duplex command in the GIU mode The settings must be the same as the settings of the peer device l Configure the VLAN The ADSL2 users of MA5600T 1 use the VLAN authentication In this case the MUX VLAN is used to identify the users huawei config vlan 1000 to 1031 mux huawei config port vlan 1000 0 19 0 1 It will take several minutes and console may...

Страница 541: ...N authentication In this case the MUX VLAN is used to identify the users huawei config vlan 1300 to 1314 mux huawei config port vlan 1300 0 19 0 1 It will take several minutes and console may be timeout please use command idle timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port s y n n y huawei config port vlan 1300 to 1314 0 19 0 6 Add the service port l Ports 0 15 in slot 0 5 provide the...

Страница 542: ... 0 18 gemport add 1 gemportid 150 eth 10 Bind the GEM port to an ONT T CONT NOTE In the actual application if the ONT terminal does not support the priority queue scheduling you can use the CAR to limit the rate when binding the GEM port to the ONT T CONT huawei config if gpon 0 18 ont gemport bind 1 0 150 1 priority queue 3 11 Create the mapping between the GEM port and the service stream huawei ...

Страница 543: ...uawei config esl user mgpstnuser batadd 0 3 0 0 3 31 0 terminalid 0 telno 88660032 Step 11 Configuring the QinQ private line service MA5600T 1 and MA5600T 4 serve two branches of a company to provide the QinQ private line service 1 Create VLAN 50 huawei config vlan 50 mux 2 Set VLAN 50 as QinQ VLAN huawei config vlan attrib 50 q in q 3 Add the upstream port huawei config port vlan 50 0 19 0 4 Add ...

Страница 544: ...ex 8 cir off priority 5 priority policy local Setting l Add ADSL2 ports 0 0 2 and 0 0 3 to VLAN 100 huawei config service port vlan 100 adsl 0 2 2 vpi 0 vci 35 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port vlan 100 adsl 0 2 3 vpi 0 vci 35 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 3 Configure the multicast service l Enable the multicast proxy function huawei config multicast vlan 100 huawei config mvlan100 igmp mode pr...

Страница 545: ...lticast vlan member port 0 2 2 huawei config mvlan100 igmp multicast vlan member port 0 2 3 Step 13 Configure the subtending multicast service 1 Set the upstream port The upstream port is already configured in Step 12 3 2 Configure the IGMP proxy The IGMP proxy is already configured in Step 12 3 3 Configure the program library The program library is already configured in Step 12 3 4 Configure the ...

Страница 546: ...st huawei config ip route static 3 3 3 3 255 255 255 255 10 10 1 1 preference 1 huawei config ip route static 3 3 4 3 255 255 255 255 10 10 1 1 preference 1 3 Add the ACL rule huawei config acl 3050 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source any destination any huawei config acl adv 3050 rule deny ip source any destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 2 ...

Страница 547: ... 3 3 3 huawei config loghost add 3 3 4 3 syslog 2 huawei config loghost activate ip 3 3 4 3 Step 5 Configure the EMU This topic uses the fan monitoring as an example to show how to configure the EMU By default the default slave node number of the fan EMU is 0 In this example assume that the slave node number 1 In this case you need to set the DIP switch of the node address on the fan monitoring un...

Страница 548: ...profile y n n Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection y n n y Minimum impulse noise protection downstream 1 noProtection 2 halfSymbol 3 singleSymbol 4 twoSymbols 5 threeSymbols 6 fourSymbols 7 fiveSymbols 8 sixSymbols 9 sevenSymbols 10 eightSymbols 11 nineSymbols 12 tenSymbols 13 elevenSymbols 14 twelveSymbols 15 thirteenSymbols 16 fourteenSymbols 17 fifteenSymbols 18 sixteenSymbols Plea...

Страница 549: ...onfig all 1 huawei config if adsl 0 2 activate all 10 huawei config if adsl 0 2 quit 7 Configure the upstream port l Configure the GIU board By default the GE optical port of the GIU board works in the full duplex mode with the rate of 1000 Mbit s To change the port working mode and the port rate run the speed and duplex commands in GIU mode The settings must be the same as the settings of the pee...

Страница 550: ...g if shdsl 0 5 activate all 10 huawei config if shdsl 0 5 quit 5 Configure the upstream port The SHDSL users of MA5600T 2 use the PPPoE authentication In this case the smart VLAN is used to identify the users huawei config vlan 3020 smart huawei config port vlan 3020 0 19 0 1 It will take several minutes and console may be timeout please use command idle timeout to set time limit Are you sure to a...

Страница 551: ... 0 terminalid 0 telno 88660032 Step 10 Configure the stacking multi ISP wholesale service l ISP1 provides users of ports 0 2 0 to 0 2 10 with the multi ISP wholesale service l ISP2 provides users of ports 0 2 11 to 0 2 20 with the multi ISP wholesale service l ISP3 provides users of ports 0 2 21 to 0 2 30 with the multi ISP wholesale service 1 Create a stacking VLAN huawei config vlan 60 to 62 sma...

Страница 552: ... the network access service uses traffic table 6 with the priority of 0 The following shows how to create the new traffic tables for the voice service and video service respectively huawei config traffic table ip index 7 cir 1024 priority 7 priority policy Tag In Package Create traffic descriptor record successfully TD Index 7 TD Name ip traffic table_7 Priority 7 Copy Priority Mapping Index CTAG ...

Страница 553: ...i config dhcp domain video dhcp server 1 l Configure the gateway mapped to the DHCP domain huawei config interface vlanif 100 huawei config if vlanif100 ip address 10 1 1 1 24 huawei config if vlanif100 dhcp domain video gateway 10 1 1 1 l Enable DHCP Option82 huawei config dhcp option82 enable 5 Configure DHCP relay mode for voice service l Configure the DHCP server huawei config dhcp server 2 ip...

Страница 554: ...profile name profile0 program name program3 preview huawei config btv igmp user add port 0 2 31 auth huawei config btv igmp user bind profile port 0 2 31 profile name profile0 huawei config btv quit huawei config multicast vlan 100 huawei config mvlan100 igmp multicast vlan member port 0 2 31 Step 12 Configure the subtending multicast service 1 Configure the upstream port The upstream port is alre...

Страница 555: ... 255 255 255 10 10 1 1 preference 1 huawei config ip route static 4 4 4 5 255 255 255 255 10 10 1 1 preference 1 l Configure the route destined to the log host huawei config ip route static 3 3 3 3 255 255 255 255 10 10 1 1 preference 1 huawei config ip route static 3 3 4 3 255 255 255 255 10 10 1 1 preference 1 3 Add the ACL rule huawei config acl 3050 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip so...

Страница 556: ...ess huawei config snmp agent trap source vlanif 10 Step 3 Configure the time server huawei config ntp service unicast server 4 4 4 4 source interface vlanif 10 huawei config ntp service unicast server 4 4 4 5 source interface vlanif 10 Step 4 Configure the log host huawei config loghost add 3 3 3 3 syslog 1 huawei config loghost activate ip 3 3 3 3 huawei config loghost add 3 3 4 3 syslog 2 huawei...

Страница 557: ...profile y n n Will you set the minimum impulse noise protection y n n y Minimum impulse noise protection downstream 1 noProtection 2 halfSymbol 3 singleSymbol 4 twoSymbols 5 threeSymbols 6 fourSymbols 7 fiveSymbols 8 sixSymbols 9 sevenSymbols 10 eightSymbols 11 nineSymbols 12 tenSymbols 13 elevenSymbols 14 twelveSymbols 15 thirteenSymbols 16 fourteenSymbols 17 fifteenSymbols 18 sixteenSymbols Plea...

Страница 558: ... adsl 0 2 quit 7 Configure the upstream port l Configure the GIU board By default the GE optical port of the GIU board works in the full duplex mode with the rate of 1000 Mbit s To change the port working mode and the port rate run the speed and duplex commands in GIU mode The settings must be the same as the settings of the peer device l Configure the VLAN The ADSL2 users of MA5600T 1 use the VLA...

Страница 559: ...awei config port vlan 3030 0 19 0 1 It will take several minutes and console may be timeout please use command idle timeout to set time limit Are you sure to add standard port s y n n y 6 Add the service port l Ports 0 15 of SHDSL board 0 5 provide the SHDSL service l To add service ports in batches run the multi service port command huawei config multi service port vlan 3030 port 0 5 0 15 vpi 0 v...

Страница 560: ...plication if the ONT terminal does not support the priority queue scheduling you can use the CAR to limit the rate when binding the GEM port to the ONT T CONT huawei config if gpon 0 18 ont gemport bind 1 0 150 1 priority queue 3 11 Create the mapping between the GEM port and the service stream huawei config if gpon 0 18 ont gemport mapping 1 0 150 vlan 1530 huawei config if gpon 0 18 quit 12 Add ...

Страница 561: ...000 Step 10 Configure the multicast service After the configuration the following results should be achieved l Users of port 0 2 2 need to be authenticated and have rights to watch two programs and to preview one program l Users of port 0 2 do not need to be authenticated 1 Configure the xDSL In this example it is unnecessary to configure the xDSL The default line profile profile 1002 is used 2 Co...

Страница 562: ...igmp program add name program3 ip 224 1 1 3 sourceip 10 10 10 10 preview profile 1 huawei config mvlan100 quit l Configure the authority profile huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp profile add profile name profile0 huawei config btv igmp profile profile name profile0 program name program1 watch huawei config btv igmp profile profile name profile0 program name program2 watch huawei config btv ...

Страница 563: ...1 3 Add the ACL rule huawei config acl 3050 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source any destination any huawei config acl adv 3050 rule deny ip source any destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config acl adv 3050 rule permit ip source 2 2 2 3 0 0 0 0 destination 10 10 1 2 0 0 0 0 huawei config ac...

Страница 564: ...nfigure the EMU This topic uses the fan monitoring as an example to show how to configure the EMU By default the default slave node number of the fan EMU is 0 In this example assume that the slave node number is 1 In this case you need to set the DIP switch of the node address on the fan monitoring unit as 1 huawei config emu add 0 h801ESC 0 0 huawei config emu add 1 fan 0 1 Step 6 Configure the V...

Страница 565: ...8 sixteenSymbols Please select 1 18 1 3 Minimum impulse noise protection upstream 1 noProtection 2 halfSymbol 3 singleSymbol 4 twoSymbols 5 threeSymbols 6 fourSymbols 7 fiveSymbols 8 sixSymbols 9 sevenSymbols 10 eightSymbols 11 nineSymbols 12 tenSymbols 13 elevenSymbols 14 twelveSymbols 15 thirteenSymbols 16 fourteenSymbols 17 fifteenSymbols 18 sixteenSymbols Please select 1 18 1 3 Will you set in...

Страница 566: ...t be the same as the settings on the peer device l Configure the VLAN The VDSL2 users of MA5600T 1 use the PPPoE authentication In this case the smart VLAN is used to identify the users huawei config vlan 1800 smart huawei config port vlan 1800 0 19 0 8 Add the service port All ports in slot 0 2 provide the VDSL2 Internet access service To add service ports in batches run the multi service port co...

Страница 567: ...i 0 vci 35 rx cttr 7 tx cttr 7 Step 8 Save the data huawei config save End 7 7 Verification All services configured on all DSLAMs run in the normal state SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 7 Example Subtending Networking Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 542 ...

Страница 568: ...iding necessary contexts for users 2 Data plan Describes the principle of data plan providing reference to data configuration 3 Configuration Describes the procedure of configuring a service in a network topology and provides the method of verifying the service Recommended Principle of Data Plan Data plan is the key factor and difficulty for network planning engineers and commissioning engineers T...

Страница 569: ...rise Access sub solution as an example the application scenarios are shown in Figure 8 2 Figure 8 2 Typical Application Scenario typical network topologies and application scenarios One button Script Tool Through a simple to use interface you can instantly transform any configuration page into command scripts which greatly reduces the probability of errors compared to manually SmartAX MA5600T MA56...

Страница 570: ...rsion Tool SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 8 FTTx Configuration Summary Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 545 ...

Страница 571: ...l network terminals ONTs 9 4 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations P2P This section describes fiber to the home FTTH networking scenarios and hardware configurations of an optical line terminal OLT and optical network terminals ONTs 9 5 Reference of GPON ONT Capability Sets This topic provides common GPON ONT capability sets of Huawei serving as a reference for parameter configuration w...

Страница 572: ... basic concepts related to the fiber to the home FTTH solution from the user side to the network side on FTTH networking using PON and P2P upstream transmission respectively FTTH Networking Using PON Upstream Transmission FTTH Networking Using P2P Upstream Transmission SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 20...

Страница 573: ...t consists of optical fibers and passive optical components such as one or more optical dividers The ODN network provides highly reliable optical paths to connect ONUs to an OLT OLT An aggregation device located at a central office CO which terminates PON protocols In this document OLTs are MA5600T MA5603T MA5608Ts Optical network terminal ONT A user terminal that provides various ports for users ...

Страница 574: ...enters around softswitches and uses an open and standardized architecture It provides voice video and data services A type of system that uses Session Initiation Protocol SIP signaling as its call control signaling It provides voice data and multimedia services NOTE In this document the NGN or IMS is the softswitch that supports H 248 or SIP IPTV head end A contents preparation platform in the IPT...

Страница 575: ...ss the Internet using the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP or static IP address l The ONT with a built in voice module encapsulates voice service packets and the OLT transmits them to the upstream next generation network NGN or IP multimedia subsystem IMS l H801SCUN H802SCUN H805GPBD H806GPBH H802GPBD H801GICF H801GICG H801X2CS l H801SCUH HG802GPFD H801GICD H801GICE H801X2CS l H801MCUD H80...

Страница 576: ... and Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP snooping This scenario provides fine grained management channels and service control and applies to Layer 3 networking NOTE The preceding three networking modes for GPON access services are in non simplified mode In simplified mode the triple play service is used as an example to describe how to configure a GPON access service For details see 9 7 4 Conf...

Страница 577: ...Prod uct Nam e User to Netwo rk Interfa ce UNI Numb er of GEM Ports IP Addre ss Config ured Capabi lity Numb er of T CONT s Mappi ng Mode Betwe en Servic e Stream s and the GEM Port Flow Contro l Type Numb er of PQs Suppo rted by a T CONT Bridgi ng HG81 0 1ETH 32 Not support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI PQ Gempor t CAR T CONT 0 3 T CONT 1 7 4 HG81 0a 1ETH 32 Not support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI PQ Gempor ...

Страница 578: ...80 10 1GE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 HG80 10H 1GE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 8 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and C...

Страница 579: ... 12 1GE 1RF 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 8 HG80 40H 4GE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 8 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and...

Страница 580: ...HG81 10 1POTS 1GE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 HG81 10H 1POTS 1GE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 8 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Pro...

Страница 581: ...2POTS 4GE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 HG82 40B 2POTS 4GE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary...

Страница 582: ...2POTS 4FE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 HG82 40H 2POTS 4GE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 8 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary...

Страница 583: ...GE 1RF 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 Gatew ay HG82 40A 2POTS 4FE 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Propr...

Страница 584: ...VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR T CONT 0 3 T CONT 1 7 4 HG82 45 2POTS 4GE USB WiFi 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR T CONT 0 3 T CONT 1 7 4 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 201...

Страница 585: ... USB WiFi 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 HG82 45H 2POTS 4GE USB WiFi 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 8 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Pr...

Страница 586: ...B 2 4G 5GWiFi 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 8 HG82 45T 2POTS 4GE USB WiFi 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawe...

Страница 587: ...B RF WiFi 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 HG82 47T 2POTS 4GE USB RF WiFi 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLA N Port PRI Port VLA N PRI PQ Gempor t CAR Flow CAR 4 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei...

Страница 588: ...d by priority As a result when network congestion occurs packets with various priorities are not processed by priority but are dropped randomly on the HG810 or HG810a 9 6 Principle of FTTH Data Plan 9 6 1 Data Plan Principles for IP Addresses This section describes how to obtain an IP address in various scenarios Data Plan Principles for IP Addresses Terminal Type Service Recommended Solution Brid...

Страница 589: ...ackets IPTV The HGW is configured with a bridging WAN port The STB obtains an IP address from the DHCP server The HGW transparently transmits packets The ONT also transparently transmits the packets Gateway ONT Internet access The HGW functions as a PPPoE client and obtains an IP address through PPPoE dialup The ONT functions as a DHCP server and allocates IP addresses to PCs through the network c...

Страница 590: ...DBA profile assured bandwidth maximum bandwidth Users are allowed to preempt the bandwidth on condition that the users assured bandwidth is guaranteed However the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth DBA bandwidth planning Configure the DBA bandwidth according to the user s bandwidth package The assured bandwidth is the maximum bandwidth required by management packets VoIP and IPTV ...

Страница 591: ... VoIP bandwidth IPTV bandwidth VoIP service 200 kbit s 200 kbit s The upstream bandwidth and the downstream bandwidth of VoIP service are symmetrical The actual bandwidth is related to the coding format This bandwidth is calculated for two POTS ports IPTV service standar d definitio n program 2 5 Mbit s per channel IPTV service mainly occupies the downstream bandwidth The actual bandwidth depends ...

Страница 592: ...h of all ONTs connected to a PON port and the fixed bandwidth of OMCI management channel is less than the GPON upstream bandwidth Some bandwidth must be reserved for the future service expansion 9 6 3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan The Internet access service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios VLAN and VLAN Translati...

Страница 593: ...en adds one outer S VLAN l C S C Bidirectional VLAN translation maintains the inner C VLAN and adds one outer S VLAN NOTE l To ensure traceability of users and finer grained QoS control and management of users and services plan per user per service per VLAN PUPSPV for the Internet access service Considering OLT capacity and VLAN scalability use dual VLANs S VLAN C VLAN on the OLT to differentiate ...

Страница 594: ...NT VLANs are configured for the ONTs on the same network in a unified manner and the ONTs have different C VLANs The ONT adds a C VLAN tag to packets OLT adds an S VLAN tag to the packets C VLAN S VLAN C VLAN Bridging ONT HGW Single tagged VLAN recommended ONT Packets that are sent upstream by the HGW are tagged with a user VLAN The ONT transparently transmits the user VLAN OLT translates the VLAN...

Страница 595: ...N S VLAN Single tagged VLAN ONT VLANs are configured for the ONTs on the same network in a unified manner and the ONTs have the same C VLAN The ONT adds a C VLAN tag to packets OLT transparently transmits the VLAN Double tagged VLAN ONT VLANs are configured for the ONTs on the same network in a unified manner and the ONTs have the same C VLAN The ONT adds a C VLAN tag to packets OLT translates the...

Страница 596: ...sical locations It is recommended to allocate S VLANs based on PON board or PON port The inner C VLAN is used to identify services a fixed value or users Voice Data Plan Based on H 248 or SIP Item Description MG interface SIP interface data NOTE must be consistent with the data on the MGC IMS core network devices Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLANs Upstream VLANs of...

Страница 597: ...protocol The phone number that the IMS core network device allocates to the user must be configured Terminal ID H248 If the TID template with which the POTS user is bound does not support terminal layering this parameter needs to be configured User priority According to the service requirements user priorities must be specified The user priorities include the following l cat1 government1 category ...

Страница 598: ...equired for the ringing tone volume You need to modify the parameters of the ringing current attributes according to the local standard only when the default ringing current attributes do not comply with the local standard 9 6 5 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan The IPTV service data plan mainly include the plan of VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenario and the plan of IP...

Страница 599: ...tagged VLAN ONTs transparently transmit the upstream U VLANs sent from HGW The OLT implements VLAN translation U S Double tagged VLAN ONTs transparently transmit the upstream U VLANs sent from HGW The OLT implements VLAN translation U S C Gateway ONT Multicast service Single tagged VLAN ONTs replicate packets based on user ports and M VLANs are removed in downstream direction The OLT replicates mu...

Страница 600: ...ons based on an entire network or an OLT It is recommended that you set different VoIP VLANs for the OLTs connected to one VoIP SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the VoIP SR and convergence switch 9 6 6 Principle of Security Data Plan The security plan involves system security plan user security plan and service security plan Security policy ensures service security from differe...

Страница 601: ...m the host that has the same MAC address with the port the system discards the packets directly In this case it can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious attacks Use this solution for new site deployment MAC attack Enable the anti MAC spoofing function for OLT After anti MAC spoofing is enabled the system can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious att...

Страница 602: ...ial users PPPoE user account theft borrowing PPPoE PITP is enabled on OLT and the BRAS implements user authentication based on binding of the RAIO information to the user account The BRAS responds to request packets of users with specified CID and RID In this way the following functions are implemented l Prevents IP address exhaustion l Implements anti IP spoofing l Implements anti user ID spoofin...

Страница 603: ...e used to build an FTTH network 9 7 1 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Optical fibers are connected to user homes and triple play services are required The following provides detailed service requirements l Internet access of multiple PCs in a home is supported l Access of multiple telephones in a home is supported l IPTV programs can be previewed and watched us...

Страница 604: ...T with a bulit in voice module encapsulates voice service packets and the OLT transmits them to the upstream next generation network NGN or IP multimedia subsystem IMS l For IPTV services the set top box STB obtains an IP address from the DHCP server for ordering programs The ONT transparently transmits the packets Figure 9 1 Bridging Voice ONT 9 7 1 2 Configuration Process Figure 9 2 shows the co...

Страница 605: ... 3 Adding an ONT to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONT only after the ONT is successfully added to an OLT OLT 9 7 1 4 Configuring the Internet Access Service None SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 580 ...

Страница 606: ...ed through the OLT CLI It can be used for service provisioning in batches 9 7 1 6 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service Through the CLI 9 7 1 7 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service on a Web Page or the U2000 9 7 1 8 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service Through the CLI OLT Configure the IPTV service 9 7 1 9 Configuring the BTV Service IPTV services include the BTV and VoD services that ar...

Страница 607: ...CONT ID 4 GEM port ID for management services 11 GEM port ID for voice services 12 GEM port ID for video services 13 GEM port ID for Internet access services 14 ONT service profile Profile name ftth ONT port capability set adaptive Network topology data PON port 0 1 0 ONT IDs 1 and 2 Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONT profiles GPON ONT profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile...

Страница 608: ...t be greater than the total bandwidth of the PON port 2 Configure an ONT line profile Create a GPON ONT line profile named ftth and bind it to the DBA profile ftth_dba huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftth huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 tcont 4 dba profile name ftth_dba Create different GEM ports according to different service types in which l GEM port 11 is used to carry manageme...

Страница 609: ... methods of adding an ONT add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT l Add ONTs offline If the password of an ONT is known run the ont add command to add an ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 0 1 password auth 0100000001 once on no aging omci ont lineprofile name ftth ont srvprofile name ftth huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 0 2 pass...

Страница 610: ... state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the optical module l If Config state is failed the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the...

Страница 611: ...C 1 VLAN Plan Double tagged VLAN l S VLAN ID 100 l S VLAN type smart l S VLAN attribute stacking l CVLAN ID 1001 l C VLAN ID 1010 1011 VLAN Translation Policy l ONT ONTs configure the VLAN and add the same C VLAN tag to packets All ONTs are in the same C VLAN l OLT The OLT performs VLAN translation C S C The C VLAN of every ONT differs from each other Procedure l Configure the OLT 1 Configure a tr...

Страница 612: ...i config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 0 1 eth 1 vlan 1001 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 0 2 eth 1 vlan 1001 huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit 5 Create an Internet access service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 100 huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei config port vlan 100 0 ...

Страница 613: ...e version supports H 248 For details see relevant ONT manuals Data Plan Item Data ONT line profile Profile name ftth T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 VLAN plan Single VLAN tag l VLAN ID 300 l VLAN type smart l VLAN attribute common l CVLAN SVLAN VLAN translation policy l ONT VLANs are configured for the ONTs on the same network in a unified manner and the ONTs have the same C VLAN The ONT adds a C VLAN ...

Страница 614: ...inbound traffic table name ftth_voip outbound traffic table name ftth_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name ftth_voip outbound traffic table name ftth_voip 5 Enable the ARP proxy function Voice media streams for different users of the same SVLAN fail to interchange because the service ports of the smart VLAN are ...

Страница 615: ...tocol Conversion b In the pane on the right set Voice to H 248 c Click Apply 2 Configure parameters for the voice WAN interface a Choose WAN WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters as follows Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection Set Encapsulation mode to IPoE Set Service Type to VOIP For configuring the VoIP se...

Страница 616: ... follows Set Address of the Primary MGC to 200 200 200 200 Set MID Format to Domain Name and MG Domain to 0100000001 Set Signaling Port to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 Set Region to China SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 591 ...

Страница 617: ...Signaling Port When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports the configured VLAN is carried by default l When the ONT is interconnected with a third party softswitch check RTP TID Prefix Start Number of RTP TID and Width of RTP TID Number c Configure parameters for H 248 based voice users a Choose Voice VoIP Basic Configuration b In the Basic User Parameters H 248 window set the parameters for u...

Страница 618: ...on tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile ONT VAS Profile b On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c In the dialog box that is displayed set Name to ONT VoIP d Configure the parameters of a voice WAN port a In the navigation tree choose General Para WAN Device WAN Device 1 WAN Connection Select WAN Connection right click and cho...

Страница 619: ...signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports the configured VLAN is carried by default Create a WAN port named WAN RTP on the ONT and set this WAN port to a media WAN port Specifically choose Interface 1 RTP and set Associate WAN Interface to WAN2 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi servi...

Страница 620: ...s Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface configuration Interface 1 User Right click User and choose Add from the shortcut menu b Select User 1 under the User node In the right pane set User Enabled to Enable and Interface ID to 1 Then select User 2 under the User node In the right pane set User Enabled to Enable and Interface ID to 2 NOTE If Interface ID is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Inte...

Страница 621: ...tion Interface 1 from the navigation tree and set Region to China Choose General Type Config Info WAN Device WAN Device 1 WAN Connection WAN Connection 1 WAN IP Interface WAN IP Interface 1 from the navigation tree and set WAN Interface Name to ONT VoIP Service Type to VOIP SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue ...

Страница 622: ...rtcut menu b Configure the domain name of the MG Click the Basic Parameters tab in the dialog box that is displayed select Voice Service and set MG Domain name to 0100000001 NOTE Domain Name is ONT s domain name registered with the MGC It is globally unique MG Domain Name in this example is ONT s password c Configure the terminal ID for the H 248 voice user Select the record where Interface ID is ...

Страница 623: ...ess of the MGC server successfully l The ONT has been added to the OLT For details see 9 7 1 3 Adding an ONT to an OLT l Different voice services require different ONT software versions Before the configuration ensure that the current ONT software version supports H 248 For details see relevant ONT manuals l The ONT software version of the H 248 voice service can be configured as V100R002C04 or la...

Страница 624: ... in the ONT line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftth huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Step 3 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Step 4 Create service fl...

Страница 625: ... used 2 Configure an MGC interface profile Run the display ont mgc profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements run the ont mgc profile add command to add an MGC interface profile Create MGC interface profile 2 set the IP address of the MGC to 200 200 200 200 and use default values for o...

Страница 626: ...es must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect 1 Apply an interface common profile Run the if h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H 248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run the ont if h248 bat apply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H 248 interfaces If you use these two commands to apply the interf...

Страница 627: ...ONT has been added to the OLT For details see 9 7 1 3 Adding an ONT to an OLT l Different voice services require different ONT software versions Before the configuration ensure that the current ONT software version supports SIP For details see relevant ONT manuals Data Plan Item Data ONT line profile Profile name ftth T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 VLAN plan Single VLAN tag l VLAN ID 300 l VLAN type s...

Страница 628: ...em mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit 3 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 4 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port ID to 12 and user VLAN to 300 and use traffic profile ftth_voip huawei config ser...

Страница 629: ... the bridging ONT HGW configure the voice service on the HGW but not on the ONT For detailed configurations see the HGW Configuration Guide l The Web page for configuring ONT varies with ONT versions but the parameter configuration is the same For details see relevant ONT manuals 1 Optional Configure the voice protocol NOTE The default voice protocol is SIP If the protocol is not changed skip this...

Страница 630: ...responding configuration on the softswitch l If dual homing is configured Address of the Standby Proxy Server must be configured l If Signaling Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Media Port If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN p...

Страница 631: ...30010 huawei com Set Password to iadtest1 Click New to add voice user 2 and set the parameters for voice user 2 as follows Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration Set Registration User Name to 77730020 Set Associated POTS Port to 2 Set Authentication User Name to 8675577730020 huawei com Set Password to iadtest2 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissi...

Страница 632: ...e the HGW Configuration Guide l The window for configuring ONT value added service VAS profiles varies with ONT versions but the parameter configuration is the same For details see relevant ONT manuals 1 Configure a general VAS profile for the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile ONT VAS ...

Страница 633: ...vigation tree choose General Para Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface configuration Interface 1 Select Interface 1 and select a proper value Signaling Protocol SIP Associate WAN Interface WAN1 binding the created voice WAN port f Configure SIP protocol parameters In the navigation tree choose General Para Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface configuration Interface 1 SIP S...

Страница 634: ... Enabled to Enable and Interface ID to 1 Then select User 2 under the User node In the right pane set User Enabled to Enable and Interface ID to 2 NOTE If Interface ID is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Interface ID is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound h Click Next i In the dialog box that is displayed set vendor ID to HWTC Terminal Type to General Type and Version to V1R003C00 ZZ click Add Smart...

Страница 635: ... the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu b Choose GPON GPON Management from the navigation tree c In the window on the right choose GPON ONU d On the GPON ONU tab page set the filter criteria or click to display the GPON ONUs e Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind General VAS Profile from the shortcut menu I...

Страница 636: ...uth User Name 8675577730020 huawei com Auth Password iadtest2 c Click OK The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT End 9 7 1 8 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service Through the CLI The OLT manages ONTs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONT using the OMCI protocol This topic describes how to configure the SIP based voice service Prerequisites l The SIP inter...

Страница 637: ...transmits the VLAN Voice parameter IP address of the SIP server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the SIP server 5060 Home domain name huawei com User phone number 1 77730010 User phone number 2 77730020 Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet th...

Страница 638: ...e saves common attributes of an ONT voice interface including the fax mode fax modem negotiation mode and priority of the coding and decoding mode l SIP agent profile saves the SIP agent information about an ONT including the IP address and domain name of the SIP agent server and attributes of media packets and signaling packets l SIP service data profile saves the data information about ONT voice...

Страница 639: ...and to add a digitmap profile In this example the default digitmap profile namely digitmap profile 1 is used Step 7 Configure an IP address for an ONT SIP user For ONT 1 and ONT 2 configure the IP address obtaining mode to the DHCP mode set the management VLAN to VLAN 20 and use default values for other parameters huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vla...

Страница 640: ... is introduced in Step 8 1 The following will introduce the methods for applying an interface common profile an SIP service data profile and a POTS port profile and the method for binding a digitmap to an SIP interface 1 Apply an interface common profile Run the if sip attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run...

Страница 641: ...IP ports repeatedly the last configurations take effect In this example the default digitmap profile namely digitmap profile 1 is used Step 10 Optional Configure the SIP user codec Run the sippstnuser codec command to configure the SIP user codec The SIP user codec will not be configured independently in this example Step 11 Save the data huawei config save End 9 7 1 9 Configuring the BTV Service ...

Страница 642: ...e priority specified in the profile NOTE Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship betwee...

Страница 643: ...er VLAN to 1000 and use traffic profile 8 huawei config service port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 1000 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 1000 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 7 Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2 huawei config multicast vlan 100...

Страница 644: ...cast global parameters In this example the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters 12 Configure multicast users Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users huawei config btv igmp user add service port 1 huawei config btv igmp user add service port 2 huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 1 huawei config mvlan...

Страница 645: ...profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 1100 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile huaw...

Страница 646: ...2 The ONT does not need to be configured End 9 7 1 11 Configuring Link Aggregation Congestion Control and Security Policies The global configuration of link aggregation and queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability The global configuration of security policies ensures service security Context Link aggregation provides a higher bandwidth and uplink reliability for optical lin...

Страница 647: ... attack l Configure user security Enable MAC address anti flapping on the OLT Run the security anti macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address anti flapping Enable MAC address anti spoofing on the OLT 1 In global config mode run the security anti macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti spoofing 2 Enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or ...

Страница 648: ...r levels DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default The global level In global config mode run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level When you run this command select the enable forward or rebuild parameter based on site requirements The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT For...

Страница 649: ...enable PITP at the VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run the vlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN The service port level In global config mode run the pitp service port command to enable PITP at the service port level 2 On the OLT run the pi...

Страница 650: ...nel is l An ONT supports a maximum of a call emulation Multicast emulation This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONT You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real time traffic of the multicast program Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function Data...

Страница 651: ...ap Command pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user name test huawei user password test authentication mode chap huawei config if gpon 0 1 ONT PPPoE Test Result F S P 0 1 0 ONT ID 1 ONT ETH Port ID 4 ONT Vlan ID 100 Vlan Priority Emluator result Success Session ID 18814 User IP 192 168 100 101 Gateway IP 192 168 100 1 l Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1 Check whether configu...

Страница 652: ...on test huawei config test huawei config test ont emulational call caller port 0 1 0 1 1 telno 77730020 cr caller stop time K Command ont emulational call caller port 0 1 0 1 1 telno 77730020 2 The ONT outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete huawei config test F S P 0 1 0 ONT ID 0 ONT POTSID 1 Test type caller emulational call test Detected number 77730020 Reported number 7773...

Страница 653: ...oice service on the ONT web page If the query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time check whether the voice configuration on the MGC SIP server is consistent with that on the ONT l Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation 1 Run the igmp static join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program hua...

Страница 654: ...of multiple PCs in a home is supported l Access of multiple telephones in a home is supported l IPTV programs can be previewed and watched using STBs l Service extension is supported and different services do not affect each other l Proper service security is ensured Internet access services are protected against unauthorized access user account theft or borrowing MAC IP spoofing and malicious att...

Страница 655: ...rminal ONT home gateway HGW Figure 9 4 Configuration roadmap in FTTH networking using a bridging ONT HGW The following table describes the configuration steps SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 630 ...

Страница 656: ... Service OLT 9 7 1 11 Configuring Link Aggregation Congestion Control and Security Policies The global configuration of link aggregation and queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability The global configuration of security policies ensures service security OLT 9 7 1 12 Verifying Services The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONT PPPoE DHCP dialup emulation and ...

Страница 657: ...nding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONT side service l Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONT that is managed by using optical network terminal management and control interface OMCI l Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measu...

Страница 658: ...he qos mode command to set the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port 2 When the QoS mode is priority queue PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS mode is flow car or gem car traffic profile 6 is bound to the GEM port by default no rate limitation After the configurations are complete run the commit command...

Страница 659: ...on 0 1 display ont autofind 0 After this command is executed the information about all ONTs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 0 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ont lineprofile name ftth ont srvprofile name ftth huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 0 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile name ftth ont srvpr...

Страница 660: ...r ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification Then the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully End 9 7 2 4 Configuring the Internet Access Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONT through...

Страница 661: ...e system do not meet the requirements you need to run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile Set the profile ID to ftth_hsi the CIR to 4 Mbit s and the priority to 0 In addition configure the scheduling mode so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities huawei config traffic table ip name ftth_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mappin...

Страница 662: ...ort vlan 100 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 14 multi service user vlan 45 tag transform translate and add inner vlan 1002 inbound traffic table name ftth_hsi outbound traffic table name ftth_hsi 6 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the HGW 1 Log in to the Web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 cu html default IP address to the address bar of the Internet Explorer IE and press Enter ...

Страница 663: ...LT is connected to the remote ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the IP based high quality and low cost VoIP service Prerequisites l The SIP interface data and POTS user configuration data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server l The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully l ...

Страница 664: ...cording to the priority carried huawei config traffic table ip name ftth_voip cir off priority 5 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 47 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile NOTE The user VLAN is the VLAN in the packets sent from the HGW to the ONT that is the UVLAN huawei config ont lineprofile g...

Страница 665: ...each other Therefore the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT huawei config arp proxy enable huawei config interface vlanif 300 huawei config if vlanif300 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif300 quit 7 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the HGW 1 Log in to the Web configuration interface a Enter http 192 168 1 1 default IP address in the address bar of the browser and pr...

Страница 666: ...ser account to the user telephone number In this example set the user telephone number to 77730010 User password 3 Restart the HGW Choose Management Device Management and click Restarting the Device End 9 7 2 6 Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the multicast service Prerequisites l The OLT is connected to the BRAS ...

Страница 667: ...N ports with MVLAN unchanged Multicast service data Multicast protocol IGMP proxy Multicast version IGMPv2 Multicast program dynamic obtaining mode Procedure l Configure the OLT 1 Configure a traffic profile Configure traffic profile 8 Set the CIR to off unlimited priority to 4 and priority based scheduling policy to local setting that is queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the...

Страница 668: ... smart huawei config port vlan 1000 0 19 0 5 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 1000 GEM port ID to 13 and user VLAN to 1000 and use traffic profile 8 huawei config service port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 1000 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port 2 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 1000 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 6 Creat...

Страница 669: ...gs are used for all the multicast global parameters 11 Configure multicast users Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users huawei config btv igmp user add service port 1 huawei config btv igmp user add service port 2 huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 1 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 2 huawei con...

Страница 670: ...iguring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service Prerequisites l The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the program source l The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT l The ONT has been added to the OLT For details see 9 7 1 3 Adding an ONT to an OLT l The configura...

Страница 671: ...display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user ...

Страница 672: ...ss bar of the Internet Explorer IE and press Enter b In the login dialog box enter the user name and password of the administrator the Internet service provider ISP provides the default user name and default password Then click OK 2 Set parameters for the VoD service This example assumes LAN4 as an VoD port a Choose Network Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree b In the right pane creat...

Страница 673: ...function based on the service type For details see 9 6 6 Principle of Security Data Plan Procedure l Configure link aggregation The following configurations are used as an example to configure link aggregation Uplink ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 are added to a LAG The two ports send packets upstream based on the packets source MAC addresses The LAG works in Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP static...

Страница 674: ...enable command to enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level b Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect c Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode d Run thevlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN 3 Optional Run the security anti macspoofing max mac count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses...

Страница 675: ...HCP Option 82 at the VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run the vlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN The service port level In global config mode run the dhcp option82 service port command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level 2 ...

Страница 676: ...nstalled in users houses which are far away from the central equipment room ONTs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation call emulation and multicast emulation to facilitate configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration Prerequisites ONTs and upper layer devices have been connected properly The BRAS and MGC IM...

Страница 677: ...his function Data plan Item Data Remarks PPPoE dialup emulation parameters PPPoE user name test huawei Password test The user name password and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS The entered user name password and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS Call emulation parameters ONT POTS ID 1 The default values are used You ca...

Страница 678: ...t access service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan If a native VLAN is configured for the Ethernet port on the ONT run the display ont port attribute command in the xPON board mode to check whether the native VLAN is correct 2 Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status a Run the dis...

Страница 679: ... vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the voice service VLAN If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address check the network connections between the upstream port and upper layer devices and check the configurations of upper layer devices If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address check whether the ONT is activated and whether physical links are normal If both the ...

Страница 680: ... multicast user huawei config btv display igmp user service port 1 User 0 1 0 1 State online Authentication no auth Quick leave MAC based IGMP flow ID 1 Video flow ID 1 Log switch enable Bind profiles IGMP version IGMP v3 Current version IGMP v3 Current IGMP IPv6 version IGMP IPv6 v2 Available programs 8 Global leave disable User max bandwidth no limit Used bandwidth kbps 0 Used bandwidth to max b...

Страница 681: ...ervices are protected against unauthorized access user account theft or borrowing MAC IP spoofing and malicious attack Voice and IPTV services are protected against MAC IP spoofing malicious attack and traffic flooding attack l Service faults are easy to locate and services are easy to maintain Application Scenario As shown in Figure 9 5 the ONT integrating an IAD provides Internet VoIP and IPTV s...

Страница 682: ...sing a gateway optical network terminal ONT Figure 9 6 Configuration roadmap in FTTH networking using a gateway ONT SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9 FTTH Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 657 ...

Страница 683: ... deployed l Web page This mode can be used to configure voice parameters after the service channel has been configured through the OLT CLI It can be used for site deployment l U2000 This mode can be used to configure voice parameters after the service channel has been configured through the OLT CLI It can be used for service provisioning in batches 9 7 3 6 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service...

Страница 684: ...NT to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONT only after the ONT is successfully added to an OLT Data Plan Table 9 5 Data plan Item Data DBA profile Profile name ftth_dba Profile type type3 Assured bandwidth 8 Mbit s Maximum bandwidth 20 Mbit s ONT line profile Profile name ftth T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID for management services 11 GEM port ID for voice services 12 GEM port ID for video services...

Страница 685: ...entation is based on an ONT Therefore select a DBA profile of the proper bandwidth type and configure proper bandwidth according to the service types and total user count of the ONT Note that the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the assured bandwidth must not be greater than the total bandwidth of the PON port 2 Configure an ONT line profile Create a GPON ONT line profile named ftth and bind it to t...

Страница 686: ... discovery mode for password authentication to once on and management mode to OMCI Bind the two ONTs to ONT line profile ftth and ONT service profile ftth There are two methods of adding an ONT add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT l Add ONTs offline If the password of an ONT is known run the ont add command to add an ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei con...

Страница 687: ...ent with the actual capability of the ONT The rest of the response information is omitted When Config state is failed Run state is offline or Match state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the optical module l If Config s...

Страница 688: ...ID 4 GEM port ID 14 VLAN Plan Double tagged VLAN l S VLAN ID 100 l S VLAN type smart l S VLAN attribute stacking l CVLAN ID 1001 l C VLAN ID 1010 1011 VLAN translation policy l ONT ONTs configure the VLAN and add the same C VLAN tag to packets All ONTs are in the same C VLAN l OLT The OLT performs VLAN translation C S C The C VLAN of every ONT differs from each other Procedure l Configure the OLT ...

Страница 689: ...4 multi service user vlan 1001 tag transform translate and add inner vlan 1011 inbound traffic table name ftth_hsi outbound traffic table name ftth_hsi 5 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the ONT on the Web page Log in to the Web page and then configure the ONT on the Web page 1 Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment with the IP address of t...

Страница 690: ... needs to be selected Select Enable VLAN Set VLAN ID to 1001 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Set 802 1p to 0 Set User Name to iadtest pppoe and Password to iadtest The user name and password must be the same as the user name and password configured on the BRAS Select the check box next to LAN1 in the Binding options area indicating that the WA...

Страница 691: ...sions but the parameter configuration is the same For details see relevant ONT manuals 1 Add a general VAS configuration profile for the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile ONT VAS Profile SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 9...

Страница 692: ...ed on the OLT at the user side Priority 0 d Click Next e In the dialog box that is displayed set vendor ID to HWTC Terminal Type to General Type and Version to V1R003C00 ZZ click Add f Configure a WAN port Choose General Type Config Info WAN Device WAN Device 1 WAN Connection WAN Connection 1 WAN PPP Interface WAN PPP Interface 1 and set parameters as follows WAN Interface Name ONT HSI SmartAX MA5...

Страница 693: ...OTE LAN port two three port enable being enable indicates that the LAN port is a Layer 3 interface The LAN port bound to the WAN port must be a Layer 3 interface b Bind the LAN port to the WAN port 1 In the navigation tree choose General Type Config Info Layer 3 Forwarding Policy Route Select Policy Route right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu 2 Select Policy Route 1 and enter proper va...

Страница 694: ... the dialog box that is displayed select the created profile and click OK to complete profile binding 3 Configure the ONT value added service a On the GPON ONU tab page select an ONT right click and choose Configure Value Added Service from the shortcut menu b Click the Basic Parameters tab in the dialog box that is displayed select WAN Port set User Name to iadtest pppoe and set Password to iadte...

Страница 695: ...on the same network in a unified manner and the ONTs have the same C VLAN The ONT adds a C VLAN tag to packets l OLT translates the VLAN tag C VLAN S VLAN Voice parameter IP address of the MGC server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the MGC server 2944 MG Domain 0100000001 or 0100000002 Procedure l Configure the OLT 1 Configure a traffic profile Run the display traffic table ip command to query the e...

Страница 696: ... service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other Therefore the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT huawei config arp proxy enable huawei config interface vlanif 300 huawei config if vlanif300 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif300 quit 6 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the ONT on the Web page Log in to the Web page and then configure the ONT on the Web ...

Страница 697: ...le the new WAN connection Set Encapsulation mode to IPoE Set Service Type to VOIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selected Set WAN mode to Route WAN Select Enable VLAN Set VLAN ID to 300 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Set 802 1p to 5 Set IP Acquisition Mode to DHCP c Click Apply SmartAX MA560...

Страница 698: ...this example is ONT s password l If Media Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONT and bind the created WAN...

Страница 699: ...on status of the voice user Choose Status VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up l Configure the ONT on the U2000 NOTE The window for configuring ONT value added service VAS profiles varies with ONT versions but the parameter configuration is the same For details see relevant ONT manuals 1 Configure a general VAS profile for the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration Access Pr...

Страница 700: ...on Type Routed VLAN ID 300 The VLAN ID of the ONT must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT Priority 5 Addressing Type DHCP e Configure parameters of the voice protocol In the navigation tree choose General Para Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface configuration Interface 1 Select Interface 1 and select a proper value Signaling Protocol H 248 Associate WAN Interfa...

Страница 701: ...oice Service Voice Service 1 Interface configuration Interface 1 H248 Select H248 and enter or select a proper value Primary MGC 200 200 200 200 MID Format MG Domain name NOTE l If dual homing is configured Secondary MGC must be set l MID Format can be set to MG Domain Name IP or Device name g Configure the voice users a In the navigation tree choose General Para Services Voice Service Voice Servi...

Страница 702: ... click Add j In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters Choose General Type Config Info Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface Configuration Interface 1 from the navigation tree and set Region to China Choose General Type Config Info WAN Device WAN Device 1 WAN Connection WAN Connection 1 WAN IP Interface WAN IP Interface 1 from the navigation tree and set WAN Interface Name ...

Страница 703: ...rtcut menu b Configure the domain name of the MG Click the Basic Parameters tab in the dialog box that is displayed select Voice Service and set MG Domain name to 0100000001 NOTE Domain Name is ONT s domain name registered with the MGC It is globally unique MG Domain Name in this example is ONT s password c Configure the terminal ID for the H 248 voice user Select the record where Interface ID is ...

Страница 704: ...ress of the MGC server successfully l The ONT has been added to the OLT For details see 9 7 1 3 Adding an ONT to an OLT l Different voice services require different ONT software versions Before the configuration ensure that the current ONT software version supports H 248 For details see relevant ONT manuals l The ONT software version of the H 248 voice service can be configured as V100R002C04 or l...

Страница 705: ...ort 12 in the ONT line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftth huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Step 3 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 200 huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 19 0 Step 4 Create serv...

Страница 706: ... used 2 Configure an MGC interface profile Run the display ont mgc profile command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements run the ont mgc profile add command to add an MGC interface profile Create MGC interface profile 2 set the IP address of the MGC to 200 200 200 200 and use default values for o...

Страница 707: ...es must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect 1 Apply an interface common profile Run the if h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H 248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run the ont if h248 bat apply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H 248 interfaces If you use these two commands to apply the interf...

Страница 708: ...as been added to the OLT For details see 9 7 1 3 Adding an ONT to an OLT l Different voice services require different ONT software versions Before the configuration ensure that the current ONT software version supports SIP For details see relevant ONT manuals Data Plan Item Data ONT line profile Profile name ftth T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 VLAN Plan Single VLAN tag l SVLAN ID 200 l SVLAN type smar...

Страница 709: ...config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit 3 Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 200 huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 19 0 4 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 200 GEM port ID to 12 and user VLAN to 300 Use traffic profile ftth_voip huawei config service port vlan 200 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 ...

Страница 710: ...n is the same For details see relevant ONT manuals 1 Optional Configure the voice protocol NOTE The default voice protocol is SIP If the protocol is not changed skip this step a Choose Voice SIP H 248 Protocol Conversion b In the pane on the right set Voice to SIP c Click Apply 2 Configure parameters for the voice WAN interface a Choose WAN WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the di...

Страница 711: ...ess of the Standby Proxy Server must be configured l If Signaling Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Media Port If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONT and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Por...

Страница 712: ...30010 huawei com Set Password to iadtest1 Click New to add voice user 2 and set the parameters for voice user 2 as follows Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration Set Registration User Name to 77730020 Set Associated POTS Port to 2 Set Authentication User Name to 8675577730020 huawei com Set Password to iadtest2 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissi...

Страница 713: ...for the ONT a From the main menu choose Configuration Access Profile Management In the navigation tree of the tab page that is displayed choose PON Profile ONT VAS Profile b On the General ONT VAS Profile tab page right click and choose Add from the shortcut menu c In the dialog box that is displayed set Name to ONT VoIP d Configure the parameters of a voice WAN port a In the navigation tree choos...

Страница 714: ...lue Signaling Protocol SIP Associate WAN Interface WAN1 binding the created voice WAN port f Configure SIP protocol parameters In the navigation tree choose General Para Services Voice Service Voice Service 1 Interface configuration Interface 1 SIP Select SIP and enter or select a proper value Proxy Server 200 200 200 200 Server Port 5060 Home Domain huawei com SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Mult...

Страница 715: ... to 1 Then select User 2 under the User node In the right pane set User Enabled to Enable and Interface ID to 2 NOTE If Interface ID is 1 port TEL1 on the ONT is bound If Interface ID is 2 port TEL2 on the ONT is bound h Click Next i In the dialog box that is displayed set vendor ID to HWTC Terminal Type to General Type and Version to V1R003C00 ZZ click Add SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi se...

Страница 716: ... the Physical Root navigation tree or right click the required OLT and choose NE Explorer from the shortcut menu b Choose GPON GPON Management from the navigation tree c In the window on the right choose GPON ONU d On the GPON ONU tab page set the filter criteria or click to display the GPON ONUs e Select an ONT from the list right click and choose Bind General VAS Profile from the shortcut menu I...

Страница 717: ...uth User Name 8675577730020 huawei com Auth Password iadtest2 c Click OK The configurations take effect without the requirement of resetting the ONT End 9 7 3 8 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service Through the CLI The OLT manages ONTs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONT using the OMCI protocol This topic describes how to configure the SIP based voice service Prerequisites l The SIP inter...

Страница 718: ... VLAN tag C VLAN S VLAN Voice parameter IP address of the SIP server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the SIP server 5060 Home domain name huawei com User phone number 1 77730010 User phone number 2 77730020 Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not me...

Страница 719: ... saves common attributes of an ONT voice interface including the fax mode fax modem negotiation mode and priority of the coding and decoding mode l SIP agent profile saves the SIP agent information about an ONT including the IP address and domain name of the SIP agent server and attributes of media packets and signaling packets l SIP service data profile saves the data information about ONT voice ...

Страница 720: ...and to add a digitmap profile In this example the default digitmap profile namely digitmap profile 1 is used Step 7 Configure an IP address for an ONT SIP user For ONT 1 and ONT 2 configure the IP address obtaining mode to the DHCP mode set the management VLAN to VLAN 20 and use default values for other parameters huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vla...

Страница 721: ... is introduced in Step 8 1 The following will introduce the methods for applying an interface common profile an SIP service data profile and a POTS port profile and the method for binding a digitmap to an SIP interface 1 Apply an interface common profile Run the if sip attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run...

Страница 722: ...rations take effect In this example the default digitmap profile namely digitmap profile 1 is used Step 10 Optional Configure the SIP user codec Run the sippstnuser codec command to configure the SIP user codec The SIP user codec will not be configured independently in this example Step 11 Save the data huawei config save End 9 7 3 9 Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote g...

Страница 723: ...ffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on the ONT If the ONT is c...

Страница 724: ...mvlan1000 igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP version y n n y Command is being executed Please wait Command has been executed successfully 7 Configure a program library Set the mode for obtaining multicast programs to dynamic NOTE You can set the mode for obtaining multicast programs...

Страница 725: ...g mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 1 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 2 huawei config mvlan1000 quit 12 Save the data huawei config save Step 2 The ONT does not need to be configured End 9 7 3 10 Configuring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote gateway ONT through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service Prerequisites l The iTM...

Страница 726: ... to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 1100 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONT line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftth huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 13 4 vlan 1100 huawei config gpon lin...

Страница 727: ...th different priorities Then the packets are sent based on queue priorities Congestion control is recommended Security policies ensure system user and service security NOTE Enable a service security function based on the service type For details see 9 6 6 Principle of Security Data Plan Procedure l Configure link aggregation The following configurations are used as an example to configure link agg...

Страница 728: ...enable command to enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level b Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect c Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode d Run thevlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN 3 Optional Run the security anti macspoofing max mac count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses...

Страница 729: ...HCP Option 82 at the VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run the vlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN The service port level In global config mode run the dhcp option82 service port command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level 2 ...

Страница 730: ...nstalled in users houses which are far away from the central equipment room ONTs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation call emulation and multicast emulation to facilitate configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration Prerequisites ONTs and upper layer devices have been connected properly The BRAS and MGC IM...

Страница 731: ...his function Data plan Item Data Remarks PPPoE dialup emulation parameters PPPoE user name test huawei Password test The user name password and authentication mode for the emulation test must be configured on the BRAS The entered user name password and authentication mode must be consistent with those configured on the BRAS Call emulation parameters ONT POTS ID 1 The default values are used You ca...

Страница 732: ...t access service flow is configured and whether the inner VLAN ID of the service flow is consistent with that in the data plan If a native VLAN is configured for the Ethernet port on the ONT run the display ont port attribute command in the xPON board mode to check whether the native VLAN is correct 2 Check the upstream and downstream ports by checking the MAC address learning status a Run the dis...

Страница 733: ... vlan command to check the MAC address learning status of the voice service VLAN If the upstream port does not learn a MAC address check the network connections between the upstream port and upper layer devices and check the configurations of upper layer devices If the downstream port does not learn a MAC address check whether the ONT is activated and whether physical links are normal If both the ...

Страница 734: ... multicast user huawei config btv display igmp user service port 1 User 0 1 0 1 State online Authentication no auth Quick leave MAC based IGMP flow ID 1 Video flow ID 1 Log switch enable Bind profiles IGMP version IGMP v3 Current version IGMP v3 Current IGMP IPv6 version IGMP IPv6 v2 Available programs 8 Global leave disable User max bandwidth no limit Used bandwidth kbps 0 Used bandwidth to max b...

Страница 735: ...P The PC STB and phone are connected to different ports on the ONT to achieve the triple play service l Different services are distinguished by different S VLANs on an OLT l The internet access service has a rate restriction of 4 Mbit s both in upstream and downstream directions l IPTV service has no rate restriction in upstream or downstream direction l The VoIP adopts the H 248 protocol and the ...

Страница 736: ...default service profile 0 is used In this profile the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port is set to adaptive by default and therefore the OLT automatically matches the number of ports according to the type of the online ONT c Optional Add an alarm profile The default GPON alarm profile 1 is used The alarm thresholds of the default alarm profile are 0 which indicates that no alarm is gener...

Страница 737: ...Number 2 F S P 0 1 1 Ont SN 6877687714852901 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version 120A0000 Ont SoftwareVersion V1R001C01 Ont EquipmentID EchoLife HG8245 Ont autofind time 2009 10 24 14 59 12 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131D659FD40 omci huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 1 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci c Optional Bind the alarm profile to the ONT The defaul...

Страница 738: ...actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU In this case run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU Modify the ONU pro...

Страница 739: ...rvice ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other the voice media streams cannot interchange normally The ARP proxy function of the OLT must be enabled so that different users of the same VLAN can communicate with each other huawei config arp proxy enable huawei config interface vlanif 200 huawei config if vlanif200 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif200 quit c Configure a traffic pr...

Страница 740: ...ackets are scheduled according to their priorities huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting c Create a service port Set the service port indexes to 5 and 6 S VLAN ID to 1000 C VLAN ID to 30 and the ID of the ONT ETH port connected to the user STB to 2 The traffic profile 10 is used NOTE If the STB interconnected to the ONT does not support VLAN tag t...

Страница 741: ...t users Configure users of service ports 5 and 6 as multicast users and bind right profile profile0 to the service ports huawei config btv igmp user add service port 5 auth huawei config btv igmp user add service port 6 auth huawei config btv igmp user bind profile service port 5 profile name profile0 huawei config btv igmp user bind profile service port 6 profile name profile0 huawei config btv m...

Страница 742: ...d obtain IP addresses from the DHCP server in the DHCP option 60 mode l After receiving different traffic streams the OLT provides different QoS guarantees to the traffic streams according to the priorities of the traffic streams l Traffic streams are differentiated on the OLT by the user side VLAN C VLAN Figure 9 8 Example network of the optical fiber access service in the single port for multipl...

Страница 743: ...ftX3000 and DHCP server l The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT l The OLT uses the OPFA board or the OPGD board to connect to the ONT Procedure l Configure the Internet access service on the OLT 1 Create a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN The VLAN ID is 100 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN The upstream port is 0 19 0 huawei config vla...

Страница 744: ...en queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 respectively huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 NOTE For the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map q...

Страница 745: ...e the IPTV service on the OLT 1 Create a VLAN and add an upstream port to the VLAN The VLAN ID is 1000 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN The upstream port is0 19 0 huawei config vlan 1000 smart huawei config port vlan 1000 0 19 0 2 Configure a traffic profile The traffic profile index is 9 and the 802 1p priority of the IPTV service is 5 huawei config traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priorit...

Страница 746: ...mode default Are you sure to change the uplink port mode y n n y 8 Optional Set the multicast global parameters In this example the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters 9 Configure the program library Configure the program names to BTV 1 and BTV 2 multicast IP addresses of the programs to 224 1 1 10 and 224 1 1 20 and source IP address of the programs to 10 10 10 10 hu...

Страница 747: ... cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save VoIP service vlan 200 smart port vlan 200 0 19 0 traffic table ip index 8 cir 10240 priority 6 priority policy local Setting service port vlan 200 eth 0 5 2 multi service user vlan 3 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 service port vlan 200 eth 0 5 3 multi service user vlan 3 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 dhcp mode layer 3 option 60 dhcp server 1 ip 20 1 1 2 20 ...

Страница 748: ...profile profile name profile0 program name BTV 1 watch igmp user add service port 200 no auth igmp user add service port 300 auth igmp user bind profile service port 300 profile name profile0 multicast vlan 1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 200 igmp multicast vlan member service port 300 quit save SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuratio...

Страница 749: ...e on FTTD networking using PON and P2P upstream transmission respectively 10 3 Networking Scenarios and Hardware Configurations GPON This section describes GPON fiber to the door FTTD networking scenarios and typical optical line terminal OLT and optical network unit ONU hardware configurations 10 4 Reference of GPON ONU Capability Sets This section provides common Huawei GPON optical network unit...

Страница 750: ...grated FTTD solution networking Scenario Concept Description Fiber to the door FTTD An optical access scenario where twisted pairs have been deployed at user homes and high bandwidth services are required by the users The OLT connects to ONUs in the downstream direction through an ODN network The ONUs can be installed in shafts or garages or mounted to courtyard walls The ONUs access users to prov...

Страница 751: ...sts of optical fibers and passive optical components such as one or more optical dividers The ODN network provides highly reliable optical paths to connect ONUs to an OLT OLT An aggregation device located at a central office CO which terminates PON protocols In this document OLTs are MA5600T MA5603T MA5608Ts ONU A user terminal that provides various ports for users An ONU connects to an OLT for co...

Страница 752: ...ters around softswitches and uses an open and standardized architecture It provides voice video and data services A type of system that uses Session Initiation Protocol SIP signaling as its call control signaling It provides voice data and multimedia services NOTE In this document the NGN or IMS is the softswitch that supports H 248 or SIP IPTV head end A contents preparation platform in the IPTV ...

Страница 753: ...with a built in voice module encapsulates voice service packets and the OLT transmits them to the upstream next generation network NGN or IP multimedia subsystem IMS Typical configuration 1 l Control board H801SCUN or H802SCUN l Service board H805GPBD H806GPBH H802GPBD or H803GPFD l Upstream interface board GICF GICG or X2CS Typical configuration 2 l Control board H801SCUH l Service board HG802GPF...

Страница 754: ...ks with the OLT to provide Layer 2 channels MA5651 or MA5651S SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 729 ...

Страница 755: ...ng ONU HG W MA5 651 or MA5 651S One VDSL2 port 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS or port Port VLAN port PRI or port VLAN PRI PQ 8 Bridgi ng voice ONU MA5 652S One VDSL2 port and two POTS ports 32 Support ed 8 VLAN PRI VLAN PRI IPToS Port Port VLAN Port PRI Port VLAN PRI PQ 8 NOTE The MA5651 and MA5651S support reverse power supply through the power source equipment PSE The MA5652S supports A...

Страница 756: ...functions as a DHCP server and allocates IP addresses to PCs through the network cable and wireless fidelity Wi Fi access The ONU transparently transmits the packets VoIP The HGW functions as a DHCP client and obtains an IP address from the DHCP server or the application control server ACS issues a static IP address to the HGW using TR069 Voice signaling and media streams at multiple POTS ports sh...

Страница 757: ...BA profile assured bandwidth maximum bandwidth Users are allowed to preempt the bandwidth on condition that the users assured bandwidth is guaranteed However the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth DBA bandwidth planning Configure the DBA bandwidth according to the user s bandwidth package The assured bandwidth is the maximum bandwidth required by management packets VoIP and IPTV u...

Страница 758: ...e VoIP bandwidth IPTV bandwidth VoIP service 200 kbit s 200 kbit s The upstream bandwidth and the downstream bandwidth of VoIP service are symmetrical The actual bandwidth is related to the coding format This bandwidth is calculated for two POTS ports IPTV service standar d definitio n program 2 5 Mbit s per channel IPTV service mainly occupies the downstream bandwidth The actual bandwidth depends...

Страница 759: ...dth of all ONUs connected to a PON port and the fixed bandwidth of OMCI management channel is less than the GPON upstream bandwidth Some bandwidth must be reserved for the future service expansion 10 5 3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan The Internet access service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios VLAN and VLAN Transl...

Страница 760: ...and services plan per user per service per VLAN PUPSPV for the Internet access service Considering OLT capacity and VLAN scalability use dual VLANs S VLAN C VLAN on the OLT to differentiate users for the Internet access service l The outer S VLAN which identifies services and physical location can be allocated based on the OLT PON board or PON port The inner C VLAN identifies users User C VLANs mu...

Страница 761: ...plication and is recommended l When the planned VLAN is single tagged VLAN the S VLAN can identify services and physical locations based on an OLT device a PON board or a PON port It is recommended that you set different voice VLANs for the OLTs connected to one VoIP SR to avoid an excessively large broadcast domain of the SR and convergence switch l When the planned VLAN is S VLAN C VLAN the oute...

Страница 762: ...ion mode Choose the transmission mode according to the requirement on the MGC IMS side Generally the UDP transmission mode is adopted Home domain SIP None Profile index None The version of H248 protocol that MG starts to negotiate V1 V2 or V3 by default The interface may fail to be registered because some softswitches do not support V3 Voice user data Phone number For H248 protocol The phone numbe...

Страница 763: ...a POTS port 10 5 5 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan The IPTV service data plan mainly include the plan of VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenario and the plan of IPTV service VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy Applicatio n Scenario Service Type VLAN Plan VLAN Translation Policy Bridging ONU Multicast service Single tagged VLAN ONUs replicate multicast packets based on user ...

Страница 764: ...sent from HGW The OLT implements VLAN translation U S C Note l UserVLAN VLAN carried by upstream packets of user side devices U for short l C VLAN VLAN added based on the ONU ONU port For details see the description of the Double tagged VLAN S C l Double tagged VLAN S C C indicates the inner VLAN C VLAN and S indicates the outer VLAN S VLAN l Double layer VLAN S C C indicates the translated inner ...

Страница 765: ...NUs need to be configured one by one but not in batches l Profile mode In this mode an ONU line profile and service profile are configured first Then ONUs can be added in batches by binding profiles This mode greatly improves service provisioning efficiency Generally the GPON configuration mode is determined in a new deployment and will not be changed This chapter describes how to configure the en...

Страница 766: ...IPTV services to users The bridging voice ONU provides Layer 2 data and voice services This scenario provides transparent transmission channels and requires simple service configuration so this scenario applies to Layer 2 networking l For data services a PC directly performs dial up Then the upper layer broadband remote access server BRAS device authenticates and accesses the PC The PC can also ac...

Страница 767: ...only after the ONU is added to an optical line terminal OLT OLT 10 6 1 4 Configuring a VDSL2 User Port Services can be transmitted only after a VDSL2 port on an optical network unit ONU is activated OLT HGW 10 6 1 5 Configuring the Internet Access Service None SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30...

Страница 768: ...ugh the OLT CLI It can be used for service provisioning in batches 10 6 1 7 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on a Web Page 10 6 1 8 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service Through the CLI 10 6 1 9 Configuring the SIP based Voice Service on a Web Page OLT HGW Configure the IPTV service 10 6 1 10 Configuring the BTV Service IPTV services include the BTV and VoD services that are different i...

Страница 769: ...ofile describes GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving upstream bandwidth utilization l Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU side service l Service profile A service profile provides the service config...

Страница 770: ...12 eth tcont 4 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem add 13 eth tcont 4 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem add 14 eth tcont 4 NOTE 1 To change the default QoS mode run the qos mode command to set the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port 2 When the QoS mode is priority queue PQ the default queue priority is 0 when...

Страница 771: ...t Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the ONU huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 port 0 ont auto find enable huawei config if gpon 0 1 display ont autofind 0 After this command is executed the information about all ONUs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 0 ontid 1 password auth 0100000001 once on n...

Страница 772: ...sponse information is omitted When Config state is failed Run state is offline or Match state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the optical module l If Config state is failed the configured ONU capability exceeds the act...

Страница 773: ...y parameters of a VDSL2 line 26 AWG 0 4 mm twisted pair Information provided in this table is for reference only Usually take the default values for the other parameters Table 10 3 Typical configurations for key parameters of a VDSL2 line 0 4 mm twisted pair Parameter Access Distance Remarks 100 m 300 m 300 500 m 500 800 m 800 1000 m Selected VDSL2 profile 30a 17a 12a 8b 12a 8b A 30a VDSL2 profile...

Страница 774: ...sing these two parameters and also can be specified in the traffic profile When they are specified in both ways the actual activation rate is determined by the smaller one Minimum INP 2 symbols 2 symbols 2 symbols 2 symbols 2 symbols None Target SNR margin 8 dB 8 dB 8 dB 8 dB 8 dB None SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configu...

Страница 775: ...onfiguring a VDSL2 line profile in TR129 mode Figure 10 4 Flowchart for configuring a VDSL2 line profile in TR129 mode Figure 10 5 shows the process for configuring a VDSL2 line profile in TR165 mode SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technol...

Страница 776: ...l Run the command in Figure 10 4 or Figure 10 5 to configure a VDSL2 line profile SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 751 ...

Страница 777: ...erformed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users For details about the configuration see the configuration guide l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l A VDSL2 port has been activated For details see 10 6 1 4 Configuring a VDSL2 User Port l The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is consis...

Страница 778: ...heduling policy to local setting that is queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile NOTE Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 name fttd_hsi cir o...

Страница 779: ... 6 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the HGW 1 Log in to the web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 cu html default IP address to the address bar of the IE browser and press Enter b In the login dialog box enter the user name and password of the administrator the Internet service provider ISP provides the default user name and default password Then click OK 2 Set parameters f...

Страница 780: ...trol interface OMCI protocol This section describes how to configure the H 248 based voice service Prerequisite l The interface data and PSTN user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC l The OLT has been connected to the MGC The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to a...

Страница 781: ...Step 3 Create a service VLAN and add an uplink port to it Add uplink port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Step 4 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port ID to 12 and user VLAN to 300 and use traffic profile fttd_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table ...

Страница 782: ...rofile in the system does not meet the requirements run the ont mgc profile add command to add an MGC interface profile Create MGC interface profile 2 set the IP address of the MGC to 200 200 200 200 and use default values for other parameters huawei config ont mgc profile add profile id 2 primary mgc 200 200 200 200 3 Configure a POTS port profile Run the display ont pots profile command to query...

Страница 783: ...r configure the interface customized parameters or run the ont if h248 bat apply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H 248 interfaces If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly the last configurations take effect In this example the default interface common profile namely interface common profi...

Страница 784: ... ONU software versions Before the configuration ensure that the current ONU software version supports H 248 For details see relevant ONU manuals Data Plan Item Data ONU line profile Profile name fttd T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 VLAN plan Single VLAN tag l VLAN ID 300 l VLAN type smart l VLAN attribute common l CVLAN SVLAN VLAN translation policy l ONU provides the VoIP service and uses the same SVL...

Страница 785: ... ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name fttd_voip outbound traffic table name fttd_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name fttd_voip outbound traffic table name fttd_voip 5 Enable the ARP proxy function Voice media streams for different users of the same SVLAN fail to interchange be...

Страница 786: ...to H 248 3 Click The configuration takes effect 2 Configure parameters for the voice WAN interface a Choose WAN WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters as follows Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection Set Service List to VOIP Set Mode to Route WAN Set VLAN ID to 300 Set 802 1p to 5 Set IP Acquisition Mode to DHC...

Страница 787: ...s example is ONU s SN l If Media Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONU and bind the created WAN ports to...

Страница 788: ...d configure the parameters of voice user 2 as follows Line Name A1 Associated POTS 2 binding port TEL2 on the ONU Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration e Click The configuration takes effect NOTE l The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC l If Associated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONU is bound If Associated POTS is 2 por...

Страница 789: ...ion In the right pane User Status is Up Figure 10 7 shows the user status Figure 10 7 Registration status of voice users 7 Check the ONU connection status In the navigation tree choose Status WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 1...

Страница 790: ... The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l Different voice services require different ONU software versions Before the configuration ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP For details see relevant ONU manuals Data...

Страница 791: ...eprofile gpon profile name fttd huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Step 3 Create a service VLAN and add an uplink port to it Add uplink port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Step 4 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port ID to 12 ...

Страница 792: ...e display ont sipagent profile command to query the existing SIP agent profile in the system If the existing SIP agent profile in the system does not meet the requirements run the ont sipagent profile add command to add an SIP agent profile Create SIP agent profile 2 set the IP address of the SIP server to 200 200 200 200 and use default values for other parameters huawei config ont sipagent profi...

Страница 793: ...e default values for other parameters huawei config if gpon 0 1 sippstnuser add 0 1 1 mgid 1 username huawei1 telno 77730010 huawei config if gpon 0 1 sippstnuser add 0 2 1 mgid 1 username huawei2 telno 77730020 Run the display sippstnuser attribute command to check whether the configuration of the POTS user is properly set huawei config if gpon 0 1 display sippstnuser attribute 0 1 1 F S P 0 1 0 ...

Страница 794: ...ice data profiles to SIP interfaces If you use these two commands to apply the SIP service data profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly the last configurations take effect In this example the default SIP service data profile namely SIP service data profile 1 is used 3 Apply a POTS port profile Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an SIP int...

Страница 795: ...figuration ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP For details see relevant ONU manuals Data Plan Item Data ONU line profile Profile name ftth T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 VLAN plan Single VLAN tag l VLAN ID 300 l VLAN type smart l VLAN attribute common l CVLAN SVLAN VLAN translation policy l ONU provides the VoIP service and uses the same SVLAN Voice parameter IP address of the SI...

Страница 796: ... ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name fttd_voip outbound traffic table name fttd_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name fttd_voip outbound traffic table name fttd_voip 5 Enable the ARP proxy function Voice media streams for different users of the same SVLAN fail to interchange be...

Страница 797: ...to H 248 3 Click The configuration takes effect 2 Configure parameters for the voice WAN interface a Choose WAN WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters as follows Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection Set Service List to VOIP Set Mode to Route WAN Set VLAN ID to 300 Set 802 1p to 5 Set IP Acquisition Mode to DHC...

Страница 798: ...low Secondary Server must be configured l If Signaling Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Media Port If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONU and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port When the ...

Страница 799: ...NU h Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration i Click The configuration takes effect NOTE l The parameters of the SIP based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch l If Associated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONU is bound If Associated POTS is 2 port TEL2 on the ONU is bound 5 Save the data huawei config save 6 Restart the voice process I...

Страница 800: ...vice Prerequisites l The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the multicast source l The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l A VDSL2 port has been activated For details see 10 6 1 4 Configuring a VDSL2 User Port Data Plan Table 10 4 Data plan Item Data ONU lin...

Страница 801: ...y to local setting that is queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile NOTE Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority polic...

Страница 802: ...N to 1000 and use traffic profile 8 huawei config service port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 1000 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 7 Create an MVLAN and configure the IGMP version Set the IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2 huawei config multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the cur...

Страница 803: ...icast users Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users huawei config btv igmp user add service port 1 huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 1 huawei config mvlan1000 quit 13 Save the data huawei config save l The ONU does not need to be configured l Configure the HGW 1 Log in to the web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 ...

Страница 804: ...ing the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service Prerequisites l The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the program source l The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l A VDSL2 port has...

Страница 805: ... table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VDSL2 port on the ONU The service flow of user VLAN 43 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name fttd huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 13 4 ...

Страница 806: ...assword Then click OK 2 Set parameters for the VoD service This example assumes LAN4 as an VoD port a Choose Network Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree b In the right pane create LAN connection 4 for the VoD service Set the parameters as follows Parameter Value Bearing service OTHER The connection is used for the VoD service VLAN enabling Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packet...

Страница 807: ...on mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation l An ONU supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation Call Emulation An ONU simulates a voice user to make a call to check whether the voice service data is correctly configured You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the voice service is faulty l An ONU can simulate a caller or callee to communicat...

Страница 808: ... PPPoE dialup emulation test The following test uses GPON as an example huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 pppoe simulate start portid U 0 7 0 ontid U 0 127 1 eth K untagged K vdsl vlanid U 0 4095 vdsl ont portid U 1 8 1 untagged K vlanid U 0 4095 100 priority U 0 7 user name K user name username S Length 1 64 test huawei user password K user password password S Length 1 64...

Страница 809: ...is connected to the right port on the ONU and whether the PC is working properly b Run the display ont learned mac command to check whether the ONU connecting to the PON port learned any MAC addresses If not check whether the ONU properly connects to the PC or home gateway HGW l Verify the voice service using call emulation 1 Run the ont emulational call command to configure a call emulation test ...

Страница 810: ...LT to query the registration status of the MG interface that connects to the ONU If MG Status is UnRegistered or Registering for a long time check whether the voice configuration on the MGC SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU You can query the registration status of the voice service on the ONU web page If the query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the ...

Страница 811: ...VoD service when bridging ONUs are used to build an FTTD network 10 6 2 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Optical fibers are connected to user homes and triple play services are required The following provides detailed service requirements l Internet access of multiple PCs in a home is supported l Access of multiple telephones in a home is supported l IPTV progra...

Страница 812: ...e door FTTD networking using a bridging optical network unit ONU home gateway HGW Figure 10 10 Configuration roadmap in FTTD networking using a bridging ONU HGW The following table describes the configuration steps SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright...

Страница 813: ...6 2 6 Configuring the Voice Service Configure the IPTV service 10 6 2 7 Configuring the BTV Service 10 6 2 8 Configuring the VoD Service OLT 10 6 2 9 Verifying Services The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONT PPPoE DHCP dialup emulation and multicast emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration avoiding a second ...

Страница 814: ...ains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS 1 Configure a DBA profile Run the display dba profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run ...

Страница 815: ...service profile Create a GPON ONU service profile namedfttd Configure the capability set of the VDSL2 port and POTS port to 1 and 2 Then the system automatically adapts to the ONU according to the actual capability of the online ONU huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile name fttd huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 ont port vdsl 1 After the configurations are complete run the commit command to app...

Страница 816: ...file are connected to the same port you can bulk add ONUs by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONUs to make configuration easier and more efficient To do so the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 0 all password auth once on no aging omci ont lineprofile name fttd ont srvprofile name fttd NOTE The password entered when you add an ONU to the OLT...

Страница 817: ...al network unit ONU This section describes how to activate a VDSL2 port and bind a VSDL2 line profile to the port Prerequisites l An ONU has been added to the optical line terminal OLT For details see10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l Run the display xdsl mode command to check whether the VDSL2 mode is the desired mode The default mode is TR129 If the current mode is not the desired one run the sw...

Страница 818: ... US0 if the distance is longer than 500 m Maximum transmit rate downstream 100 Mbit s 50 Mbit s 40 Mbit s 25 Mbit s 20 Mbit s l Limiting the upstream and downstrea m rates ensures a higher signal to noise ratio SNR margin for the line and therefore enhances its capability for withstandin g noise and interferenc e l The rates can be specified using these two parameters and also can be SmartAX MA560...

Страница 819: ...fied in both ways the actual activation rate is determined by the smaller one Minimum INP 2 symbols 2 symbols 2 symbols 2 symbols 2 symbols None Target SNR margin 8 dB 8 dB 8 dB 8 dB 8 dB None SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies C...

Страница 820: ...nfiguring a VDSL2 line profile in TR129 mode Figure 10 12 Flowchart for configuring a VDSL2 line profile in TR129 mode Figure 10 13 shows the process for configuring a VDSL2 line profile in TR165 mode SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Techno...

Страница 821: ...l Run the command inFigure 10 12 or Figure 10 13 to configure a VDSL2 line profile SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 796 ...

Страница 822: ...erformed on the BRAS according to the authentication and accounting requirements for dialup users For details about the configuration see the configuration guide l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l A VDSL2 port has been activated For details see 10 6 1 4 Configuring a VDSL2 User Port l The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is consis...

Страница 823: ...heduling policy to local setting that is queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile NOTE Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 name fttd_hsi cir o...

Страница 824: ... 6 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the HGW 1 Log in to the web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 cu html default IP address to the address bar of the IE browser and press Enter b In the login dialog box enter the user name and password of the administrator the Internet service provider ISP provides the default user name and default password Then click OK 2 Set parameters f...

Страница 825: ...uisites l The SIP interface data and POTS user data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server l The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l HGWs have different models and appearances but their configurat...

Страница 826: ...ffic table ip name fttd_voip cir off priority 5 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 45 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile NOTE The user VLAN is the VLAN in the packets sent from the HGW to the ONU that is the UVLAN huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name fttd huawei config gpon lineprof...

Страница 827: ...7 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the HGW 1 Log in to the Web configuration interface a Enter http 192 168 1 1 default IP address in the address bar of the browser and press Enter b In the login window enter the user name and password the default value is provided by ISP of the administrator and click OK 2 Configure parameters of the voice service The configuration procedure is as fol...

Страница 828: ...gement Device Management and click Restarting the Device End 10 6 2 7 Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the multicast service Prerequisites l The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the multicast source l The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT l The ONU has bee...

Страница 829: ...namic obtaining mode Procedure l Configure the OLT 1 Configure a traffic profile Configure traffic profile 8 Set the CIR to off unlimited priority to 4 and priority based scheduling policy to local setting that is queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile NOTE Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing tra...

Страница 830: ...nfig if gpon 0 1 quit 5 Create a service VLAN and add an uplink port to it Add uplink port 0 19 0 to VLAN 1000 huawei config vlan 1000 smart huawei config port vlan 1000 0 19 0 6 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 1000 GEM port ID to 13 and user VLAN to 1000 and use traffic profile 8 huawei config service port 1 vlan 1000 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 1000 rx cttr 8...

Страница 831: ...de y n n y 11 Optional Set multicast global parameters In this example the default settings are used for all the multicast global parameters 12 Configure multicast users Add service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users huawei config btv igmp user add service port 1 huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 1 huawei config mvlan1000 quit 13 Sa...

Страница 832: ...to the remote bridging ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the VoD service Prerequisites l The OLT is connected to the BRAS and the program source l The VLAN of the LAN switch port connected to the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN of the OLT l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 10 6 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l A VDSL2 port has been activated For details see 10 6 1 4 ...

Страница 833: ...raffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VDSL2 port on the ONU The service flow ...

Страница 834: ... dialog box enter the user name and password of the administrator the Internet service provider ISP provides the default user name and default password Then click OK 2 Set parameters for the VoD service This example assumes LAN4 as an VoD port a Choose Network Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree b In the right pane create LAN connection 4 for the VoD service Set the parameters as foll...

Страница 835: ...mulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONU and BRAS l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service flow which does not belong to a QinQ VLAN l A user name password and authentication mode must be configured on the BRAS for the PPPoE dialup emulation l An ONU supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation Multicast emu...

Страница 836: ...agged K vdsl vlanid U 0 4095 vdsl ont portid U 1 8 1 untagged K vlanid U 0 4095 100 priority U 0 7 user name K user name username S Length 1 64 test huawei user password K user password password S Length 1 64 test authentication mode K authentication mode protocol E chap pap chap Command pppoe simulate start 0 1 vdsl 1 100 user name test huawei user password test authentication mode chap huawei co...

Страница 837: ... whether the ONU properly connects to the PC or home gateway HGW l Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation 1 Run the igmp static join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp static join service port 1 ip 224 1 1 10 vlan 1000 NOTE If the multicast program is obtained dynamically igmp static join can be executed succes...

Страница 838: ...ow statistic vlan 1000 ip 224 1 1 10 cr sourceip K Command display multicast flow statistic vlan 1000 ip 224 1 1 10 Command is being executed Please wait Multicast flow statistic result 8736 kbps End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 10 FTTD Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technol...

Страница 839: ...vice management QoS services and security The examples in this topic are based on these principles to plan data 11 3 Configuring Services in Various FTTB and FTTC Scenarios GPON and 10G GPON Access This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service voice service and multicast service in GPON 10G GPON access mode in FTTB FTTC networking scenarios 11 4 Configuring Services in Various ...

Страница 840: ...TTC Network Diagram Figure 11 1 Integrated FTTB and FTTC network diagram PON Metro Network NGN IMS IPTV Headend Internet UPE PE AGG Splitter OLT ONU HGW PC TV STB Phone Laptop PC TV STB Phone ONU PE AGG UPE Access Side Network Side User Side Figure 11 2 Integrated FTTB and FTTC network diagram Ethernet cascading Metro Network NGN IMS IPTV Headend Internet UPE PE AGG OLT ONU HGW PC TV STB Phone Lap...

Страница 841: ...work consists of three parts optical line terminal OLT optical distribution network ODN and optical network units ONUs A PON network uses optical fibers for data transmission supports more users with less optical fiber resources and provides a higher access rate Mainstream PON technologies include broadband passive optical network BPON Ethernet passive optical network EPON and gigabit passive opti...

Страница 842: ...FTTC is the ONU position To simply description this document uses FTTB and FTTC indicating that both FTTB and FTTC networks are supported Network Side Concept Introduction U PE User end provider edges U PEs are routing devices directly connected to customer edges UEs U PEs support routing and MPLS encapsulation If a U PE is connected to multiple CEs and possesses the basic bridging function data f...

Страница 843: ...g and is connected to the user s home through the category 5 cable l The ONU provides FE and POTS ports for the Internet access and VoIP services SCUN SCUH GPBD GICF GICG X2CA ONUs applicable to this scenario MA5616 MA5822 MA5612 FTTB FTTC Networki ng xDSL Access Without HGW l The ONU is deployed in the building or street fiber distribution terminal and is connected to the user s home through the ...

Страница 844: ...IAD of the ONU provides the VoIP service l The HGW provides the Internet access and IPTV services by connecting to the upstream ONU using LAN or xDSL ONUs applicable to this scenario MA5822 MA5616 MA5622A MA5603T MA5612 Among these ONUs l ONUs with LAN ports include MA5616 MA5822 MA5612 l ONUs with xDSL ports include MA5616 MA5622A MA5603T SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Modul...

Страница 845: ... to this scenario MA5616 MA5821 MA5822 MA5622A MA5623 MA5623A MA5611S AE16 MA5611S AE16 No SPL MA5611S DE16 MA5611S DE48 900 ohm impedance MA5611S DE48 MA5611S DE48 A MA5603T MA5612 MA5612A Among these ONUs l ONUs with LAN ports include MA5616 MA5821 MA5612 MA5612A l ONUs with ADSL2 ports include MA5616 MA5603T l ONUs with VDSL2 ports include MA5616 MA5622A MA5623 MA5623A MA5611S AE16 MA5611S AE16...

Страница 846: ... street fiber distribution terminal and is connected to the user s home through the twisted pair cable l The ONU provides xDSL and POTS ports for the Internet access and VoIP services ONUs applicable to this scenario MA5616 FTTB C HGW Networking ONU Providing the VoIP Service l The ONU is deployed in the building or street fiber distribution terminal and uses LAN or xDSL to connect to the HGW depl...

Страница 847: ...refore are not described in this section l The recommended networking is as follows ONU using GE upstream transmission optical line terminal OLT MAN device This is an FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading network The network of this type reduces optical fibers and operating expense OPEX of carriers through O M functions such as remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission An FTTB or FTTC...

Страница 848: ...pstream interface board GICF GICG X1CA or X2CA ONU series supporting GE upstream transmission For details see 11 1 7 Ethernet Upstream ONU Capability Sets FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking ONU works as a GE remote extended subrack l Extended subracks are deployed in corridors or FDTs on the curb They connected to users through twisted pairs l The networking applies to high bandwidth access...

Страница 849: ...lectrical ports l POTS ports l V800R30 8C00 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 2C01 The MA5620 applies to FTTB scenarios MA5626 l FE electrical ports l GE electrical ports PoE V800R308C 00 The MA5626 applies to FTTB scenarios l FE electrical ports PoE l GE electrical ports PoE V800R308C 01 l FE electrical ports l GE electrical ports PoE l FE electrical ports reverse PoE V800R310C 00 l FE electrical ports l ...

Страница 850: ...0 l V800R31 1C00 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R01 5C00 The MA5612 and MA5612A apply to FTTB scenarios In addition the MA5612 applies to private line access scenarios MA5612A l GE electrical ports l FE electrical ports l V800R30 8C00 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R01 5C00 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Config...

Страница 851: ...rts l SHDSL ports l POTS ports l ISDN ports l V800R30 8C02 l V800R30 9C00 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 1C00 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R31 3C00 l V800R01 5C00 MA5616 CCUE control board l FE optical ports l GE optical ports l GE electrical ports l ADSL2 ports l VDSL2 ports Supports vectoring l SHDSL ports l POTS ports l ISDN ports l V800R31 1C01 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R31 3C00 l V800R01 5C00 SmartAX MA5600T MA...

Страница 852: ...he MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios MA5611S AE16 No SPL VDSL2 ports Supports vectoring V800R015C 00 The MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios MA5611S DE16 VDSL2 ports Supports vectoring V800R015C 00 The MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios MA5611S DE48 900 ohm impedance VDSL2 ports Supports vectoring V800R015C 00 The MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios MA5611S DE48 VDSL...

Страница 853: ...arios especially to FTTC scenarios 11 1 6 10G GPON ONU Capability Sets This topic describes the hardware capabilities features and positioning of 10G GPON ONUs in FTTB and FTTC networks Table 11 2 shows the 10G GPON ONU capability sets provided Table 11 2 10G GPON ONU capability sets ONU Type User Port ONU Version Supported Positioning MA5821 The MA5821 has the following specifications l 1 8 FE el...

Страница 854: ...etworks 11 1 7 Ethernet Upstream ONU Capability Sets This topic describes the hardware capabilities and usage scenarios of optical network units ONUs for Ethernet upstream transmission on fiber to the building FTTB or fiber to the curb FTTC networks Table 11 3 shows the Ethernet upstream ONU capability sets provided by Huawei NOTE The Service Port column in Table 11 3 lists only service ports supp...

Страница 855: ...lectrical ports l FE electrical ports l POTS ports l E1 or T1 ports l RF ports optional l V800R30 8C00 l V800R30 8C01 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 1C00 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R01 5C00 The MA5612 and MA5612A apply to FTTB scenarios In addition the MA5612 applies to private line access scenarios MA5612A l GE electrical ports l FE electrical ports l V800R30 8C00 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R01 5C00...

Страница 856: ...rts l SHDSL ports l POTS ports l ISDN ports l V800R30 8C02 l V800R30 9C00 l V800R31 0C00 l V800R31 1C00 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R31 3C00 l V800R01 5C00 MA5616 CCUE control board l FE optical ports l GE optical ports l GE electrical ports l ADSL2 ports l VDSL2 ports Supports vectoring l SHDSL ports l POTS ports l ISDN ports l V800R31 1C01 l V800R31 2C00 l V800R31 3C00 l V800R01 5C00 SmartAX MA5600T MA...

Страница 857: ... applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios MA5611S AE16 No SPL VDSL2 ports Supports vectoring V800R015C 00 The MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios MA5611S DE16 BT complex impedance VDSL2 ports Supports vectoring V800R015C 00 The MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios MA5611S DE16 VDSL2 ports Supports vectoring V800R015C 00 The MA5611S applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios MA5611S DE48 900 ohm imp...

Страница 858: ...L ports l POTS ports l ISDN ports l V800R00 8C01 l V800R01 1C00 l V800R01 2C00 l V800R01 3C00 l V800R01 5C00 The MA5603T applies to FTTB and FTTC scenarios especially to FTTC scenarios 11 2 Principle of FTTB and FTTC Data Plan This topic describes principles of data plan for various FTTB and FTTC networking diagrams in terms of device management QoS services and security The examples in this topic...

Страница 859: ...cess service A PC obtains a public network IP address using PPPoE dialup for Internet access The HGW obtains a public network IP address using PPPoE dialup A PC obtains a private network IP address using DHCP VoIP service If an MDU has a built in voice module the MDU functions as a DHCP client and obtains IP addresses using DHCP Multiple POTS ports on the MDU share one public network IP address If...

Страница 860: ...perators s actual planning Traffic Monitoring and DBA Policies Items Management service Internet access service VoIP service IPTV service GEM port 11 Remark 1 12 13 14 TCONT All services share a T CONT DBA type Type 3 DBA profile assured bandwidth maximum bandwidth Users are allowed to preempt the bandwidth on condition that the users assured bandwidth is guaranteed However the total bandwidth can...

Страница 861: ...etermi ned based on the tariff package Determined based on the tariff package Available bandwidth of Internet access service Committed bandwidth of the tariff package VoIP bandwidth IPTV bandwidth VoIP service 200 kbit s 200 kbit s The upstream bandwidth and the downstream bandwidth of VoIP service are symmetrical The actual bandwidth varies with the coding format This bandwidth is calculated for ...

Страница 862: ...ement channel is smaller than the GPON upstream bandwidth Some bandwidth must be reserved for future service expansion 11 2 3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan The Internet access service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenarios VLAN Planning and VLAN Translation Policy on PON Networks Application Scenario VLAN Plan VLAN Tran...

Страница 863: ...er S VLAN which identifies services and physical location can be allocated based on the OLT PON board recommended or PON port recommended The inner C VLAN identifies users User C VLANs are unique in one S VLAN NOTE It is recommended that you associate C VLAN IDs with PON ports optical splitters and ONU ports to ensure C VLAN uniqueness and to facilitate location Example C VLAN ID 256 x PON port ID...

Страница 864: ...ANs to packets xDSL access using HGWs l Asynchronous transfer mode ATM upstream transmission MDUs translate PVCs to C VLANs PVC C VLAN and add S VLANs to packets Ensure that the C VLANs of users using the same S VLAN do not repeat each other l Packet transfer mode PTM upstream transmission Untagged upstream packets of HGWs MDUs map C VLANs based on user ports and add S VLANs to packets Tagged upst...

Страница 865: ... Untagged upstream packets of HGWs The extended subrack maps C VLANs based on user ports and adds S VLANs to packets User VLAN tagged upstream packets of HGWs The extended subrack translates user VLANs to C VLANs user VLAN C VLAN and adds S VLANs to packets Ensure that the C VLANs of users using the same S VLAN do not repeat each other The master subrack transmit s packets transpar ently 11 2 4 Op...

Страница 866: ...cted This activation policy is generally used in the initial stage of Vectoring applications In this stage a lot of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance is not mostly concerned l Limit The legacy CPE can be activated in the common VDSL2 mode however the line is automatically shaped by power spectrum density PSD and is activated by low speed VDSL2 to prevent other line...

Страница 867: ...S VLAN Transparently transmits packets This solution is recommended Double tagged VLAN S VLAN C VLAN ONUs provide the VoIP service and use the same C VLAN The OLT adds one S VLAN tag C VLAN S VLAN C VLAN This solution is used only when double tagged VLANs are planned FTTB HGW networking HGW providing the VoIP service Single tagged VLAN When packets sent from the HGW using LAN upstream transmission...

Страница 868: ...ation MDU GE Remote Extended Subrack OLT Master Subrack FTTB or FTTC Ethernet cascading MDUs serving as independent nodes One tag VLAN solution Without HGWs and with voice services provided by the MDU Each MDU uses the same S VLAN for its voice users LAN access with voice services provided by HGWs MDUs translate user VLANs to C VLANs xDSL access with voice services provided by HGWs l ATM upstream ...

Страница 869: ...s packets transparently VoIP data plan based on H 248 or SIP Item Remarks MG interface SIP interface data NOTE Must be the same as that on the MGC or IMS core network device Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLAN Upstream VLANs of the VoIP service Media and signaling upstream port Upstream ports of the VoIP service Media IP address and signaling IP address Separating me...

Страница 870: ...ister because some softswitches do not support V3 VoIP user configuratio n data Phone number H 248 The phone numbers allocated by the MGC need to be determined and the paging numbers for users emergency standalone need to be planned if the emergency standalone function is provided SIP The phone number that the IMS core network device allocates to the user must be configured TID H 248 If the TID te...

Страница 871: ...to support the polarity reversal accounting the PSTN port needs to be configured to support the polarity reversal pulse Other attributes do not need to be modified if there is no special requirement Ringing current attributes When the attributes of ring current are changed ring volume is changed This parameter needs to be modified according to the local standard only when the default ring current ...

Страница 872: ...wnstream multicast service flows The ONU replicates multicast packets based on user ports and multicasts downstream multicast packets across VLANs user VLAN MVLAN l Upstream IGMP The OLT performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side and encapsulate IGMP packets transmitted by network side MVLANs l The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLANs un...

Страница 873: ...kets are sent from the HGW using xDSL upstream transmission the ONU translates PVCs to C VLANs Transparently transmits packets This solution is recommended The PSPV mode is recommended for the VoD service because the service requires fewer VLANs SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Configuration Issue 01 2014 04...

Страница 874: ...t packets based on user ports and multicasts downstream packets among MVLANs l Upstream IGMP packets The OLT performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transmitted from the user side encapsulate the packets with an MVLAN tag on the network side and send the packets upstream l Downstream multicast service flows The OLT replicates multicast packets based on GE ports with MVLANs unchanged This sol...

Страница 875: ...C C VLAN l PTM upstream transmission Untagged upstream packets of HGWs MDUs map C VLANs based on user ports User VLAN tagged upstream packets of HGWs MDUs translate user VLANs to C VLANs user VLAN C VLAN The OLT transmits packets transparently This solution is recommended SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Con...

Страница 876: ...d on user ports and multicasts the packets among MVLANs user VLAN MVLAN l Upstream IGMP packets The master subrack performs IGMP proxy to terminate IGMP packets transparently transmitted from the extending board and reported by the extended subrack encapsulate the packets with an MVLAN tag on the network side and send the packets to the upper layer network l Downstream multicast service flows The ...

Страница 877: ...n Untagged upstream packets of HGWs The extended subrack maps C VLANs based on user ports User VLAN tagged upstream packets of HGWs The extended subrack translates user VLANs to C VLANs user VLAN C VLAN The master subrack transmits packets transparently This solution is recommended Note SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FT...

Страница 878: ...ive initiating party and can be seamlessly degraded without packet loss The recommended versions are as follows l If the network side version is V2 the recommended version for the access equipment is V2 l If the network side version is V3 the recommended version for the access equipment is V2 or V3 l If the user side version is V2 the recommended version for the access equipment is V2 or V3 l If t...

Страница 879: ...ies System Security Security Vulnerability Solution Description and Usage Suggestion DoS attack Enable the anti DoS attack function for OLT and MDU After the anti DoS attack function is enabled control packets are monitored and those exceeding the number threshold are discarded Use this solution for new site deployment IP attack Enable the anti IP attack function for OLT and MDU After the anti IP ...

Страница 880: ...his solution for new site deployment MAC attack Enable the anti MAC spoofing function for OLT and MDU After anti MAC spoofing is enabled the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks Use this solution for new site deployment IP spoofing Enable the anti IP spoofing function for MDU After anti IP spoofing is enabled the system can prevent users from forging IP a...

Страница 881: ...net access service Broadband access of residential users PPPoE user account theft borrowing PPPoE PITP is enabled on OLT and MDU and the BRAS implements user authentication based on binding of the RAIO information to the user account The BRAS responds to request packets of users with specified CID and RID In this way the following functions are implemented l Prevents IP address exhaustion l Implem...

Страница 882: ...Current mode rfc2662 VDSL Current mode tr129 VDSL2 common mode TR129 mode 11 3 1 FTTB Networking LAN Access Without HGW In FTTB networking LAN access without the HGW the ONU provides 100M FE access and POTS access for Internet access service and VoIP service respectively for users This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service and VoIP service on the OLT and ONU in FTTB networki...

Страница 883: ...vice Users are provisioned with the VoIP service through the ONU with the build in voice module ONU for FTTB networking MA5616 MA5822 MA5612 Figure 11 3 Example network of the FTTB service LAN access ONU Phone PC PC Optical splitter Phone ONU POTS POTS LAN LAN Metro Network NGN IMS Internet UPE PE AGG OLT PE AGG UPE 11 3 1 2 Configuration Procedure Figure 11 4 shows the configuration roadmap diagr...

Страница 884: ... can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU Configure the service channel between the OLT and the ONU l Configure the Internet access service channel l Configure the VoIP service channel The ONU provides only the Internet access service and the VoIP service in the FTTB and FTTC network using xDSL access without HGWs Therefore you need to create an Internet access service channel and a...

Страница 885: ...sures service reliability The global configuration of security policies ensures service security ONU Verify the service The ONU provides remote verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration avoiding a second on site operation 11 3 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT Services can...

Страница 886: ...vated ONT lines Query an alarm profile display gpon alarm profile Add an alarm profile gpon alarm profile add l An ONU can be added in two modes Select either mode as required Mode Usage Scenario Command Add an ONU offline The ONU password or serial number SN is obtained Run the ont add command to add an ONU Online confirm an ONU Both the ONU password and SN are not obtained In the GPON mode run t...

Страница 887: ... Add GEM port 13 to carry VoIP service flows Bind GEM ports 11 12 and 13 to T CONT 4 In configuring QoS policies for various service flows also need to be configured For details about QoS data plan see 11 2 2 Principle of QoS Data Plan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 11 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 12 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei config gpon lineprofi...

Страница 888: ...ei config if gpon 0 2 display ont autofind 1 huawei config if gpon 0 2 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile name fttb c 1 Optional Bind the alarm profile to the ONU By default alarm profile 1 automatically bound to an ONU A non default alarm profile is bound manually only when the default one does not meet the requirement In this example default alarm profile 1 is us...

Страница 889: ...sfully 11 3 1 4 Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU Data plan Item Data Remarks Management VLAN and management IP address on the OLT side Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart VLAN Inband management IP address 1...

Страница 890: ...d the ONU is available l On the OLT run the ping 192 168 50 2 command to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU The ICMP ECHO REPLY packet from the ONU should be received l On the OLT you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration End 11 3 1 5 Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU Various service flows can be configured on the OLT for different serv...

Страница 891: ...type to smart VLAN and VLAN attribute to stacking Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 100 huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei config port vlan 100 0 19 0 2 Configure the corresponding traffic profile The 802 1p priority for the Internet access service is 0 and the traffic profile is unlimited You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic ...

Страница 892: ... to receive and transparently transmits the VoIP service from the ONU According to the data plan For the OLT The SVLAN ID is 200 The user side VLAN ID of the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN ID of the ONU that is 200 The VoIP service uses GEM port 13 For the ONU The upstream VLAN ID is 200 huawei config service port 201 vlan 200 gpon 0 2 1 ont 1 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 200 rx cttr 9...

Страница 893: ...o SVLANs Add upstream port 0 0 1 to SVLANs huawei config port vlan 1001 1016 0 0 1 Step 4 Configure a traffic profile Run the display traffic table ip command to query the existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profile in the system does not meet the requirement run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile Assume that the committed information rate CIR is 4 Mb...

Страница 894: ...otocols however these two protocols are mutually exclusive You can run the display protocol support command to query the currently supported voice protocol 2 If the voice protocol needs to be switched you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol After the configuration is complete save the configuration and restart the system to make the con...

Страница 895: ...Common user DEL user by default Common parameter System parameter Default value Overseas parameter Default value PSTN port attribute Polarity reversal Ringing current attribute Default value Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration The user name is root and the password is mduadmin Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN...

Страница 896: ...ress 200 200 200 200 24 of the MGC are in different network segments you need to configure a route for the network segment from gateway 10 10 10 1 to 200 200 200 0 huawei config ip route static 200 200 200 0 24 10 10 10 1 Step 5 Add an MG interface Add an MG interface to communicate with the MGC which ensures that the MGC can control the call connection through the MG interface Add MG interface 0 ...

Страница 897: ...0 telno 83110001 Step 9 Configure the call priority of a PSTN user huawei config esl user mgpstnuser modify 0 3 0 priority cat2 huawei config esl user quit Step 10 Configure all the PSTN ports to support polarity reversal Configure the physical attributes of the PSTN port to which the users belong to support polarity reversal so that the user supports polarity reversal accounting huawei config pst...

Страница 898: ...r configuration rules and description of configuration items see 11 2 5 Principle of VoIP Service Data Plan Item Data SIP interface data NOTE It must be the same as that on the IMS core network device Media and signalin g paramet ers Media and signaling upstream VLAN 200 Media and signaling upstream port 0 0 1 Media IP address and signaling IP address 10 10 10 10 24 Default gateway IP address 10 1...

Страница 899: ...ws 1 Create an upstream VLAN The VLAN ID is 200 and the VLAN is a smart VLAN huawei config vlan 200 smart 2 Add the upstream port to the created upstream VLAN Add upstream port 0 0 1 to VLAN 2000 huawei config port vlan 200 0 0 1 3 Configure the IP address of the Layer 3 interface Enter the VLAN interface mode and configure the lP address of the Layer 3 interface to 10 10 10 10 huawei config inter...

Страница 900: ...server uniform resource identifier URI phone context and conference factory URI of the SIP interface Step 8 Reset the SIP interface huawei config if sip 0 reset Are you sure to reset the SIP interface y n n y huawei config if sip 0 quit Step 9 Configure the SIP PSTN user data Configure in batches the phone numbers of users 0 3 0 0 3 23 to 83110001 83110024 NOTE l To configure the data of a single ...

Страница 901: ...works in Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP static aggregation mode huawei config link aggregation 0 19 0 1 ingress workmode lacp static l Configure queue scheduling According to quality of service QoS planning principles all packets are scheduled in strict priority SP mode and mapped to queues according to the packets priorities For details about QoS planning principles see 11 2 2 Principle o...

Страница 902: ...rvice flow 4 Optional Run the security anti macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti spoofing does not take effect such as Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP packets Enable IP address anti spoofing on ONUs IP address anti spoofing can be enabled or disabled at three levels global VLAN and service port levels This function takes effect only after...

Страница 903: ... enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level 2 On the OLT run the dhcp option82 permit forwarding service port command with the enable parameter selected to allow ONU DHCP packets to carry Option 82 information Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol PITP on both the OLT and ONUs This configuration is recommended for the PPPoE based Internet access service 1 Enable PITP on both the OLT and...

Страница 904: ...t PPPoE dialup emulation and call emulation Remote site verification eliminates the need to go to site for a second time Prerequisites ONUs are properly connected to upper layer devices The broadband remote access server BRAS and media gateway controller MGC IP Multimedia Subsystem IMS have been configured Background Information Remote Service Verificati on Method Function Remarks PPPoE emulation ...

Страница 905: ...RAS Call emulation parameter Caller port 0 3 0 Called port 0 3 23 Called number 83110024 When an ONU simultaneously emulates the caller and the callee in an emulation test retain the parameter settings as default To query default values run the display pots emulational configuration command Procedure l Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation 1 Start an emulation test by run...

Страница 906: ...ital subscriber line xDSL and plain old telephone service POTS access and provides Internet access and voice over IP VoIP services This topic describes the OLT and ONU configurations required for commissioning Internet access and voice services 11 3 2 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Generally Fiber to the building FTTB applies to high density residential areas or commercial centers...

Страница 907: ... manages and authenticates subscribers l Voices service The voice module built in an ONU can provide voice over IP VoIP services The ONUs used in this application scenario include MA5616 MA5622A MA5603T Figure 11 5 FTTB C networking diagram xDSL 11 3 2 2 Configuration Procedure Figure 11 6 shows the configuration roadmap diagram in the FTTB and FTTC networking scenarios using xDSL access without H...

Страница 908: ...can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU Configure the service channel between the OLT and the ONU l Configure the Internet access service channel l Configure the VoIP service channel The ONU provides only the Internet access service and the VoIP service in the FTTB and FTTC network using xDSL access without HGWs Therefore you need to create an Internet access service channel and a ...

Страница 909: ...ng based on priorities ensures service reliability The global configuration of security policies ensures service security ONU Verify the service The ONU provides remote verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration avoiding a second on site operation 11 3 2 3 Adding an O...

Страница 910: ...vated ONT lines Query an alarm profile display gpon alarm profile Add an alarm profile gpon alarm profile add l An ONU can be added in two modes Select either mode as required Mode Usage Scenario Command Add an ONU offline The ONU password or serial number SN is obtained Run the ont add command to add an ONU Online confirm an ONU Both the ONU password and SN are not obtained In the GPON mode run t...

Страница 911: ... Add GEM port 13 to carry VoIP service flows Bind GEM ports 11 12 and 13 to T CONT 4 In configuring QoS policies for various service flows also need to be configured For details about QoS data plan see 11 2 2 Principle of QoS Data Plan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 11 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 12 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei config gpon lineprofi...

Страница 912: ...ei config if gpon 0 2 display ont autofind 1 huawei config if gpon 0 2 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile name fttb c 1 Optional Bind the alarm profile to the ONU By default alarm profile 1 automatically bound to an ONU A non default alarm profile is bound manually only when the default one does not meet the requirement In this example default alarm profile 1 is us...

Страница 913: ...sfully 11 3 2 4 Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU Data plan Item Data Remarks Management VLAN and management IP address on the OLT side Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart VLAN Inband management IP address 1...

Страница 914: ... the ONU is available l On the OLT run the ping 192 168 50 2 command to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU The ICMP ECHO REPLY packet from the ONU should be received l On the OLT you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration End 11 3 2 5 Configuring the Service Channel Between the OLT and the ONU Various service flows can be configured on the OLT for different servi...

Страница 915: ...type to smart VLAN and VLAN attribute to stacking Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 100 huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei config port vlan 100 0 19 0 2 Configure the corresponding traffic profile The 802 1p priority for the Internet access service is 0 and the traffic profile is unlimited You can run the display traffic table ip command to query the traffic ...

Страница 916: ... local setting 3 Configure service flows to receive and transparently transmits the VoIP service from the ONU According to the data plan For the OLT The SVLAN ID is 200 The user side VLAN ID of the OLT is the same as the upstream VLAN ID of the ONU that is 200 The VoIP service uses GEM port 13 For the ONU The upstream VLAN ID is 200 huawei config service port 201 vlan 200 gpon 0 2 1 ont 1 gemport ...

Страница 917: ...activation of ports on ADSL2 boards Commands l To query display adsl line profile l To add adsl line profile add or adsl line profile quickadd ADSL2 alarm profile Values to be configured in an ADSL2 line alarm profile are thresholds within any 15 minutes When the statistics of an item reach the threshold the system informs the device of the event and sends alarms to the NMS Commands l To query dis...

Страница 918: ...am packets is 0 and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority policy local setting Step 3 Create service VLANs Create service VLANs 1001 1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT Add the service...

Страница 919: ... 12 VDSL2 template Templ ate Type Function Configuration VDSL2 line template A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile When a VDSL2 port is activated the central office CO and the customer premises equipment CPE negotiate based on the parameters configured in the VDSL2 line template to determine whether the VDSL2 port can work in the normal state in these c...

Страница 920: ...alarm template add or vdsl alarm template quickadd A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs l Forward error check seconds FECS l Errored seconds ES l Severely errored seconds SES l Loss of signal seconds LOSS l Unavailable seconds UAS l Low error free throughput rate LEFTR defect seconds l To query display vdsl alarm profile l To add vdsl alarm profile add or v...

Страница 921: ... parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms Channel alarm profile ID 1 default Alarm template ID 1 default Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration User name root default Password mduadmin default Step 2 Configure a traffic profile You can run the display traffic table ip command t...

Страница 922: ...D 1 Step 6 Configure a VDSL2 alarm template This example uses the default VDSL2 alarm template ID 1 Step 7 Bind a VDSL2 line template and a VDSL2 alarm template and activate the VDSL2 port For example bind VDSL2 line template 1 and VDSL2 alarm template 1 and activate VDSL2 port 0 1 0 huawei config interface vdsl 0 1 huawei config if vdsl 0 1 deactivate 0 huawei config if vdsl 0 1 alarm config 0 1 ...

Страница 923: ...red for vectoring and the upstream band plan and downstream band plan are not separate from each other the port cannot be activated xdsl vectoring bandplan type Global vectoring configurations Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled l Before enabling vectoring globally configure the band plan NOTE Services in a vectoring group port are interrupted when the vect...

Страница 924: ...m functions due to long term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and offline on a port set the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports based on site requirements By default the policy for controlling frequent online and offline is set to limit xdsl frequently retrain control Vectoring crosstalk matrix The vectoring crosstalk matrix refers to crosstalk on a port in...

Страница 925: ... the Vectoring system performance is affected This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned l limit The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate preventing crosstalk on other lines ...

Страница 926: ...VDSL2 mode This mode is used in Vectoring mature phase when its performance is concerned and unnecessary crosstalk must be prevented For MA5603T when configuring vectoring learn configuration item functions and configuration methods beforehand by referring to Table 11 15 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Conf...

Страница 927: ...an and downstream band plan are not separate from each other the port cannot be activated xdsl vectoring bandplan type Global vectoring configurations Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled l Vectoring can be globally enabled only when devices are configured with VP boards l Before enabling vectoring globally configure the band plan NOTE Services in a vectorin...

Страница 928: ...Query a vectoring profile display xdsl vectoring profile l Bind a vectoring profile to the port vectoring config VDSL mode Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports The Vectoring algorithm is executed every time a port in a Vectoring group goes online or offline To prevent adverse impact on system functions due to long term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and of...

Страница 929: ...e vectoring crosstalk matrix ensure that the global vectoring function is enabled and the specified port is in a vectoring group and activated display xdsl vectoring crosstalk coupling matrix SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huaw...

Страница 930: ... the Vectoring system performance is affected This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned l limit The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate preventing crosstalk on other lines ...

Страница 931: ... 11 16 lists key parameters of vectoring configurations Table 11 16 Key parameters of vectoring configurations Item Data Description Global vectoring configurations enable Global band plan l Band plan type 998ade l USO type type a Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment CPE no limit The policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE is configured as no limit at the initial stage o...

Страница 932: ... different Here gives the configuring steps of MA5623A MA5616 and MA5603T respectively Procedure l Configuration procedure for the MA5623A MA5616 1 Log in to the ONU remotely and start the configuration By default the user name is root and the password is mduadmin 2 Globally configure the band plan type huawei config xdsl vectoring bandplan type 998ade us0 type type a 3 Configure the policy for ac...

Страница 933: ...nfig save End 11 3 2 9 Configuring H 248 Voice Service on the ONU This topic describes how to configure the voice service on the ONU based on the H 248 protocol to provide the high quality and low cost VoIP service for users Prerequisites l The media gateway controller MGC interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the media gateway MG interface is configured on the MGC l Ensure that t...

Страница 934: ... of the primary MGC 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the primary MGC 2944 Coding Text Transmission mode UDP H248 version that MG starts to negotiate 1 the negotiation starts from V1 Voice user configuratio n data Phone number 83110001 83110024 Terminal identification Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23 User priority Cat2 for phone 1 Cat3 for phone 2 ...

Страница 935: ...lanif200 quit Step 3 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools Configure both the media IP address and signaling IP address to 10 10 10 10 and the MG IP address to 10 10 10 1 huawei config voip huawei config voip ip address media 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 huawei config voip ip address signaling 10 10 10 10 huawei config voip quit NOTE l You can configure the attributes of the MG interface on...

Страница 936: ...tep 8 Configure the PSTN user data Configure phone numbers of users 0 3 0 0 3 23 to 83110001 83110024 in batches and terminal identification to 0 l Phone numbers are used for only internal emergency standalone that is internal extensions call each other Actual phone numbers are assigned by the MGC l If the user of the MG interface is configured to support terminal layering you need not configure t...

Страница 937: ...witched you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol After the configuration is complete save the configuration and restart the system to make the configured protocol take effect CAUTION This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface Hence exercise caution when performing this operation Data Plan Fo...

Страница 938: ...ibute Default value Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration The user name is root and the password is mduadmin Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN interface Specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling flows and configure the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface These IP addresses are ...

Страница 939: ...gured routes must be from gateway 10 10 10 1 to the network segment 200 200 200 0 huawei config ip route static 200 200 200 0 24 10 10 10 1 Step 5 Add an SIP interface The SIP interface is used for IMS communication huawei config interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface y n n y Step 6 Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface huawei config if sip 0 if sip attribute basic med...

Страница 940: ...y policies ensures service security Context Link aggregation provides a higher bandwidth and uplink reliability for optical line terminals OLTs by aggregating multiple uplink Ethernet ports to one link aggregation group LAG Link aggregation is recommended Congestion control places the packets to be sent from a port into multiple queues that are marked with different priorities Then the packets are...

Страница 941: ... run the security anti macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti spoofing 2 Enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode a In global config mode run the security anti macspoofing vlan command to enable MAC address anti spoofing b Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti spoofing in service profile mode a In glo...

Страница 942: ...t the enable forward or rebuild parameter based on site requirements The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT For details see the dhcp option82 command The port level In global config mode run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level The VLAN level a In global config mode r...

Страница 943: ...AN service profile mode e Run the vlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN The service port level In global config mode run the pitp service port command to enable PITP at the service port level 2 On the OLT run the pitp permit forwarding service port command with the enable parameter selected to allow ONU PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag End 11 3 2 1...

Страница 944: ...d in the central office where the acceptance personnel is l An ONU can emulate the caller and callee simultaneously in an emulation test No phone is required in the test l An ONU supports a maximum of one call emulation Data Plan Item Data Remarks PPPoE dialup emulation parameter Service flow ID 101 Emulation timer 10s The user name password and authentication mode required by the emulation test m...

Страница 945: ...sing call emulation 1 Start an emulation test by running the ont emulational call command huawei config test huawei config test pots emulational call caller port 0 3 0 callee port 0 3 23 callee telno 83110024 2 The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete The ONU outputs the call emulation result and failure of the cause if the emulation test fails huawei config test Caller...

Страница 946: ...dor or the curb fiber distribution terminal Service access ports are provided by the local area network LAN or the home gateway HGW of an x digital subscriber line xDSL upstream l An HGW sends services upstream to an ONU through ETH or xDSL ports and provides Internet services for downstream subscribers through fast Ethernet FE ports or WiFi and IPTV services through FE ports l The HGW has Layer 3...

Страница 947: ...Phone xDSL POTS Splitter Phone P O T S 11 3 3 2 Configuration Procedure Figure 11 8 shows the configuration roadmap diagram in the FTTB HGW networking scenarios ONU providing the VoIP service SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huaw...

Страница 948: ...uccessfully added to an OLT Configure the management channel between the OLT and the ONU After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 H...

Страница 949: ... have different ports including LAN ADSL2 VDSL2 and VDSL2 vectoring ports for the Internet access Select an appropriate configuration method according to the port type Configure the ADLS2 Internet access service on the ONU Configure the VDSL2 Internet access service on the ONU Optional Configure vectoring on the ONU Configure the VoIP service Configure the H 248 based VoIP service on the ONU NOTE ...

Страница 950: ...s NOTE Vectoring is supported by the HG612 and HG622 only Configure the IPTV service on the HGW ONU Verify the services The ONU provides remote verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation call emulation and multicast emulation for the commissioning and configuration engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration avoiding a second on site operation 11 3 3 3 Adding an ON...

Страница 951: ...vated ONT lines Query an alarm profile display gpon alarm profile Add an alarm profile gpon alarm profile add l An ONU can be added in two modes Select either mode as required Mode Usage Scenario Command Add an ONU offline The ONU password or serial number SN is obtained Run the ont add command to add an ONU Online confirm an ONU Both the ONU password and SN are not obtained In the GPON mode run t...

Страница 952: ... Add GEM port 13 to carry VoIP service flows Bind GEM ports 11 12 and 13 to T CONT 4 In configuring QoS policies for various service flows also need to be configured For details about QoS data plan see 11 2 2 Principle of QoS Data Plan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 11 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 12 eth tcont 4 cascade on huawei config gpon lineprofi...

Страница 953: ...ei config if gpon 0 2 display ont autofind 1 huawei config if gpon 0 2 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile name fttb c 1 Optional Bind the alarm profile to the ONU By default alarm profile 1 automatically bound to an ONU A non default alarm profile is bound manually only when the default one does not meet the requirement In this example default alarm profile 1 is us...

Страница 954: ...sfully 11 3 3 4 Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU Data plan Item Data Remarks Management VLAN and management IP address on the OLT side Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart VLAN Inband management IP address 1...

Страница 955: ...ailable l On the OLT run the ping 192 168 50 2 command to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU The ICMP ECHO REPLY packet from the ONU should be received l On the OLT you can remote log in to the ONU to perform the configuration End 11 3 3 5 Configuring Service Channels Between an OLT and an ONU This topic describes how to configure service channels between an optical line terminal O...

Страница 956: ...vice and primarily adopts only S VLAN tags which are transparently transmitted by OLTs For details see 11 2 6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan Multicast service Multicast VLAN ID 1000 Multicast cascading port 0 2 1 IGMP version IGMPv3 IGMP mode IGMP proxy Multicast IP address range 224 1 1 10 224 1 1 100 IP address of the multicast server 10 10 10 10 24 The multicast service is a carrier operat...

Страница 957: ...d upstream port 0 19 0 to the S VLAN huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 19 0 2 Configure a traffic profile The 802 1p priority of the VoIP service is 5 and rate limitation is not required To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements run the display traffic table ip command In this example the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requi...

Страница 958: ...ttr 10 tx cttr 10 l Configure a channel for the multicast service 1 Create an S VLAN and add an upstream port to it Create S VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0 19 0 to the S VLAN huawei config vlan 1000 smart huawei config port vlan 1000 0 19 0 2 Configure a service flow for the multicast service Configure a service flow with the GEM port ID being 14 and user side VLAN ID ...

Страница 959: ...Mbit s VLAN priority 0 Downstream priority policy local setting User VLAN Untagged HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags User VLAN ID 1 2 3 Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration User name root default Password mduadmin default Step 2 Configure a traffic profile You can run t...

Страница 960: ...packets with user VLAN tags the configuration is as follows assuming that the user VLAN ID is 10 and the VLAN ID is 1001 Create service port 101 bind port 0 3 1 to it set the user VLAN ID to 10 and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN huawei config service port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0 3 1 multi service user vlan 10 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 End 11 3 3 7 Configuring the Internet Access Service ADSL2 Acces...

Страница 961: ...activation of ports on ADSL2 boards Commands l To query display adsl line profile l To add adsl line profile add or adsl line profile quickadd ADSL2 alarm profile Values to be configured in an ADSL2 line alarm profile are thresholds within any 15 minutes When the statistics of an item reach the threshold the system informs the device of the event and sends alarms to the NMS Commands l To query dis...

Страница 962: ...am packets is 0 and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority policy local setting Step 3 Create service VLANs Create service VLANs 1001 1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT Add the service...

Страница 963: ... 20 VDSL2 template Templ ate Type Function Configuration VDSL2 line template A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile When a VDSL2 port is activated the central office CO and the customer premises equipment CPE negotiate based on the parameters configured in the VDSL2 line template to determine whether the VDSL2 port can work in the normal state in these c...

Страница 964: ...alarm template add or vdsl alarm template quickadd A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs l Forward error check seconds FECS l Errored seconds ES l Severely errored seconds SES l Loss of signal seconds LOSS l Unavailable seconds UAS l Low error free throughput rate LEFTR defect seconds l To query display vdsl alarm profile l To add vdsl alarm profile add or v...

Страница 965: ... parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms Channel alarm profile ID 1 default Alarm template ID 1 default Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration User name root default Password mduadmin default Step 2 Configure a traffic profile You can run the display traffic table ip command t...

Страница 966: ...D 1 Step 6 Configure a VDSL2 alarm template This example uses the default VDSL2 alarm template ID 1 Step 7 Bind a VDSL2 line template and a VDSL2 alarm template and activate the VDSL2 port For example bind VDSL2 line template 1 and VDSL2 alarm template 1 and activate VDSL2 port 0 1 0 huawei config interface vdsl 0 1 huawei config if vdsl 0 1 deactivate 0 huawei config if vdsl 0 1 alarm config 0 1 ...

Страница 967: ...red for vectoring and the upstream band plan and downstream band plan are not separate from each other the port cannot be activated xdsl vectoring bandplan type Global vectoring configurations Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled l Before enabling vectoring globally configure the band plan NOTE Services in a vectoring group port are interrupted when the vect...

Страница 968: ...m functions due to long term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and offline on a port set the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports based on site requirements By default the policy for controlling frequent online and offline is set to limit xdsl frequently retrain control Vectoring crosstalk matrix The vectoring crosstalk matrix refers to crosstalk on a port in...

Страница 969: ... the Vectoring system performance is affected This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned l limit The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate preventing crosstalk on other lines ...

Страница 970: ...VDSL2 mode This mode is used in Vectoring mature phase when its performance is concerned and unnecessary crosstalk must be prevented For MA5603T when configuring vectoring learn configuration item functions and configuration methods beforehand by referring to Table 11 23 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Conf...

Страница 971: ...an and downstream band plan are not separate from each other the port cannot be activated xdsl vectoring bandplan type Global vectoring configurations Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled l Vectoring can be globally enabled only when devices are configured with VP boards l Before enabling vectoring globally configure the band plan NOTE Services in a vectorin...

Страница 972: ...Query a vectoring profile display xdsl vectoring profile l Bind a vectoring profile to the port vectoring config VDSL mode Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports The Vectoring algorithm is executed every time a port in a Vectoring group goes online or offline To prevent adverse impact on system functions due to long term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and of...

Страница 973: ...e vectoring crosstalk matrix ensure that the global vectoring function is enabled and the specified port is in a vectoring group and activated display xdsl vectoring crosstalk coupling matrix SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huaw...

Страница 974: ... the Vectoring system performance is affected This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned l limit The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate preventing crosstalk on other lines ...

Страница 975: ... 11 24 lists key parameters of vectoring configurations Table 11 24 Key parameters of vectoring configurations Item Data Description Global vectoring configurations enable Global band plan l Band plan type 998ade l USO type type a Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment CPE no limit The policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE is configured as no limit at the initial stage o...

Страница 976: ... different Here gives the configuring steps of MA5623A MA5616 and MA5603T respectively Procedure l Configuration procedure for the MA5623A MA5616 1 Log in to the ONU remotely and start the configuration By default the user name is root and the password is mduadmin 2 Globally configure the band plan type huawei config xdsl vectoring bandplan type 998ade us0 type type a 3 Configure the policy for ac...

Страница 977: ...fig save End 11 3 3 10 Configuring H 248 Voice Service on the ONU This topic describes how to configure the voice service on the ONU based on the H 248 protocol to provide the high quality and low cost VoIP service for users Prerequisites l The media gateway controller MGC interface data and the PSTN user data corresponding to the media gateway MG interface is configured on the MGC l Ensure that t...

Страница 978: ... of the primary MGC 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the primary MGC 2944 Coding Text Transmission mode UDP H248 version that MG starts to negotiate 1 the negotiation starts from V1 Voice user configuratio n data Phone number 83110001 83110024 Terminal identification Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23 User priority Cat2 for phone 1 Cat3 for phone 2 ...

Страница 979: ...lanif200 quit Step 3 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools Configure both the media IP address and signaling IP address to 10 10 10 10 and the MG IP address to 10 10 10 1 huawei config voip huawei config voip ip address media 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 huawei config voip ip address signaling 10 10 10 10 huawei config voip quit NOTE l You can configure the attributes of the MG interface on...

Страница 980: ...tep 8 Configure the PSTN user data Configure phone numbers of users 0 3 0 0 3 23 to 83110001 83110024 in batches and terminal identification to 0 l Phone numbers are used for only internal emergency standalone that is internal extensions call each other Actual phone numbers are assigned by the MGC l If the user of the MG interface is configured to support terminal layering you need not configure t...

Страница 981: ...witched you need to delete the MG interface first and run the protocol support command to switch the protocol After the configuration is complete save the configuration and restart the system to make the configured protocol take effect CAUTION This operation interrupts the ongoing services carried on the currently used MG interface Hence exercise caution when performing this operation Data Plan Fo...

Страница 982: ...ibute Default value Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration The user name is root and the password is mduadmin Step 2 Configure the upstream VLAN interface Specify the upstream VLAN interface for the media stream and the signaling flows and configure the IP addresses of the Layer 3 interface These IP addresses are ...

Страница 983: ...gured routes must be from gateway 10 10 10 1 to the network segment 200 200 200 0 huawei config ip route static 200 200 200 0 24 10 10 10 1 Step 5 Add an SIP interface The SIP interface is used for IMS communication huawei config interface sip 0 Are you sure to add the SIP interface y n n y Step 6 Configure the basic attributes of the SIP interface huawei config if sip 0 if sip attribute basic med...

Страница 984: ...e enable huawei config pstnport quit Step 12 Save the data huawei config save End 11 3 3 12 Configuring the IPTV Service on the ONU This topic describes how to configure the video on demand VoD service and multicast service for home gateway HGW users on an optical network unit ONU when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU through local area networks LANs or in xDSL mode Data Plan The following t...

Страница 985: ...ue multicast VLAN ID for HGWs Procedure l Configure the VoD service Create VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0 0 1 to the VLAN huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 0 1 Configure a traffic profile for the IPTV service The IEEE 802 1p priority of the IPTV service is 4 and rate limitation is not required To check whether any existing traffic profile meets ...

Страница 986: ... in VDSL2 mode formats of upstream packets depend on the encapsulation mode Assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode port is 0 1 0 and packets from the user VLAN are untagged Add a service flow as follows huawei config service port 301 vlan 300 vdsl mode ptm 0 1 0 multi service user vlan untagged rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 l Configure the multicast service Create multicast VLAN 1000 with the common ...

Страница 987: ...wei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 401 huawei config mvlan1000 quit End 11 3 3 13 Configuring Link Aggregation Congestion Control and Security Policy The global configuration of upstream link aggregation and queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability The global configuration of security policies ensures service s...

Страница 988: ...ser security Enable MAC address anti flapping on both the OLT and ONUs Run the security anti macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address anti flapping Enable MAC address anti spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs 1 In global config mode run the security anti macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti spoofing 2 Enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level in global config m...

Страница 989: ...s This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels Among the four levels DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default The global level In global config mode run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level When you run this command select the enable forward or rebuild parameter based on site requirements The three parameters can all...

Страница 990: ...ommit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run the vlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN The service port level In global config mode run the pitp service port command to enable PITP at the service port level 2 On the OLT run the pitp permit forwarding service port command...

Страница 991: ... VLANID 1 4094 If VLAN enabling is set to Enabled this parameter takes the value of uservlan that is specified when you configure a service flow for the Internet access service on the ONU Binding item LAN1 and LAN2 PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet Mode Bridge PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dial up mode c Click OK 3 Restart the HGW Choose Management Devi...

Страница 992: ...on This configuration enables home subscribers to watch IPTV programs using STBs and TVs Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar This topic uses the HG239 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG527 that uses ADSL2 for upstream transmission as examples Procedure l Configure the IPTV service on the HG239 1 Log in to the Web configu...

Страница 993: ...lick Restarting the Device l Configure the IPTV service on the HG527 1 Log in to the Web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 cnc html default IP address to the address bar of the IE and press Enter b In the login dialog box enter the user name default admin and password default admin of the administrator Then click OK 2 Configure multicast parameters This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV...

Страница 994: ...to verify service configurations in the FTTB HGW networking ONU providing the VoIP service In this scenario the ONUs are placed in the building far away from the central office The ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup emulation call emulation and multicast emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after services are confi...

Страница 995: ...re the acceptance personnel is l An ONU can emulate the caller and callee simultaneously in an emulation test No phone is required in the test l An ONU supports a maximum of one call emulation Multicast emulation This function enables you to emulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONU By querying the real time traffic of the multicast program you can check whether t...

Страница 996: ...mulate info command huawei config display pppoe simulate info PPPoE simulate information is Service port 101 User name user0 Current phase Emulation phase Result Success Emulation result Start time 2011 11 16 15 41 29 08 00 End time 2011 11 16 15 41 34 08 00 Session ID 591 User IP 192 168 50 2 Gateway IP 192 168 50 254 3 Terminate the emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command huawe...

Страница 997: ...e VLAN IP MAC State Start time program1 1000 224 1 1 10 watching 2011 07 13 14 41 18 Total 1 3 Run the display multicast flow statistic command to query the real time traffic of the multicast program huawei config btv display multicast flow statistic ip 224 1 1 10 vlan 1000 Command is being executed please wait Multicast flow statistic result 360 kbps l Verify the VoD service 1 Run the display mac...

Страница 998: ...over Category 5 cables or twisted pairs Service requirements are described as follows l Sharing of Internet access among multiple computers in the household l Access of multiple phones in the household l Internet Protocol IPTV services program preview or watch enabled by set top boxes STB l Independent provisioning of Internet access voice and IPTV services l Ensured service security Internet acce...

Страница 999: ... MA5611S DE48 900 ohm impedance MA5611S DE48 MA5611S DE48 A MA5603T MA5612 MA5612A Among these ONUs l ONUs with LAN ports include MA5616 MA5821 MA5612 MA5612A l ONUs with ADSL2 ports include MA5616 MA5603T l ONUs with VDSL2 ports include MA5616 MA5622A MA5623 MA5623A MA5611S AE16 MA5611S AE16 No SPL MA5611S DE16 MA5611S DE48 900 ohm impedance MA5611S DE48 MA5611S DE48 A MA5603T Figure 11 9 GPON FT...

Страница 1000: ... the ONU is successfully added to an OLT Configure the management channel between the OLT and the ONU After the inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU is configured and available you can log in to the ONU from the OLT to configure the ONU SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Configuration Issue 01...

Страница 1001: ...s including LAN ADSL2 VDSL2 and VDSL2 vectoring ports for the Internet access Select an appropriate configuration method according to the port type Configure the ADSL2 Internet access service on the ONU Configure the VDSL2 Internet access service on the ONU Optional Configure vectoring on the ONU Configure the VoIP service channel on the ONU In the FTTB HGW networking HGW provides the VoIP service...

Страница 1002: ...nd HG622 only Configure the IPTV services on the HGW Configure the VoIP service on the HGW This topic describes how to configure the voice service on HGWs that use LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission This configuration enables home subscribers to enjoy the POTS service by using an analog telephone ONU HGW Verify the services ONUs provide remote service verification methods including PPPoE dialup...

Страница 1003: ...y ont lineprofile Add a line profile ont lineprofile add Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm threshold parameters that are used for performance measurement and monitoring of the activated ONT lines Query an alarm profile display gpon alarm profile Add an alarm profile gpon alarm profile add l An ONU can be added in two modes Select either mode as required Mode Usage Scenario ...

Страница 1004: ...must not exist in the system and the line profile must be created according to the data plan In this example line profile 10 is used b In the line profile mode bind T CONT 4 to DBA profile fttb_dba huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 4 dba profile name fttb_dba c In the line profile mode bind the GEM port to the T CONT l Add GEM port 11 to carry management service flows l Add GEM port 12 to ca...

Страница 1005: ...SN is 32303131B39FD641 management mode is SNMP and the bound line profile is fttb c Connect the ONU to such a GPON port through the optical splitter There are two modes to add an ONT add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU l Add an ONU offline huawei config interface gpon 0 2 huawei config if gpon 0 2 ont add 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile name fttb ...

Страница 1006: ...onfiguration Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU Modify the ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification Then the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully 11 3 4 4 Configuring the Management Channel Between the OLT and the ONU...

Страница 1007: ...raffic profile 6 huawei config service port 1 vlan 8 gpon 0 2 1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi service user vlan 8 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 Step 4 Confirm that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available l On the OLT run the ping 192 168 50 2 command to check the connectivity between the OLT and the ONU The ICMP ECHO REPLY packet from the ONU should be received l On the OLT you can remote l...

Страница 1008: ...ossible as the VoD service requires only a few VLAN resources The VoD service is a carrier operating closed service and primarily adopts only S VLAN tags which are transparently transmitted by OLTs For details see 11 2 6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan Multicast service Multicast VLAN ID 1000 Multicast cascading port 0 2 1 IGMP version IGMPv3 IGMP mode IGMP proxy Multicast IP address range 224...

Страница 1009: ...ttr 6 tx cttr 6 l Configure a channel for the VoIP service 1 Create an S VLAN and add an upstream port to it Create S VLAN 200 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0 19 0 to the S VLAN huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 19 0 2 Configure a traffic profile The 802 1p priority of the VoIP service is 5 and rate limitation is not required To check whether any existing...

Страница 1010: ...n the ONU but not on the OLT and traffic profile 10 is referenced huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 2 1 ont 1 gemport 14 multi service user vlan 300 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 l Configure a channel for the multicast service 1 Create an S VLAN and add an upstream port to it Create S VLAN 1000 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0 19 0 to the S VLAN huawei config vlan 1000 smart huaw...

Страница 1011: ...service for home gateway HGW users on an optical network unit ONU when HGWs are connected upstream to the ONU through local area networks LANs Data Plan The following table provides key information about the Internet access service LAN access Item Data Remarks Traffic profile ID 8 CIR 4 Mbit s VLAN priority 0 Downstream priority policy local setting User VLAN Untagged HGWs can send untagged packet...

Страница 1012: ...eate service port 101 bind port 0 3 1 to it set the user VLAN to untagged and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN huawei config service port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0 3 1 multi service user vlan untagged rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 l For packets with user VLAN tags the configuration is as follows assuming that the user VLAN ID is 10 and the VLAN ID is 1001 Create service port 101 bind port 0 3 1 to it set t...

Страница 1013: ...activation of ports on ADSL2 boards Commands l To query display adsl line profile l To add adsl line profile add or adsl line profile quickadd ADSL2 alarm profile Values to be configured in an ADSL2 line alarm profile are thresholds within any 15 minutes When the statistics of an item reach the threshold the system informs the device of the event and sends alarms to the NMS Commands l To query dis...

Страница 1014: ...am packets is 0 and downstream packets are scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir 4096 priority 0 priority policy local setting Step 3 Create service VLANs Create service VLANs 1001 1016 in batches whose type is smart and attribute is common the service VLAN IDs must be consistent with the user VLAN IDs of the OLT Add the service...

Страница 1015: ... 28 VDSL2 template Templ ate Type Function Configuration VDSL2 line template A VDSL2 line template consists of a VDSL2 line profile and a VDSL2 channel profile When a VDSL2 port is activated the central office CO and the customer premises equipment CPE negotiate based on the parameters configured in the VDSL2 line template to determine whether the VDSL2 port can work in the normal state in these c...

Страница 1016: ...alarm template add or vdsl alarm template quickadd A VDSL2 line alarm profile provides the following parameters for COs and CPEs l Forward error check seconds FECS l Errored seconds ES l Severely errored seconds SES l Loss of signal seconds LOSS l Unavailable seconds UAS l Low error free throughput rate LEFTR defect seconds l To query display vdsl alarm profile l To add vdsl alarm profile add or v...

Страница 1017: ... parameter thresholds are crossed and so does not report alarms Channel alarm profile ID 1 default Alarm template ID 1 default Procedure Step 1 Log in to the ONU to perform the configuration You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration User name root default Password mduadmin default Step 2 Configure a traffic profile You can run the display traffic table ip command t...

Страница 1018: ...D 1 Step 6 Configure a VDSL2 alarm template This example uses the default VDSL2 alarm template ID 1 Step 7 Bind a VDSL2 line template and a VDSL2 alarm template and activate the VDSL2 port For example bind VDSL2 line template 1 and VDSL2 alarm template 1 and activate VDSL2 port 0 1 0 huawei config interface vdsl 0 1 huawei config if vdsl 0 1 deactivate 0 huawei config if vdsl 0 1 alarm config 0 1 ...

Страница 1019: ...red for vectoring and the upstream band plan and downstream band plan are not separate from each other the port cannot be activated xdsl vectoring bandplan type Global vectoring configurations Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled l Before enabling vectoring globally configure the band plan NOTE Services in a vectoring group port are interrupted when the vect...

Страница 1020: ...m functions due to long term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and offline on a port set the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports based on site requirements By default the policy for controlling frequent online and offline is set to limit xdsl frequently retrain control Vectoring crosstalk matrix The vectoring crosstalk matrix refers to crosstalk on a port in...

Страница 1021: ... the Vectoring system performance is affected This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned l limit The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate preventing crosstalk on other lines ...

Страница 1022: ...VDSL2 mode This mode is used in Vectoring mature phase when its performance is concerned and unnecessary crosstalk must be prevented For MA5603T when configuring vectoring learn configuration item functions and configuration methods beforehand by referring to Table 11 31 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Conf...

Страница 1023: ...an and downstream band plan are not separate from each other the port cannot be activated xdsl vectoring bandplan type Global vectoring configurations Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled l Vectoring can be globally enabled only when devices are configured with VP boards l Before enabling vectoring globally configure the band plan NOTE Services in a vectorin...

Страница 1024: ...Query a vectoring profile display xdsl vectoring profile l Bind a vectoring profile to the port vectoring config VDSL mode Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports The Vectoring algorithm is executed every time a port in a Vectoring group goes online or offline To prevent adverse impact on system functions due to long term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and of...

Страница 1025: ...e vectoring crosstalk matrix ensure that the global vectoring function is enabled and the specified port is in a vectoring group and activated display xdsl vectoring crosstalk coupling matrix SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huaw...

Страница 1026: ... the Vectoring system performance is affected This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned l limit The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate preventing crosstalk on other lines ...

Страница 1027: ...11 32 lists key parameters of vectoring configurations Table 11 32 Key parameters of vectoring configurations Item Data Description Global vectoring configurations enable Global band plan l Band plan type 998ade l USO type type a Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment CPE no limit The policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE is configured as no limit at the initial stage of...

Страница 1028: ...different Here gives the configuring steps of MA5623A MA5616 and MA5603T respectively Procedure l Configuration procedure for the MA5623A MA5616 1 Log in to the ONU remotely and start the configuration By default the user name is root and the password is mduadmin 2 Globally configure the band plan type huawei config xdsl vectoring bandplan type 998ade us0 type type a 3 Configure the policy for act...

Страница 1029: ...e on ports huawei config xdsl frequent retrain control 0 1 0 control policy no limit 6 Enable the global vectoring huawei config xdsl vectoring enable 7 Save the data huawei config save End 11 3 4 10 Configuring the Voice Service Channel on the ONU This topic describes how to configure the VoIP service on an ONU In this scenario The HGW provides the VoIP service and the ONU is configured to establ...

Страница 1030: ...sting traffic profiles in the system If there is no traffic profile to meet the requirements listed in the data plan create one Add traffic profile 9 and set Local Setting to priority policy so that packets are scheduled according to their priorities huawei config traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority policy Local Setting Step 3 Create the VoIP service flow l For the HGW that uses L...

Страница 1031: ...e Item Data Remarks Traffic profile ID 10 CIR off VLAN priority 4 Downstream priority policy local setting User VLAN in the scenario in which HGWs are upstream connected to an ONU through LANs User VLAN ID 1 2 3 HGWs can send untagged packets or packets with user VLAN tags VPI VCI of ADSL2 users in the scenario in which HGWs are connected upstream to an ONU in ADSL2 mode VPI 0 VCI 35 Internet serv...

Страница 1032: ...ired To check whether any existing traffic profile meets the requirements run the display traffic table ip command In this example the query result shows that no traffic profile meets the requirements so a traffic profile needs to be configured Add traffic profile 10 and set priority policy to local setting Then traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile huawei con...

Страница 1033: ...ast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp version v3 Set the IGMP mode to IGMP proxy huawei config mvlan1000 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y Configure an IGMP upstream port huawei config mvlan1000 igmp uplink port 0 0 1 Configure a program library Set the multicast IP address range to 224 1 1 10 224 1 1 100 and the IP address of the multicast server to 10 10 10 10 huawei ...

Страница 1034: ...ended Congestion control places the packets to be sent from a port into multiple queues that are marked with different priorities Then the packets are sent based on queue priorities Congestion control is recommended Security policies ensure system user and service security NOTE Enable a service security function based on the service type For details see 11 2 7 Principle of Security Data Plan Proce...

Страница 1035: ...ations to enable MAC address anti spoofing in service profile mode a In global config mode run the vlan service profile command to create a VLAN service profile b Run the security anti macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run ...

Страница 1036: ... mode run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the port level The VLAN level a In global config mode run the vlan service profile command to create a VLAN service profile b Run the dhcp option82 enable command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit ...

Страница 1037: ...h the enable parameter selected to allow ONU PPPoE packets to carry a vendor tag End 11 3 4 13 Configuring the Internet Access Service on the HGW This topic describes how to configure the Internet access service for residential users on a home gateway HGW when the HGW is connected to an ONU upstream through a local area network LAN or in xDSL mode Context Residential users generally access the Int...

Страница 1038: ...s service on the ONU Binding item LAN1 and LAN2 PCs connected to ports LAN1 and LAN2 can simultaneously access the Internet Mode Bridge PCs access the Internet in PPPoE dial up mode c Click OK 3 Restart the HGW Choose Management Device Management and click Restarting the Device l Configure the Internet access service on an HG527 1 Log in to the Web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 cnc...

Страница 1039: ...pearances but their configuration procedures are similar This topic uses the HG239 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG527 that uses ADSL2 for upstream transmission as examples Procedure l Configure the IPTV service on the HG239 1 Log in to the Web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 cu html default IP address to the address bar of the Internet Explorer IE and press Enter b...

Страница 1040: ...the Web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 cnc html default IP address to the address bar of the IE and press Enter b In the login dialog box enter the user name default admin and password default admin of the administrator Then click OK 2 Configure multicast parameters This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port a Choose Network Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree b In the ...

Страница 1041: ...e on HGWs that use LAN or xDSL for upstream transmission This configuration enables home subscribers to enjoy the POTS service by using an analog telephone Context HGWs have different models and appearances but their configuration procedures are similar This topic uses the HG255 that uses LAN for upstream transmission and the HG555 that usesADSL2 for upstream transmission as examples The IADs use ...

Страница 1042: ...hone Configuration from the navigation tree Configure the parameters as follows Parameter Value Address Preferred IP address of the proxy server 200 200 200 200 Port ID Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server 5060 Enabling Enabled User number When logging in to a VoIP account you can set the user account to the user telephone number In this example set the user telephone number to 83110001...

Страница 1043: ... Transmission VLAN ID VLAN ID corresponding to the user VLAN value for voice service flows created on the ONU In this example set this parameter to 200 802 1p Enabled Mode Route mode DHCP Enabled NAT Enabled c Click OK d Choose Appliciation Broadband Phone Configuration from the navigation tree Configure the parameters as follows Parameter Value Address Preferred IP address of the proxy server 200...

Страница 1044: ...remote verification method for different service NOTE The VoD service and HGW VoIP service currently do not support remote verification Remote Service Verificati on Method Function Remarks PPPoE dialup emulation An ONU emulates a PPPoE user terminal software to perform dialup and interact with the BRAS to verify the connectivity between the ONT and BRAS l PPPoE dialup emulation requires a service ...

Страница 1045: ...s of the multicast program 224 1 1 10 Procedure l Verify the Internet access service using PPPoE dialup emulation 1 Start an emulation test by running the simulate dhcp start command huawei config pppoe simulate start Command pppoe simulate start Service port index 0 999 101 User Name length 1 65 user0 User Password length 0 16 Authentication Mode 1 Chap 2 Pap default 1 1 Overtime Time 5 60s defau...

Страница 1046: ...ge of used bandwidth to port rate Total video bandwidth Mcast video bandwidth Active program list Program name VLAN IP MAC State Start time program1 1000 224 1 1 10 watching 2011 07 13 14 41 18 Total 1 3 Run the display multicast flow statistic command to query the real time traffic of the multicast program huawei config btv display multicast flow statistic ip 224 1 1 10 vlan 1000 Command is being...

Страница 1047: ...er successfully End 11 4 Configuring Services in Various FTTB and FTTC Scenarios Ethernet Cascading This section describes how to configure services when a multi dwelling unit MDU serving as an independent node or GE remote extended subrack cascades with an optical line terminal OLT through Ethernet port 11 4 1 FTTB and FTTC Ethernet Cascade Networking ONU Works as an Independent NE Cascade a mult...

Страница 1048: ...hernet cascading network does not need the optical splitter FTTB FTTC HGW Networking ONU Providing the VoIP Service See 11 3 3 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Focus only on the xDSL access For the networking diagram the Ethernet cascading network does not need the optical splitter FTTB FTTC HGW Networking HGW Providing the VoIP Service See 11 3 4 1 Service Requirements and Applicat...

Страница 1049: ...ependent NE The following table describes the configuration steps Configur ation Object Step Description Optical line terminal OLT Configure the working mode of an Ethernet cascading board An Ethernet cascading board supports various working modes Configure the working mode to cascade in this scenario SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide...

Страница 1050: ...trol and security policies The global configuration of upstream link aggregation and queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability The global configuration of security policies ensures service security ONU HGW Verify services ONUs support remote service verification methods such as PPPoE dialup call and multicast service emulation tests This allows commissioning and configuratio...

Страница 1051: ... GE upstream transmission Similar to the remote software commissioning function supported by a PON network the remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission implements one site visit for newly deployed GE upstream devices Before using remote software commissioning using GE upstream transmission learn the following prerequisites and notes Prerequisite Version requirements l The OLT v...

Страница 1052: ...cally disabled if configurations are issued to the ONU through the U2000 To modify the ONU management parameters remotely log in to the ONU through the command line interface CLI Configuration requirements for the networking of OLT MA5603T l Do not remotely configure active standby load sharing on the MA5603T Otherwise the management IP address of the MA5603T is deleted and you cannot remotely log...

Страница 1053: ...MP version SNMPv2c None Data Plan When Remote Software Commissioning Using GE Upstream Transmission Is Disabled Configuration Item Data Remarks Ethernet cascading port on the OLT ETHB cascading board 0 3 0 OPGD cascading board 0 2 0 None Management VLAN and IP address of the OLT ID of the management VLAN 8 Type of the management VLAN smart Management IP address 192 168 50 1 24 Here we take the sce...

Страница 1054: ...id 64 Check whether the ONU management parameters have been configured on the OLT huawei config display nac configuration master 6 Upon power on the ONU exchanges data with the OLT to obtain the management parameters Two minutes later run the telnet command to remotely log in to the ONU 7 Query the device connected to the cascading port on the OLT huawei config display nac slave info detail 8 Opti...

Страница 1055: ... command to remotely log in to the ONU 7 Query the device connected to the cascading port on the OLT huawei config display nac slave info detail 8 Optional Disable NAC on the OLT Perform this operation after the ONU obtains the management parameters This prevents the OLT from issuing the originally planned data to a substituted ONU huawei config nac disable master 0 2 0 l Configure a management ch...

Страница 1056: ...LT The ID of the inband management VLAN is 8 the VLAN priority is 6 and the management IP address is 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config vlan 8 smart huawei config port vlan 8 0 19 0 huawei config vlan priority 8 6 huawei config interface vlanif 8 huawei config if vlanif8 ip address 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config if vlanif8 quit 3 Configure the inband management service flow The index of the service flow...

Страница 1057: ...Without HGW Internet access service channel Create a common S VLAN on the OLT to transparently transmit the Internet access service packets from a stacking VLAN on the ONU For details about VLAN planning principles see 11 2 3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan l S VLAN 1001 l C VLAN Internet access service S VLAN on the ONU 1001 Voice service channel The OLT transparently transmits VLA...

Страница 1058: ...proxy For details about VLAN planning principles see 11 2 6 Principle of IPTV Service Data Plan l Multicast VLAN 1000 l Multicast cascading port 0 3 0 ETHB or 0 2 0 OPGD l IGMP version IGMPv3 l IGMP mode IGMP proxy l Multicast program library 224 1 1 10 224 1 1 100 l IP address of the multicast server 10 10 10 10 24 FTTB FTTC HGW Networking HGW Providing the VoIP Service See the description for FT...

Страница 1059: ...cascade port 0 3 0 Configure the IGMP version huawei config multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp version v3 Configure the IGMP mode huawei config mvlan1000 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y Configure a multicast uplink port huawei config mvlan1000 igmp uplink port 0 19 0 Configure multicast programs huawei config mvlan1000 igmp program add batch ip 224 1 1 10 to ...

Страница 1060: ...00 tag transform transparent rx cttr 9 tx cttr 9 3 Configure a channel for the VoD service Create VLAN 300 for the VoD service and add uplink port 0 19 0 to the VLAN huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Configure a traffic profile for the service flow The 802 1p priority of the VoD service is 4 and the traffic profile does not limit rates You can run the display traffic ...

Страница 1061: ...tion Description The data plan and configuration method for the Internet access service on an ONU or HGW in Ethernet cascading scenarios are different from those in PON scenarios The reason is as follows In Ethernet cascading scenarios data is encapsulated in S VLAN C VLAN mode on the ONU and the OLT transparently transmits the S VLAN tag C VLAN tag for the OLT carried in ONU packets Each ONU uses...

Страница 1062: ...cted to ports 0 1 0 and 0 1 1 respectively huawei config service port 101 vlan 1001 vdsl mode ptm 0 1 0 multi service user vlan untagged tag transform add double inner vlan 2 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 Users are differentiated by C VLAN inner vlan Therefore the C VLAN inner vlan of each user must be unique huawei config service port 102 vlan 1001 vdsl mode ptm 0 1 1 multi service user vlan untagged tag t...

Страница 1063: ...onnected to ports 0 1 0 and 0 1 1 respectively huawei config service port 101 vlan 1001 vdsl mode ptm 0 1 0 multi service user vlan untagged tag transform add double inner vlan 2 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 Users are differentiated by C VLAN inner vlan Therefore the C VLAN inner vlan of each user must be unique huawei config service port 102 vlan 1001 vdsl mode ptm 0 1 1 multi service user vlan untagged t...

Страница 1064: ...user vlan untagged tag transform add double inner vlan 3 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 l 11 3 2 8 Optional Configuring Vectoring l 11 3 2 9 Configuring H 248 Voice Service on the ONU l 11 3 2 10 Configuring SIP Voice Service on the ONU 11 4 1 7 Configuring Link Aggregation Congestion Control and Security Policy The global configuration of upstream link aggregation and queue scheduling based on priorities en...

Страница 1065: ...ommand to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs 3 Run the security anti dos control packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU Enable IP address anti attack on both the OLT and ONUs Run the security anti ipattack enable command to enable IP address anti attack l Configure user security Enable...

Страница 1066: ...urity anti ipspoofing service port serviceport id enable command to enable IP address anti spoofing at the service port level l Configure service security Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP Option 82 on both the OLT and ONUs This configuration is recommended for the DHCP based Internet access service 1 Enable DHCP Option 82 on both the OLT and ONUs DHCP Option 82 can be enabled or dis...

Страница 1067: ...enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT Select one of them based on site requirements For details see the pitp command The port level In global config mode run the pitp port or pitp board command to enable PITP at the port level The VLAN level a In global config mode run the vlan service profile command to create a VLAN service profile b Run the pitp enable command ...

Страница 1068: ... users or be connected to home gateways HGWs to provide Internet voice and IPTV services for home users 11 4 2 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenarios for GE Remote Extended Subrack Centric management for GE remote extended subracks is used on networks that require high bandwidth access without adding more standalone NEs Service Requirements l If only high speed Internet HSI and voice ser...

Страница 1069: ...nnected to the HGW provides IPTV program preview and access functions The IAD embedded in the HGW provides one or several POTS ports which provides access for multiple phones of a family at the same time Applicable master subrack MA5600T MA5603T uses the SCUN board as the control board and is cascaded to the GE remote extended subrack through the ETHB board Applicable GE remote extended subrack MA...

Страница 1070: ...rack The reliability of uplink links on the extended subrack can be enhanced using only Ethernet link aggregation which is similar to Ethernet link aggregation of the master subrack in upstream transmission When a GE remote extended subrack is used pay attention to the following points l Link aggregation can be performed only on an ETHB extending board instead of between boards and only manually i...

Страница 1071: ...his section For details see the MA5600T Configuration Guide or the MA5603T Configuration Guide This section describes the service configuration process for the FTTB FTTC HGW networking FTTB is the abbreviation for fiber to the building FTTC for fiber to the curb and HGW for home gateway Figure 11 13 shows the configuration roadmap for the FTTB FTTC HGW networking Figure 11 13 Configuration roadmap...

Страница 1072: ...d increase the VDSL2 line rate Configure link aggregation congestion control and security policies The global configuration of link aggregation and upstream queue scheduling based on priorities ensures service reliability The global configuration of security policies ensures service security HGW Configure the Internet access service Refer to service configurations on the HGW on the network where s...

Страница 1073: ...ending port Extended subrack ID In offline pre deployment mode the extended subrack ID is 1 The master subrack ID is always 0 After the GE remote extended subrack is introduced the extended subrack ID starts from 1 Currently a maximum of 32 extended subracks are supported Therefore the extended ID ranges from 1 to 32 In offline pre deployment mode as in this example an available subrack ID needs t...

Страница 1074: ...orts This topic describes how to activate VDSL2 ports and bind a VDSL2 profile to the ports for service transmission Data Plan Data plan for VDSL2 user ports focuses on line parameters such as spectrum profile OSNR tolerance and maximum interleave delay The parameter plan for VDSL2 ports on a GE remote extended subrack is the same as that for VDSL2 ports on the master subrack For details see Confi...

Страница 1075: ...k to an HGW For details refer to 11 2 5 Principle of VoIP Service Data Plan NOTE VLAN planning is required only when HGWs provide all VoIP services Service boards in the extended subrack do not process traditional public switched telephone network PSTN voice services that are transmitted through splitters PSTN voice signals are transparently transmitted through the splitter upstream to PSTN networ...

Страница 1076: ...lay traffic table ip command In this example the query result shows that traffic profile 6 meets the requirements so no traffic profile needs to be configured huawei config display traffic table ip from index 0 3 Configure a service port to receive and transparently transmit the Internet access service from the HGW Configure an Internet access service port with the user VLAN being 1001 or 1002 The...

Страница 1077: ...AN and add an upstream port to it Create S VLAN 300 with the common attribute and add upstream port 0 19 0 to the S VLAN huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 2 Configure a VoD traffic profile The 802 1p priority of the VoD service is 4 and rate limitation is not required To query existing traffic profiles run the display traffic table ip command In this example the query...

Страница 1078: ...roxy huawei config mvlan1000 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y 5 Configure the multicast upstream port Configure the IGMP upstream port as 0 19 0 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp uplink port 0 19 0 6 Configure multicast programs Set the IP address of multicast programs to 224 1 1 10 224 1 1 100 and IP address of the multicast server to 10 10 10 10 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp pr...

Страница 1079: ...red for vectoring and the upstream band plan and downstream band plan are not separate from each other the port cannot be activated xdsl vectoring bandplan type Global vectoring configurations Vectoring configurations take effect only when vectoring is globally enabled l Before enabling vectoring globally configure the band plan NOTE Services in a vectoring group port are interrupted when the vect...

Страница 1080: ...Query a vectoring profile display xdsl vectoring profile l Bind a vectoring profile to the port vectoring config VDSL mode Policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports The Vectoring algorithm is executed every time a port in a Vectoring group goes online or offline To prevent adverse impact on system functions due to long term running Vectoring tasks caused by frequent online and of...

Страница 1081: ...e vectoring crosstalk matrix ensure that the global vectoring function is enabled and the specified port is in a vectoring group and activated display xdsl vectoring crosstalk coupling matrix SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 11 FTTB and FTTC Solution Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huaw...

Страница 1082: ... the Vectoring system performance is affected This mode is used in the Vectoring initial phase when a large number of CPEs need to be upgraded or replaced and the Vectoring performance are not concerned l limit The Vectoring legacy CPE is activated in common VDSL2 mode but the line PSD is automatically shaped so that the CPE can be activated at a low VDSL2 rate preventing crosstalk on other lines ...

Страница 1083: ...11 34 lists key parameters of vectoring configurations Table 11 34 Key parameters of vectoring configurations Item Data Description Global vectoring configurations enable Global band plan l Band plan type 998ade l USO type type a Policy for activating a legacy customer premises equipment CPE no limit The policy for activating a vectoring legacy CPE is configured as no limit at the initial stage of...

Страница 1084: ...ei config xdsl vectoring legacy cpe activate policy no limit Step 4 Configure the policy for controlling frequent online and offline on ports huawei config xdsl frequent retrain control 1 1 0 control policy no limit Step 5 Enable the global vectoring huawei config xdsl vectoring enable Step 6 Save the data huawei config save End 11 4 2 8 Configuring Link Aggregation Congestion Control and Security...

Страница 1085: ...rted l For the uplink aggregation configuration on the master subrack the ETHB extending port which is specified during the offline pre deployment of an extended subrack or where an extended subrack is automatically discovered must be configured as the master port of an LAG However the extended subrack has no requirements on the master port of an LAG l Before adding deleting a port to from an LAG ...

Страница 1086: ...nd to enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run thevlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN 3 Optional Run the security anti macspoofing max mac count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be...

Страница 1087: ...it command to quit the VLAN service profile mode 5 Run the vlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN The service port level In global config mode run the dhcp option82 service port command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the service port level Enable Policy Information Transfer Protocol PITP on the master subrack This configuration is recommended for the PPPo...

Страница 1088: ...ibes how to configure the Internet access service on an HG239 that is connected to an ONU upstream through a LAN and on an HG527 that is connected to an ONU upstream in ADSL2 mode Procedure l Configure the Internet access service on an HG239 1 Log in to the Web configuration window a Enter http 192 168 1 1 cu html default IP address to the address bar of the Internet Explorer IE and press Enter b ...

Страница 1089: ... bar of the IE and press Enter b In the login dialog box enter the user name default admin and password default admin of the administrator Then click OK 2 Set parameters for the Internet access service Assume that ports LAN1 and LAN2 are Internet access ports for PCs a Choose Network Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree b Create WAN connection 1 and set parameters based on the followin...

Страница 1090: ...of the Internet Explorer IE and press Enter b In the login dialog box enter the user name and password of the administrator the Internet service provider ISP provides the default user name and default password Then click OK 2 Configure multicast parameters This example assumes LAN 4 as an IPTV port a Choose Network Bandwidth Configuration from the navigation tree b In the right pane create LAN con...

Страница 1091: ...igation tree b In the right pane create LAN connection 1 for dialup Internet access services Set the parameters as follows Parameter Value Bearing service OTHER The connection is used for the IPTV service Enabling The LAN connection is enabled when this check box is selected VLAN enabling Enable VLAN tags are added to upstream packets NOTE When multicast service flows are created on the ONU the va...

Страница 1092: ... use SIP as the voice protocol Procedure l Configure the VoIP service on the HG255 1 Log in to the Web configuration interface a Enter http 192 168 1 1 default IP address in the address bar of the browser and press Enter b In the login window enter the user name and password the default value is provided by ISP of the administrator and click OK 2 Configure parameters of the voice service The confi...

Страница 1093: ...one number to 83110001 User password 3 Restart the HGW Choose Management Device Management and click Restarting the Device l Configure the VoIP service HG555 1 Log in to the Web configuration interface a Enter http 192 168 1 1 default IP address in the address bar of the browser and press Enter b In the login window enter the user name and password the default value is provided by ISP of the admin...

Страница 1094: ... Value Address Preferred IP address of the proxy server 200 200 200 200 Port ID Preferred signaling port ID of the proxy server 5060 Enabling Enabled User number When logging in to a VoIP account you can set the user account to the user telephone number In this example set the user telephone number to 83110001 User password 3 Restart the HGW Choose Management Device Management and click Restarting...

Страница 1095: ...ation at the same time Multicast emulation Emulates a multicast user going online and leads the program stream to an access device You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real time traffic of the multicast program Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function Data Plan Item Data Remarks PPPoE dialup emulation par...

Страница 1096: ...d huawei config pppoe simulate stop l Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation 1 Run the igmp static join command to order a multicast program by emulating a multicast user huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp static join service port 401 ip 224 1 1 10 vlan 1000 2 Run the display igmp use command to query the status of the multicast user huawei config btv display igmp user servic...

Страница 1097: ...play mac address service port command to check whether the MAC addresses of VoD subscribers are learned If yes the VoD service is reachable l Verify the voice service 1 Log in to the HGW management web page 2 Choose Status Broadband VoIP Information to query the service registration status and phone number Expected service registration status Register successfully End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA560...

Страница 1098: ...ability set This information provides a basis for SOHO and SME service configurations in FTTO scenarios 12 2 Principles of Planning Data for FTTO Services SOHO and SME This section describes the principles of planning data for small office and home office SOHO users and small and medium sized enterprises SMEs in fiber to the office FTTO scenarios from the aspect of security device management quali...

Страница 1099: ...pts involved in FTTB and FTTC solutions from user side to network side based on the following integrated FTTB and FTTC network diagram Integrated FTTB and FTTC Network Diagram Scenario Concept Description Small office home office SOHO SOHO is positioned for miniature enterprises such as home offices shops and markets Small and medium sized enterprise SME An SME contains 10 300 personnel SME is pos...

Страница 1100: ...transfer Wireless fidelity Wi Fi A short distance wireless transmission technology which supports wireless signals for Internet access within hundreds of feet Access Side Concept Introduction PON A passive optical network PON uses a point to multipoint P2MP network architecture A PON network consists of three parts optical line terminal OLT optical distribution network ODN and optical network unit...

Страница 1101: ...architectures to provide abundant services such as VoIP video and data The IP multimedia subsystem IMS uses SIP signaling as its call control signaling to provide services such as VoIP data and multimedia services NOTE NGN IMS in this document refers to softswitches that support H 248 and SIP IPTV head end The IPTV head end system functions as the contents preparation platform in the IPTV system I...

Страница 1102: ...e the Internet access and VoD services for the users connected to the enterprise router l ONUs provide GE FE and POTS ports Through the ports the ONUs provide the BTV and VoIP services for users MA5671 MA5672M and MA5612 FTTO SME gateway networking l In gateway mode ONUs connect to an enterprise LAN switch through GE ports and provide the Internet access and VoD services for the users connected to...

Страница 1103: ...ows the ONU capability sets provided Table 12 1 ONU capability sets ONU Nam e ONU Type Uplink Port User Port ONU Version Support ed Feature and Positionin g MA5 671 Gateway type Provides a GPON port Provides 4 GE ports V800R31 3C00 Used in SOHO and SME scenarios MA5 672M Bridging and voice type Provides a GPON port Provides 4 GE ports 8 POTS ports V800R31 3C00 Used in SME scenarios MA5 675 Gateway...

Страница 1104: ...E electrical ports 16 E1 T1 ports 16 POTS ports optional 1 RF interface when two E81A boards are configured For the bottom plate without POTS ports l Provides 2 GE electrical ports 6 FE electrical ports 32 POTS ports when two ASNB boards are configured l Provides 2 GE electrical ports 22 FE electrical ports when two EIUC boards are configured l Provides 2 GE electrical ports 6 FE V800R30 8C00 V800...

Страница 1105: ... all the examples involved in this section is planned following the principles NOTE The principles of planning only the Internet access voice and multicast services are described For details about the principles of planning the enterprise Layer 2 bridging service see 13 2 Principle of Planning Data for Enterprise Access Service 12 2 1 Principles of Planing Device Management Data The device managem...

Страница 1106: ...gh DHCP The router and the ONU transparently transmit service packets VoIP service As a DHCP client the router obtains a public IP address through DHCP or the ACS allocates a static IP address to the router through TR069 The voice signaling streams and the media streams of multiple POTS ports share the IP address Media streams can be distinguished by different ports The ONU transparently transmits...

Страница 1107: ...service provisioning the ONU functioning as a DHCP client obtains a public network IP address through DHCP and connects to the TR069 server ACS 12 2 2 Principle of QoS Planning The QoS planning is an E2E planning and it can be divided into following policies traffic classification marking and scheduling policy and traffic monitoring and DBA policy Traffic Classification Marking and Scheduling Poli...

Страница 1108: ...s the maximum bandwidth required by management packets VoIP and IPTV upstream packets The maximum bandwidth is larger than or equal to the maximum bandwidth that users apply Rate limit on OLT downstream No rate limit Configure rate limit by a traffic profile as required Remark 2 No rate limit No rate limit Rate limit on ONU upstream port No rate restriction Rate limit on ONU downstream port No rat...

Страница 1109: ...ms that can be concurrently watched by one user in the case of multiple STBs The upstream bandwidth is mainly used for transmitting IGMP packets which requires little bandwidth Therefore the bandwidth occupied by IGMP packets can be neglected IPTV service high definitio n program 9 7 Mbit s per channel Note l The rate restriction on the BRAS or SR is recommended OLTs and ONUs do not restrict the r...

Страница 1110: ...OLT performs VLAN translation C S C The C VLAN of every ONU differs from each other Note l UserVLAN VLAN carried by upstream packets of user side devices U for short l C VLAN VLAN added based on the ONU port For details see the description of the Double tagged VLAN S C l Double tagged VLAN S C C indicates the inner VLAN C VLAN and S indicates the outer VLAN S VLAN l Double layer VLAN S C C indicat...

Страница 1111: ...ervice Data The voice service plan mainly includes the plan of the VLAN and VLAN translation policy in different network scenario and the plan of voice protocol VLAN and VLAN Translation Policy Usage Scenario VLAN Plan VLAN Translation Policy Bridging ONU router Single tagged VLAN ONU Provide the VoIP service through the ONU Configure the service VLAN S VLAN tag in a unified manner OLT The OLT tra...

Страница 1112: ...ains the inner C VLAN and adds one outer S VLAN NOTE l The VoIP service is a closed service self operated by carriers The single tagged S VLAN is the mainstream application and is recommended l When the planned VLAN is single tagged VLAN the S VLAN can identify services and physical locations based on an OLT device a PON board or a PON port It is recommended that you set different voice VLANs for ...

Страница 1113: ...cording to the requirement on the MGC IMS side Generally the text coding method is adopted Transmission mode Select a transmission mode according to the requirement on the MGC IMS side Generally the UDP transmission mode is adopted Home domain SIP None Profile index None The version of H248 protocol that MG starts to negotiate V1 V2 or V3 by default The interface may fail to be registered because ...

Страница 1114: ...rseas version flag and message waiting indication MWI mode need to be configured according to the local standard to ensure that the response of the user terminal complies with the local standard Overseas parameters The attributes such as the upper and lower thresholds of the flash hooking duration need to be configured according to the local standards to ensure that the response of the user termin...

Страница 1115: ...ervice Type VLAN Plan VLAN Translation Policy Bridging ONU Router Multicast service Single tagged VLAN ONUs transparently transmit upstream packets with M VLANs sent from STB Multicast packets are replicated downstream with M VLAN unchanged The OLT replicates multicast packets based on PON ports with M VLAN unchanged Single tagged VLAN ONUs translate the upstream VLANs sent from STB to M VLANs The...

Страница 1116: ...es the inner C VLAN and then adds one outer S VLAN l C S C Bidirectional VLAN translation maintains the inner C VLAN and adds one outer S VLAN NOTE l IPTV service is a closed service self operated by carriers and single tagged S VLAN is recommended l The same S VLAN or different S VLANs can be used as the M VLAN and VoD VLAN It is recommended that you use different S VLANs as M VLAN and VoD VLAN s...

Страница 1117: ...LT and MDU After the anti IP attack function is enabled a device discards the IP packets received from the user side whose destination IP address is the IP address of the device and therefore the system is protected Use this solution for new site deployment User Security Security Vulnerability Solution Description and Usage Suggestion MAC spoofing Enable the anti MAC duplicate function for OLT and...

Страница 1118: ...the BRAS implements user authentication based on the RAIO information In the DHCP option 82 mode user s physical location is added to the option 82 field carried in the DHCP request packet initiated by a user The physical location used for user authentication on the upper layer authentication server can help implement the following functions l The DHCP relay forwards DHCP response packets to devic...

Страница 1119: ...nning helps to achieve high reliability of FTTO SOHO and SME services Equipment Reliability Protection Scheme Description Suggestion Main control board 1 1 protection The system uses two main control boards of the same model and version The two main control boards work in the active standby mode by default When the active main control board fails the system switches to the standby main control boa...

Страница 1120: ...is mandatory when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream Protection group Ethernet STM 1 A protection group of upstream ports contains a working port and a protection port In normal state the working port carries services and the protection port does not When the link at the working port is faulty the system automatically switches services from the working port to the protection port t...

Страница 1121: ...homed to two OLTs in this protection scheme This full backup protection scheme provides the highest level protection for links and has the highest costs It provides full backup protection which is the highest level of protection at the same time it has the highest cost This protection scheme can be configured for only the Ethernet QinQ private line service It does not support TDM services includin...

Страница 1122: ...orts are required to connect to phone sets fax machines and point of sale POS machines l TVs connect to an ONU through set top boxes STBs to receive VoD and multicast services l The Internet access voice and IPTV services are secure The Internet access service is protected against unauthorized access user account forgery or unauthorized borrowing MAC or IP address spoofing and attacks from malicio...

Страница 1123: ...ly after the ONU is successfully added to an OLT OLT ONU Configuring the Internet Access Service OLT ONU Configuring the Voice Service Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on a Web Page NOTE The H 248 and SIP protocols are mutually exclusive for the VoIP service Only one of them is configured at a time SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration...

Страница 1124: ... in global configuration mode and service security is improved by configuring security policy in global configuration mode OLT Verifying Services The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONU PPPoE and DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration avoiding a second on site operation 12 3 3...

Страница 1125: ...ing between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU side service l Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed by using optical network terminal management and control interface OMCI l Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure...

Страница 1126: ... mode command to set the QoS mode to gem car or flow car and run the gem add command to set the index of the traffic profile bound to the GEM port 2 When the QoS mode is priority queue PQ the default queue priority is 0 when the QoS mode is flow car or gem car traffic profile 6 is bound to the GEM port by default no rate limitation After the configurations are complete run the commit command to ap...

Страница 1127: ...display ont autofind 0 After this command is executed the information about all ONUs connected to the GPON port through optical splitters is displayed huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 0 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131D659FD40 omci ont lineprofile name ftto_line ont srvprofile name ftto_ser huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 0 ontid 2 sn auth 6877687714852901 omci ont lineprofile name ftto_line on...

Страница 1128: ... the actual port types and number of ports supported by the ONU In this case run the display ont capability command to query the actual capability of the ONU and then select one of the following modes to modify the ONU configuration Create a proper ONU profile according to the actual capability of the ONU and then run the ont modify command to modify the configuration data of the ONU Modify the ON...

Страница 1129: ...rding to their priorities huawei config traffic table ip name ftto_hsi cir 4096 priority 0 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN Create a service VLAN and a service flow Table 12 5 Scenario plan Scenario VLAN Plan VLAN Translation Policy gateway ONU Double tagged VLAN l S VLAN ID 100 l S VLAN type smart l S VLAN attribute stacking l C VLAN ID 1001 l C ...

Страница 1130: ... Configure an optical network terminal ONU on the Web page Layer 3 route mode is used for connecting an ONU to the upper layer device IP addresses of users PCs are allocated by the DHCP IP address pool on the ONU PPPoE auto dialup is performed on the ONU Parameters of the WAN port must be configured on the ONU 1 Log in to the Web configuration window a Configure the IP address of the PC network ad...

Страница 1131: ... Name iadtest pppoe Password iadtest The user name and password must be the same as the user name and password configured on the BRAS Binding options LAN1 IP acquisition Mode PPPoE NAT Enable NAT must be enabled to configure the Internet access service c Click Apply to apply the configuration 4 Save the configuration In the navigation tree choose System Tools Configuration File In the right pane c...

Страница 1132: ...to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC l The OLT has been connected to the MGC The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 12 3 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT l Different voice services require different ONU software versions Before the configuration ensure that the ONU software version supports H 248 For details see re...

Страница 1133: ...equirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip name ftto_voip cir off priority 5 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN Create a service VLAN and a service flow Table 12 7 Scenario plan Scenario VLAN Plan VLAN Translation Policy Scenario 1 Single VLAN tag l S VLAN ID 300 l S VLAN type smart l S VLAN ...

Страница 1134: ...00 and use traffic profile ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name ftto_voip outbound traffic table name ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name ftto_voip outbound traffic table name ftto_voip Scenario 2 Configure the mapp...

Страница 1135: ...indow a Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU default 192 168 100 1 b Open the Web browser and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU c On the login window enter the user name default telecomadmin and password default admintelecom of the administrator A...

Страница 1136: ... in this example is ONU s SN l If Media Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Signaling Port The media streams are not isolated from signaling streams If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONU and bind the created WAN p...

Страница 1137: ...igure the parameters of voice user 2 as follows Line Name A1 Associated POTS 2 binding port TEL2 on the ONU Select Enable Line Name to enable the voice user configuration e Click Apply to apply the configuration NOTE l The terminal IDs A0 and A1 must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the MGC l If Associated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONU is bound If Associated POTS is 2 port TE...

Страница 1138: ...te c Click Apply to apply the configuration 6 Save the configuration In the navigation tree choose System Tools Configuration File In the right pane click Save Configuration to save the configuration 7 Restart the voice process In the navigation tree choose Status VoIP Information In the right pane click Restart VoIP SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Con...

Страница 1139: ...nages ONUs and applies VoIP configurations to the ONU using the OMCI protocol This topic describes how to configure the H 248 based voice service Prerequisite l The interface data and POTS port data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC l The OLT has been connected to the MGC The OLT can ping the IP address of the MGC server successfully SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T ...

Страница 1140: ...iority carried Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile Step 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN Create a service VLAN and a service flow Table 12 9 Scenario plan Scenario VLAN Plan VLAN Translation ...

Страница 1141: ...ftto_voip outbound traffic table name ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name ftto_voip outbound traffic table name ftto_voip Scenario 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon pro...

Страница 1142: ... the requirements run the ont mgc profile add command to add an MGC interface profile Create MGC interface profile 2 set the IP address of the MGC to 200 200 200 200 and use default values for other parameters huawei config ont mgc profile add profile id 2 primary mgc 200 200 200 200 3 Configure a POTS port profile Run the display ont pots profile command to query the existing POTS port profile in...

Страница 1143: ...face common profile to an H 248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run the ont if h248 bat apply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H 248 interfaces If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly the last configurations take effect In this example the default interface c...

Страница 1144: ... ONU software version supports SIP For details see relevant ONU manuals Data Plan Table 12 10 Data plan Item Data ONU line profile Profile name ftto_line T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 ONU service profile Profile name ftto_ser ONU port capability set adaptive Voice parameter IP address of the SIP server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the SIP server 5060 Home domain name huawei com User phone number 1 7...

Страница 1145: ...n l C VLAN ID 3001 ONU Configure a VLAN for all ONUs and add the same C VLAN tag to packets All ONUs are in the same C VLAN OLT The OLT switches between C VLAN tags and S VLAN tags C VLAN is different from the planned S VLAN Scenario 1 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile...

Страница 1146: ...sform translate inbound traffic table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic table name ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 3001 tag transform translate inbound traffic table name ftto_voip outboun d traffic table name ftto_voip 3 Enable the ARP proxy function Voice media streams for different users of the same S VLAN fail to interchange beca...

Страница 1147: ...VLAN ID of the ONU must be the same as the user side VLAN ID configured on the OLT 802 1p 5 IP Acquisition Mode DHCP c Click Apply to apply the configuration 3 Configure parameters of the SIP based voice interface a In the navigation tree choose Voice VoIP Basic Configuration b In the right pane configure parameters of the SIP based voice interface as follows other parameters use the default setti...

Страница 1148: ...AN ports the configured VLAN is carried by default c Click Apply to apply the configuration 4 Configure parameters of the SIP based voice users a In the navigation tree choose Voice VoIP Basic Configuration b In the right pane configure parameters of voice user 1 as follows Register User Name 80001234 Auth User Name 80001234 softx3000 huawei com Password iadtest1 Associated POTS 1 binding port TEL...

Страница 1149: ...he IP address of the voice server are in different network segments a Choose Route Default Route Configuration from the main menu b Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 Figure 12 4 shows the settings Figure 12 4 Configuring a route c Click Apply to apply the configuration 6 Save the configuration In the navigation tree choose System Tools Configuration File In the r...

Страница 1150: ...nnected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address 9 Check the registration status of the voice user In the navigation tree choose Status VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 12 FTTO Configuration SOHO and SME Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copy...

Страница 1151: ... GEM port ID 12 ONU service profile Profile name ftto_ser ONU port capability set adaptive Voice parameter IP address of the SIP server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the SIP server 5060 Home domain name huawei com User phone number 1 77730010 User phone number 2 77730020 Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rate...

Страница 1152: ...n lineprofile 1 quit Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port ID to 12 and user VLAN to 300 and use traffic profile ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound tra...

Страница 1153: ... a POTS port on an ONU including the impedance transmitting gain receiving gain and signaling type of the POTS port l Digitmap profile saves the digitmap information about an ONU including the timeout time of the digitmap timer and the digitmap format 1 Configure an interface common profile Run the display ont mg attribute profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the syste...

Страница 1154: ...NU 2 set the MG ID to 1 apply SIP agent profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2 and use default values for other parameters If parameters in an SIP agent profile are changed the SIP agent profile must be reapplied to the ONU so that the changed parameters can take effect huawei config if gpon 0 1 if sip add 0 1 1 sipagent profile profile id 2 huawei config if gpon 0 1 if sip add 0 2 1 sipagent profile profil...

Страница 1155: ... customized parameters repeatedly the last configurations take effect In this example the default interface common profile namely interface common profile 1 is used 2 Apply an SIP service data profile Run the sippstnuser rightflag command to apply an SIP service data profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run the ont sippstnuser bat apply from command to bu...

Страница 1156: ...V WAN ports on the ONU use factory defaults l The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the multicast source l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 12 3 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT Data Plan Table 12 14 Data plan Item Data ONU line profile Profile name ftto_line T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 13 ONU service profile Profile name ftto_ser ONU port capability set adaptive Traffic profile ID 8 80...

Страница 1157: ...an ONU If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2 map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftto_line huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 13 2 vlan 1000 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Configure the multicast forwarding mode is untagged huawei ...

Страница 1158: ... mvlan1000 igmp match group ip 224 1 1 1 to ip 224 1 1 100 5 Set the IGMP mode Select the IGMP proxy mode huawei config mvlan1000 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y Command is being executed Please wait Command has been executed successfully 6 Configure the IGMP upstream port Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0 19 0 and working mode to default Protocol packets are transmitted ...

Страница 1159: ...ofile ID 8 802 1p priority 4 CIR off unlimited Priority based scheduling policy local setting Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT 1 Configure a traffic profile Configure traffic profile 8 Set the CIR to off unlimited priority to 4 and priority based scheduling policy to local setting that is queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile NOTE Run the display traffic table ip co...

Страница 1160: ...ows Set the S VLAN to 1100 GEM port ID to 13 and C VLAN to 2001 and use traffic profile 8 Set the VLAN translation policy to Translate The C VLAN 2001 of the ONU is translated to S VLAN 1100 huawei config service port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 2001 tag transform translate rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 13 mu...

Страница 1161: ...2 Principle of QoS Planning all packets are scheduled in strict priority queue mode and mapped into different queues based on priorities huawei config queue scheduler strict priority huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 l Configure system security Enable deny of service DoS anti attack on the OLT 1 Run the security anti dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti attack 2 Run...

Страница 1162: ...ls This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the four levels Among the four levels DHCP Option 82 is disabled only at the global level by default The global level In global config mode run the dhcp option82 command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the global level When you run this command select the enable forward or rebuild parameter based on site requirements The three parameters can al...

Страница 1163: ...AN service profile b Run the pitp enable command to enable PITP at the VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run the vlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN The service port level In global config mode run the pitp service port command to enable PI...

Страница 1164: ...ate l An ONU supports only once call emulation Multicast emulation This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONU You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real time traffic of the multicast program Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function Data plan It...

Страница 1165: ...protocol E chap pap chap Command pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user name test huawei user password test authentication mode chap huawei config if gpon 0 1 ONT PPPoE Test Result F S P 0 1 0 ONT ID 1 ONT ETH Port ID 4 ONT Vlan ID 100 Vlan Priority Emluator result Success Session ID 18814 User IP 172 16 100 109 Gateway IP 172 16 100 1 l Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1 C...

Страница 1166: ...nfig test ont emulational call caller port 0 1 0 1 1 telno 28777192 cr caller stop time K Command ont emulational call caller port 0 1 0 1 1 telno 28777192 2 The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete The service is functional if the test result is success huawei config test F S P 0 1 0 ONT ID 0 ONT POTSID 1 Test type caller emulational call test Detected number 28777192 ...

Страница 1167: ...e query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time check whether the voice configuration on the MGC SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU l Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation 1 Run the igmp static join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp ...

Страница 1168: ... units ONUs in bridging and router networking 12 4 1 1 Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Small and medium sized enterprise SME is positioned for small and medium sized enterprises with branches campuses and net bars Service Requirements In the SME scenario optical network units ONUs work in bridging mode l Users connect to an ONU through an enterprise router As a Dynamic Host Configuration P...

Страница 1169: ... from malicious users and heavy traffic l A service fault is easy to locate and services are easy to maintain Usage Scenario Figure 12 5 Bridging and router networking Metro Network NGN IMS IPTV Headend Internet UPE PE AGG OLT PE AGG UPE Optical splitter ONU PC TV STB Phone Fax POS TV STB Phone Fax POS ONU PC Router Router 12 4 1 2 Configuration Procedure Figure 12 6 shows the configuration proced...

Страница 1170: ...ice OLT ONU Configuring the Voice Service Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on a Web Page NOTE The H 248 and SIP protocols are mutually exclusive for the VoIP service Only one of them is configured at a time Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service Through the CLI SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 12 FTTO Configuration SOHO a...

Страница 1171: ...onfiguration mode OLT Verifying Services The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONU PPPoE and DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration avoiding a second on site operation 12 4 1 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added...

Страница 1172: ...eries of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS 1 Configure a DBA profile Run the display dba profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the dba ...

Страница 1173: ...tto_ser Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive Then the system automatically adapts to the ONU according to the actual capability of the online ONU huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile name ftto_ser huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 ont port eth adaptive pots adaptive After the configurations are complete run the commit command to apply the parameters setting hua...

Страница 1174: ... by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONUs to make configuration easier and more efficient To do so the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 0 all sn auth omci ont lineprofile name ftto_line ont srvprofile name ftto_ser l Optional Bind the alarm profile to the ONU The default profile 1 is used in this example huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm ...

Страница 1175: ...U and save the modification Then the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully End 12 4 1 4 Configuring the Internet Access Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with high speed Internet access services Prerequisite l The OLT is connected to the BRAS l Related configurations are performed on the BRAS according to the authentication and ...

Страница 1176: ...ream packets sent from the router carry C VLAN tags and the ONU transparently transmits them OLT The OLT switches between the U VLAN tag and the S VLAN C VLAN tag Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user side VLAN 45 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONU line profile NOTE Here the user side VLAN is the VLAN carried by packets sent from HGW to ONU namely U VLAN hua...

Страница 1177: ...d 12 4 1 5 Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on a Web Page The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the IP based high quality and low cost VoIP service Prerequisite l The interface data and POTS port data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the MGC l The OLT has been connected to the MGC The OLT can ping the IP address of the MG...

Страница 1178: ...l VLAN attribute common l C VLAN S VLAN ONU Provide the VoIP service through the ONU Configure the service VLAN S VLAN tag in a unified manner OLT The OLT transparently transmits S VLAN tags the C VLAN is the same as the planned S VLAN Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile NOTE The user VLAN is the VLA...

Страница 1179: ...nfig interface vlanif 300 huawei config if vlanif300 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif300 quit 4 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the ONU on the Web page 1 Log in to the Web configuration window a Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU default 192 168 100 1 b Open th...

Страница 1180: ...he right pane configure the parameters of the H 248 based voice interface as follows other parameters use the default settings Set MGC Address below Primary Server to 200 200 200 200 MID Format DomainName MG Domain 6877687714852901 Signaling Port 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 Region China SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 12 FTTO Configuration SOH...

Страница 1181: ...ONU and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port l Profile Index can be set to Default BT FT KPN PCCW ZTE or BELL Choose the value based on the MGC type Profile Index is set to Default indicating interconnection with Huawei MGC in this example If the settings do not meet requirements configure UserDefine For details about how to configure this parameter contact Huawei technical ...

Страница 1182: ...ound 5 Optional Configure a route Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments a Choose Route Default Route Configuration from the main menu b Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 Figure 12 7 shows the settings Figure 12 7 Configuring a route c Click Apply to apply the configuration 6 Sa...

Страница 1183: ...onnected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address 9 Check the registration status of a voice user In the navigation tree choose Status VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 12 FTTO Configuration SOHO and SME Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyr...

Страница 1184: ...ame ftto_line T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 ONU service profile Profile name ftto_ser ONU port capability set adaptive Networking data IP address of the MGC server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the MGC server 2944 Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according t...

Страница 1185: ...eate a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port ID to 12 and user VLAN to 300 and use traffic profile ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name ftto_vo...

Страница 1186: ...ses of ONU SIP users For ONU 1 and ONU 2 configure the IP address obtaining mode to the static mode set the IP addresses to 10 10 10 10 24 and 10 10 10 20 24 set the management VLAN to VLAN 20 and use default values for other parameters huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20 Step 5 Configure H...

Страница 1187: ...n profile 1 is used 2 Apply a POTS port profile Run the pstnport electric command to apply a POTS port profile to an H 248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run the ont pstnport electric bat apply command to bulk apply the POTS port profiles to H 248 interfaces If you use these two commands to apply the POTS port profiles or configure the interface customized parameters...

Страница 1188: ...ess of the SIP server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the SIP server 5060 Home domain name huawei com User phone number 1 77730010 User phone number 2 77730020 Procedure l Configure the OLT 1 Configure a traffic profile Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried Run the display...

Страница 1189: ... huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 port vlan eth 1 45 huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 quit Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port ID to 12 and user VLAN to 300 and use traffic profile ftto_v...

Страница 1190: ...ication is passed the Web configuration interface is displayed 2 Configure parameters of a voice WAN port a In the navigation tree choose WAN WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is displayed configure parameters of a WAN port as follows WAN Connection Enable Service List VoIP For configuring the VoIP service VoIP or a combination containing VoIP needs to be selec...

Страница 1191: ...pper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONU and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port When the packet is forwarded from two WAN ports the configured VLAN is carried by default c Click Apply to apply the configuration 4...

Страница 1192: ...rresponding configuration on the softswitch l If Associated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONU is bound If Associated POTS is 2 port TEL2 on the ONU is bound 5 Optional Configure a route Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments a Choose Route Default Route Configuration from the main menu b Select Enable the default ro...

Страница 1193: ...connection status In the navigation tree choose Status WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address 9 Check the registration status of the voice user In the navigation tree choose Status VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guid...

Страница 1194: ...nt voice services require different ONU software versions Before the configuration ensure that the current ONU software version supports SIP For details see relevant ONU manuals Data Plan Table 12 27 Data plan Item Data ONU line profile Profile name ftto_line T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 ONU service profile Profile name ftto_ser ONU port capability set adaptive Voice parameter IP address of the SIP ...

Страница 1195: ...AN 300 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONU line profile NOTE The user VLAN is the VLAN in the packets sent from the router to the ONU that is the U VLAN huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftto_line huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU I...

Страница 1196: ...ncluding the rights of the call waiting service three party service call forwarding service and call holding service l POTS port profile saves physical attributes of a POTS port on an ONU including the impedance transmitting gain receiving gain and signaling type of the POTS port l Digitmap profile saves the digitmap information about an ONU including the timeout time of the digitmap timer and the...

Страница 1197: ... if gpon 0 1 ont ipconfig 0 1 dhcp vlan 20 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont ipconfig 0 2 dhcp vlan 20 Step 4 Configure SIP POTS users 1 Add an SIP interface and apply an SIP agent profile to the interface For ONU 1 and ONU 2 set the MG ID to 1 apply SIP agent profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2 and use default values for other parameters If parameters in an SIP agent profile are changed the SIP agent profil...

Страница 1198: ...stomized parameters or run the ont if sip bat apply from command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to SIP interfaces If you use these two commands to apply the interface common profiles or configure the interface customized parameters repeatedly the last configurations take effect In this example the default interface common profile namely interface common profile 1 is used 2 Apply an SI...

Страница 1199: ...huawei config save End 12 4 1 9 Configuring the BTV Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONU through a GPON port to provide users with the multicast service Prerequisites l The IPTV WAN ports on the ONU use factory defaults l The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the multicast source l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 12 3 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT Data Plan Ta...

Страница 1200: ...type smart l VLAN attribute common ONU transparently transmits the MVLAN of the user port Multicast packets are duplicated downstream with MVLAN unchanged OLT duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged Configure the mapping between a GEM port and an Ethernet port on an ONU If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2 map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 t...

Страница 1201: ...IGMP version for the MVLAN to IGMPv2 huawei config multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp version v2 This operation will delete all IPv4 programs with source IP addresses in the current multicast VLAN Are you sure to change current IGMP version y n n y Command is being executed Please wait Command has been executed successfully 4 Configure a program library Set the mode for obtaining mul...

Страница 1202: ...ervice port 2 huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 1 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 2 huawei config mvlan1000 quit 9 Save the data huawei config save l The ONU does not need to be configured End 12 4 1 10 Configuring the VoD Service The OLT is connected to the remote bridging ONU through a GPON port t...

Страница 1203: ...pe smart l VLAN attribute common l C VLAN U VLAN The ONU adds the default C VLAN tag to packets from iTV service ports The OLT transparently transmits S VLAN tags Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 1100 is mapped to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftto_line huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mappin...

Страница 1204: ...onfig gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONU If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2 add Ethernet port 2 to VLAN 2001 huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile name ftto_ser huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 port vlan eth 2 2001 huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 quit Cr...

Страница 1205: ...pic is on the OLT side The configuration on the ONU side is through the web and is simple here we do not introduced it Procedure l Configure link aggregation On the OLT side configure upstream ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 as an aggregation group Each member port in the aggregation group is allocated packets based on the source MAC address The working mode is LACP static aggregation huawei config link a...

Страница 1206: ...un the security anti macspoofing max mac count command to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be bound to a service flow 4 Optional Run the security anti macspoofing exclude command to configure the types of packets for which MAC address anti spoofing does not take effect such as Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP packets l Configure service security Enable Dynamic Host Configura...

Страница 1207: ... global level by default The global level In global config mode run the pitp enable pmode pitp forward pmode or pitp rebuild pmode command to enable PITP at the global level In the preceding commands the enable forward and rebuild parameters can all enable PITP but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT Select one of them based on site requirements For details see the pitp command...

Страница 1208: ...for the PPPoE dialup emulation l An ONU supports a maximum of a PPPoE dialup emulation Call Emulation An ONU simulates a voice user to make a call to check whether the voice service data is correctly configured You can also use the call emulation function to locate a fault when the voice service is faulty l An ONU can simulate a caller or callee to communicate with a phone in a call In this case o...

Страница 1209: ...e service is functional if the test result is success The following test uses GPON as an example huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 pppoe simulate start portid U 0 7 0 ontid U 0 127 1 eth K untagged K vlanid U 0 4095 eth ont portid U 1 8 4 untagged K vlanid U 0 4095 100 priority U 0 7 user name K user name username S Length 1 64 test huawei user password K user password pas...

Страница 1210: ...t does not learn a MAC address check whether the ONU is activated whether the PC is connected to the right port on the ONU and whether the PC is working properly b Run the display ont learned mac command to check whether the ONU connecting to the PON port learned any MAC addresses If not check whether the ONU properly connects to the PC or home gateway HGW l Verify the voice service using call emu...

Страница 1211: ...with that on the ONU If the ONU uses the H 248 protocol you can run the display ont mg status command on the OLT to query the registration status of the MG interface that connects to the ONU If MG Status is UnRegistered or Registering for a long time check whether the voice configuration on the MGC SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU You can query the registration status of the voice ser...

Страница 1212: ...statistic result 8736 kbps End 12 4 2 Gateway Networking This section describes the configurations for the Internet access voice and video services on optical network units ONUs in gateway networking 12 4 2 1 Service Requirements and Usage Scenario Small and medium sized enterprise SME is positioned for small and medium sized enterprises with branches campuses and net bars Service Requirements In ...

Страница 1213: ...s from malicious users The voice and IPTV services are protected against MAC or IP address spoofing attacks from malicious users and heavy traffic l A service fault is easy to locate and services are easy to maintain Usage Scenario Figure 12 9 Gateway networking Metro Network NGN IMS IPTV Headend Internet UPE PE AGG OLT PE AGG UPE Optical splitter ONU PC TV STB Phone Fax POS TV STB Phone Fax POS O...

Страница 1214: ...ice OLT ONU Configuring the Voice Service Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service on a Web Page NOTE The H 248 and SIP protocols are mutually exclusive for the VoIP service Only one of them is configured at a time Configuring the H 248 based Voice Service Through the CLI SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 12 FTTO Configuration SOHO a...

Страница 1215: ...onfiguration mode OLT Verifying Services The OLT provides remote verification methods including ONU PPPoE and DHCP dialup emulation and call emulation for configuration and commissioning engineers to verify services remotely after service configuration avoiding a second on site operation 12 4 2 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT Services can be configured for an ONU only after the ONU is successfully added...

Страница 1216: ...eries of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is reported to the log host and the NMS 1 Configure a DBA profile Run the display dba profile command to query existing DBA profiles in the system If the existing DBA profiles in the system do not meet the requirements run the dba ...

Страница 1217: ...tto_ser Configure the capability set of the ETH port and POTS port to adaptive Then the system automatically adapts to the ONU according to the actual capability of the online ONU huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile name ftto_ser huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 ont port eth adaptive pots adaptive After the configurations are complete run the commit command to apply the parameters setting hua...

Страница 1218: ... by bulk confirming automatically discovered ONUs to make configuration easier and more efficient To do so the preceding command can be modified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont confirm 0 all sn auth omci ont lineprofile name ftto_line ont srvprofile name ftto_ser l Optional Bind the alarm profile to the ONU The default profile 1 is used in this example huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont alarm ...

Страница 1219: ...g to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification Then the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully End 12 4 2 4 Configuring the Internet Access Service The OLT is connected to the remote ONU through a GPON port to provide users with high speed Internet access services Prerequisite l The OLT is connected to the BRAS l Related configurations are performed on the BRAS ...

Страница 1220: ...s are in different C VLANs Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 1001 is mapped to GEM port 14 in the ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftto_line huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 14 0 vlan 1001 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Create a service VLAN and add an upstream...

Страница 1221: ...eb configuration interface is displayed 2 Configure the working mode of a LAN port a In the navigation tree choose LAN LAN Port Work Mode Select the check box of LAN 1 and set LAN1 to work in the Layer 3 mode b Click Apply to apply the configuration 3 Configure parameters of a WAN port a In the navigation tree choose WAN WAN Configuration b In the right pane click New In the dialog box that is dis...

Страница 1222: ...on to save the configuration 5 Check the ONU connection status In the navigation tree choose Status WAN Information In the right pane Status is Connected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 12 FTTO Configuration SOHO and SME Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidentia...

Страница 1223: ...ile name ftto_ser ONU port capability set adaptive Networking data IP address of the MGC server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the MGC server 2944 Procedure l Configure the OLT 1 Configure a traffic profile Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried Run the display traffic tab...

Страница 1224: ...onfig ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftto_line huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 12 2 vlan 300 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port I...

Страница 1225: ...nge because the service ports of the smart VLAN are isolated from each other Therefore the ARP proxy function needs to be enabled on the OLT huawei config arp proxy enable huawei config interface vlanif 300 huawei config if vlanif300 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif300 quit 4 Save the data huawei config save l Configure the ONU on the Web page 1 Log in to the Web configuration window a Con...

Страница 1226: ... navigation tree choose Voice VoIP Basic Configuration b In the right pane configure the parameters of the H 248 based voice interface as follows other parameters use the default settings Set MGC Address below Primary Server to 200 200 200 200 MID Format DomainName MG Domain 6877687714852901 Signaling Port 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 Region China SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Co...

Страница 1227: ...ONU and bind the created WAN ports to Media Port and Signaling Port l Profile Index can be set to Default BT FT KPN PCCW ZTE or BELL Choose the value based on the MGC type Profile Index is set to Default indicating interconnection with Huawei MGC in this example If the settings do not meet requirements configure UserDefine For details about how to configure this parameter contact Huawei technical ...

Страница 1228: ...und 5 Optional Configure a route Perform this operation if the IP address of the ONU and the IP address of the voice server are in different network segments a Choose Route Default Route Configuration from the main menu b Select Enable the default route and set WAN name to 1_VOIP_R_VID_300 Figure 12 11 shows the settings Figure 12 11 Configuring a route c Click Apply to apply the configuration 6 S...

Страница 1229: ...onnected and the obtained IP address is displayed at IP Address 9 Check the registration status of a voice user In the navigation tree choose Status VoIP Information In the right pane User Status is Up End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 12 FTTO Configuration SOHO and SME Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyr...

Страница 1230: ...ame ftto_line T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 ONU service profile Profile name ftto_ser ONU port capability set adaptive Networking data IP address of the MGC server 200 200 200 200 24 Port ID of the MGC server 2944 Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according t...

Страница 1231: ...n lineprofile 1 quit Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port ID to 12 and user VLAN to 300 and use traffic profile ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound tra...

Страница 1232: ...nd to query the existing interface common profile in the system If the existing interface common profile in the system does not meet the requirements run the ont mg attribute profile add command to add an interface common profile In this example the default interface common profile namely interface common profile 1 is used 2 Configure an MGC interface profile Run the display ont mgc profile comman...

Страница 1233: ... gpon 0 1 display mgpstnuser attribute 0 1 1 F S P 0 1 0 ONT ID 1 Port ID 1 MG ID 1 Terminal ID A0 The rest of the response information is omitted huawei config if gpon 0 1 display mgpstnuser attribute 0 2 1 F S P 0 1 0 ONT ID 2 Port ID 1 MG ID 1 Terminal ID A1 The rest of the response information is omitted Step 6 Apply ONU voice service profiles After ONU voice service profiles are applied if pa...

Страница 1234: ... GPON port to provide users with the IP based high quality and low cost VoIP service Prerequisite l The SIP interface data and POTS port data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server l The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 9 7 1 3 ...

Страница 1235: ...d to add a traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip name ftto_voip cir off priority 5 priority policy local setting 2 Configure the mapping between a GEM port and a VLAN Create a service VLAN and a service flow Table 12 42 Scenario plan Scenario VLAN Plan VLAN Translation Policy Scenario 1 Single VLAN tag l S VLAN ID 300 l S VLAN type smart l S VLAN attribute common l C VLAN ID 300 ONU Confi...

Страница 1236: ...00 and use traffic profile ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name ftto_voip outbound traffic table name ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound traffic table name ftto_voip outbound traffic table name ftto_voip Scenario 2 Configure the mapp...

Страница 1237: ...indow a Configure the IP address of the PC network adapter to be in the same network segment as the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port on the ONU default 192 168 100 1 b Open the Web browser and enter the IP address of the local maintenance Ethernet port of the ONU c On the login window enter the user name default telecomadmin and password default admintelecom of the administrator A...

Страница 1238: ...If dual homing is configured Proxy Server Address below Secondary Server must be configured l If Signaling Port is empty the parameter value is the same as Media Port If the upper layer network requires isolation of media streams from signaling streams create different traffic streams for the media streams and signaling streams on the OLT create different WAN ports on the ONU and bind the created ...

Страница 1239: ...35 e Auth User Name 80001235 softx3000 huawei com f Password iadtest2 g Associated POTS 2 binding port TEL2 on the ONU h Select Enable User to enable the voice user configuration i Click Apply to apply the configuration NOTE l The parameters of the SIP based voice user must be consistent with the corresponding configuration on the softswitch l If Associated POTS is 1 port TEL1 on the ONU is bound ...

Страница 1240: ...ute c Click Apply to apply the configuration 6 Save the configuration In the navigation tree choose System Tools Configuration File In the right pane click Save Configuration to save the configuration 7 Restart the voice process In the navigation tree choose Status VoIP Information In the right pane click Restart VoIP SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Co...

Страница 1241: ... applies VoIP configurations to the ONU using the OMCI protocol This topic describes how to configure the SIP based voice service Prerequisite l The SIP interface data and POTS port data corresponding to the MG interface have been configured on the SIP server l The connection between the OLT and the SIP server is set up The OLT can ping the IP address of the SIP server successfully SmartAX MA5600T...

Страница 1242: ...730010 User phone number 2 77730020 Procedure Step 1 Configure a traffic profile Set the profile name to ftto_voip and do not limit the upstream and downstream rates Set the priority to 5 and packets are scheduled according to the priority carried Run the display traffic table ip command to query existing traffic profiles in the system If the existing traffic profiles in the system do not meet the...

Страница 1243: ...n lineprofile 1 quit Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 300 huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 300 GEM port ID to 12 and user VLAN to 300 and use traffic profile ftto_voip huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 300 inbound tra...

Страница 1244: ... a POTS port on an ONU including the impedance transmitting gain receiving gain and signaling type of the POTS port l Digitmap profile saves the digitmap information about an ONU including the timeout time of the digitmap timer and the digitmap format 1 Configure an interface common profile Run the display ont mg attribute profile command to query the existing interface common profile in the syste...

Страница 1245: ...NU 2 set the MG ID to 1 apply SIP agent profile 2 to ONU 1 and ONU 2 and use default values for other parameters If parameters in an SIP agent profile are changed the SIP agent profile must be reapplied to the ONU so that the changed parameters can take effect huawei config if gpon 0 1 if sip add 0 1 1 sipagent profile profile id 2 huawei config if gpon 0 1 if sip add 0 2 1 sipagent profile profil...

Страница 1246: ... customized parameters repeatedly the last configurations take effect In this example the default interface common profile namely interface common profile 1 is used 2 Apply an SIP service data profile Run the sippstnuser rightflag command to apply an SIP service data profile to an SIP interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run the ont sippstnuser bat apply from command to bu...

Страница 1247: ...TV WAN ports on the ONU use factory defaults l The OLT has been connected to the BRAS and the multicast source l The ONU has been added to the OLT For details see 12 3 3 Adding an ONU to an OLT Data Plan Table 12 45 Data plan Item Data ONU line profile Profile name ftto_line T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 13 ONU service profile Profile name ftto_ser ONU port capability set adaptive Traffic profile ID 8 8...

Страница 1248: ...an ONU If the ONU is connected to the STB through Ethernet port 2 map the service flow of Ethernet port 2 to GEM port 13 in the ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile name ftto_line huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 gem mapping 13 2 vlan 1000 huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 1 quit Configure the multicast forwarding mode is untagged huawei ...

Страница 1249: ... mvlan1000 igmp match group ip 224 1 1 1 to ip 224 1 1 100 5 Set the IGMP mode Select the IGMP proxy mode huawei config mvlan1000 igmp mode proxy Are you sure to change IGMP mode y n n y Command is being executed Please wait Command has been executed successfully 6 Configure the IGMP upstream port Set the IGMP upstream port ID to 0 19 0 and working mode to default Protocol packets are transmitted ...

Страница 1250: ...rofile ID 8 802 1p priority 4 CIR off unlimited Priority based scheduling policy local setting Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT 1 Configure a traffic profile Configure traffic profile 8 Set the CIR to off unlimited priority to 4 and priority based scheduling policy to local setting that is queues are scheduled based on the priority specified in the profile NOTE Run the display traffic table ip c...

Страница 1251: ... VLAN translation policy to Translate The C VLAN 2001 of the ONU is translated to S VLAN 1100 huawei config service port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 2001 tag transform translate rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 huawei config service port 4 vlan 1100 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 13 multi service user vlan 2001 tag transform translate rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 3 Save the data huawei con...

Страница 1252: ...cos queue map cos0 0 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 l Configure system security Enable deny of service DoS anti attack on the OLT 1 Run the security anti dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti attack 2 Run the security anti dos control packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs 3 Run the security anti dos control packet rate comm...

Страница 1253: ...at the global level When you run this command select the enable forward or rebuild parameter based on site requirements The three parameters can all enable DHCP Option 82 but provide different packet processing policies on the OLT For details see the dhcp option82 command The port level In global config mode run the dhcp option82 port or dhcp option82 board command to enable DHCP Option 82 at the ...

Страница 1254: ...d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run the vlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN The service port level In global config mode run the pitp service port command to enable PITP at the service port level 2 On the OLT run the pitp permit forwarding service port command with the enable parameter selected to allow ONU PPPoE packe...

Страница 1255: ...ate l An ONU supports only once call emulation Multicast emulation This function enables you to simulate a multicast user going online and lead the program stream to an ONU You can check whether the multicast service is normal by checking the real time traffic of the multicast program Multicast services configured in the dynamic controllable multicast mode do not support this function Data plan It...

Страница 1256: ...protocol E chap pap chap Command pppoe simulate start 0 1 eth 4 100 user name test huawei user password test authentication mode chap huawei config if gpon 0 1 ONT PPPoE Test Result F S P 0 1 0 ONT ID 1 ONT ETH Port ID 4 ONT Vlan ID 100 Vlan Priority Emluator result Success Session ID 18814 User IP 172 16 100 109 Gateway IP 172 16 100 1 l Troubleshooting methods for the Internet access service 1 C...

Страница 1257: ...nfig test ont emulational call caller port 0 1 0 1 1 telno 28777192 cr caller stop time K Command ont emulational call caller port 0 1 0 1 1 telno 28777192 2 The ONU outputs the call emulation result after the test is complete The service is functional if the test result is success huawei config test F S P 0 1 0 ONT ID 0 ONT POTSID 1 Test type caller emulational call test Detected number 28777192 ...

Страница 1258: ...e query result shows that the registration fails or the voice service is in the registering state for a long time check whether the voice configuration on the MGC SIP server is consistent with that on the ONU l Verify the multicast service using multicast emulation 1 Run the igmp static join command to simulate a multicast user to order a multicast program huawei config btv huawei config btv igmp ...

Страница 1259: ...ltiple branches requires intercommunication between different branches or between its headquarter and branches Virtual private network VPN can achieve secure interconnection but requires additional devices and complex management It requires high costs even if a leased VPN is used In addition the bandwidth provided by a VPN is limited due to restricted VPN access modes and the bandwidth control is ...

Страница 1260: ...nected to a PON port should not exceed eight 2 The number of enterprises or branches connected to a PON board should not exceed 64 3 The number of enterprises connected to an OLT cannot exceed 200 20G 100M if the upstream bandwidth is 2 x 10GE The number of enterprises connected to an OLT is mainly restricted by the upstream bandwidth 12 4 3 2 Configuration Procedure Figure 12 14 shows the configu...

Страница 1261: ...riority based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security OLT Configuring E2E Reliability The upstream and downstream networking protection ensures the E2E reliability Link aggregation and protection groups can be configured for upstream networking protection Type x protection for PON ports can be configure...

Страница 1262: ... lineprofile add Service profile Describes the parameters of the ONT managed by the OLT in OMCI mode Query display ont srvprofile Add ont srvprofile add Alarm profile Provides a series of alarm threshold parameters that are used for performance measurement and monitoring of activated ONU lines Query display gpon alarm profile Add gpon alarm profile add l An ONU can be added in two modes Select eit...

Страница 1263: ...ONU profiles 1 Configure a DBA profile huawei config dba profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 102400 max 122880 2 Configure an ONU line profile a Create GPON ONU line profile 10 huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 NOTE Create a line profile according to the data plan The ID of the line profile to be created cannot conflict with existing profile IDs in the system In this example the ...

Страница 1264: ... d Run the commit command to make the configurations take effect huawei config gpon srvprofile 11 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 11 quit 4 Set the ID of the native VLAN containing Ethernet port 1 to 300 huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont port native vlan 1 1 eth 1 vlan 300 huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei config interface gpon 0 4 huawei config if gpon 0 4 on...

Страница 1265: ...If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the optical module l If Config state is failed the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnose mode to che...

Страница 1266: ...2 2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan Procedure Step 1 Configure an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it Set the SVLAN ID of the Layer 2 interoperation service to 300 VLAN type to smart VLAN and add upstream port 0 19 0 to the VLAN huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Step 2 Configure a traffic profile Add a new traffic profile 10 and set the assured rate to 100 Mbit s Packets...

Страница 1267: ...vlan srvprof 1 quit huawei config multicast unknown policy service port 301 transparent huawei config multicast unknown policy service port 302 transparent huawei config vlan bind service profile 300 profile id 1 End 12 4 3 5 Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority based scheduling policies for upstream queues to ensure service rel...

Страница 1268: ...ti spoofing 2 Enable IP address anti spoofing at VLAN level perform the following operations to enable IP address anti spoofing in service profile mode a Run the vlan service profile command to create a VLAN service profile b Run the security anti ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti spoofing at VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run ...

Страница 1269: ... 0 1 ingress workmode lacp static l Configure a protection group Configure upstream ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 on board GIU as a port protection group Set port 0 19 0 as the working port and port 0 19 1 as the protection port set the working mode to time delay detection and enable the protection group huawei config protect protect group first 0 19 0 second 0 19 1 eth workmode timedelay enable l Confi...

Страница 1270: ... Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU The ports on the GPON service board are 0 3 1 and 0 3 2 The link at port 0 3 1 is the working link The link at port 0 3 2 is the protection link The ONU ID is 1 The ONU is authenticated by serial number SN The SN of the ONU is 32303131B39FD641 and the management mode is SNMP The ID of the line profile bo...

Страница 1271: ... only the Ethernet QinQ private line service It does not support TDM services including Native TDM and SAToP Figure 12 17 Type C dual homing protection Active OLT ONU Splitter A Active Standby Splitter B Standby OLT As shown in the preceding figure Type C dual homing protection is configured for two OLTs huawei_A and huawei_B huawei_A is the active OLT while huawei_B is the standby OLT The ports o...

Страница 1272: ...are in the same network segment or subnet segment Procedure Step 1 Check whether the VLAN configurations are correct huawei config display vlan 300 cr inner vlan K to K Command display vlan 300 VLAN ID 300 VLAN type smart VLAN attribute common VLAN description VLAN forwarding mode in control board VLAN MAC VLAN forwarding mode VLAN MAC VLAN broadcast packet forwarding policy forward VLAN unknown m...

Страница 1273: ...cy fabric forward Binding VLAN list 300 Step 2 Check whether the service port is normal huawei config display service port vlan 300 cr autosense K sort by K Command display service port vlan 300 Switch Oriented Flow List INDEX VLAN VLAN PORT F S P VPI VCI FLOW FLOW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA 10 300 common gpon 0 3 1 1 12 vlan 300 up 11 300 common gpon 0 3 1 2 12 vlan 300 up Total 2 Up Down...

Страница 1274: ...s follows 2 You can see one PC in My Network Places on the other PC and the two PCs can share data End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 12 FTTO Configuration SOHO and SME Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1249 ...

Страница 1275: ...Before configuring the enterprise access service you are advised to learn about the basic knowledge 13 2 Principle of Planning Data for Enterprise Access Service This topic plans data for the enterprise access service from multiple dimensions The data plan guides configuration and optimization of the enterprise service in different scenarios 13 3 Configuring Enterprise Access Service GPON This top...

Страница 1276: ...escription IP PBX IP private branch exchange PBX is an IP based enterprise telephone exchange system IP PBX uses ICT technology to seamlessly integrate voice communication into the data communication network of an enterprise simply network architecture and provide better voice communication between branches of the enterprise PRA PBX PRA PBX that is TDM PBX also called a switch is a telephone excha...

Страница 1277: ...to the protocol suitable for the other device or tools to achieve the interoperability In this document it implements protocol conversion between V 24 V 35 and E1 Access Side Concept Description PON A passive optical network PON uses a point to multipoint P2MP network architecture A PON network consists of three parts optical line terminal OLT optical distribution network ODN and optical network u...

Страница 1278: ...used only for signals SDH is suitable for the fiber communications system with high speed and a large capacity since it uses synchronous multiplexing and flexible mapping structure NGN IMS A next generation network NGN is a network that uses softswitches as its core and uses open and standardized architectures to provide abundant services such as VoIP video and data The IP multimedia subsystem IMS...

Страница 1279: ...DN private line services to E1 services The ONU accesses the E1 services and encapsulates the service packets in TDM over GEM mode and then transmits the packets to the OLT The OLT decapsulates the service packets to E1 data and transmits the data to the SDH network through upstream E1 STM 1 ports achieving transparent transmission of DDN services SCUN GPBC GPBD TOPA For E1 upstream transmission t...

Страница 1280: ...Enterprise E1 T1 unified access OLT Cascading ONU accesses the E1 T1 service in SAToP mode and transmits the service to the OLT at the local site OLT_B over the GPON line OLT_B transparently transmits the service to another OLT with SDH resources OLT_A through GE 10GE ports OLT_A SCUN GPBC GPBD EDTB GICK X2CS OLT_B SCUN GPBC GPBD GICK X2CS MA5612 MA5628 13 1 3 GPON ONU Capability Set This topic de...

Страница 1281: ...nterfaces 22xFE electrical interfaces when two EIUC boards are configured l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces 6xFE electrical interfaces 16xE1 T1 interfaces when two E81A boards are configured l V800R308C00 l V800R308C01 l V800R310C00 l V800R311C00 l V800R312C00 MA5628 There are two types of MA5628 integrated and box type Both integrated MA5628 and box type MA5628 provide l 4xE1 T1 interfaces l ...

Страница 1282: ...erprise service flows are forwarded at Layer 2 within the FTTx network Therefore no IP addresses need to be planned on the OLT and ONUs for enterprise users Enterprises DDN private line access No IP addresses need to be planned because ONUs access the private line service through E1 Enterprise IP PBX access No IP addresses need to be planned because the OLT and ONUs provide Layer 2 transparent cha...

Страница 1283: ...OLT l Service flows of the same enterprise can have different VLANs on ONUs but the VLANs must be translated to the same VLAN on the OLT l The same CVLAN is planned for different branches of an enterprise l Different CVLANs are planned for different enterprises The OLT allocates a global SVLAN to each enterprise CVLAN SLVAN NOTICE Packets must be forwarded based on VLAN MAC at Layer 2 instead of S...

Страница 1284: ...ransmits packets with CVLANs from ONUs Recommended Double VLAN tags Each OLT uses double VLAN tags an outer VLAN tag SVLAN and inner VLAN tag CVLAN SLVANs are the same but CLVANs are different In this way the number of VLANs required for the metro network is significantly reduced 1 Different user VLANs are planned for different services service packets with different destination addresses or paths...

Страница 1285: ... the enterprise access service is end to end QoS policies include traffic classification marking and scheduling traffic monitoring and DBA policies QoS policies for different scenarios are different This topic provides QoS policies in the following scenarios Layer 2 interoperation Between Different Enterprise Branches Parameter Value Traffic classification marking and scheduling policies 802 1p pr...

Страница 1286: ...fic on PON lines Parameter Value Remarks T CONT It is recommended that the number of T CONTs do not exceed 3 The T CONT ID ranges from 1 to 3 It is recommended that all E1 lines of the same ONU use the same T CONT DBA type Fixed bandwidth and minimum delay The DBA must be configured properly to achieve low delay low jitter and zero packet loss so that the quality of the DDN private line service ca...

Страница 1287: ...kets and VoIP service packets The maximum bandwidth is equal to or higher than the maximum bandwidth applied by the user Downstream traffic profile Downstream traffic rate is not limited ONU Upstream port rate limit Set this parameter based on requirements Downstream port rate limit Set this parameter based on requirements Enterprise IP PBX Access The QoS policies for this scenario are the same as...

Страница 1288: ...ol packets Different equipment configurations are required for transparently transmitting different protocol packets Configurations for Protocol Transparent Transmission Protocol Type Protocol Description Configuration remarks 1 BPDU STP MSTP RSTP IS IS The function of transparently transmitting BPDU packets must be enabled Configuration example huawei config vlan service profile profile id 1 huaw...

Страница 1289: ...ple huawei config multicast unknown policy service port 1 transparent Remarks 1 The configurations take effect only after the configured VLAN service profile is bound to a VLAN Command vlan bind service profile vlan id profile id 13 2 5 Principle of Security Data Plan Security planning covers planning of system security user security and service security data An appropriate security plan ensures n...

Страница 1290: ... the anti MAC duplicate function for OLT and MDU After anti MAC duplicate is enabled the system records the first MAC address learnt from the port and binds the MAC address to the port and VLAN If receiving packets sent from the host that has the same MAC address with the port the system discards the packets directly In this case it can prevent users from forging MAC addresses to perform malicious...

Страница 1291: ... main control board to prevent service interruption Mandatory Power board 1 1 protection A subrack is configured with two power boards of the same model and version which back up each other When one of the power board fails the other power board can still provide power supply to the device and so the system can still work properly Mandatory Upstream board 1 1 protection The system uses two upstrea...

Страница 1292: ...ed when traffic is transmitted upstream through STM 1 ports NOTE Link aggregation group and Ethernet protection group usually are not configured at the same time You are advised to configure only one of the two protection schemes Downstream Networking Protection Protection Scheme Description Suggestion xPON Type B Two PON ports on the same OLT back up each other When one of the PON ports fails the...

Страница 1293: ... GPON This topic describes how to configure the enterprise access service in GPON mode in different networking scenarios Context There are two xPON configuration modes distributed mode also called discrete mode and profile mode The difference between the two modes lies in command lines l Distributed mode In this mode ONTs need to be configured one by one but not in batches l Profile mode In this m...

Страница 1294: ...management It requires high costs even if a leased VPN is used In addition the bandwidth provided by a VPN is limited due to restricted VPN access modes and the bandwidth control is inflexible To address the preceding problems the Layer 2 interoperation technology using fiber access is put forward and becomes the main trend Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13 1 ONUs are deployed in branches...

Страница 1295: ...t exceed eight 2 The number of enterprises or branches connected to a PON board should not exceed 64 3 The number of enterprises connected to an OLT cannot exceed 200 20G 100M if the upstream bandwidth is 2x10GE The number of enterprises connected to an OLT is mainly restricted by the upstream bandwidth 13 3 1 2 Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for Layer 2...

Страница 1296: ...prise branches Configurations for different ONUs are similar Therefore this document uses two ONUs ONU1 and ONU2 as example to describe how to configure Layer 2 interoperation 13 3 1 3 Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning a...

Страница 1297: ...ile Provides a series of alarm threshold parameters that are used for performance measurement and monitoring of activated ONU lines Query display gpon alarm profile Add gpon alarm profile add l An ONU can be added in two modes Select either mode as required Mode Application Scenario Command Offline addition The password or serial number of an ONU has been obtained Run the ont add command to add th...

Страница 1298: ...ith existing profile IDs in the system In this example the ID of the line profile is 10 b In the line profile configuration mode bind T CONT 4 to DBA profile 20 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 4 dba profile id 20 c In the line profile configuration mode bind GEM ports to T CONTs l Add GEM port 11 for carrying the management service flow l Add GEM port 12 for carrying the Layer 2 interopera...

Страница 1299: ...nmp ont lineprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei config interface gpon 0 4 huawei config if gpon 0 4 ont add 1 ontid 2 sn auth 32303131B39FD642 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 2 Optional Bind an alarm profile By default an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 default profile You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not me...

Страница 1300: ...the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification Then the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully 13 3 1 4 Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports also called service flows on the OLT and ONUs After the connections between the in band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable yo...

Страница 1301: ...ser VLAN to 8 The OLT does not rate limit the in band management service port Therefore directly use the default traffic profile 6 huawei config service port vlan 8 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gemport 11 multi service user vlan 8 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 huawei config service port vlan 8 gpon 0 4 1 ont 2 gemport 11 multi service user vlan 8 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 Step 4 Confirm that the connections between the manag...

Страница 1302: ...kets transmitted upstream use the priority 4 by default copied from the user side Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir 102400 priority user cos 4 priority policy tag in package Step 3 Configure a service port to receive and transparently transmit the Layer 2 interoperation service that is sent from ONU 1 and ONU 2 Set the...

Страница 1303: ...transparent huawei config multicast unknown policy service port 302 transparent huawei config vlan bind service profile 300 profile id 1 End 13 3 1 6 Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports on ONUs This topic describes how to configure service ports on ONUs and configure upstream VLANs to make the ONU to user connection reachable and create ONU to OLT upstream data channels Data Planning Configu...

Страница 1304: ...s topic describes how to configure global priority based scheduling policies for queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority Congestion control is recommended Security p...

Страница 1305: ...ing enable command to enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run thevlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN 3 Optional Run the security anti macspoofing max mac count command to set the maximum number of MAC addre...

Страница 1306: ...NU can be configured only with the same protection scheme NOTE This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes Select required protection schemes based on the carrier s requirement and actual networking scenario Procedure l Configure a link aggregation group Bind upstream ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 together as an aggregation link group Each member port in the group transmits ...

Страница 1307: ...shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection Configure two 1 N optical splitters one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single ...

Страница 1308: ...igure 13 4 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection Two PON ports on different OLTs two PON ports on an ONU two backbone optical fibers two optical splitters and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two ...

Страница 1309: ...31B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 huawei_A config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei_A config protect group 1 protect target gpon uni ont workmode dual parenting huawei_A protect group 1 protect group member port 0 3 1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B huawei_B config interface gpon 0 3 huawei_B config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 hu...

Страница 1310: ...nd service profile ID 1 VLAN bind RAIO profile index VLAN priority Standard port number 0 INDEX TYPE STATE F S P VPI VCI FLOWTYPE FLOWPARA 10 gpon up 0 3 1 1 12 vlan 300 11 gpon up 0 3 1 2 12 vlan 300 Service virtual port number 2 Note F Frame S Slot P Port VPI indicates ONT ID for PON VCI indicates GEM index for GPON v e vlan encap pri tag priority tagged huawei config display vlan service profil...

Страница 1311: ...OW RX TX STATE ID ATTR TYPE TYPE PARA 10 300 common gpon 0 3 1 1 12 vlan 300 up 11 300 common gpon 0 3 1 2 12 vlan 300 up Total 2 Up Down 2 0 huawei config display statistics service port 10 Number of upstream bytes 1044794 Number of upstream packets 4522 Number of upstream discard packets 200 Number of downstream bytes 1351261 Number of downstream packets 4677 Number of downstream discard packets...

Страница 1312: ...s mode does not require independent maintenance of the DDN network simplifying network architecture Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13 5 a protocol converter is deployed between an ONU and DDN node machine to convert DDN private line services to E1 services The ONU accesses the E1 services and encapsulates the service packets in TDM over GEM mode and then transmits the packets to the OLT T...

Страница 1313: ...inal V 24 V 35 E1 Protocol Converter 13 3 2 2 Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for the DDN private line access service SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 13 FTTO Configuration Large sized Enterprise Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co ...

Страница 1314: ...ribes how to add ONUs to the OLT ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully Context l When adding ONUs you need to bind related profiles to the ONUs including the DBA profile line profile and alarm profile SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 13 FTTO Configuration Large sized Enterprise Access Issue 01 2014 ...

Страница 1315: ...ode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay huawei config dba profile add profile id 21 type1 fix 28928 bandwidth_compensate yes huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 port dba bandwidth assignment mode 1 min loop delay huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit 2 Configure an ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 11 huawei config gpon lineprofile 11 tcont 1 d...

Страница 1316: ...trol flag active Indicates that the ONU is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONU is online Config state normal Indicates that the ONU is in normal state Other command output is omitted huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit End Follow up Procedure When Config state is failed Run state is offline or Match state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to...

Страница 1317: ...dress for ONU 3 192 168 50 2 24 Procedure Step 1 Configure the in band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT Set the in band management VLAN to 8 VLAN priority to 6 and IP address to 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config vlan 8 smart huawei config port vlan 8 0 19 0 huawei config vlan priority 8 6 huawei config interface vlanif 8 huawei config if vlanif8 ip address 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config if vl...

Страница 1318: ...STM 1 lines Each E1 line provides 2 Mbit s bandwidth After being mapped aligned and encapsulated 63xE1 signals are multiplexed into one STM 1 signal through VC12 One STM 1 line provides 155 Mbit s When the OLT transmits data to SDH equipment through STM 1 lines pay attention to the VC12 mode and VC12 number l When the OLT is interconnected with Huawei SDH equipment the VC12 mode is huawei and the ...

Страница 1319: ...g Clock Synchronization In this scenario the E1 STM 1 line clock can be used to achieve network wide clock synchronization Prerequisites The clock daughter board CKMC CKMD must be on the SCU main control board Context Configuration roadmap for clock synchronization 1 The OLT traces the upstream E1 STM 1 line clock of the TOPA board as the system clock 2 The system clock is delivered to an ONU thro...

Страница 1320: ...display clock mode Clock manage mode Third mode Clock subboard work mode Tracing l Configure a clock on the ONU 1 Configure the GPON line clock as the system clock The system clock of the OLT is delivered to the ONU through the GPON port on the OLT achieving clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU a Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the GPON upstream port...

Страница 1321: ...2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO 8 NO 9 NO End 13 3 2 7 Verifying Services This topic describes how to use the PDH SDH tester to verify the private line access service Prerequisites The private line service has been configured Networking Figure 13 6 Test setup for E1 upstream service E1 port loopback E1 E1 line tester Internal free run clock OLT trace the clock of the tester ONU trace the clock of th...

Страница 1322: ...e tester to send packets for the test The test duration must be 12 hours or longer There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E 9 End Follow up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails you can check for the failure causes by performing loopbacks The following loopbacks are supported l Remote loopback on the OLT TOPA board l Local loopback on the ...

Страница 1323: ...d and the E1 port on the ONU is normal E1 line tester OLT ONU Local loopback E1 Enable Disable the local loopback for the E1 port huawei config interface top 0 5 huawei config if top 0 5 loopback 0 local huawei config if top 0 5 undo loopback 0 Enable Disable the local loopback for the STM 1 port huawei config interface top stm1 0 5 huawei config if top stm1 0 5 loopback 0 local huawei config if t...

Страница 1324: ...ata and video services 13 3 3 1 Service Requirement and Application Scenario Service Requirement l The IP private branch exchange PBX data can be transparently transmitted on the PON network l The operation method for end users connected to the IP PBX is not changed Application Scenario As shown in Figure 13 8 ONUs access IP PBX services through FE GE ports The OLT transparently transmits the data...

Страница 1325: ...tart Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies Verifying IP PBX Services End OLT Side ONU Side Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports Configuring E2E Reliability SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 13 FTTO Configuration Large sized Enterprise Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei T...

Страница 1326: ... parameters l ONU ID 1 l SN 32303131B39FD641 Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles 1 Configure a DBA profile huawei config dba profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 102400 max 122880 2 Configure an ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 4 dba profile id 20 Bind T CONT 4 to DBA profile 20 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 ge...

Страница 1327: ...trol flag active Indicates that the ONU is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONU is online Config state normal Indicates that the ONU is in normal state Other command output is omitted huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit End Follow up Procedure When Config state is failed Run state is offline or Match state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to...

Страница 1328: ...dress for ONU 3 192 168 50 2 24 Procedure Step 1 Configure the in band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT Set the in band management VLAN to 8 VLAN priority to 6 and IP address to 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config vlan 8 smart huawei config port vlan 8 0 19 0 huawei config vlan priority 8 6 huawei config interface vlanif 8 huawei config if vlanif8 ip address 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config if vl...

Страница 1329: ...VLAN ID 1300 VLAN attribute q in q CVLAN upstream VALN of the ONU 300 Traffic profile Profile ID 10 Assured bandwidth 100 Mbit s Priority source user cos Default priority 4 NOTE Because packets transmitted from the OLT carry two VLAN tags the interconnected equipment on the metro network must be able to identify and restore packets with two VLAN tags Procedure Step 1 Configure an SVLAN and add an ...

Страница 1330: ...g transform transparent End 13 3 3 6 Configuring Ethernet Access Service Ports on ONUs This topic describes how to configure service ports on ONUs and upstream VLANs to make the connections between ONUs and user terminals reachable and create upstream channels between ONUs and the OLT achieving access of IP PBX services through Ethernet ports Data Planning Configuration Item Data Port Upstream por...

Страница 1331: ...g policies for queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure service security Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority Congestion control is recommended Security policies cover system security user security and service security w...

Страница 1332: ...ing enable command to enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take effect d Run the quit command to quit the VLAN service profile mode e Run thevlan bind service profile command to bind the created VLAN service profile to a VLAN 3 Optional Run the security anti macspoofing max mac count command to set the maximum number of MAC addre...

Страница 1333: ...NU can be configured only with the same protection scheme NOTE This topic describes how to configure five mainstream protection schemes Select required protection schemes based on the carrier s requirement and actual networking scenario Procedure l Configure a link aggregation group Bind upstream ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 together as an aggregation link group Each member port in the group transmits ...

Страница 1334: ...shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection Configure two 1 N optical splitters one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C single ...

Страница 1335: ...gure 13 11 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection Two PON ports on different OLTs two PON ports on an ONU two backbone optical fibers two optical splitters and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C single homing protection scheme is that the ONU needs to be dual homed to two ...

Страница 1336: ...131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 huawei_A config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei_A config protect group 1 protect target gpon uni ont workmode dual parenting huawei_A protect group 1 protect group member port 0 3 1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B huawei_B config interface gpon 0 3 huawei_B config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 h...

Страница 1337: ...as been registered 2 User B is a common IMS user and has been registered 3 User A and user B are idle 1 User A is a common IMS user and has been registered 2 User B accesses the network through the IP PBX and has been registered 3 User A and user B are idle Test proced ure 1 User A calls user B 2 User B answers the call Check the call between user A and user B 3 User A releases the call The same a...

Страница 1338: ...ll data is carried over IP which greatly lowers communication costs for enterprises and retains good call quality l No extra investment is required because the voice service is deployed directly using the PRA PBX l Free calls can be made between branches in different regions l More value added services can be provided based on IP networks In addition the operation method for end users connected to...

Страница 1339: ... Verifying PRA PBX Services End OLT Side ONU Side Configuring VoIP PRA Services Configuring E2E Reliability 13 3 4 3 Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 13 FTTO Configuration Large sized Enterprise ...

Страница 1340: ... profile add profile id 20 type3 assure 102400 max 122880 2 Configure an ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 4 dba profile id 20 Bind T CONT 4 to DBA profile 20 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 11 eth tcont 0 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem add 12 eth tcont 4 Add GEM port 12 to T CONT 4 huawei config gpon lineprof...

Страница 1341: ...t the ONU is in normal state Other command output is omitted huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit End Follow up Procedure When Config state is failed Run state is offline or Match state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the op...

Страница 1342: ...s to 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config vlan 8 smart huawei config port vlan 8 0 19 0 huawei config vlan priority 8 6 huawei config interface vlanif 8 huawei config if vlanif8 ip address 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config if vlanif8 quit Step 2 Configure the in band management VLAN and IP address for the ONU huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip address 192 16...

Страница 1343: ...The single SVLAN is a mainstream application and is recommended Procedure Step 1 Configure an SVLAN and add an upstream port to it Set the SVLAN ID of the PRA PBX service to 300 VLAN type to smart and add upstream port 0 19 0 to the VLAN huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 Step 2 Configure a traffic profile for the service port Add a new traffic profile 10 and set the a...

Страница 1344: ...face attributes and voice user attributes on AGs must be consistent with those on the MGC Therefore before configuring the VoIP voice service plan data with the MGC Context IUA is the ISDN Q 931 User Adaptation Layer protocol IUA links carry signaling exchanged between ONUs and MGCs Data Plan Table 13 8 Data plan for VoIP PRA service Configuration Item Data VLAN VLAN ID 300 IP address of the Layer...

Страница 1345: ...0 10 10 24 huawei config if vlanif300 quit Step 2 Configure the media and signaling IP address pools The media and signaling IP addresses are 10 10 10 10 and the media gateway IP address is 10 10 10 1 huawei config voip huawei config voip ip address media 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 huawei config voip ip address signaling 10 10 10 10 huawei config voip quit NOTE The media IP address can be different fr...

Страница 1346: ...se the interface cannot take effect l You can perform a cold reset on the MG interface only after the following parameters are correctly configured mgip mgport primary mgc ip1 or mgc domain name1 mgcport_1 code transfer and mg media ip 4 Query the running status of the MG interface If the MG interface is interconnected with the MGC successfully the MG interface is in normal state which indicates t...

Страница 1347: ...e command to globally enable DoS anti attack 2 Run the security anti dos control packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs 3 Run the security anti dos control packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate of sending protocol packets to the CPU Enable IP address anti attack on both the OLT and ONUs Run the securit...

Страница 1348: ...N level 3 Run the security anti ipspoofing service port serviceport id enable command to enable IP address anti spoofing at the service port level End 13 3 4 8 Configuring E2E Reliability This topic describes how to configure end to end E2E protection schemes for the enterprise private line service which has a high requirement on service reliability Context Reliability covers equipment reliability...

Страница 1349: ...ni port workmode timedelay huawei protect group 0 protect group member port 0 3 1 role work huawei protect group 0 protect group member port 0 3 2 role protect huawei protect group 0 protect group enable NOTE The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured That is the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port l Co...

Страница 1350: ...wei protect group 1 quit l Configure the Type C dual homing protection Figure 13 15 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection Two PON ports on different OLTs two PON ports on an ONU two backbone optical fibers two optical splitters and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C singl...

Страница 1351: ...131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 huawei_A config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei_A config protect group 1 protect target gpon uni ont workmode dual parenting huawei_A protect group 1 protect group member port 0 3 1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B huawei_B config interface gpon 0 3 huawei_B config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 h...

Страница 1352: ...s been registered 2 User B is a common MGC user and has been registered 3 User A and user B are idle 1 User A is a common MGC user and has been registered 2 User B accesses the network through the PRA PBX and has been registered 3 User A and user B are idle Test proced ure 1 User A calls user B 2 User B answers the call Check the call between user A and user B 3 User A releases the call The same a...

Страница 1353: ...tructure agnostic time division multiplexing over packet SAToP encapsulation on the service After receiving the signals the OLT restores E1 signals and transmits the signals to the SDH network l For carriers with this networking they can win enterprise users with GPON lines which support long distance transmission and high bandwidth With the trend of fiber in and copper out deployment of GPON line...

Страница 1354: ...ections Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies ONU Side Configuring Clock Synchronization Configuring Network Protection SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 13 FTTO Configuration Large sized Enterprise Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1329 ...

Страница 1355: ...mmended DBA bandwidth of 6 Mbit s Line profile Profile ID 10 T CONT ID 1 GEM port ID for management service 11 GEM port ID for DDN private line service 12 Networking data PON port 0 3 1 ONU parameters l ONU ID 1 l SN 32303131B39FD641 Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles 1 Configure a DBA profile and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay For exam...

Страница 1356: ...file 1 default profile You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements In this example the default alarm profile is used Therefore you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile Step 3 Confirm the ONU status After adding an ONU run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU Ensure that Control flag is a...

Страница 1357: ...t service ports also called service flows on the OLT and ONUs After the connections between the in band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs Data Plan Configuration Item Data Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart In band management IP address 192 168 50 1 2...

Страница 1358: ...vice Ports This topic describes how to configure a SAToP connection of the IP UDP encapsulation type and a service port to enable packets of enterprise to be encapsulated on ONUs and restored on OLTs Prerequisites Required hardware is available l Main control boards on the OLT SCUN CKMC CKMD l Upstream board on the OLT EDTB for E1 upstream transmission l Service board on the OLT GPBD l ONU MA5612 ...

Страница 1359: ...figuration modes statically configured or dynamically obtained at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained which facilitates configuration and maintenance Remark 2 The UDP port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services For example port 80 is used for HTTP service The dynamic and pri...

Страница 1360: ...te MAC address the MAC address of the E1 access board on the ONU which can be queried by running the display cesop mac address command on the ONU is 00e0 fc01 0450 create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows huawei config cesop connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local udp 50048 remote mac 00e0 fc01 0450 remote ip 10 10 50 20 remote udp 50048 Step 3 Optional Configure attributes of the SAToP connectio...

Страница 1361: ... UDP port number 50048 remark 2 E1 port ONU Board IP address 10 10 50 20 Board MAC address dynamically obtained remark 1 UDP port number 50048 remark 2 VLAN SVLAN 300 Remark 1 MAC address configuration modes statically configured or dynamically obtained at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained which facilitates conf...

Страница 1362: ...ode as follows huawei config cesop connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local udp 50048 remote mac 0800 3E32 5310 remote ip 10 10 50 10 remote udp 50048 Step 4 Optional Configure attributes of the SAToP connection NOTE The attributes of the SAToP connection on the OLT must be consistent with those on the ONU Generally use the system default values l Run the cesop rtp command to configure whether the SAToP pack...

Страница 1363: ...the system clock source are correct and the status is Normal huawei config display clock source system Index Board Source Clk type State Priority QL Selected 0 H802EDTB 0 5 0 E1 Normal 0 YES Run the display clock mode command to query the clock working mode Ensure that the clock daughter board works in tracing mode huawei config display clock mode Clock manage mode Third mode Clock subboard work m...

Страница 1364: ...it huawei config display clock source Index Config Type Source State Priority Output 0 YES line 0 0 1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO 8 NO 9 NO End 13 3 5 8 Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority based scheduling policies for queues to ensure service reliability and configure global security policies to ensure serv...

Страница 1365: ... macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address anti flapping Enable MAC address anti spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs 1 In global config mode run the security anti macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti spoofing 2 Enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level in global config mode or service profile mode a In global config mode run the security anti macspoofing vlan c...

Страница 1366: ...port serviceport id enable command to enable IP address anti spoofing at the service port level End 13 3 5 9 Configuring Network Protectio The base station access service has high requirements on reliability Therefore network protection solutions must be configured in the upstream and downstream directions Context The protection solutions supported in this scenario are Type B protection and Type C...

Страница 1367: ... Figure 13 19 Type C single homing protection OLT ONU Splitter A Backbone Fibers Protection Active Standby Tributary Fibers Protection Splitter B As shown in the preceding figure Type C single homing protecting is configured for optical fiber links between the OLT and ONU The ports on the GPON service board are 0 3 1 and 0 3 2 The link at port 0 3 1 is the working link The link at port 0 3 2 is th...

Страница 1368: ...he internal free run clock the OLT trace the clock of the tester and the ONU trace the clock of the OLT Step 2 Use the E1 line tester to send packets for the test The test duration must be 12 hours or longer There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E 9 End Follow up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails you can check for the failure causes b...

Страница 1369: ... edt 0 5 huawei config if edt 0 5 loopback 0 local huawei config if edt 0 5 undo loopback 0 Local loopba ck on the ONU Loops back signals to the network side on the ONU This loopback checks whether the link between the E1 port on the ONU and the EDTB board on the OLT is normal E1 E1 line tester OLT ONU Local loopback huawei config interface tdm huawei config if tdm loopback 0 local huawei config i...

Страница 1370: ...ough STM 1 ports and other nodes for example OLT_B in the following figure must access SDH resources through GE 10GE ports In this scenario ONU_B accesses the E1 T1 service in SAToP mode and transmits the service to the OLT at the local site OLT_B over the GPON line OLT_B transparently transmits the service to another OLT with SDH resources OLT_A through GE 10GE ports l For carriers with this netw...

Страница 1371: ...T1 signals and transmits the signals to the SDH network 2 Cascaded with OLT_B and transmits clock synchronization information downstream OLT_B 1 Transmits SAToP encapsulated packets in GEM frames over the GPON line 2 Transmits SAToP packets to OLT_A in Ethernet mode for decapsulation 3 Transmits clock synchronization information to ONU_B ONU_B 1 Access the E1 T1 private line service 2 Create the S...

Страница 1372: ...T If the management IP address and the IP address of OLT_B or ONU_B are not in the same network segment you also need to configure routes Procedure Step 1 Configure the management VLAN and IP address Create management VLAN 8 and set the management IP address to 192 168 50 30 and subnet mask to 255 255 255 0 huawei config vlan 8 smart huawei config interface vlanif 8 huawei config if vlanif8 ip add...

Страница 1373: ... port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services For example port 80 is used for HTTP service The dynamic and private ports are recommended Procedure Step 1 Configure EDTB board attributes Set the board working mode to SAToP huawei config interface edt 0 5 huawei config if edt 0 5 board workmode satop Configure the access mode and frame format l E1 access huawei...

Страница 1374: ... 0450 remote ip 10 10 50 20 remote udp 50048 Step 3 Optional Configure attributes of the SAToP connection NOTE The attributes of the SAToP connection on the OLT must be consistent with those on the ONU Generally use the system default values l Run the cesop rtp command to configure whether the SAToP packet carries the RTP header The SAToP packet carries the RTP header by default l Run the cesop en...

Страница 1375: ... huawei config dba profile add profile id 20 type1 fix 32768 huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 port dba bandwidth assignment mode 1 min loop delay huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit 2 Configure an ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 1 dba profile id 20 Bind T CONT 1 to DBA profile 20 huawei config gpon linep...

Страница 1376: ...t the ONU is in normal state Other command output is omitted huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit End Follow up Procedure When Config state is failed Run state is offline or Match state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the op...

Страница 1377: ...nagement IP address for ONU Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart In band management IP address 192 168 50 2 24 Procedure Step 1 Configure the in band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT Set the in band management VLAN to 8 VLAN priority to 6 and IP address to 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config vlan 8 smart huawei config port vlan 8 0 19 0 huawei config vlan priority 8 6 huawei config ...

Страница 1378: ...it for upstream and downstream packets is performed on the ONU instead of on the OLT Therefore use traffic profile 6 default To limit the rate of the service port run the traffic table ip command to add a traffic profile and bind it to the service port The CVLAN must be the same as the upstream VLAN of the ONU huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gempor...

Страница 1379: ...oard 0 1 as 10 10 50 20 huawei config interface tdm 0 1 huawei config if tdm 0 1 set ip address 10 10 50 20 Configure the board and port working mode and transmit clock l For E1 access set the working mode to UDT and configure the transmit clock as the system clock huawei config if tdm 0 1 tdm access mode E1 huawei config if tdm 0 1 port 0 udt system Step 3 Create a SAToP connection Create TDM VCL...

Страница 1380: ...ime is 125 μs l Run the cesop priority command to configure the priority of the SAToP packet The default priority is 7 End 13 3 6 8 Configuring Clock Synchronization Context Configuration concept for clock synchronization 1 OLT_A traces the upstream E1 T1 line clock of the EDTB board as the system clock 2 OLT_B Obtains the system clock by GICK X2CS boards in synchronous Ethernet mode 3 The ONU use...

Страница 1381: ...btain the system clock through the GICK board in synchronous Ethernet mode The clock is transmitted to the ONU over the GPON line huawei config clock source 0 0 19 0 huawei config clock priority system 0 Step 3 Configure a clock on the ONU 1 Configure the GPON line clock as the system clock The system clock of the OLT is delivered to the ONU through the GPON port on the OLT achieving clock synchro...

Страница 1382: ...ck source command to query configurations and the status of the system clock source huawei config if tdm quit huawei config display clock source Index Config Type Source State Priority Output 0 YES line 0 0 1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO 8 NO 9 NO End 13 3 6 9 Verifying Services This topic describes how to use the PDH SDH tester to verify the private line access service Prerequi...

Страница 1383: ...ester to send packets for the test The test duration must be 12 hours or longer There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E 9 End Follow up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails you can check for the failure causes by performing loopbacks The following loopbacks are supported l Remote loopback on the OLT EDTB board l Local loopback on the OLT...

Страница 1384: ... edt 0 5 huawei config if edt 0 5 loopback 0 local huawei config if edt 0 5 undo loopback 0 Local loopba ck on the ONU Loops back signals to the network side on the ONU This loopback checks whether the link between the E1 port on the ONU and the EDTB board on the OLT is normal E1 E1 line tester OLT ONU Local loopback huawei config interface tdm huawei config if tdm loopback 0 local huawei config i...

Страница 1385: ... Station Access Service This topic plans base station access service in a unified manner from different dimensions The data plans are used to guide configuration and optimization of base station access service in different scenarios 14 3 Configuring Base station access Clock Synchronization This topic describes the concept and principle of clock synchronization in bse station access network clock ...

Страница 1386: ...t Description BTS Base transceiver station a 2G base station BTSs are controlled by base station controllers BSCs and constitute a a base station subsystem BSS with BSCs as radio devices BTSs serve for a district and communicate with mobile stations MSs through air interfaces NodeB A 3G base station providing physical radio links between mobile devices mobile phones and the universal mobile teleco...

Страница 1387: ...ch as SDH Ethernet and OTN to transmit services BSC RNC BSC Base station controller A BSC controls a group of base stations and manages the radio network Specifically BSCs manage radio districts and channels operate and maintain radio devices manage connections of MSs and provide interfaces between base stations and the mobile switching center MSC Radio control functions can be integrated in BSCs ...

Страница 1388: ...ween the ONU and the OLT in the Native TDM mode SCUN GPBC GPBD TOPA l E1 upstream transmission The daughter board for TOPA is NH1A l STM 1 upstream transmission The daughter board for TOPA is O2CE MA5612 MA5628 E1 base station access service in SAToP mode the ONU accesses E1 T1 services of the 2G or 3G base station through the unified hardware port and then transmits the service data to the OLT in...

Страница 1389: ...s the supported hardware capability features and network position of ONUs on a GPON FTTM access network In FTTx V100R013C00 the MA5694S MA5698 MA5898 MA5612 MA5628 and MA5673 mainly apply to the FTTM access service Table 14 1 shows the ONU capability set Table 14 1 ONU capability set ONU Type User Interface Supported ONU Version MA5694S As an outdoor box type device MA5694S is used for data backha...

Страница 1390: ...igured l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces 6xFE electrical interfaces 16xE1 T1 interfaces 16xPOTS interfaces optional 1xRF interface when two E81A boards are configured For the bottom plate without POTS ports l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces 6xFE electrical interfaces 32xPOTS interfaces when two ASNB boards are configured l Supports 2xGE electrical interfaces 22xFE electrical interfaces whe...

Страница 1391: ...ss Planning Scenario IP Address Planning Equipment management A management IP address is allocated to each OLT ONU Management IP addresses of ONUs connected to the same OLT are usually in the same network segment Private IP addresses planned by the carrier are used for the purpose of security E1 base station access service in Native TDM mode No IP addresses need to be planned because ONUs access t...

Страница 1392: ...cenario VLAN Planning VLAN Translation ONU OLT E1 base station access service in Native TDM mode Use a reserved CVLAN starts from 4000 NOTICE A reserved CVLAN cannot be used for Ethernet services on ONUs N A N A E1 T1 base station access service in SAToP mode Plan a global VLAN on the OLT and ONUs which cannot conflict with other service VLANs N A N A SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service ...

Страница 1393: ... of packets sent from the base stations are translated to a specified CVLAN based on service types The OLT transparently transmits packets with CVLANs from ONUs Recommended Double VLAN tags Each OLT uses double VLAN tags an outer VLAN tag SVLAN and inner VLAN tag CVLAN SLVANs are the same but CLVANs are different In this way the number of VLANs required for the metro network is significantly reduc...

Страница 1394: ...sured DBA bandwidth Nx7232 kbit s is recommended N is the number of E1 lines It is recommended that the T CONT ID be 1 2 or 3 and all E1 lines of the same ONU use the same T CONT This setting can leverage bandwidth resources Each E1 line requires only 5440 kbit s E1 T1 Base Station Access Service in GPON SAToP Mode In this scenario ONUs access services through E1 T1 lines Therefore the QoS policie...

Страница 1395: ...t only ensures a fixed bandwidth for users but also enables users to preempt a certain amount of bandwidth but the total bandwidth cannot exceed the maximum bandwidth DBA bandwidth Configure DBA bandwidth based on bandwidth requirements of base stations Downstream traffic profile Configure a traffic profile based on bandwidth requirements of base stations ONU Upstream port rate limit Rates of upst...

Страница 1396: ...s such as Huawei SYNLOCK T6020 that obtain standard time synchronization information using GPS This solution is recommended for 3G and LTE stations 1588V2 time The OLT obtains the 1588v2 time by using the upstream network interface the time is transmitted by the upstream network hop by hop Then the OLT transmits the time to the ONU through the GPON line After recovering the time the ONU transmits ...

Страница 1397: ...urity features Select the security feature recommended in this topic according to actual ONU capabilities System Security Security Vulnerability Solution Description and Usage Suggestion DoS attack Enable the anti DoS attack function for OLT and MDU After the anti DoS attack function is enabled control packets are monitored and those exceeding the number threshold are discarded Use this solution f...

Страница 1398: ... MAC spoofing is enabled the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks Use this solution for new site deployment IP spoofing Enable the anti IP spoofing function for MDU After anti IP spoofing is enabled the system can prevent users from forging IP addresses to perform malicious attacks Use this solution for new site deployment 14 2 6 Planning Reliability Data...

Страница 1399: ...ne upstream port and two upstream ports are bound together using Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP When the active upstream port fails traffic will be transmitted upstream through the standby upstream port This protection scheme is recommended when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream Upstream Networking Protection Protection Scheme Description Suggestion Link aggregation group ...

Страница 1400: ...e of the two protection schemes Downstream Networking Protection Protection Scheme Description Suggestion xPON Type B Two PON ports on the same OLT back up each other When one of the PON ports fails the system automatically switches to the other PON port This protection scheme provides port level protection with low costs It protects services against fiber failure at the working port It rovides po...

Страница 1401: ...ime Synchronization This topic describes the clock time synchronization concept clock time synchronization solutions supported by the system and solution comparison Proper clock synchronization solutions are selected for Base station access networks based on base station type and equipment layout Synchronization Concept Synchronization includes frequency synchronization and time synchronization Fr...

Страница 1402: ...S TOD BITS E1 OLT Base station EDTB card Selector Selector The figure shows that the OLT can obtain the following clock sources l BITS clock source l E1 STM 1 T1 line clock source l Synchronous Ethernet line clock l 1PPS ToD time injection l End to end 1588v2 clock source l Internal clock sources are not recommended because they are in free oscillation state and do not have advantages in precision...

Страница 1403: ...specifications defined in G 8261 when no stratum 3 clock units are configured 2 No requirements on delay jitter or pack loss of a PSN network 1 The OLT must have BITS clock resources 2 BITS clocks cannot provide independent service clocks for each E1 channel 3 BITS clocks support only frequency synchronization Board that support this feature H801CITD configured with the H801BITSB daughter board Sm...

Страница 1404: ...mance in terms of stability and reliability 1 In E1 STM 1 upstream transmission the OLT must be in the same office as SDH equipment 2 E1 STM 1 line clocks support only frequency synchronization Boards that support this feature l STM 1 line clock H801TOPA configured with the H801CSSA daughter board or H801TOPA configured with the H801O2CE daughter board l E1 line clock H801TOPA configured with the ...

Страница 1405: ... 2 Ethernet clocks support only frequency synchronization Boards that support this feature H801X2CS H801GSCA H801GICK H801SPUA and H801SPUF 1PPS ToD time injection Applies to the BTS that requires time synchronization such as CDMA2000 TD SCDMA LTE When the OLT upstream network does not support 1588V2 this solution is recommended 1 This solution supports time synchronization and frequency synchroni...

Страница 1406: ...he BITS and transmits the clock to the ONU through the PON line and then downstream to the base station implementing clock synchronization of the entire network Application Context As shown in Figure 14 2 the OLT receives the clock from the BITS and the clock share the same clock source with the BSC RNC Then the OLT transmits the clock to the ONU through the PON line clock After recovering the clo...

Страница 1407: ...T side clock 1 Configure a system clock source Run the clock source command to configure BITS_IN ports 0 0 0 and 0 0 1 on the CITD board as the system clock sources Set their IDs to 0 and 1 respectively huawei config clock source 0 0 0 0 2mhz 120ohm huawei config clock source 1 0 0 1 2mhz 120ohm 2 Set the priority of the system clock source Run the clock priority command to configure the prioritie...

Страница 1408: ...d a Run the interface tdm command to enter the E1 port configuration mode b Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the Tx clock of the port as the system clock c Run the display port state command to query the Tx clock of the E1 port huawei config interface tdm 0 1 huawei config if tdm 0 1 port 0 udt system huawei config if tdm 0 1 display port state 0 Port 0 State normal ...

Страница 1409: ...ed for clock synchronization Application Context As shown in Figure 14 3 the OLT recovers the clock from the E1 STM 1 line This clock is transmitted by the BSC RNC through the SDH network and then transmitted to the ONU through the PON line clock After recovering the clock the ONU transmits the clock to the base station through the E1 line Figure 14 3 E1 STM 1 line clock synchronization SDH N E1 B...

Страница 1410: ... 5 0 2 Set the priority of the system clock source Run the clock priority command to configure clock source 0 to have the highest priority huawei config clock priority system 0 3 Query the configuration and status of the system clock source Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the clock source Ensure that the configuration information about the system clock...

Страница 1411: ...ource State Priority QL Selected 0 line 0 0 1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO 8 NO 9 NO End Result After the configuration of base station access service is complete use the test meter to perform tests on the E1 port of the ONU and the upstream E1 STM 1 port of the TOPA board The long term bit error ratio BER and delay should be able to meet the application requirements 14 3 4 Conf...

Страница 1412: ... the SCU board must be in position l The ethernet upstream board must be GICK GSCA GE port or X2CS 10GE port SPUF need an independent service board slot l The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT must feature the capability of Ethernet synchronization Data Plan Item Data GIU Upstream Boards Port 0 19 0 E1 port of the ONU 0 1 0 ETH port of the ONU 0 3 1 Configuration Concept 1 The OLT uses the synchronous E...

Страница 1413: ...N port implementing the clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU a Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the PON upstream port as the system clock source of the ONU b Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the clock source huawei config clock source 0 0 0 1 Clock source set succeeded huawei config clock priority system 0 2 Optional Configu...

Страница 1414: ...the clocks to the ONU through GPON lines and then downstream to the base station implementing clock synchronization of the entire network Context 1PPS ToD is a time synchronization technology The quality of clock transmitted by 1PPS ToD meets the stratum 3 clock requirement and the time quality reaches a submicrosecond precision which solves the time and clock synchronization problems of the user ...

Страница 1415: ...ck daughter board CKMC CKMD of the SCU control board must be in position l The CITD board with the BITSB daughter board must be in position l The GPON service board must be GPBD Data Plan Item Data Clock source The time is injected from the BITS IN port of the CITD board to the 1PPS ToD interface l BITS IN ports of the CITD board 0 0 0 and 0 0 1 l Clock priority p0 p1 ETH port of the ONU 0 3 1 Con...

Страница 1416: ...6 7 8 9 huawei config display clock source system Index Board Source Clk type State Priority QL Selected 0 H801CITD 0 0 0 2MHz Normal 0 YES 1 H801CITD 0 0 1 2MHz Normal 1 l Configure the ONU side clock the clock is connected to the base station by using GE port to implement time synchronization This configuration is applicable to time synchronization in the base station where synchronous base stat...

Страница 1417: ...s of the system clock source huawei config display ptp source Index Type Source State Priority Selected Lock state 0 1588 0 0 1 Normal 0 successful 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 huawei config display clock source Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected 0 line 0 0 1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO 8 NO 9 NO l Configure the ONU side clock the ONU provides the base station with a clock by us...

Страница 1418: ...ock bits type 0 clock 2mhz BITS clock parameter set successfully huawei config clock bits type 0 time 1pps protocol ubx BITS clock parameter set successfully End 14 3 6 Configuring 1588v2 Clock Synchronization In the base stations that require time synchronization such as CDMA2000 TD SCDMA LTE the OLT brings 1588v2 clocks in end to end E2E 1588v2 mode The OLT transmits the clocks to the ONU throug...

Страница 1419: ...tream board GICK or SPUF 10GE must be in position l The GPON service board must be H805GPBD H806GPBH H802GPFD Data Plan Item Data 1588v2 clock source When the 1588v2 clock packets are injected by using the GICK SPUF board or the 1588v2 clock packets of the upstream network are transparently transmitted l GE ports of the GICK board 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 l 10 GE ports of the SPUF board 0 2 0 and0 2 1 l ...

Страница 1420: ...onfigure the system clock source and time synchronization frequency synchronization a Run the command to configure the index of the system clock source The clock source can be the synchronous clock recovered from a GE or 10 GE line on the network side 1588v2 clock or BITS clock When the network supports synchronous Ethernet clock the clock is recommended b Run the clock priority system command to ...

Страница 1421: ...i config ptp source 0 0 2 0 huawei config ptp source 1 0 2 1 huawei config ptp priority 0 1 huawei config ptp port 0 2 0 enable huawei config ptp port 0 2 1 enable 4 Optional Configure the attributes of the 1588 V2 clock source Configure 1588v2 parameters such as timestamp mode of the 1588v2 packets MAC encapsulation mode and UDP encapsulation mode By default the MAC mode is used as the packet enc...

Страница 1422: ...ystem 0 2 Configure the 1588v2 time source time synchronization a Run the ptp enable command to enable the 1588v2 function huawei config ptp enable b Run the ptp source command to add the 1588v2 clock source as the system clock source huawei config ptp source 0 0 0 1 c Run the ptp priority command to configure the priority of the 1588v2 clock source huawei config ptp priority 0 3 Run the ptp port ...

Страница 1423: ... source as the system clock source huawei config clock source 0 0 0 1 b Run the clock priority command to configure the priority of the 1588v2 clock source huawei config clock priority system 0 2 Configure the 1588v2 time source time synchronization a Run the ptp enable command to enable the 1588v2 function huawei config ptp enable b Run the ptp source command to add the 1588v2 clock source as the...

Страница 1424: ...y binding profiles This mode greatly improves service provisioning efficiency Generally the xPON configuration mode is determined in a new deployment and will not be changed This chapter describes how to configure the enterprise access service in PON profile mode which is the default mode You can run the commands in the following table to query the xPON configuration mode Mode Query Method PON pro...

Страница 1425: ...ansmission of TDM services Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14 7 the ONU accesses TDM services of the 2G or 3G base station through the E1 port and then transmits the service data to the GPON service board on the OLT in the Native TDM mode The OLT restores TDM signals and then transmits the signals to the SDH network through the E1 port provided by the NH1A daughter board or STM 1 port prov...

Страница 1426: ...ation Configuring Network Protection 14 4 1 3 Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 14 FTTM Configuration Base Station Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei T...

Страница 1427: ...Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles 1 Configure a DBA profile Enable the bandwidth compensation function and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay huawei config dba profile add profile id 21 type1 fix 28928 bandwidth_compensate yes huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 port dba bandwidth assignment mode 1 min loop delay hua...

Страница 1428: ...current status of the ONU Ensure that Control flag is active Run State is online and Config state is normal The following uses ONU 1 as an example to describe how to confirm ONU status huawei config if gpon 0 3 display ont info 1 1 F S P 0 3 1 ONT ID 1 Control flag active Indicates that the ONU is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONU is online Config state normal Indicates that the ON...

Страница 1429: ...anagement VLAN and management IP address for OLT Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart In band management IP address 192 168 50 1 24 Management VLAN and management IP address for ONU Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart In band management IP address for ONU 3 192 168 50 2 24 Procedure Step 1 Configure the in band management VLAN and IP address for the OLT Set the in band manag...

Страница 1430: ...h STM 1 l GPON board GPBC GPBD Context The OLT can transmit data to the SDH network through E1 or STM 1 lines Each E1 line provides 2 Mbit s bandwidth After being mapped aligned and encapsulated 63xE1 signals are multiplexed into one STM 1 signal through VC12 One STM 1 line provides 155 Mbit s When the OLT transmits data to SDH equipment through STM 1 lines pay attention to the VC12 mode and VC12 ...

Страница 1431: ...guring Clock Synchronization In this scenario the E1 STM 1 line clock can be used to achieve network wide clock synchronization Prerequisites The clock daughter board CKMC CKMD must be on the SCU main control board Context Configuration roadmap for clock synchronization 1 The OLT traces the upstream E1 STM 1 line clock of the TOPA board as the system clock 2 The system clock is delivered to an ONU...

Страница 1432: ...nfig display clock mode Clock manage mode Third mode Clock subboard work mode Tracing l Configure a clock on the ONU 1 Configure the GPON line clock as the system clock The system clock of the OLT is delivered to the ONU through the GPON port on the OLT achieving clock synchronization between the OLT and the ONU a Run the clock source command to configure the clock recovered from the GPON upstream...

Страница 1433: ... global security policies to ensure service security Context Congestion control uses queue scheduling technology to map packets sent from the same port into multiple queues and process packets in each queue based on priority Congestion control is recommended Security policies cover system security user security and service security which ensure normal running of services NOTE Enable security featu...

Страница 1434: ...ommand to enable MAC address anti spoofing b Perform the following operations to enable MAC address anti spoofing in service profile mode a In global config mode run the vlan service profile command to create a VLAN service profile b Run the security anti macspoofing enable command to enable MAC address anti spoofing at VLAN level c Run the commit command to make the profile configuration take eff...

Страница 1435: ...em automatically switches services at the faulty port to the standby port 0 5 1 huawei config protect group 1 protect target stm nni port workmode unidirection huawei protect group 0 protect group member port 0 5 0 role work huawei protect group 0 protect group member port 0 5 1 role protect huawei protect group 0 protect group enable NOTICE OLTs only support unidirectional STM 1 protection When O...

Страница 1436: ...nt add 1 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont add 2 1 protect side huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei config protect group protect target gpon uni ont workmode portstate huawei protect group 1 protect group member port 0 3 1 ont 1 role work huawei protect group 1 protect group member port 0 3 2 ont 1 role protect huawei protect group 1 protect grou...

Страница 1437: ...n clock the OLT trace the clock of the tester and the ONU trace the clock of the OLT Step 2 Use the E1 or STM 1 line tester to send packets for the test The test duration must be 12 hours or longer There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E 9 End Follow up Procedure When the test on service connectivity fails you can check for the failure causes by performi...

Страница 1438: ...tween the TOPA board and the E1 port on the ONU is normal E1 line tester OLT ONU Local loopback E1 Enable Disable the local loopback for the E1 port huawei config interface top 0 5 huawei config if top 0 5 loopback 0 local huawei config if top 0 5 undo loopback 0 Enable Disable the local loopback for the STM 1 port huawei config interface top stm1 0 5 huawei config if top stm1 0 5 loopback 0 local...

Страница 1439: ... services over their existing FTTx networks that are established for accessing individual enterprise users In this manner carriers can implement the access of all the services at the access layer in an unified mode l ONUs are connected to 2G or 3G base stations through E1 T1 ports l GPON is used for carrying the mobile access network in a unified manner to meet mobile carriers requirements for a h...

Страница 1440: ...figuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for E1 T1 base station access service in SAToP mode SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 14 FTTM Configuration Base Station Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1415 ...

Страница 1441: ... Connections Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies ONU Side Configuring Clock Synchronization Configuring Network Protection SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 14 FTTM Configuration Base Station Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1416 ...

Страница 1442: ...recommended DBA bandwidth of 6 Mbit s Line profile Profile ID 10 T CONT ID 1 GEM port ID for management service 11 GEM port ID for DDN private line service 12 Networking data PON port 0 3 1 ONU parameters l ONU ID 1 l SN 32303131B39FD641 Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles 1 Configure a DBA profile and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode for the GPON port to minimum bandwidth delay For ...

Страница 1443: ...m profile 1 default profile You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when the default alarm profile does not meet requirements In this example the default alarm profile is used Therefore you do not need to manually bind an alarm profile Step 3 Confirm the ONU status After adding an ONU run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU Ensure that Control flag...

Страница 1444: ...gement service ports also called service flows on the OLT and ONUs After the connections between the in band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are reachable you can log in to the ONUs on the OLT and configure the ONUs Data Plan Configuration Item Data Management VLAN and management IP address for OLT Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart In band management IP address 192 168 5...

Страница 1445: ... and Service Ports This topic describes how to configure a SAToP connection of the IP UDP encapsulation type and a service port to enable packets of base stations to be encapsulated on ONUs and restored on OLTs Prerequisites Required hardware is available l Main control boards on the OLT SCUN CKMC CKMD l Upstream board on the OLT EDTB for E1 upstream transmission l Service board on the OLT GPBD l ...

Страница 1446: ...ation modes statically configured or dynamically obtained at two ends must be consistent to establish a SAToP connection It is recommended that MAC addresses be dynamically obtained which facilitates configuration and maintenance Remark 2 The UDP port cannot be a port that is widely used in the industry and for specific services For example port 80 is used for HTTP service The dynamic and private ...

Страница 1447: ... remote MAC address the MAC address of the E1 access board on the ONU which can be queried by running the display cesop mac address command on the ONU is 00e0 fc01 0450 create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows huawei config cesop connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local udp 50048 remote mac 00e0 fc01 0450 remote ip 10 10 50 20 remote udp 50048 Step 3 Optional Configure attributes of the SAToP conn...

Страница 1448: ...ical paths of the GPON board 3 The ONU uses the line clock of the GPON upstream port as the system clock 4 The ONU E1 transmit clock is synchronized with the system clock of the ONU Procedure l Configure a clock on the OLT 1 Add a system clock source Configure the E1 T1 line clock input from port 0 5 0 on the EDTB board as the system clock 0 Set the priority to 0 highest priority huawei config clo...

Страница 1449: ...command to enter the E1 port configuration mode b Run the tx clock or port portid udt system command to configure the system clock as the transmit clock of the port c Run the display port state command to query the transmit clock of the E1 port huawei config interface tdm huawei config if tdm port 0 udt system huawei config if tdm display port state 0 Port 0 State normal Mode UDT Code HDB3 Looptyp...

Страница 1450: ...ny of service DoS anti attack on both the OLT and optical network units ONUs 1 Run the security anti dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti attack 2 Run the security anti dos control packet policy command to configure a protocol packet processing policy that will be used when a DoS attack occurs 3 Run the security anti dos control packet rate command to configure the threshold for the rate...

Страница 1451: ...evels global VLAN and service port levels This function takes effect only after it is enabled at the three levels Among the three levels IP address anti spoofing is disabled only at the global level by default 1 In global config mode run the security anti ipspoofing enable command to enable IP address anti spoofing at the global level 2 In VLAN service profile mode run the security anti ipspoofing...

Страница 1452: ...14 14 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection Configure two 1 N optical splitters one for connecting the working PON ports on the OLT and ONUs and one for connecting the protection PON ports on the OLT and ONUs This protection scheme protects both the backbone fibers and tributary fibers The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type C s...

Страница 1453: ...le huawei protect group 1 quit End 14 4 2 9 Configuring ONU SAToP Connections This topic describes how to configure a SAToP connection of the IP UDP encapsulation type and a service VLAN to enable packets of base stations to be encapsulated on ONUs as Ethernet packets and then forwarded based on VLANs and MAC addresses Data Plan Configurati on Item Data EDTB OLT Port 0 5 0 Board IP address 10 10 5...

Страница 1454: ... UDP port number to 50048 The remote MAC address is obtained dynamically huawei config cesop connect tdm 10 vlan 300 local udp 50048 remote ip 10 10 50 10 remote udp 50048 NOTE You can also create a SAToP connection by configuring the MAC address statically If the remote MAC address the MAC address of the EDTB board on the OLT is 0800 3E32 5310 create a SAToP connection in static mode as follows h...

Страница 1455: ...ce acceptance tests NOTE Ensure clock synchronization for the test It is recommended that the tester use the internal free run clock the OLT trace the clock of the tester and the ONU trace the clock of the OLT Step 2 Use the E1 line tester to send packets for the test The test duration must be 12 hours or longer There should be no alarms on the tester and the bit error rate must be less than 1E 9 ...

Страница 1456: ...r the link between the EDTB board and the E1 port on the ONU is normal E1 line tester OLT ONU Local loopback E1 Enable Disable the local loopback for the E1 port huawei config interface edt 0 5 huawei config if edt 0 5 loopback 0 local huawei config if edt 0 5 undo loopback 0 Local loopba ck on the ONU Loops back signals to the network side on the ONU This loopback checks whether the link between ...

Страница 1457: ...manner to meet mobile carriers requirements for a high bandwidth and high density coverage of base stations l A simple mature solution is used for service configuration to ensure high service quality as well as high transmission efficiency Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14 16 ONUs receive the ETH service data from 3G base stations through FE GE ports encapsulate the ETH packets into GEM f...

Страница 1458: ...14 4 3 2 Configuration Process The following figure shows the configuration process for Ethernet base station access service in QinQ VLAN mode SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 14 FTTM Configuration Base Station Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1433 ...

Страница 1459: ...orts Configuring Network Protection Configuring Clock Synchronization 14 4 3 3 Adding ONUs to OLT This topic describes how to add ONUs to the OLT ONUs can be configured only after they are added to the OLT successfully SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 14 FTTM Configuration Base Station Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary an...

Страница 1460: ...ata services of base stations 14 VLAN remark 1 VLAN for management service of ONUs 8 VLAN for base station access service l VLAN for synchronization service 1000 l VLAN for OAM service 1001 l VLAN for voice and data services 1002 Networking data PON port 0 3 1 ONU parameters l ONU ID 1 l SN 32303131B39FD641 Remark 1 Ethernet base stations have multiple services and different services require diffe...

Страница 1461: ...used and no configuration is required Step 2 Add ONUs to the OLT 1 Add ONU 1 in offline mode huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 2 Optional Bind an alarm profile By default an ONU will be automatically bound to alarm profile 1 default profile You need to manually bind an alarm profile to an ONU only when t...

Страница 1462: ...according to the actual capability of the ONU and save the modification Then the ONU automatically recovers the configuration successfully 14 4 3 4 Configuring Management Service Ports on OLT and ONUs This topic describes how to configure management service ports also called service flows on the OLT and ONUs After the connections between the in band management service ports on the OLT and ONUs are...

Страница 1463: ...e QinQ VLANs and service ports to enable various packets received from base stations to be forwarded based on specified policies Prerequisites The MAN equipment for example CX600 interconnected with the OLT must support the QinQ VLAN encapsulation mode and be able to terminate QinQ VLANs Context For details on VLAN planning see 14 2 2 Principle of VLAN Data Plan VLAN translation policies for the E...

Страница 1464: ...service of base stations 1000 VLAN for voice and data services of base stations 300 CVLAN upstream VALN of the ONU VLAN for base station access service l VLAN for synchronization service 1000 l VLAN for OAM service 1001 l VLAN for voice and data services 1002 Traffic profile OAM service and synchronization service of base stations l ID 10 l CIR OFF l Ppriority source user cos default priority 7 l ...

Страница 1465: ...config traffic table ip index 11 cir 20480 priority user inner cos 7 priority policy tag in package Step 3 Configure service ports Configure service ports for the synchronization service OAM service and voice and data services of base stations huawei config service port vlan 1000 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 1000 tag transform transparent rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 Synchronizatio...

Страница 1466: ...s transmitted upstream use the priority 7 by default copied from the user VLAN Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority user cos 7 priority policy tag in package Step 3 Configure Ethernet access service ports Configure service ports for the synchronization service OAM service and voice and data services of base s...

Страница 1467: ...For details about how to configure 1588v2 time synchronization see 14 3 6 Configuring 1588v2 Clock Synchronization Data Plan Configuration Item Data GIU upstream board Port 0 19 0 ETH port on the ONU 0 3 1 Procedure l Configure a clock on the OLT 1 Add a system clock source Configure the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0 19 0 as the system clock 0 Set the priority to 0 highest priority hua...

Страница 1468: ...isplay clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source huawei config if tdm 0 1 quit huawei config display clock source Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected 0 line 0 0 1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO 8 NO 9 NO End 14 4 3 8 Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to configure global priority based ...

Страница 1469: ... enable IP address anti attack l Configure user security Enable MAC address anti flapping on both the OLT and ONUs Run the security anti macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address anti flapping Enable MAC address anti spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs 1 In global config mode run the security anti macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti spoofing 2 Enable MAC address an...

Страница 1470: ...s equipment reliability upstream networking protection and downstream networking protection For details on reliability data planning see 13 2 6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan l Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group Usually link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream protection group is configured whe...

Страница 1471: ...rotect group 0 protect group enable NOTE The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured That is the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port l Configure the Type C single homing protection Figure 14 19 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection Configure two 1 N optical splitters one for co...

Страница 1472: ...e huawei protect group 1 quit l Configure the Type C dual homing protection Figure 14 20 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection Two PON ports on different OLTs two PON ports on an ONU two backbone optical fibers two optical splitters and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C ...

Страница 1473: ...32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 huawei_A config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei_A config protect group 1 protect target gpon uni ont workmode dual parenting huawei_A protect group 1 protect group member port 0 3 1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B huawei_B config interface gpon 0 3 huawei_B config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id...

Страница 1474: ...d from the RNC Step 2 Check alarms Check logs on base stations Verify that no alarms are generated within 24 hours End 14 4 4 Symmetrical TDM PWE3 Access for OLTs on Both Sides Two OLTs are symmetrically connected to the packet switched network PSN Signals of enterprise or base transceiver station BTS private line services are transmitted to an ONU through an E1 port and then the ONU sends the sig...

Страница 1475: ...e services The model of the ONU supporting this solution is MA5698 MA5898 MA5616 Figure 14 21 Example network of symmetrical GPON TDM PWE3 access RNC BSC ToE PW1 ToE PW2 BTS NodeB E1 E1 OLT A OLT B ONU ONU TDM TDM IP MPLS 14 4 4 2 Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the procedure of symmetrically configuring TDM PWE3 access for OLTs on both sides of the packet switched network PSN B...

Страница 1476: ...ded to the OLT After the inband management service port is created and available you can log in to the ONUs from the OLT to configure the ONUs Context l When an ONU is added related profiles need to be bound to the ONU including the dynamic bandwidth allocation DBA profile line profile and alarm profile l An ONU can be added in two modes adding an ONU offline and confirming an ONU online Select ei...

Страница 1477: ...gement IP address 192 168 50 1 24 On the ONU Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart VLAN Inband management IP address 192 168 50 2 24 Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles 1 Configure the DBA profile for private line services enable bandwidth compensation and set the DBA bandwidth allocation mode of the GPON port to min loop delay huawei config dba profile add profile id 21 type1 f...

Страница 1478: ...ONU only when the default one does not meet the requirement In this example default alarm profile 1 is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Step 3 Check the ONU status After the ONU is added run the display ont info command to query the status of the ONU Ensure that Config flag of the ONU is active Run State is online and Config state is normal To query the sta...

Страница 1479: ...the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the optical module l If Config state is failed the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed configuration item...

Страница 1480: ...he loopback interface 2 2 2 2 32 PW parameters The following parameters must be the same on the 2 OLTs l PW ID 1 l PW type TDM SAToP E1 l Control word enabled l PW load time 125 μs l Size of jitter buffer 500 μs l RTP header enabled Procedure Step 1 Configure the TDM connection 1 Configure the TDM virtual channel link VCL on the ONU On GPON port 0 3 1 create the TDM VCL for E1 port 0 1 0 of ONU 0 ...

Страница 1481: ...e from OLT B to OLT A huawei config ip route static 1 1 1 1 32 10 0 0 10 After the static routes are configured successfully ping the VLAN interface or LSR ID of the peer OLT from one OLT Normally the ICMP ECHO REPLY packets from the peer OLT can be received Step 3 Configure the MPLS PW PW parameter peer address configured on the 2 OLTs is set to the LSR ID of the peer OLT and other PW parameters ...

Страница 1482: ... clock daughter board CKMC CKMD of the SCU control board is in position l The Ethernet upstream board is the GICK GSCA GE port or X2CS SPUF 10GE port board l The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT supports Synchronous Ethernet Data Plan Item Data Ethernet upstream board Port 0 19 0 NOTE The SPUF board exclusively occupies a service slot This topic uses the GIU upstream board as an example Procedure l Con...

Страница 1483: ...stem clock source Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source huawei config if tdm 0 1 quit huawei config display clock source Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected 0 line 0 0 1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO 8 NO 9 NO End 14 4 4 6 Configuring Congestion Control and Security Policies This topic describes how to confi...

Страница 1484: ... enable IP address anti attack l Configure user security Enable MAC address anti flapping on both the OLT and ONUs Run the security anti macduplicate enable command to enable MAC address anti flapping Enable MAC address anti spoofing on both the OLT and ONUs 1 In global config mode run the security anti macspoofing enable command to globally enable MAC address anti spoofing 2 Enable MAC address an...

Страница 1485: ... equipment reliability upstream networking protection and downstream networking protection For details on reliability data planning see 13 2 6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan l Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group Usually link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream protection group is configured when...

Страница 1486: ...rotect group 0 protect group enable NOTE The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured That is the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port l Configure the Type C single homing protection Figure 14 23 shows networking diagram for the Type C single homing protection Configure two 1 N optical splitters one for co...

Страница 1487: ...e huawei protect group 1 quit l Configure the Type C dual homing protection Figure 14 24 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection Two PON ports on different OLTs two PON ports on an ONU two backbone optical fibers two optical splitters and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C ...

Страница 1488: ...32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 huawei_A config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei_A config protect group 1 protect target gpon uni ont workmode dual parenting huawei_A protect group 1 protect group member port 0 3 1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B huawei_B config interface gpon 0 3 huawei_B config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id...

Страница 1489: ...e edt 0 2 huawei config if edt 0 2 loopback 0 local Step 2 Use the E1 line test instrument to send packets NOTE Ensure the synchronization between clocks It is recommended that the E1 line test instrument should use the self generated clock the OLT should trace the clock of the E1 line test instrument and the ONU should trace the clock of the OLT The test duration must be equal to or longer than 1...

Страница 1490: ...e PSN network to enable the PSN network to carry traditional circuit switched CS services 14 4 5 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Enhancing O M capability The MxU configurations can be performed on the OLT which simplifies the configuration process Minimizing network construction costs Only 1 SPUB board is required for an OLT Allowing TDM services to traverse th...

Страница 1491: ...nfigure the TDM connection and TDM PW Start Verify services End Configure clock synchronization Configure network protection OLT A OLT A B OLT A OLT A B ONU 14 4 5 3 Adding ONUs to OLT A and Configuring the Management Service Port Related configurations can be performed for ONUs only after the ONUs are successfully added to OLT A After the inband management service port is created and available yo...

Страница 1492: ...e line services and T CONT 2 for management services GEM port ID for management services 11 GEM port ID for private line services 13 Networking data PON port 0 3 1 ONU parameters l ONU ID 1 l SN 32303131B39FD641 Management VLAN and management IP address On the OLT Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart VLAN Inband management IP address 192 168 50 1 24 On the ONU Management VLAN ID 8 Manag...

Страница 1493: ...an ONU to the OLT 1 Add ONU 1 offline huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 11 2 Optional Bind the alarm profile to ONU 1 By default alarm profile 1 is automatically bound to the ONU You need to manually bind a non default alarm profile to the ONU only when the default one does not meet the requirement In this ...

Страница 1494: ...form configurations for the ONU the management service port between the OLT and the ONU is available End Follow up Procedure When Config state is failed Run state is offline or Match state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line a...

Страница 1495: ...arameters on OLT B Slot for the EDTB board 0 2 Port ID for E1 access 0 2 0 Port ID for SHDSL access 0 2 16 Transmit clock of the port system clock IP address OLT A l IP address of the VLAN interface 10 0 0 10 24 l IP address of the loopback interface 1 1 1 1 32 OLT B l IP address of the VLAN interface 10 0 0 20 24 l IP address of the loopback interface 2 2 2 2 32 PW parameters The following parame...

Страница 1496: ... if edt 0 2 board workmode satop Success Set the board workmode success huawei config if edt 0 2 quit huawei config tdm connect connectid 0 tdm pwe3 uplink 0 2 shdsl 0 2 16 Step 2 Configure the basic functions of multiprotocol label switching MPLS 1 Create VLAN 1000 add the upstream port into VLAN 1000 and configure the IP address of VLAN interface 1000 huawei config vlan 1000 smart huawei config ...

Страница 1497: ...1 to the TDM connection huawei config pw ac binding tdm 0 pw 1 Step 5 Configure the attributes of the E1 port on the ONU Log in to the ONU from the OLT and then configure the port signaling mode of E1 port 0 1 0 to UDT and the transmit clock to system huawei config interface tdm 0 1 huawei config if tdm 0 1 port 0 udt system huawei config if tdm 0 1 quit Step 6 Optional Configure the attributes of...

Страница 1498: ...se the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0 19 0 as the system clock Set the index of the system clock to 0 and priority to 0 highest priority huawei config clock source 0 0 19 0 huawei config clock priority system 0 2 Query the configurations and status of the system clock source Run the display clock source system command to query the configurations and status of the clock source Ensure tha...

Страница 1499: ...iability upstream networking protection and downstream networking protection For details on reliability data planning see 13 2 6 Principle of Reliability Data Plan l Upstream networking protection includes link aggregation group and protection group Usually link aggregation group is configured when the GIU board is used to transmit traffic upstream protection group is configured when the main cont...

Страница 1500: ...medelay huawei protect group 0 protect group member port 0 3 1 role work huawei protect group 0 protect group member port 0 3 2 role protect huawei protect group 0 protect group enable NOTE The configurations of services accessed by the ONUs remain the same after the Type B protection is configured That is the service configurations are applied only to the working GPON port l Configure the Type C ...

Страница 1501: ...e huawei protect group 1 quit l Configure the Type C dual homing protection Figure 14 28 shows the networking diagram for the Type C dual homing protection Two PON ports on different OLTs two PON ports on an ONU two backbone optical fibers two optical splitters and two tributary optical fibers are configured to implement this protection The difference between this protection scheme and the Type C ...

Страница 1502: ...32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 huawei_A config if gpon 0 3 quit huawei_A config protect group 1 protect target gpon uni ont workmode dual parenting huawei_A protect group 1 protect group member port 0 3 1 ont 1 role work Configurations on the standby OLT huawei_B huawei_B config interface gpon 0 3 huawei_B config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile id...

Страница 1503: ...e edt 0 2 huawei config if edt 0 2 loopback 0 local Step 2 Use the E1 line test instrument to send packets NOTE Ensure the synchronization between clocks It is recommended that the E1 line test instrument should use the self generated clock the OLT should trace the clock of the E1 line test instrument and the ONU should trace the clock of the OLT The test duration must be equal to or longer than 1...

Страница 1504: ...to carry circuit switched CS services 14 4 6 1 Service Requirements and Application Scenario Service Requirements Enhancing O M capability The MxU configurations can be performed on the OLT which simplifies the configuration process Minimizing network construction costs Only 1 EDTB board is required for an OLT Allowing TDM services to traverse the packet switched network PSN TDM services are deplo...

Страница 1505: ...nfigure clock synchronization OLT A B OLT A B 14 4 6 3 Configuring the TDM Connection and TDM PW TDM connections for E1 or SHDSL ports are created on OLT A and OLT B SPUB boards are used to transmit TDM PWE3 services between the 2 OLTs Prerequisites The EDTB and SPUB boards on OLT A or OLT B are in position and function normally Data Plan When OLTs are symmetrically connected to the packet switche...

Страница 1506: ...on Both OLT A and OLT B adopt E1 or SHDSL access The following shows how to configure the TDM connection l For E1 access huawei config interface edt 0 2 huawei config if edt 0 2 board workmode satop The EDTB board must work in the SAToP mode Success Set the board workmode success huawei config if edt 0 2 quit huawei config tdm connect connectid 0 tdm pwe3 uplink 0 2 e1 0 2 0 l For SHDSL access hua...

Страница 1507: ...ally the ICMP ECHO REPLY packets from the peer OLT can be received Step 3 Configure the MPLS PW PW parameter peer address configured on the 2 OLTs is set to the LSR ID of the peer OLT and other PW parameters must be set identically on the 2 OLTs huawei config pw para 1 huawei config pw para 1 peer address 1 1 1 1 Set the peer address to the LSR ID of the peer OLT huawei config pw para 1 pw type td...

Страница 1508: ...he clock daughter board CKMC CKMD of the SCU control board is in position l The Ethernet upstream board is the GICK GSCA GE port or X2CS SPUF 10GE port board l The upstream MAN PSN of the OLT supports Synchronous Ethernet Data Plan Item Data Ethernet upstream board Port 0 19 0 NOTE The SPUF board exclusively occupies a service slot This topic uses the GIU upstream board as an example Procedure l C...

Страница 1509: ...he configuration and status of the system clock source Run the display clock source command to query the configuration and status of the system clock source huawei config if tdm 0 1 quit huawei config display clock source Index Type Source State Priority QL Selected 0 line 0 0 1 Normal 0 YES 1 NO 2 NO 3 NO 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO 8 NO 9 NO End 14 4 6 5 Verifying Services Verifying private line service...

Страница 1510: ... hours No alarm information is displayed on the test instrument and the bit error rate BER must be lower than 1E 9 End Follow up Procedure You can collect the packet statistics to check whether the CESoP and TDM connections are normal l Collect the statistics of packets sent and received by the CESoP connection on the ONU huawei config display cesop connect statistics 0 CONNECTID 0 Lost Packet Cou...

Страница 1511: ...loyed independently Application Scenario As shown in Figure 14 30 an ONU is connected to the OLT through GPON lines Enterprise or base transceiver station BTS private line services are transmitted to the ONU through an E1 port Static TDM PWs are created between the ONU and the peer provider edge PE to provide cross PSN network access and backhaul for enterprise or BTS private line services The mod...

Страница 1512: ...NU including the dynamic bandwidth allocation DBA profile line profile and alarm profile l An ONU can be added in two modes adding an ONU offline and confirming an ONU online Select either mode as required Data Plan Table 14 11 Key data plan Item Data DBA profile Profile ID 21 Profile type fixed bandwidth and minimum delay mode DBA bandwidth 28928 kbit s assume that 4 E1 private lines are connecte...

Страница 1513: ...the GPON port to min loop delay huawei config dba profile add profile id 21 type1 fix 28928 huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 port dba bandwidth assignment mode 1 min loop delay huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit 2 Configure the ONU line profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 11 huawei config gpon lineprofile 11 tcont 1 dba profile id 21 Bind DBA profile 21 to T...

Страница 1514: ... is normal To query the status of ONU 1 do as follows huawei config if gpon 0 3 display ont info 1 1 F S P 0 3 1 ONT ID 1 Control flag active Indicates that the ONU is activated Run state online Indicates that the ONU goes online normally Config state normal Indicates that the configuration recovery state of the ONU is normal The following command output is omitted huawei config if gpon 0 3 quit S...

Страница 1515: ...service user vlan 300 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 End Follow up Procedure When Config state is failed Run state is offline or Match state is mismatch l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the optical module l If Config state is failed the con...

Страница 1516: ...tdm 0 1 set ip address 10 0 0 10 huawei config if tdm 0 1 quit Step 3 Configure the TDM virtual channel link VCL Set the TDM VCL ID to 0 and the type to CESoP and use timeslot 1 16 huawei config tdm vcl tdm vcl id 0 cesop 0 1 0 timeslot 0xfffe Step 4 Configure the CESoP connection Use VLAN 300 to carry CESoP services Set the Rx PW label to 8500 Tx PW label to 8000 Rx LSP label to 8200 Tx LSP label...

Страница 1517: ...e same as the Tx LSP label on the ONU Static PW parameters NOTE The PW parameters on the CX600 must be the same as those on the ONU Tx PW label 8500 the same as the Rx PW label on the ONU Rx PW label 8000 the same as the Tx PW label on the ONU RTP header enabled Number of TDM frames encapsulated in each PW packet 8 Maximum jitter delay 2 ms Procedure Step 1 Configure the GE sub interface Set the I...

Страница 1518: ...bel 8200 Step 5 Configure the CX600 as the egress node of the static LSP CX600 static lsp egress lsp2 incoming interface GigabitEthernet 1 0 0 1 in label 2000 Step 6 Configure the static PW CX600 interface Serial2 1 0 0 CX600 Serial2 1 0 0 link protocol tdm CX600 Serial2 1 0 0 mpls static l2vc destination 10 0 0 10 transmit vpn label 8500 receive vpn label 8000 rtp header tdm encapsulation 8 jitte...

Страница 1519: ...Source Clk type State Priority QL Selected 0 H801GICK 0 19 0 ETH Normal 0 YES Run the display clock mode command to query the working mode of the clock Ensure that the working mode of the clock daughter board is Tracing huawei config display clock mode Clock manage mode Third mode Clock subboard work mode Tracing l Configure the ONU side clock 1 Configure the PON line clock as the system clock hua...

Страница 1520: ...uawei config if tdm 0 1 loopback 0 local This operation will interrupt the service continue y n n y If the E1 port of the EDTB board is used to provide access for the private line services the configurations are as follows huawei config interface edt 0 2 huawei config if edt 0 2 loopback 0 local Step 2 Use the E1 line test instrument to send packets NOTE Ensure the synchronization between clocks I...

Страница 1521: ... 14 4 8 Small Cell Base Station Access Service in QinQ VLAN through CLI Configuration Dock ONUs are connected to small cell base stations through Ethernet ports and OLTs interconnect with the devices on the metro network through QinQ VLANs to provide the access service for small cell base stations This topic describes how to implement the access service of a small cell base station through the CLI...

Страница 1522: ...k GPON Dock U2000 14 4 8 2 Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the configuration procedure for implementing the access service of a small cell base station QinQ VLAN and CLI configuration Adding ONUs to OLT and configuring management service ports Configuring OLT QinQ VLANs and service ports Configuring congestion control and security policies Configuring network protection Configur...

Страница 1523: ...s transmitted upstream use the priority 7 by default copied from the user VLAN Packets transmitted downstream use the priority carried by themselves huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority user cos 7 priority policy tag in package Step 3 Configure Ethernet access service ports Configure service ports for the synchronization service OAM service and voice and data services of base s...

Страница 1524: ...ueues based on priorities huawei config queue scheduler strict priority huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 System default l Configure system security Enable deny of service DoS anti attack on both the OLT and optical network units ONUs 1 Run the security anti dos enable command to globally enable DoS anti attack 2 Run the security anti dos control p...

Страница 1525: ...uration Item Data GIU upstream board Port 0 19 0 DSLAM MA5616 port Upstream port 0 0 1 UNI interface 0 3 0 ONU Port Upstream port 0 0 0 UNI interface 0 1 0 Procedure l Configure the OLT side clock 1 Configure a system clock source Use the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0 19 0 as the system clock Set the index of the system clock to 0 and priority to 0 highest priority huawei config clock ...

Страница 1526: ... is defaulted to the system clock and cannot be modified Therefore you need to configure only the system clock of the ONU When the ONU functions as the GPON Dock device the MA5694S is connected upstream to the OLT through the GPON port In this way you need to configure clock synchronization on the OLT and ONU Use the line clock obtained from the upstream port as the system clock 1 Use the line clo...

Страница 1527: ...e l Configure link aggregation Create a link aggregation group and add upstream ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 to the aggregation group Each member port in the aggregation group forwards packets based on the source MAC address The working mode of the aggregation group is LACP static aggregation huawei config link aggregation 0 19 0 1 ingress workmode lacp static l Configured a protection group Create a p...

Страница 1528: ...r and then perform ping operations In normal cases the ICMP ECHO REPLY message can be received from the IP clock server 2 Check the connectivity between base stations and the OAM server On base stations configure IP addresses of management channels and static routes to the OAM server and then perform ping operations In normal cases the ICMP ECHO REPLY message can be received from the OAM server 3 ...

Страница 1529: ...ough Ethernet ports and then send the service data to the OLT The OLT restores the Ethernet signals and adds 2 VLAN tags QinQ VLAN encapsulation to the data so that the data from the small cell bases can be transparently transmitted to the peer PTN devices through the public network and then the PTN devices restore them to the original data ONU applicable to this scenario MA5694S Figure 14 33 Impl...

Страница 1530: ...9801 and 9803 Therefore ensure that the firewall does not block these ports so that the NMS server can normally communicate with devices IP address of the OLT 10 10 10 20 This IP address is designated for Layer 3 VLAN interface 8 and is used for inband management IP address pool of the ONU IP address pool 10 10 11 2 to 10 10 11 125 Subnet mask 255 255 254 0 ONU gateway 10 10 10 20 Management VLAN ...

Страница 1531: ... choose Add from the shortcut menu 5 In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters as shown in Figure 14 34 Figure 14 34 Configuring the trap destination host 6 Click OK l Configure the IP address pool of the ONU On an FTTM network IP addresses are automatically allocated because no authentication is required In this way an ONU IP address pool needs to be configured so that ONUs when goin...

Страница 1532: ...ntext If you configure an ONU authentication free policy and associate it with the OLT through the NMS the FTTM ONU when going online will be automatically added to the NMS according to the ONU type and the authentication free policy Data Plan Configuration Item Data SNMP profile Name snmpv1 SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 14 FTTM C...

Страница 1533: ...le_11 Base station synchronization service flow Name pvc_sync The attributes of the base station synchronization service flow are as follows l Smart VLAN ID 1000 l multi service user vlan multiple services distinguished by different user VLANs l User VLAN ID 1000 l VLAN translation policy transparent l Upstream and downstream traffic profile ip traffic table_10 Base station OAM service flow Name p...

Страница 1534: ...n the displayed Add ONU Authentication Free Configuration dialog box as shown in Figure 14 36 Figure 14 36 Configuring the ONU authentication free policy snmpv1 MA5694S_lineprofile 4 Right click Service Port in the navigation tree and choose Add Service Port from the shortcut menu to add service ports according to services supported by the small cell Figure 14 37 shows how to add a management serv...

Страница 1535: ...hentication free policy list select the MDU authentication free policy and click the NE Reference tab in the lower pane 2 On the NE Reference tab right click the OLT and choose Associate from the shortcut menu End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 14 FTTM Configuration Base Station Access Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Con...

Страница 1536: ...style from the main menu or select Fix Network NE Configuration in Application Center and choose Access Service FTTx Service Pre Deployment ONU PnP Management application style from the main menu Step 2 Click the ONU Onsite Commissioning Free Configuration tab Step 3 Right click in a blank area and choose Add from the shortcut menu In the dialog box that is displayed configure a GPON upstream MDU ...

Страница 1537: ...uration Item Data GIU upstream board Port 0 19 0 DSLAM MA5616 port Upstream port 0 0 1 UNI interface 0 3 0 ONU Port Upstream port 0 0 0 UNI interface 0 1 0 Procedure l Configure the OLT side clock 1 Configure a system clock source Use the Ethernet line clock input from GIU port 0 19 0 as the system clock Set the index of the system clock to 0 and priority to 0 highest priority huawei config clock ...

Страница 1538: ... is defaulted to the system clock and cannot be modified Therefore you need to configure only the system clock of the ONU When the ONU functions as the GPON Dock device the MA5694S is connected upstream to the OLT through the GPON port In this way you need to configure clock synchronization on the OLT and ONU Use the line clock obtained from the upstream port as the system clock 1 Use the line clo...

Страница 1539: ...e stations configure IP addresses of management channels and static routes to the OAM server and then perform ping operations In normal cases the ICMP ECHO REPLY message can be received from the OAM server 3 Check the connectivity between base stations and the RNC On base stations configure service port IP addresses and static routes to the RNC and then perform ping operations In normal cases the ...

Страница 1540: ...ervice operators MSOs from the aspect of basic concepts networking scenarios and hardware configurations This information provides a basis for configuring the services on the D CMTS 15 2 Data Plan Principles for D CMTS Services This section describes the principles of planning frequency spectrum management device management quality of service QoS and VLANs for distributed cable modem termination s...

Страница 1541: ...section describes how to configure services including home services L2VPN enterprise service and wireless local area network WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service on an optical line terminal OLT when a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS works as a GPON extended frame on a Layer 2 telecom network The MA5603T equipped with the SCUV GPMD and SPUF boards is used as an example SmartAX MA56...

Страница 1542: ... CMTS 15 1 1 Basic Concepts This section describes basic concepts related to a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS from the user side to the network side on D CMTS networks when the MA5633 works as a GPON or GE remote extended frame SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 15 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a R...

Страница 1543: ...r coaxial HFC network It transmits data over a cable network through data over cable service interface specification DOCSIS SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 15 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1518 ...

Страница 1544: ...lates radio frequency RF signals The D CMTS provides the quality of service QoS required by CMs and allocates upstream bandwidths and service resources to the CMs based on CMs request and network QoS policy Built in optical receiver l An optical receiver which performs optical to electrical O E conversion for CATV and upstream backhaul signals l The fiber node does not require an additional optica...

Страница 1545: ...al line terminal OLT optical distribution network ODN and optical network units ONUs A PON network uses optical fibers for data transmission supports more users with less optical fiber resources and provides a higher access rate Mainstream PON technologies include broadband passive optical network BPON Ethernet passive optical network EPON and gigabit passive optical network GPON Optical distribut...

Страница 1546: ...eatures as those of the OLT NOTE The difference between a GPON remote extended frame and a GE remote extended frame lies in transmission media and network structure Specifically the networking for the GPON remote extended frame is of the point to multipoint P2MP structure and that for the GE remote extended frame is of the point to point P2P structure MAN Network Concept Description Softswitch or ...

Страница 1547: ...board SPUF l MA5608T Control board MCUE Service board GPMD MA5633 L2VPN enterprise service networking In L2VPN enterprise service networking a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS connects to cable modems CMs through radio frequency RF ports and the CMs connect to switches or routers to provide the L2VPN service for users Wireless local area network WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service...

Страница 1548: ...ard SPUF l MA5608T Control board MCUE Service board ETHB MA5633 L2VPN enterprise service networking In L2VPN enterprise service networking a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS connects to cable modems CMs through radio frequency RF ports and the CMs connect to switches or routers to provide the L2VPN service for users Wireless local area network WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service n...

Страница 1549: ...standard 5 MHz to 65 MHz l North American standard 5 MHz to 42 MHz Downstream Frequency Bandwidth The downstream frequency bandwidth supported by a D CMTS can be of the European or North American standard l European standard 87 MHz to 1002 MHz l North American standard 57 MHz to 1002 MHz Recommended Frequency Spectrum Configuration Figure 15 2 lists the recommended frequency spectrum configuration...

Страница 1550: ... in handling the issues of a service without affecting other services The upstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 16 MHz to 65 MHz is used to transmit upstream data Downstream frequency bandwidth The downstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 87 MHz to 108 MHz is used to carry the frequency modulation FM broadcast service The FM frequency is 400 kHz The downstream frequency bandwidth supports 5...

Страница 1551: ...gh DHCP VoD and multicast services A set top box STB obtains a private IP address through DHCP for program ordering 15 2 3 QoS Quality of service QoS planning varies according to service types For details see Table 15 2 Service Priority Planning and Queue Scheduling Policy Table 15 2 Service priority planning and queue scheduling policy Service Type 802 1p Queue Network protocol and signaling 6 CS...

Страница 1552: ...mple The only difference between the QoS processing for a D CMTS that works as a GE extended frame and that for a D CMTS that works as a GPON extended frame is as follows The QoS processing is not required for the GPON module of the D CMTS that works as a GE extended frame Figure 15 3 QoS module for a D CMTS that works as a GPON extended frame SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access M...

Страница 1553: ...various CM services If a QoS parameter is defined both in a CM configuration file and a QoS profile the configuration in the CM configuration file preferentially takes effect 1 A D CMTS limits CM service rates based on service priority 2 A D CMTS limits the rate of a CM service flow group 3 A D CMTS schedules queues for service flows l GPON module An OLT maps the priority of a DOCSIS service flow ...

Страница 1554: ...rms committed access rate CAR based on the CM traffic control parameters defined in a CM configuration file An OLT uses the 802 1p priority to schedule queues L2VPN enterprise or wireless local area network WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service The QoS processing for L2VPN enterprise and WLAN hotspot radio backhaul services is the same as that for home services SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi ...

Страница 1555: ...er 3 a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 VoD service The packets of the VoD service do not carry a VLAN tag A service flow is created between a CM and a D CMTS CM management packets and electronic program guide EPG packets carry the same VLAN tag l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2 the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device l When an OLT forwards services at...

Страница 1556: ...between a CM and a D CMTS One is the default service flow and the other is the VPN service flow CM management packets and enterprise packets carry different VLAN tags The VLAN pre configured for the packets of the L2VPN enterprise service must be the same as that configured in the CM configuration file l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2 the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN de...

Страница 1557: ...M management services for home users carry the same S VLAN tag on a layer 3 network l HSI VoIP and CM management services for home users carry the different S VLAN tags on a layer 2 telecom network Service types can be identified based on VLANs l An OLT identifies the L2VPN enterprise and WLAN hotspot radio backhaul services by S VLAN tag NOTE When planning a VLAN ensure that the VLAN for the L2VP...

Страница 1558: ... The VLAN tags used in the following section are for reference only Figure 15 4 VLAN tag transparent transmission home access In the preceding network IP addresses are allocated and service flows and VLAN tags are processed as follows 1 The PC set top box STB HGW and CM use dynamic IP addresses allocated by a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server 2 All packets sent by the PC and STB are ...

Страница 1559: ...g 200 to the VoD service packets and adds VLAN tag 300 to the VoIP service packets Figure 15 6 VLAN QinQ home access In the preceding network IP addresses are allocated and service flows and VLAN tags are processed as follows 1 The CM and STB use dynamic IP addresses allocated by a DHCP server The PC uses PPPoE dialup SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Co...

Страница 1560: ...de Restrictions and Limitations l In home access services although the CMC supports multiple service VLANs S VLANs all home access services are within the same broadcast domain Therefore the home access services do not support VLAN based broadcast domains l In centralized management mode one GPMD board supports a maximum of 1024 home access S VLANs 15 3 Service Configuration on a D CMTS That Works...

Страница 1561: ...es how to configure the Internet access service VoD service BTV service and VoIP service Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15 8 a D CMTS is deployed on an optical node and cable modems CMs are deployed at user homes The CMs connect to radio frequency RF ports on the MA5633 through cables l Port 1 on CM 1 connects to a PC for the Internet access service port 2 connects to a phone set for the VoIP s...

Страница 1562: ...dmap for the home service networking SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 15 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1537 ...

Страница 1563: ...odems CMs can obtain IP addresses in different network segments 2 l IPv4 Configure a route l IPv6 Configure a route IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T ...

Страница 1564: ...ze the parameters in cable mode 5 Configure the high speed Internet HSI service None 6 Configure the DOCSIS VoD service l If the MA5633 is not equipped with a built in EQAM module the MA5633 uses DOCSIS channels to transmit VoD data l If the MA5633 is equipped with a built in EQAM module the MA5633 sets idle downstream DOCSIS channels as EQAM channels to transmit VoD data The DOCSIS VoD service an...

Страница 1565: ...otocol TFTP server of an optical line terminal OLT have been configured Data Plan Table 15 5 DHCP data plan for the OLT Item Data VLAN ID of the CM management S VLAN 100 type of the VLAN smart DHCP server group parameters l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs 10 10 224 1 domain name docsis l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for media terminal adapters MTAs 10 100 224 1 domain name p...

Страница 1566: ...5 255 255 0 sub description default Set the IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs huawei config if vlanif100 quit Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60 In DHCP Option 60 mode a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets which differentiates...

Страница 1567: ...b for STBs huawei config dhcp domain stb dhcp server 1 vlan 100 Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain where the STBs locate After the configuration the STBs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1 huawei config dhcp domain stb quit Step 6 Set IP addresses of the gateways for the DHCP domain huawei config interface vlanif 100 huawei config if vlanif100 dhcp domain default g...

Страница 1568: ...Softswitch or IP multimedia subsystem IMS server 192 168 50 10 Procedure Step 1 Create Layer 3 VLAN interfaces on the network side 1 Create VLANs and configure their uplink ports l VLAN 2004 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets Add uplink port 0 4 0 to VLAN 2004 l VLAN 2005 is of the smart VLAN type and used for forwarding CM management VoD and multicast pac...

Страница 1569: ...multicast packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005 huawei config ip route static 192 168 60 3 255 255 255 0 11 11 12 11 COPS packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005 huawei config ip route static 192 168 10 0 255 255 255 0 11 11 11 11 DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004 huawei config ip route static 192 168 5 0 255 2...

Страница 1570: ...IP address 2001 0db8 0008 13 64 Router l IP address of the Layer 3 interface for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets 2001 0db8 0007 6 64 l IP address of the Layer 3 interface for forwarding CM management packets 2001 0db8 0008 7 64 Server l IP addresses of DHCP servers DHCP server allocating IP addresses for CMs 2001 0db8 0006 8 64 2001 0db8 0006 9 64 DHCP server allocating IP addresses for PCs ...

Страница 1571: ... does not make a response huawei config ipv6 dad proxy enable huawei config vlan service profile profile id 10 huawei config vlan bind service profile 100 profile id 10 huawei config vlan srvprof 10 ipv6 dad proxy enable DAD proxy takes effect after it is enabled at system level and VLAN service profile level Step 4 Configure the working mode of DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 16 Option 16 is an opti...

Страница 1572: ... the gateway for overdue PCs huawei config if vlanif100 dhcp domain docsis gateway ipv6 2001 0db8 0001 1 64 Configure the IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain of CMs huawei config if vlanif100 quit End 15 3 1 6 Configuring a Route IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an OLT Through the route the OLT can forwar...

Страница 1573: ...orwarding DHCP and broadband packets is a smart VLAN Add uplink port 0 4 0 to VLAN 2004 l VLAN 2005 used for forwarding CM management packets multicast packets and VoD packets is a smart VLAN Add uplink port 0 5 0 to VLAN 2005 huawei config vlan 2004 to 2005 smart huawei config port vlan 2004 0 4 0 huawei config port vlan 2005 0 5 0 2 Optional Create native VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports Packet...

Страница 1574: ... router connected to the OLT In addition add the static routes to dynamic ones End Result The OLT can communicate with its upper layer devices To check network connectivity between two devices run the ping ipv6 and tracert ipv6 commands The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv6 routing table by running the display ipv6 routing table command 15 3 1 7 Adding a Remote Extended Frame to a...

Страница 1575: ...Table 15 11 Data plan Item Data GPON cascading board Board H801GPMD Port ID 0 3 1 Remote extended frame ID 1 Remote extended frame authentication mode SN Remote extended frame SN 48575443E6D8B541 NOTE The OLT uses the MA5603T as an example The configuration method is the same for other OLTs The only difference lies in slot IDs Dynamic bandwidth allocation DBA Profile default Type type4 Maximum ban...

Страница 1576: ...awei config if gpon 0 3 quit End Result The remote extended frame is online After adding the remote extended frame run the display frame info command to query the status of the remote extended frame Ensure that Online state is online and State is normal huawei config display frame info 1 Type MA5633 State Normal Desc MA5633_1_extending_0 3 1 1 Hardware MA5633 Extend type GPON Extending port 0 3 1 ...

Страница 1577: ...d frame that is no longer used from the OLT 15 3 1 8 Configuring RF Port Parameters Radio frequency RF port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables Context You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to configure RF port parameters based on...

Страница 1578: ... port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters l If the RF port parameters are basically the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters Then modify parameter settings in customized cable configuration mo...

Страница 1579: ...entral frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz Then the frequency range of the channel is 51 8 58 2 MHz modulation profile An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally Ports automatically bind to profil...

Страница 1580: ...fig cable init template cable downstream 7 frequency 650 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 8 frequency 658 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 9 frequency 666 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 10 frequency 674 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 11 frequency 682 00 enable huawei config cable ini...

Страница 1581: ...cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 12 frequency 690 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 13 frequency 698 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 14 frequency 706 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 15 frequency 714 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 16 frequency 722 00 enable End Result 1 The transmit power of the downstream ch...

Страница 1582: ...n S VLAN for CM services on a specified D CMTS After the configuration the D CMTS does not use the global S VLAN When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight this command is recommended huawei config cable service vlan 100 Info The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted are you sure to modify y n n y End 15 3 1 10 Configuring the DOCSIS VoD S...

Страница 1583: ...the D CMTS does not use the global S VLAN When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight this command is recommended huawei config cable service vlan 100 Info The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted are you sure to modify y n n y End 15 3 1 11 Configuring the EQAM VoD Service If the MA5633 is equipped with a built in EQAM module the MA5633 s...

Страница 1584: ...l video mappings on an EQAM module and supports batch video mapping configurations This facilitates video mapping configuration and management huawei config cable eqam video profile name vod1 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 1 type spts udp port 501 output program 1 pmtpid 32 channel 13 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 2 type spts udp port 502 output program 2...

Страница 1585: ...ut program 1 pmtpid 224 chan nel 16 number 5 increment output program 1 pmtpid 32 udp port 1 Step 3 Configure the VoD S VLAN VLAN 50 is the S VLAN that functions between the OLT and the MA5633 The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode huawei config vlan 50 smart huawei config port vlan 50 0 5 0 Step 4 Configure a video domain A video domain defines the relationships between an EQAM module and an EQ...

Страница 1586: ... service VLAN between the optical line terminal OLT and the D CMTS The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode huawei config vlan 100 smart Step 2 Create a CM S VLAN The CM S VLAN identifies a CM service flow After the CM S VLAN is configured the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online NOTE l The cable service vlan vlanid command is used to configure a global S VLAN for CM...

Страница 1587: ... multicast vlan 100 Step 9 Optional Disable multicast DSID based forwarding MDF Multicast DSID based forwarding is defined in data over cable service interface specification DOCSIS 3 0 perform this step if the CMs comply with DOCSIS 2 0 Disable MDF if the CMTS is connected to a CM equipped with a TI chip Otherse the CM may go online and offline repeatedly huawei config cable multicast mdf disable ...

Страница 1588: ... the common open policy service COPS connection VLAN 1000 IP address for creating a COPS connection to an IP multimedia subsystem IMS or a softswitch 192 168 60 3 24 in the same network segment as the IMS or softswitch or can communicate with the IMS or softswitch Procedure Step 1 Create a service VLAN S VLAN NOTE All home services use an S VLAN and the S VLAN is globally configured If the S VLAN ...

Страница 1589: ...ansmit and receive buffer for TCP sockets 12 KB l Differentiated services code point DSCP priority of COPS packets ef huawei config cops pepid 192 168 60 3 huawei config cops tcp window 12 huawei config cops ip dscp ef Step 5 Configure PacketCable parameters PacketCable 1 x parameter settings are as follows l Embedded media terminal adapter EMTA creating a dynamic media stream permitted l Other pa...

Страница 1590: ... obtained an IP address l Check the CM status Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status huawei config display cable modem all Idx MAC IP I F Status Prim Num Ver DS RX SID CPE Power 1 0023 ED6F 21A3 192 168 1 118 1 1 0 U4 ol pt 1 0 D2 0 Total 1 ol 0 ol ptd 0 ol pt 1 ol d 0 wol 0 wol ptd 0 wol pt 0 wol d 0 pol 0 pol ptd 0 pol pt 0 pol d 0 offline 0 rej m 0 rej pt 0 rej o 0...

Страница 1591: ... that the acknowledge from the DHCP server is received The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server to the CM using the Option 67 and Option 66 fields the Option 67 field carries the configuration file name and the Option 66 field carries the IP address of the TFTP or ToD server If the CM is always in the DHCP C stat...

Страница 1592: ... 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the CM is...

Страница 1593: ...j m indicates that the MIC verification fails l rej pt indicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified in the CM configuration file are suppor...

Страница 1594: ...An enterprise requires the provisioning of the L2VPN service Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15 10 an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems CMs are deployed at enterprises The CMs connect to radio frequency RF ports on the MA5633 through cables l A CM provides the enterprise service through a switch which connects to enterprise users l Enterprise users access the Internet throug...

Страница 1595: ...mic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP relay so that cable modems CMs can obtain IP addresses in different network segments 2 l IPv4 Configure a route l IPv6 Configure a route IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper...

Страница 1596: ...In the downstream direction the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch 6 Verify the configured service An OLT supports multiple remote service verification methods This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services 1 A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server a...

Страница 1597: ...et the IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs huawei config if vlanif100 quit Step 2 Configure the working mode of the DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 60 In DHCP Option 60 mode a DHCP server group is selected according to the Option 60 domain name in DHCP packets Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets which differentiates various service types in a VLAN Ensure that ...

Страница 1598: ...he OLT and its upper layer devices or servers Prerequisites The upper layer router of an OLT has been configured Data Plan Table 15 21 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item IP Address Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP packets l VLAN ID 2004 l Port number 0 4 0 l IP address 11 11 11 10 24 Forwarding cable modem CM ...

Страница 1599: ...rface for VLAN 2004 through which DHCP packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2004 huawei config if vlanif2004 ip address 11 11 11 10 255 255 255 0 huawei config if vlanif2004 quit b Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005 through which CM management packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2005 huawei config if vlanif2005 ip address 11 11 12 10 255 255 255 0 huawei conf...

Страница 1600: ...ress 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 Forwarding CM management packets multicast packets and VoD packets l VLAN ID 2005 l Port number 0 5 0 l IP address 2001 0db8 0008 13 64 Router l IP address of the Layer 3 interface for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets 2001 0db8 0007 6 64 l IP address of the Layer 3 interface for forwarding CM management packets 2001 0db8 0008 7 64 Server l IP addresses of DHCP server...

Страница 1601: ...ervice profile profile id 10 huawei config vlan bind service profile 100 profile id 10 huawei config vlan srvprof 10 ipv6 dad proxy enable DAD proxy takes effect after it is enabled at system level and VLAN service profile level Step 4 Configure the working mode of DHCP relay to Layer 3 Option 16 Option 16 is an option with code 16 in DHCPv6 packets which identifies terminal types In DHCPv6 Option...

Страница 1602: ...ber 0 4 0 l IP address 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 Forwarding CM management packets multicast packets and VoD packets l VLAN ID 2005 l Port number 0 5 0 l IP address 2001 0db8 0008 13 64 Router l IP address of the Layer 3 interface for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets 2001 0db8 0007 6 64 l IP address of the Layer 3 interface for forwarding CM management packets 2001 0db8 0008 7 64 Server l IP addres...

Страница 1603: ... 2004 huawei config if vlanif2004 ipv6 address 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 huawei config if vlanif2004 quit b Create the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005 through which CM management packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2005 huawei config if vlanif2005 ipv6 address 2001 0db8 0008 13 64 huawei config if vlanif2005 quit Step 2 Configure static routes for the communication between the OLT and i...

Страница 1604: ...remote extended frame to an OLT Method Usage Scenario Remarks Add a remote extended frame in offline mode A carrier has planned all remote extended frame IDs together and the remote extended frames must be deployed one by one This method facilitates remote extended frame management 1 You have obtained the serial number SN of the remote extended frame 2 The remote extended frame ID has been planned...

Страница 1605: ...nded frame in offline mode the OLT automatically allocates a temporary SN for the remote extended frame Therefore you do not need to specify the SN of the remote extended frame After obtaining the SN of the remote extended frame run the frame bind command to add the binding relationship between the SN and the remote extended frame to the OLT Then the remote extended frame is added l Add an automat...

Страница 1606: ...s a remote extended frame Replace the MA5633 with the one that works as a remote extended frame The MA5633 management policy is set to stand alone on the OLT Run the sysman centralized mgmt primary command to configure the MA5633 management policy to extend frame The number of remote extended frames on the OLT has reached the threshold Run the frame delete command to delete a remote extended frame...

Страница 1607: ... port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters l If the RF port parameters are basically the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters Then modify parameter settings in customized cable configuration mo...

Страница 1608: ...entral frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz Then the frequency range of the channel is 51 8 58 2 MHz modulation profile An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally Ports automatically bind to profil...

Страница 1609: ...fig cable init template cable downstream 7 frequency 650 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 8 frequency 658 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 9 frequency 666 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 10 frequency 674 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 11 frequency 682 00 enable huawei config cable ini...

Страница 1610: ...ble downstream 16 frequency 722 00 enable End Result 1 The transmit power of the downstream channels meets site requirements Run the display cable downstream frameid slotid portid all channel id status command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements 2 The signal to noise SNR ratio of the upstream channels meets site requirements Run the display cable signal quality frameid s...

Страница 1611: ...fig cable l2vpn dot1q 1 1 0 cm 0000 0000 1111 200 huawei config port vlan 200 0 4 0 Step 2 Configure a VLAN service profile and set the DHCP forwarding mode for VLAN 200 to Layer 2 forwarding huawei config vlan service profile profile name l2vpn huawei config vlan srvprof 1 dhcp mode layer 2 huawei config vlan srvprof 1 commit huawei config vlan srvprof 1 quit huawei config vlan bind service profi...

Страница 1612: ...test 3 Check whether the User IP has obtained an IP address l Check the CM status Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status huawei config display cable modem all Idx MAC IP I F Status Prim Num Ver DS RX SID CPE Power 1 0023 ED6F 21A3 192 168 1 118 1 1 0 U4 ol pt 1 0 D2 0 Total 1 ol 0 ol ptd 0 ol pt 1 ol d 0 wol 0 wol ptd 0 wol pt 0 wol d 0 pol 0 pol ptd 0 pol pt 0 pol d ...

Страница 1613: ... that the acknowledge from the DHCP server is received The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server to the CM using the Option 67 and Option 66 fields the Option 67 field carries the configuration file name and the Option 66 field carries the IP address of the TFTP or ToD server If the CM is always in the DHCP C stat...

Страница 1614: ... 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the CM is...

Страница 1615: ...dicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT l Verify that the L2VPN service can be pro...

Страница 1616: ...educes D CMTS management and maintenance costs and simplifies configurations Figure 15 12 WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking Configuration The method of configuring the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service is the same as that of configuring the L2VPN enterprise service and therefore is not described in this section For details see 15 3 2 2 Configuration Process 15 4 Service Configuratio...

Страница 1617: ...sioned immediately after the distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS hardware is connected This section only describes how to configure the Internet access service VoD service BTV service and VoIP service Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15 13 a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS is deployed on an optical node and cable modems CMs are deployed at user homes The CMs connec...

Страница 1618: ...2 Configuration Process Figure 15 14 shows the configuration roadmap for the home service networking SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 15 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1593 ...

Страница 1619: ...e modems CMs can obtain IP addresses in different network segments 2 l IPv4 Configure a route l IPv6 Configure a route IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA560...

Страница 1620: ...ice None 7 Configure the broadband TV BTV service None 8 Configure the dynamic PacketCable service None 9 Verify the configured services An OLT supports multiple remote service verification methods This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services 1 A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configur...

Страница 1621: ...er layer devices of the OLT Item IP Address Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets 11 11 11 11 l Forwarding CM management VoD and multicast packets 11 11 12 11 IP addresses of DHCP servers l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and MTAs 192 168 10 10 192 168 10 11 l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and STBs 192 168 10 12 192 168 10...

Страница 1622: ...onfigure DHCP server group 1 to assign IP addresses to PCs and STBs Step 5 Create a DHCP Option 60 domain huawei config dhcp domain default Create Option 60 domain name default for PCs huawei config dhcp domain default dhcp gateway learning enable Paid and overdue PCs are in different network segments Therefore self learning needs to be enabled on OLT gateways huawei config dhcp domain default dhc...

Страница 1623: ...rded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers Prerequisites The upper layer router has been configured Data Plan Table 15 31 Data plan for the Layer 3 interfaces on the network side Item IP Address Layer 3 interfaces on the OLT network side Forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP and broadband packets l VLAN ID 2004 l Port number 0 4 0 l IP address 11 11 11 10 ...

Страница 1624: ...remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports huawei config interface eth 0 4 huawei config if eth 0 4 native vlan 0 vlan 2004 Remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of the 0 8 0 port huawei config if eth 0 4 quit huawei config interface eth 0 5 huawei config if eth 0 5 native vlan 0 vlan 2005 Remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of the 0 9 0 port huaw...

Страница 1625: ...mands The configured static routes can be queried in an IPv4 routing table by running the display ip routing table command 15 4 1 5 Configuring DHCP Relay IPv6 This section describes how to configure DHCPv6 relay so that terminals can obtain IP addresses in different network segments Prerequisites The upper layer router and DHCP server have been configured Data Plan Table 15 32 DHCP data plan Conf...

Страница 1626: ...ei config if cable 1 1 0 quit Step 2 Configure the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface huawei config ipv6 Enable IPv6 packet forwarding huawei config vlan 100 huawei config interface vlanif 100 huawei config if vlanif100 ipv6 enable Enable IPv6 on ports huawei config if vlanif100 undo ipv6 nd ra halt enables a router to send RA messages huawei config if vlanif100 ipv6 nd autoconfig managed ad...

Страница 1627: ... 2001 0db8 0006 9 64 Configure DHCP server group 0 to allocate IP addresses for CMs huawei config dhcpv6 server 1 ipv6 2001 0db8 0006 10 64 2001 0db8 0006 11 64 Configure DHCP server group 1 to allocate IP addresses for PCs Step 7 Create DHCP Option 16 domains huawei config dhcp domain default Create Option 16 domain default for PCs huawei config dhcp domain default dhcpv6 gateway learning enable ...

Страница 1628: ...s of the gateway for the DHCP domain of PCs with fees paid 2001 0db8 0003 3 64 domain name default l IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain of overdue PCs 2001 0db8 0004 4 64 domain name default Network side of OLT Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets l VLAN ID 2004 l Port number 0 4 0 l IP address 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 Forwarding CM management packets multicast packets and VoD packets l VL...

Страница 1629: ...e packets transmitted out of port 0 4 0 are untagged huawei config if eth 0 4 quit huawei config interface eth 0 5 huawei config if eth 0 5 native vlan 0 vlan 2005 The packets transmitted out of port 0 5 0 are untagged huawei config if eth 0 5 quit 3 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces a Create the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004 through which DHCP and broadband packets are forwarded huawei config inter...

Страница 1630: ...y after adding it to the OLT Prerequisites The D CMTS management policy is set to extend frame To do so run the sysman centralized mgmt primary command Context You can use either of the methods listed in the following table to add a remote extended frame to an OLT based on site requirements Table 15 34 Methods of adding a remote extended frame to an OLT Method Usage Scenario Remarks Add a remote e...

Страница 1631: ...i config interface eth 0 3 huawei config if eth 0 3 network role extend This operation will reset the board Are you sure to continue y n n y huawei config if eth 0 3 quit End Result The remote extended frame is online After adding the remote extended frame run the display frame info command to query the remote extended frame status Ensure that Online state is online and State is normal huawei conf...

Страница 1632: ...that is no longer used from the OLT The working mode of the ports on the remote extended frame is not extend In Ethernet mode run the network role extend command to set the working mode of the ports to extend 15 4 1 8 Configuring RF Port Parameters Radio frequency RF port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode The configuration of RF port paramet...

Страница 1633: ... port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters l If the RF port parameters are basically the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters Then modify parameter settings in customized cable configuration mo...

Страница 1634: ...entral frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz Then the frequency range of the channel is 51 8 58 2 MHz modulation profile An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for processing the signals transmitted over the upstream channel You do not need to configure an upstream channel modulation profile generally Ports automatically bind to profil...

Страница 1635: ...fig cable init template cable downstream 7 frequency 650 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 8 frequency 658 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 9 frequency 666 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 10 frequency 674 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 11 frequency 682 00 enable huawei config cable ini...

Страница 1636: ...cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 12 frequency 690 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 13 frequency 698 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 14 frequency 706 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 15 frequency 714 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 16 frequency 722 00 enable End Result 1 The transmit power of the downstream ch...

Страница 1637: ...n S VLAN for CM services on a specified D CMTS After the configuration the D CMTS does not use the global S VLAN When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight this command is recommended huawei config cable service vlan 100 Info The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted are you sure to modify y n n y End 15 4 1 10 Configuring the DOCSIS VoD S...

Страница 1638: ...the D CMTS does not use the global S VLAN When the number of IP address segments planned for an OLT is greater than eight this command is recommended huawei config cable service vlan 100 Info The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted are you sure to modify y n n y End 15 4 1 11 Configuring the EQAM VoD Service If the MA5633 is equipped with a built in EQAM module the MA5633 s...

Страница 1639: ...l video mappings on an EQAM module and supports batch video mapping configurations This facilitates video mapping configuration and management huawei config cable eqam video profile name vod1 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 1 type spts udp port 501 output program 1 pmtpid 32 channel 13 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 2 type spts udp port 502 output program 2...

Страница 1640: ...ut program 1 pmtpid 224 chan nel 16 number 5 increment output program 1 pmtpid 32 udp port 1 Step 3 Configure the VoD S VLAN VLAN 50 is the S VLAN that functions between the OLT and the MA5633 The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode huawei config vlan 50 smart huawei config port vlan 50 0 5 0 Step 4 Configure a video domain A video domain defines the relationships between an EQAM module and an EQ...

Страница 1641: ... service VLAN between the optical line terminal OLT and the D CMTS The OLT works in Layer 3 forwarding mode huawei config vlan 100 smart Step 2 Create a CM S VLAN The CM S VLAN identifies a CM service flow After the CM S VLAN is configured the OLT automatically creates a CM service flow when the CM goes online NOTE l The cable service vlan vlanid command is used to configure a global S VLAN for CM...

Страница 1642: ... multicast vlan 100 Step 9 Optional Disable multicast DSID based forwarding MDF Multicast DSID based forwarding is defined in data over cable service interface specification DOCSIS 3 0 perform this step if the CMs comply with DOCSIS 2 0 Disable MDF if the CMTS is connected to a CM equipped with a TI chip Otherse the CM may go online and offline repeatedly huawei config cable multicast mdf disable ...

Страница 1643: ... the common open policy service COPS connection VLAN 1000 IP address for creating a COPS connection to an IP multimedia subsystem IMS or a softswitch 192 168 60 3 24 in the same network segment as the IMS or softswitch or can communicate with the IMS or softswitch Procedure Step 1 Create a service VLAN S VLAN NOTE All home services use an S VLAN and the S VLAN is globally configured If the S VLAN ...

Страница 1644: ...ansmit and receive buffer for TCP sockets 12 KB l Differentiated services code point DSCP priority of COPS packets ef huawei config cops pepid 192 168 60 3 huawei config cops tcp window 12 huawei config cops ip dscp ef Step 5 Configure PacketCable parameters PacketCable 1 x parameter settings are as follows l Embedded media terminal adapter EMTA creating a dynamic media stream permitted l Other pa...

Страница 1645: ... obtained an IP address l Check the CM status Run the display cable modem command to query the CM status in Status huawei config display cable modem all Idx MAC IP I F Status Prim Num Ver DS RX SID CPE Power 1 0023 ED6F 21A3 192 168 1 118 1 1 0 U4 ol pt 1 0 D2 0 Total 1 ol 0 ol ptd 0 ol pt 1 ol d 0 wol 0 wol ptd 0 wol pt 0 wol d 0 pol 0 pol ptd 0 pol pt 0 pol d 0 offline 0 rej m 0 rej pt 0 rej o 0...

Страница 1646: ... that the acknowledge from the DHCP server is received The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server to the CM using the Option 67 and Option 66 fields the Option 67 field carries the configuration file name and the Option 66 field carries the IP address of the TFTP or ToD server If the CM is always in the DHCP C stat...

Страница 1647: ... 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the CM is...

Страница 1648: ...j m indicates that the MIC verification fails l rej pt indicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified in the CM configuration file are suppor...

Страница 1649: ...N service Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15 15 an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems CMs are deployed at enterprises The CMs connect to radio frequency RF ports on the MA5633 through cables l A CM provides the enterprise service through a switch which connects to enterprise users l Enterprise users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP dialup l...

Страница 1650: ... IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers 3 Add a remote extended frame to the OLT An MA5633 that works as a remote extended frame connects to a port on a cascading board of an optical line...

Страница 1651: ...ote service verification methods This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services 1 A DHCP dialup emulation test checks whether the OLT can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay proxy and server 2 The status of a CM can be queried Based on the information you can determine whether the CM is online 15 4 2 3 Configurin...

Страница 1652: ...CP packets Users in this mode are identified by domain information of packets which differentiates various service types in a VLAN Ensure that the Option 60 domain name and the DHCP server group bound to the Option 60 domain name are configured beforehand huawei config dhcp mode layer 3 Option60 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform t...

Страница 1653: ...l DHCP packets l VLAN ID 2004 l Port number 0 4 0 l IP address 11 11 11 10 24 Forwarding cable modem CM management packets l VLAN ID 2005 l Port number 0 5 0 l IP address 11 11 12 10 24 Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT l Forwarding DHCP packets 11 11 11 11 l Forwarding CM management packets 11 11 12 11 Upper layer servers of the OLT l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs an...

Страница 1654: ...h CM management packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2005 huawei config if vlanif2005 ip address 11 11 12 10 255 255 255 0 huawei config if vlanif2005 quit Step 2 Configure static routes to implement the communication between the OLT and its upper layer devices huawei config ip route static 192 168 20 0 255 255 255 0 11 11 12 11 CM management and VoD packets are forwarded through t...

Страница 1655: ... CM management packets 2001 0db8 0008 7 64 Server l IP addresses of DHCP servers DHCP server allocating IP addresses for CMs 2001 0db8 0006 8 64 2001 0db8 0006 9 64 DHCP server allocating IP addresses for PCs 2001 0db8 0006 10 64 2001 0db8 0006 11 64 l IP addresses of the CM management system 2001 0db8 0011 14 64 2001 0db8 0011 16 64 Procedure Step 1 Configure a CM service provisioning mode which ...

Страница 1656: ... terminal types In DHCPv6 Option 16 mode packets select a DHCPv6 server based on the Option 16 domain Therefore in DHCPv6 Option 16 mode packets select a DHCPv6 server based on terminal types huawei config dhcpv6 mode layer 3 option16 Several minutes may be required and no action can be taken during this period Are you sure to perform this operation y n n y Step 5 Configure the IP addresses of the...

Страница 1657: ...ement packets 2001 0db8 0008 7 64 Server l IP addresses of DHCP servers DHCP server allocating IP addresses for CMs 2001 0db8 0006 8 64 2001 0db8 0006 9 64 DHCP server allocating IP addresses for PCs 2001 0db8 0006 10 64 2001 0db8 0006 11 64 l IP addresses of the CM management system 2001 0db8 0011 14 64 2001 0db8 0011 16 64 Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side 1 Cre...

Страница 1658: ...lanif2005 quit Step 2 Configure static routes for the communication between the OLT and its upper layer devices huawei config ipv6 route static 2001 0db8 0006 64 2001 0db8 0008 7 64 CM management packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005 huawei config ipv6 route static 2001 0db8 0011 64 2001 0db8 0007 6 64 DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004...

Страница 1659: ...he remote extended frame ID does not need to be planned Data Plan Table 15 49 Data plan Item Data GE cascading board Board H801ETHB Port ID 0 3 1 Remote extended frame ID 1 NOTE The OLT uses the MA5603T as an example The configuration method is the same for other OLTs The only difference lies in slot IDs Procedure l Add a remote extended frame in offline mode huawei config interface eth 0 3 huawei...

Страница 1660: ...447D 8711 Follow up Procedure If the remote extended frame cannot be discovered follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults Possible Cause Troubleshooting Suggestion The D CMTS works as a standalone NE and cannot work as a remote extended frame Replace the D CMTS with the one that works as a remote extended frame The D CMTS management policy is set to sta...

Страница 1661: ...igured a remote extended frame uses the RF port parameters configured in the profile after going online regardless of whether the remote extended frame in added in offline mode or automatically discovered by the OLT l If the RF port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters l If the RF port ...

Страница 1662: ...er Description frequency and channel width A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range within which packets are transmitted For example the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz Then the frequency range of the channel is 51 8 58 2 MHz modulation profile An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for pr...

Страница 1663: ...ream 2 frequency 610 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 3 frequency 618 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 4 frequency 626 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 5 frequency 634 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 6 frequency 642 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 7 frequenc...

Страница 1664: ...if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 9 frequency 666 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 10 frequency 674 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 11 frequency 682 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 12 frequency 690 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 13 frequency 698 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 14 f...

Страница 1665: ...and add the uplink port to it The ID of the L2VPN S VLAN is 200 and the type of the VLAN is smart Uplink port 0 4 0 is added to S VLAN 200 When the L2VPN S VLAN is configured through commands the ID of the L2VPN VLAN is 200 for the CM with MAC address 0000 0000 1111 connected to port 1 1 0 l To configure the L2VPN S VLAN through a CM configuration file run the following commands huawei config vlan...

Страница 1666: ...d verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay proxy and server 1 Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac address option60 option60 command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test NOTE You can run the simulate dhcp stop command to stop the DHCP emulation 2 Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test 3 Check whether the User IP has obtained an IP add...

Страница 1667: ...ver is received l DHCP R indicates that the DHCP request from the CM is received l DHCP C indicates that the acknowledge from the DHCP server is received The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server to the CM using the Option 67 and Option 66 fields the Option 67 field carries the configuration file name and the Opti...

Страница 1668: ... 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the CM is...

Страница 1669: ...dicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT l Verify that the L2VPN service can be pro...

Страница 1670: ... D CMTS management and maintenance costs and simplifies configurations Figure 15 17 WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking Configuration The method of configuring the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service is the same as that of configuring the L2VPN enterprise service and therefore is not described in this section For details see 15 4 2 2 Configuration Process 15 5 Service Configuration on a...

Страница 1671: ...tely after the distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS hardware is connected This section only describes how to configure the Internet access service and VoD service Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 15 18 a D CMTS is deployed on an optical node and cable modems CMs are deployed at user homes The CMs connect to radio frequency RF ports on the MA5633 through cables l Port 1 on CM connects...

Страница 1672: ...or the home service networking The following table describes configuration steps All configurations are issued from the optical line terminal OLT SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 15 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Remote Extended Frame Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technol...

Страница 1673: ... the MA5633 uses DOCSIS channels to transmit VoD data l If the MA5633 is equipped with a built in EQAM module the MA5633 sets idle downstream DOCSIS channels as EQAM channels to transmit VoD data The DOCSIS VoD service and the EQAM VoD service are generally not concurrently used The DOCSIS VoD service is used as an example 5 Verify the configured services An OLT supports multiple remote service ve...

Страница 1674: ...remote extended frame to an OLT Method Usage Scenario Remarks Add a remote extended frame in offline mode A carrier has planned all remote extended frame IDs together and the remote extended frames must be deployed one by one This method facilitates remote extended frame management 1 You have obtained the serial number SN of the remote extended frame 2 The remote extended frame ID has been planned...

Страница 1675: ...or authentication or security Thus the DHCP feature encounters many security problems when it is used in the network To solve these problems the DHCP option82 is introduced huawei config dhcp option82 enable l Add a remote extended frame in offline mode huawei config frame add 1 MA5633 extending port 0 3 1 sn 48575443E6D8B541 NOTE When running the frame add command to add a remote extended frame i...

Страница 1676: ...extended frame cannot be discovered follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults Possible Cause Troubleshooting Suggestion The MA5633 automatic discovery function is disabled In GPON mode run the port ont auto find command to enable the MA5633 automatic discovery function on GPON ports The MA5633 works as a standalone NE and cannot work as a remote extende...

Страница 1677: ...igured a remote extended frame uses the RF port parameters configured in the profile after going online regardless of whether the remote extended frame in added in offline mode or automatically discovered by the OLT l If the RF port parameters are the same for all the remote extended frames to be deployed in batches use the cable initialization profile to configure the parameters l If the RF port ...

Страница 1678: ...er Description frequency and channel width A central frequency and a frequency bandwidth determine a frequency range within which packets are transmitted For example the central frequency of a European channel is 55 MHz and the frequency bandwidth is 6400 kHz Then the frequency range of the channel is 51 8 58 2 MHz modulation profile An upstream channel modulation profile defines parameters for pr...

Страница 1679: ...ream 2 frequency 610 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 3 frequency 618 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 4 frequency 626 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 5 frequency 634 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 6 frequency 642 00 enable huawei config cable init template cable downstream 7 frequenc...

Страница 1680: ...enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 8 frequency 658 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 9 frequency 666 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 10 frequency 674 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 11 frequency 682 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 cable downstream 12 frequency 690 00 enable huawei config if cable 1 1 0 c...

Страница 1681: ...n 100 Info The new service VLAN will take effect after the CM is restarted are you sure to modify y n n y Step 3 Add cable service domain huawei add the HSI service to this service domain and configure mapping rules huawei config cable service domain huawei huawei config cable srv domain huawei mapping vlan 100 tag transform add if match user vlan untagged huawei config cable srv domain huawei map...

Страница 1682: ...mote extended frame locates on an optical node To facilitate service verification the optical line terminal OLT supports multiple remote service verification methods such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP dialup emulation tests This allows commissioning and configuration engineers to remotely verify services In addition this section describes how to verify the home services on site Prere...

Страница 1683: ...ved power is in the unit of dBmV 3 In status ol means online rej means reject The following table lists the CM status and handling suggestions CM Status Description Handling Suggestion init Indicates that the CM initialization ranging message is received the CM initialization If a CM is always in the ranging state the ranging fails Then check radio frequency RF line indicators and detect line faul...

Страница 1684: ...ame and the Option 66 field carries the IP address of the TFTP or ToD server If the CM is always in the DHCP C state the CM fails to obtain the configuration file Then check the TFTP server routing between the OLT and the TFTP server and TFTP server parameter settings REG Indicates that a registration is started If the CM is always in the register state the CM obtains an incorrect configuration fi...

Страница 1685: ... 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the CM is...

Страница 1686: ...of the CM l rej m l rej pt l rej o l rej m indicates that the MIC verification fails l rej pt indicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified ...

Страница 1687: ...is section describes the principles of planning frequency spectrum management device management quality of service QoS and VLANs for distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS services 16 3 Service Configuration on a D CMTS That Works in GE Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services including home services L2VPN enterprise service and wireless local ar...

Страница 1688: ... an example SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 16 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1663 ...

Страница 1689: ...vices on the D CMTS 16 1 1 Basic Concepts This section describes basic concepts related to a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS from the user side to the network side on D CMTS networks using PON and GE upstream transmission SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 16 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Standalo...

Страница 1690: ...work It transmits data over a cable network through data over cable service interface specification DOCSIS SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 16 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1665 ...

Страница 1691: ...modulates radio frequency RF signals The D CMTS provides the quality of service QoS required by CMs and allocates upstream bandwidths and service resources to the CMs based on CMs request and network QoS policy Built in optical receiver l An optical receiver which performs optical to electrical O E conversion for CATV and upstream backhaul signals l The fiber node does not require an additional op...

Страница 1692: ...tical distribution network ODN and optical network units ONUs A PON network uses optical fibers for data transmission supports more users with less optical fiber resources and provides a higher access rate Mainstream PON technologies include broadband passive optical network BPON Ethernet passive optical network EPON and gigabit passive optical network GPON Optical distribution network ODN The ODN...

Страница 1693: ...om bearing In addition the softswitch uses open service interface API and standard protocols which facilitates the development for new services and features IMS uses Session Initiation Protocol SIP signaling as the call control signaling It provides voice data and multimedia services Broadband TV BTV source IPTV head end a contents preparation platform in the IPTV system It receives signals conver...

Страница 1694: ...se service networking an MA5633 connects to cable modems CMs through radio frequency RF ports and the CMs connect to switches to provide the L2VPN service for users Wireless local area network WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking In wireless local area network WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking an MA5633 connects to cable modems CMs through radio frequency RF ports A CM conne...

Страница 1695: ... Item Planning Suggestion Planning Principle Upstream frequency bandwidth The upstream frequency bandwidth ranging from 5 MHz to 15 MHz is used to transmit low traffic data without strict requirements on signal to noise ratio SNR such as network status monitoring VoD user passwords and program indexes l Plan the upstream frequency bandwidth for the cable TV CATV service to support the services tha...

Страница 1696: ... Device or Service Planning Principle Management channel Optical line terminal OLT The management VLANs of all OLTs on an entire network carry only service VLAN tags MA5633 The management VLANs of all MA5633s on an entire network carry only VLAN tags IP address Device management The management IP address of an OLT uses a private IP address to ensure the OLT security Cable modem CM A CM obtains a p...

Страница 1697: ...for EMS or NMS and golden enterprises 4 AF4 WFQ Silver enterprise 3 AF3 WFQ Bronze enterprise 2 AF2 WFQ High speed Internet HSI service 0 BE WFQ NOTE The priorities listed in the preceding table are recommended Change the priorities based on site and carriers requirements QoS Model Figure 16 3 shows the end to end E2E QoS processing for the data over cable service interface specification DOCSIS se...

Страница 1698: ...0T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 16 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1673 ...

Страница 1699: ...le and a QoS profile the configuration in the CM configuration file preferentially takes effect 1 A D CMTS limits CM service rates based on service priority 2 A D CMTS limits the rate of a CM service flow group 3 A D CMTS schedules queues for service flows GPON module 1 All service flows are mapped from GPON encapsulation mode GEM port 0 to transmission container T CONT 1 2 T CONT 1 is bound to th...

Страница 1700: ...ters defined in a CM configuration file An OLT uses the 802 1p priority to schedule queues L2VPN enterpri se or wireless local area network WLAN hotspot radio backhau l service The QoS processing for L2VPN enterprise and WLAN hotspot radio backhaul services is the same as that for home services 16 2 4 VLAN SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration ...

Страница 1701: ...ards services at Layer 3 a Layer 3 MAN device forwards the services at Layer 3 VoD service The packets of the VoD service do not carry a VLAN tag A service flow is created between a CM and a D CMTS CM management packets and electronic program guide EPG packets carry the same VLAN tag l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2 the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device l When an OLT ...

Страница 1702: ...Layer 3 VoIP service The packets of the VoIP service do not carry a VLAN tag A service flow is created between a CM and a D CMTS CM management packets and VoIP packets carry the same VLAN tag l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 2 the OLT transparently transmits VLAN tags to a MAN device l When an OLT forwards services at Layer 3 the OLT adds a unique VLAN tag to the packets of a service type ...

Страница 1703: ...adio backhau l service The packets of the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service do not carry a VLAN tag Two service flows are created between a CM and a D CMTS One is the default service flow and the other is the wireless fidelity Wi Fi service flow CM management packets and Wi Fi packets carry different VLAN tags The VLAN pre configured for the Wi Fi packets must be the same as that configured in t...

Страница 1704: ...ems CMs at user homes through radio frequency RF ports and provides home services for users including the cable TV CATV service Internet access service VoD service broadband TV BTV service and PacketCable service This section describes how to configure the optical line terminal OLT and the MA5633 to provision the home services NOTE Configuration procedures are the same for IPv6 and IPv4 networks e...

Страница 1705: ...A functions and needs to connect to a media terminal adapter MTA The voice users of CM 2 use PacketCable Multimedia l Users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP dialup l The IP addresses of the CM STB PC and MTA are assigned by the DHCP server and in different network segments Figure 16 4 Home service networking 16 3 1 2 Configuration Process Figure 16 5 shows the c...

Страница 1706: ...uration Protocol DHCP relay so that cable modems CMs can obtain IP addresses in different network segments l IPv4 Configure a route l IPv6 Configure a route IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or...

Страница 1707: ...e for signal transmission and modulation mode The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables Configure the high speed Internet HSI service None Configure the VoD service None Configure the broadband TV BTV service None Configure the dynamic PacketCable service None Verify the configured services An OLT supports multiple remote service verification methods ...

Страница 1708: ...ain name default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for overdue PCs 10 100 8 1 domain name default l IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for set top boxes STB 10 200 160 1 domain name stb Table 16 6 Data plan for the upper layer devices of the OLT Item IP Address Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets 11 11 11 11 l Forwarding CM managemen...

Страница 1709: ... is used in the network To solve these problems the DHCP option82 is introduced huawei config dhcp option82 enable Step 4 Set the IP addresses of the servers in a DHCP server group huawei config dhcp server 0 ip 192 168 10 10 192 168 10 11 Configure DHCP server group 0 to assign IP addresses to CMs and MTAs huawei config dhcp server 1 ip 192 168 10 12 192 168 10 13 Configure DHCP server group 1 to...

Страница 1710: ...if100 quit End 16 3 1 4 Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers Prerequisites The upper layer router has been configured Data Plan Table 16 7 Data plan for the Layer 3 inter...

Страница 1711: ...ANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports huawei config interface eth 0 4 huawei config if eth 0 4 native vlan 0 vlan 2004 Remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of the 0 8 0 port huawei config if eth 0 4 quit huawei config interface eth 0 5 huawei config if eth 0 5 native vlan 0 vlan 2005 Remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of the 0 9 0 port ...

Страница 1712: ...16 3 1 5 Configuring DHCP Relay IPv6 This section describes how to configure DHCPv6 relay so that terminals can obtain IP addresses in different network segments Prerequisites The upper layer router DHCP server server of an OLT have been configured Data Plan Table 16 8 DHCP data plan Configuration Item Data Terminal side of CM l network segment of CM 2001 0db8 0001 64 l network segment of PCs with...

Страница 1713: ...ssages huawei config if vlanif100 ipv6 nd autoconfig managed address flag Configure the state based auto configuration address flag bit The host obtains an IPv6 address using the state based automatic configuration huawei config if vlanif100 ipv6 address 2001 0db8 0001 1 64 Configure the IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain of CMs huawei config if vlanif100 ipv6 address 2001 0db8 0003 3 6...

Страница 1714: ...utomatic gateway learning must be enabled on the OLT huawei config dhcp domain default dhcpv6 server 1 vlan 100 Bind DHCP server group 1 to the DHCP domain of PCs After the configuration the PCs in this DHCP domain are mapped to DHCP server group 1 huawei config dhcp domain default quit huawei config dhcp domain docsis Create Option 16 domain docsis for CMs huawei config dhcp domain docsis dhcpv6 ...

Страница 1715: ...address 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 Forwarding CM management packets multicast packets and VoD packets l VLAN ID 2005 l Port number 0 5 0 l IP address 2001 0db8 0008 13 64 Router l IP address of the Layer 3 interface for forwarding DHCP and broadband packets 2001 0db8 0007 6 64 l IP address of the Layer 3 interface for forwarding CM management packets 2001 0db8 0008 7 64 Server l IP addresses of DHCP ser...

Страница 1716: ...erface vlanif 2004 huawei config if vlanif2004 ipv6 address 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 huawei config if vlanif2004 quit b Create the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005 through which CM management packets multicast packets and VoD packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2005 huawei config if vlanif2005 ipv6 address 2001 0db8 0008 13 64 huawei config if vlanif2005 quit Step 2 Configure static rou...

Страница 1717: ...mission cannot be used l Only the network management parameters defined in SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 are supported l When the D CMTS automatically obtains management parameters it automatically generates a default route that can be restored However the default route may not be proper in service configuration Therefore you are advised to add a new route and delete the default one after the D CMTS managemen...

Страница 1718: ...00 Plan an SNMP management profile on the U2000 and D CMTS before creating the profile huawei config snmp profile add profile id 64 profile name snmp profile_64 v2c public private 192 168 50 55 30000 trapstatus 4 Configure D CMTS management parameters on the OLT huawei config nac config master 0 3 0 slave vlan 8 priority 6 ip address 192 168 50 2 mask 255 255 255 0 gateway 192 168 50 1 snmp profil...

Страница 1719: ...Configuring a Service Channel Between an OLT and a D CMTS This section describes how to configure a service channel between an optical line terminal OLT and a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS After the configuration the service channel forwards service packets on the D CMTS based on the planned VLAN and forwarding policy Data Plan Item Data High speed Internet HSI VoD broadband TV...

Страница 1720: ...ting and neighbor entries of a DHCPv6 user based on the user information recorded when the user goes online This prevents the need of manually configuring static routes and sending neighbor discovery ND packets to the user side thereby improving system security 2 Configure the maximum number of dialup users allowed on a service port For functions such as MAC address spoofing anti IP spoofing anti ...

Страница 1721: ... ID of the upstream channel modulation profile 1 by default l Channel central frequency MHz 29 8 42 60 49 00 and 55 4 Downstream channels l IDs 1 16 l Type European standard default channel type l Channel central frequency MHz 602 00 610 00 618 00 and 722 00 Procedure l Log in to and configure the ONU You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration The user name is root ...

Страница 1722: ...ameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels Parameter Description modulation A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker anti interference capability Therefore configure the modulation mode based on site requirements The default modulation mode is QAM256 This example uses the default setting The following configu...

Страница 1723: ... command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB 16 3 1 10 Configuring the HSI Service on a D CMTS A cable modem CM connects to a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS through a cable and provides the high speed Internet HSI service for users Data Plan Table 16 11...

Страница 1724: ...em Data VLAN ID of the VoD S VLAN 100 type of the VLAN smart Uplink port 0 0 1 Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration The user name is root and the password is mduadmin Step 2 Create an S VLAN The S VLAN is a user side service VLAN between the optical line terminal OLT and the distributed cable modem termination s...

Страница 1725: ...orks To transmit the video data on HFC networks the video data must be modulated into RF signals using the EQAM module Video data transmission on HFC networks uses existing CATV coaxial cables on the HFC networks thereby reducing network deployment costs Data Plan Table 16 13 Data plan for the VoD service Item Data EQAM IP address 10 10 10 10 VLAN ID of the VoD S VLAN 50 type of the VLAN smart Upl...

Страница 1726: ...uawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 4 type spts udp port 504 output program 4 pmtpid 80 channel 13 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 5 type spts udp port 505 output program 1 pmtpid 96 channel 14 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 6 type spts udp port 506 output program 2 pmtpid 112 channel 14 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 7 t...

Страница 1727: ...wei config cable eqam video domain huawei huawei config eqam domain huawei local ip 10 10 10 10 vlan 50 huawei config eqam domain huawei bind video profile name vod1 0 1 0 huawei config eqam domain huawei quit End Result The MA5633 supports packet statistics query Based on the statistical results you can determine whether users can order programs and whether packet loss occurs in program transmitt...

Страница 1728: ...uration if the service is accessed using a GE board OLT config service port 3 vlan 50 eth 0 3 0 multi service user vlan 50 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 16 3 1 13 Configuring the BTV Service A cable modem CM connects to a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS through a cable and provides the multicast service for users Context All home services use a service VLAN S VLAN and the S VLAN is globall...

Страница 1729: ... can be dynamically or statically generated For the D CMTS the multicast programs are dynamically generated huawei config mvlan100 igmp mode off Are you sure to close IGMP y n n y huawei config mvlan100 igmp match mode disable Step 7 Configure the multicast uplink port to 0 0 1 huawei config mvlan100 igmp uplink port 0 0 1 Step 8 Configure the IGMP mode to IGMP proxy huawei config mvlan100 igmp mo...

Страница 1730: ... src ip mask 24 permit huawei config multicast profile btv1 rule 1 priority 254 group ip 225 1 1 2 gro up ip mask 24 src ip 192 168 20 11 src ip mask 24 permit Step 12 Optional Configure cable multicast version huawei config cable multicast igmp version v3 End 16 3 1 14 Configuring the Dynamic PacketCable Service on a D CMTS A cable modem CM connects to a distributed cable modem termination system...

Страница 1731: ...fig interface vlanif 1000 huawei config if vlanif1000 ip address 192 168 60 3 24 huawei config if vlanif1000 quit huawei config port vlan 1000 0 0 1 Step 5 Configure a COPS connection The following configurations are used as an example to configure a COPS connection l COPS policy enforcement point PEP ID IP address of the Layer 3 interface for the COPS connection l Transmit and receive buffer for ...

Страница 1732: ... MA5633 can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay proxy and server 1 Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac address option60 option60 command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test NOTE You can run the simulate dhcp stop command to stop the DHCP emulation 2 Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test 3 C...

Страница 1733: ...s that the offer from the DHCP server is received l DHCP R indicates that the DHCP request from the CM is received l DHCP C indicates that the acknowledge from the DHCP server is received The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server to the CM using the Option 67 and Option 66 fields the Option 67 field carries the co...

Страница 1734: ...CSIS 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the C...

Страница 1735: ...l rej m indicates that the MIC verification fails l rej pt indicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified in the CM configuration file are su...

Страница 1736: ...d Usage Scenario Service Requirements An enterprise requires the provisioning of the L2VPN service Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16 6 MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems CMs are deployed at enterprises The CMs connect to radio frequency RF ports on the MA5633 through cables l A CM provides the enterprise service through a switch which connects to enterprise users l Enterpris...

Страница 1737: ... relay l IPv6 Configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP relay IPv6 l IPv4 Configure a route l IPv6 Configure a route IPv6 Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D CMTS Configure a service channel between the OLT and the D CMTS MA5633 Configure radio frequency RF port parameters Configure the L2VPN service Verify the configured service SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi ...

Страница 1738: ...g IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters MTAs 192 168 10 10 192 168 10 11 Procedure Step 1 Set the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config interface vlanif 100 huawei config if vlanif100 ip address 10 10 224 1 255 255 255 0 Set the IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs huawei config if vlanif100 quit Step 2 Configure the working mode of ...

Страница 1739: ...uawei config if vlanif100 quit End 16 3 2 4 Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers Prerequisites The upper layer router of an OLT has been configured Data Plan Table 16 18 ...

Страница 1740: ...rface eth 0 5 huawei config if eth 0 5 native vlan 0 vlan 2005 Remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of the 0 5 0 port huawei config if eth 0 5 quit 3 Create Layer 3 VLAN interfaces a Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004 through which DHCP packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2004 huawei config if vlanif2004 ip address 11 11 11 10 255 255 255 0 huawei config if vlan...

Страница 1741: ...Terminal side of CM network segment of CM 2001 0db8 0001 64 User side of OLT IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain of CMs 2001 0db8 0001 1 64 domain name docsis Network side of OLT Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets l VLAN ID 2004 l Port number 0 4 0 l IP address 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 Forwarding CM management packets multicast packets and VoD packets l VLAN ID 2005 l Port number 0 5 0 l ...

Страница 1742: ... duplicate address detect DAD proxy which prevents repeated link local addresses LLAs on the user side After receiving a DAD packet sent from the user side with destination IP address LLA the OLT with DAD proxy enabled checks user online information based on the destination IP address and VLAN If a user with the same IP address in the VLAN has been online the OLT makes a response and prohibits the...

Страница 1743: ...ute IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an OLT Through the route the OLT can forward packets at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers Prerequisites The upper layer router of the OLT has been configured Data Plan Table 16 20 data plan Configuration Item Data Terminal side of CM network segment ...

Страница 1744: ...ative VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports Packets between the OLT and its upper layer router are forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN tag is required The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports huawei config interface eth 0 4 huawei config if eth 0 4 native vlan 0 vlan 2004 The packets transmitted out of port 0 4 0 are untagged huawei config if eth 0 4 qu...

Страница 1745: ...ribes how to configure a management channel between an optical line terminal OLT and a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS After the configuration you can log in to the D CMTS from the OLT and configure the D CMTS Prerequisites The MA5633 management policy is set to stand alone To do so run the sysman centralized mgmt primary command Data Plan Item Data Remarks OLT GE port 0 3 0 l Do...

Страница 1746: ...vlanif 8 huawei config if vlanif8 ip address 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config if vlanif8 quit 2 Enable Network Admission Control NAC on the OLT huawei config nac enable master 0 3 0 3 Optional Create an SNMP management profile Perform this operation if the D CMTS is managed through the U2000 Plan an SNMP management profile on the U2000 and D CMTS before creating the profile huawei config snmp profile...

Страница 1747: ...he OLT to perform the configuration The user name is root and the password is mduadmin End 16 3 2 8 Configuring a Service Channel Between an OLT and a D CMTS Data Plan Item Data L2VPN enterprise service ID of the OLT VLAN transparently transmitting D CMTS packet tags 200 ID of the D CMTS VLAN 200 Uplink ports Port forwarding Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP and broadband packets 0 4 0 Port...

Страница 1748: ...by DHCP DHCPv6 PPPoE and SLAAC users run this command to restrict the number of users allowed on each service port huawei config security user max user count service port 1 2048 huawei config security user max user count service port 2 2048 l Configure a CM management channel 1 Configure a service flow to receive and transparently transmit D CMTS packets The following configurations are used as an...

Страница 1749: ... Item Data RF port 0 1 0 Upstream channels l IDs 1 4 l Type European standard default channel type l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile 1 by default l Channel central frequency MHz 29 8 42 60 49 00 and 55 4 Downstream channels l IDs 1 16 l Type European standard default channel type l Channel central frequency MHz 602 00 610 00 618 00 and 722 00 Procedure l Log in to and configure the O...

Страница 1750: ...ameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels Parameter Description modulation A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker anti interference capability Therefore configure the modulation mode based on site requirements The default modulation mode is QAM256 This example uses the default setting The following configu...

Страница 1751: ... In the upstream direction a cable modem CM connects to a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS through a cable In the downstream direction the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch Context An L2VPN S VLAN can be configured through a CM configuration file or commands Only one mode is used each time generally If both modes a...

Страница 1752: ...wei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 0 1 l To configure the L2VPN S VLAN through commands run the following commands huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config cable l2vpn dot1q 0 1 0 cm 0000 0000 1111 200 huawei config port vlan 200 0 0 1 End 16 3 2 11 Verifying Services A distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS locates on an optical node when the D CMTS functions as ...

Страница 1753: ...display cable modem all Idx MAC IP I F Status Prim Num Ver DS RX SID CPE Power 1 0023 ED6F 21A3 192 168 1 118 1 1 0 U4 ol pt 1 0 D2 0 Total 1 ol 0 ol ptd 0 ol pt 1 ol d 0 wol 0 wol ptd 0 wol pt 0 wol d 0 pol 0 pol ptd 0 pol pt 0 pol d 0 offline 0 rej m 0 rej pt 0 rej o 0 init 0 init rc 0 DHCP 0 DHCP O 0 DHCP R 0 DHCP C 0 REG 0 Note 1 Idx is the index of a CM 2 The downstream received power is in t...

Страница 1754: ...CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server to the CM using the Option 67 and Option 66 fields the Option 67 field carries the configuration file name and the Option 66 field carries the IP address of the TFTP or ToD server If the CM is always in the DHCP C state the CM fails to obtain the configuration file Then check the TFTP server routing between the OLT and th...

Страница 1755: ...CSIS 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the C...

Страница 1756: ...ls l rej pt indicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by the OLT l Verify that the L2VPN serv...

Страница 1757: ...o backhaul service is the same as that of configuring the L2VPN enterprise service and therefore is not described in this section For details see 16 3 2 2 Configuration Process 16 4 Service Configuration on a D CMTS That Works in GPON Access Mode on a Layer 3 Network This section describes how to configure services including home services L2VPN enterprise service and wireless local area network WL...

Страница 1758: ...S hardware is connected This section only describes how to configure the Internet access service VoD service BTV service and VoIP service Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16 9 MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems CMs are deployed at user homes The CMs connect to radio frequency RF ports on the MA5633 through cables l Port 1 on CM 1 connects to a PC for the Internet access servic...

Страница 1759: ...working Figure 16 10 Configuration roadmap for the home service networking SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 16 OptiCable D CMTS Configuration MA5633 Working as a Standalone NE Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1734 ...

Страница 1760: ...TS to the OLT You can configure a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS only after adding it to an optical line terminal OLT Configure a management channel between the OLT and the D CMTS This section describes how to configure a management channel between an optical line terminal OLT and a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS After the configuration you can log in to the D...

Страница 1761: ...mulation test checks whether the D CMTS can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay proxy and server 2 The status of a CM can be queried Based on the information you can determine whether the CM is online 16 4 1 3 Configuring DHCP Relay This section describes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP relay so that cable modems CMs can ...

Страница 1762: ...8 10 11 l DHCP server assigning IP addresses to PCs and STBs 192 168 10 12 192 168 10 13 IP address of the TFTP server 192 168 5 10 192 168 5 13 Procedure Step 1 Set the IP addresses of Layer 3 VLAN interfaces huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config interface vlanif 100 huawei config if vlanif100 arp proxy enable huawei config if vlanif100 ip address 10 10 224 1 255 255 255 0 description docsis...

Страница 1763: ...Cs locate After the configuration the PCs in the DHCP domain are corresponded to DHCP server group 1 huawei config dhcp domain default quit huawei config dhcp domain docsis Create Option 60 domain name docsis for CMs huawei config dhcp domain docsis dhcp server 0 vlan 100 Bind DHCP server group 0 to the DHCP domain where the CMs locate After the configuration the CMs in the DHCP domain are corresp...

Страница 1764: ...nd multicast packets l VLAN ID 2005 l Port number 0 5 0 l IP address 11 11 12 10 24 Layer 3 interfaces connecting the router to the OLT l Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets 11 11 11 11 l Forwarding CM management VoD COPS and multicast packets 11 11 12 11 l COPS gateway IP address 192 168 60 1 Upper layer servers of the OLT l DHCP servers DHCP server assigning IP addresses to CMs and media termi...

Страница 1765: ... through which DHCP and broadband packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2004 huawei config if vlanif2004 ip address 11 11 11 10 255 255 255 0 huawei config if vlanif2004 quit b Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2005 through which CM management and VoD packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2005 huawei config if vlanif2005 ip address 11 11 12 10 255 255 255 0 huawei c...

Страница 1766: ...HCP domain of CMs 2001 0db8 0001 1 64 domain name docsis l IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain of PCs with fees paid 2001 0db8 0003 3 64 domain name default l IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain of overdue PCs 2001 0db8 0004 4 64 domain name default Network side of OLT Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets l VLAN ID 2004 l Port number 0 4 0 l IP address 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 For...

Страница 1767: ...ving a DAD packet sent from the user side with destination IP address LLA the OLT with DAD proxy enabled checks user online information based on the destination IP address and VLAN If a user with the same IP address in the VLAN has been online the OLT makes a response and prohibits the new user from going online Otherwise the OLT does not make a response huawei config ipv6 dad proxy enable huawei ...

Страница 1768: ...huawei config if vlanif100 dhcp domain default gateway ipv6 2001 0db8 0003 3 64 2001 0db8 0004 4 64 Configure IP addresses of the gateways for the DHCP domain of PCs including the IP address of the gateway for the PCs with fees paid and the IP address of the gateway for overdue PCs huawei config if vlanif100 dhcp domain docsis gateway ipv6 2001 0db8 0001 1 64 Configure the IP address of the gatewa...

Страница 1769: ... server allocating IP addresses for CMs 2001 0db8 0006 8 64 2001 0db8 0006 9 64 DHCP server allocating IP addresses for PCs 2001 0db8 0006 10 64 2001 0db8 0006 11 64 l IP addresses of the CM management system 2001 0db8 0011 14 64 2001 0db8 0011 16 64 Procedure Step 1 Create VLAN Layer 3 interfaces on the network side 1 Create VLANs and add an uplink port to them respectively l VLAN 2004 used for f...

Страница 1770: ...uawei config ipv6 route static 0 2001 0db8 0007 6 64 Broadband packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2004 huawei config ipv6 route static 2001 0db8 0011 64 2001 0db8 0008 7 64 CM management packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interface of VLAN 2005 huawei config ipv6 route static 2001 0db8 0006 64 2001 0db8 0007 6 64 DHCP packets are forwarded through the Layer 3 interf...

Страница 1771: ...rofile Contains a series of alarm thresholds for measuring and monitoring the performance of activated D CMTS lines Command for querying an alarm profile display gpon alarm profile Command for adding an alarm profile gpon alarm profile add l Add a D CMTS using either of the methods listed in the following table based on site requirements Method Usage Scenario Command Add a D CMTS in offline mode Y...

Страница 1772: ...e huawei config dba profile add profile name PrivateLine type4 max 1000000 2 Configure a line profile Add line profile 10 and bind T CONT 5 to DBA profile PrivateLine In this way the T CONT provides flexible DBA solutions based on the configurations in the DBA profile huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 5 dba profile name PrivateLine The followi...

Страница 1773: ...d therefore the alarm profile does not need to be configured l To add an alarm profile for monitoring the performance of activated D CMTS lines run the gpon alarm profile add command Step 2 Add a D CMTS to an OLT The D CMTS connects to a GPON port on the OLT through an optical fiber You can configure the D CMTS only after adding it to the OLT 1 Add a D CMTS The following configurations are used as...

Страница 1774: ...display ont info 1 1 F S P 0 3 1 ONT ID 1 Control flag active The D CMTS has been activated Run state online The D CMTS has been online Config state normal The D CMTS has been configured The following terminal display is omitted Follow up Procedure If the D CMTS malfunctions follow the troubleshooting suggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults D CMTS Status Troubleshooting Suggest...

Страница 1775: ...through SNMP 1 Set the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT To remotely log in to the D CMTS for configuration set the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the D CMTS on the OLT huawei config vlan 8 smart huawei config port vlan 8 0 5 0 huawei config interface vlanif 8 huawei config if vlanif8 ip address 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config if vlanif8 quit 2 Set the inband ...

Страница 1776: ... thereby improving system security Step 2 Check whether the management channel between the OLT and the D CMTS is available l Run the ping 192 168 50 1 command on the OLT to check whether the D CMTS can communicate with the OLT If the OLT can receive Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP ECHO REPLY packets sent from the D CMTS the D CMTS is connected to the OLT l Run the telnet command on the OLT ...

Страница 1777: ...static routes and sending neighbor discovery ND packets to the user side thereby improving system security 2 Configure the maximum number of dialup users allowed on a service port For functions such as MAC address spoofing anti IP spoofing anti IPv6 spoofing DHCP Proxy IP Aware IPoE single MAC VMAC DHCP aging NS proxy response ARP proxy response DAD proxy and DHCPv6 associated routes depending on ...

Страница 1778: ...ault l Channel central frequency MHz 29 8 42 60 49 00 and 55 4 Downstream channels l IDs 1 16 l Type European standard default channel type l Channel central frequency MHz 602 00 610 00 618 00 and 722 00 Procedure l Log in to and configure the ONU You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration The user name is root and the password is mduadmin l Customize RF port parame...

Страница 1779: ...ameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels Parameter Description modulation A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker anti interference capability Therefore configure the modulation mode based on site requirements The default modulation mode is QAM256 This example uses the default setting The following configu...

Страница 1780: ... command to check whether the RF port parameters meet site requirements A greater SNR ratio results in better signal quality The recommended SNR ratio is greater than 30 dB 16 4 1 11 Configuring the HSI Service on an MA5633 A cable modem CM connects to a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS through a cable and provides the high speed Internet HSI service for users Data Plan Table 16 3...

Страница 1781: ...em Data VLAN ID of the VoD S VLAN 100 type of the VLAN smart Uplink port 0 0 1 Procedure Step 1 Log in to and configure the ONU You can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configuration The user name is root and the password is mduadmin Step 2 Create an S VLAN The S VLAN is a user side service VLAN between the optical line terminal OLT and the distributed cable modem termination s...

Страница 1782: ...orks To transmit the video data on HFC networks the video data must be modulated into RF signals using the EQAM module Video data transmission on HFC networks uses existing CATV coaxial cables on the HFC networks thereby reducing network deployment costs Data Plan Table 16 33 Data plan for the VoD service Item Data EQAM IP address 10 10 10 10 VLAN ID of the VoD S VLAN 50 type of the VLAN smart Upl...

Страница 1783: ...uawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 4 type spts udp port 504 output program 4 pmtpid 80 channel 13 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 5 type spts udp port 505 output program 1 pmtpid 96 channel 14 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 6 type spts udp port 506 output program 2 pmtpid 112 channel 14 huawei config eqam video profile vod1 mapping index 7 t...

Страница 1784: ...wei config cable eqam video domain huawei huawei config eqam domain huawei local ip 10 10 10 10 vlan 50 huawei config eqam domain huawei bind video profile name vod1 0 1 0 huawei config eqam domain huawei quit End Result The MA5633 supports packet statistics query Based on the statistical results you can determine whether users can order programs and whether packet loss occurs in program transmitt...

Страница 1785: ... if the service is accessed using a GE board OLT config service port 3 vlan 50 eth 0 3 0 multi service user vlan 50 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 16 4 1 14 Configuring the BTV Service on an MA5633 A cable modem CM connects to a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS through a cable and provides the multicast service for users Context All home services use a service VLAN S VLAN and the S VLAN is g...

Страница 1786: ... can be dynamically or statically generated For the D CMTS the multicast programs are dynamically generated huawei config mvlan100 igmp mode off Are you sure to close IGMP y n n y huawei config mvlan100 igmp match mode disable Step 7 Configure the multicast uplink port to 0 0 1 huawei config mvlan100 igmp uplink port 0 0 1 Step 8 Configure the IGMP mode to IGMP proxy huawei config mvlan100 igmp mo...

Страница 1787: ...src ip mask 24 permit huawei config multicast profile btv1 rule 1 priority 254 group ip 225 1 1 2 gro up ip mask 24 src ip 192 168 20 11 src ip mask 24 permit Step 12 Optional Configure cable multicast version huawei config cable multicast igmp version v3 End 16 4 1 15 Configuring the Dynamic PacketCable Service on an MA5633 A cable modem CM connects to a distributed cable modem termination system...

Страница 1788: ...fig interface vlanif 1000 huawei config if vlanif1000 ip address 192 168 60 3 24 huawei config if vlanif1000 quit huawei config port vlan 1000 0 0 1 Step 5 Configure a COPS connection The following configurations are used as an example to configure a COPS connection l COPS policy enforcement point PEP ID IP address of the Layer 3 interface for the COPS connection l Transmit and receive buffer for ...

Страница 1789: ... MA5633 can communicate with the DHCP server and verifies CM DHCP configurations on the DHCP relay proxy and server 1 Run the simulate dhcp start cm mac address option60 option60 command to start a DHCP dialup emulation test NOTE You can run the simulate dhcp stop command to stop the DHCP emulation 2 Run the display simulation dhcp command to query the results of the DHCP dialup emulation test 3 C...

Страница 1790: ...s that the offer from the DHCP server is received l DHCP R indicates that the DHCP request from the CM is received l DHCP C indicates that the acknowledge from the DHCP server is received The DHCP server has assigned an IP address to the CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server to the CM using the Option 67 and Option 66 fields the Option 67 field carries the co...

Страница 1791: ...CSIS 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the C...

Страница 1792: ...l rej m indicates that the MIC verification fails l rej pt indicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified in the CM configuration file are su...

Страница 1793: ...sage Scenario Service Requirements An enterprise requires the provisioning of the L2VPN service Usage Scenario As shown in Figure 16 11 an MA5633 is deployed on an optical node and cable modems CMs are deployed at enterprises The CMs connect to radio frequency RF ports on the MA5633 through cables l A CM provides the enterprise service through a switch which connects to enterprise users l Enterpri...

Страница 1794: ...bes how to configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP relay so that cable modems CMs can obtain IP addresses in different network segments l IPv4 Configure a route l IPv6 Configure a route IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 betwee...

Страница 1795: ... forwarding policy MA563 3 Configure radio frequency RF port parameters Radio frequency RF port parameters define the frequency spectrum range for signal transmission and modulation mode The configuration of RF port parameters implements data service transmission over cables Configure the L2VPN service None Verify the configured service A D CMTS supports multiple remote service verification method...

Страница 1796: ...g IP addresses to CMs and media terminal adapters MTAs 192 168 10 10 192 168 10 11 Procedure Step 1 Set the IP address of the VLAN Layer 3 interface huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config interface vlanif 100 huawei config if vlanif100 ip address 10 10 224 1 255 255 255 0 Set the IP address of the DHCP domain gateway for CMs huawei config if vlanif100 quit Step 2 Configure the working mode of ...

Страница 1797: ...uawei config if vlanif100 quit End 16 4 2 4 Configuring a Route This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an optical line terminal OLT Through the route packets are forwarded at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers Prerequisites The upper layer router of an OLT has been configured Data Plan Table 16 38 ...

Страница 1798: ...rface eth 0 5 huawei config if eth 0 5 native vlan 0 vlan 2005 Remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of the 0 5 0 port huawei config if eth 0 5 quit 3 Create Layer 3 VLAN interfaces a Create a Layer 3 interface for VLAN 2004 through which DHCP packets are forwarded huawei config interface vlanif 2004 huawei config if vlanif2004 ip address 11 11 11 10 255 255 255 0 huawei config if vlan...

Страница 1799: ...Terminal side of CM network segment of CM 2001 0db8 0001 64 User side of OLT IP address of the gateway for the DHCP domain of CMs 2001 0db8 0001 1 64 domain name docsis Network side of OLT Forwarding DHCP and broadband packets l VLAN ID 2004 l Port number 0 4 0 l IP address 2001 0db8 0007 12 64 Forwarding CM management packets multicast packets and VoD packets l VLAN ID 2005 l Port number 0 5 0 l ...

Страница 1800: ... duplicate address detect DAD proxy which prevents repeated link local addresses LLAs on the user side After receiving a DAD packet sent from the user side with destination IP address LLA the OLT with DAD proxy enabled checks user online information based on the destination IP address and VLAN If a user with the same IP address in the VLAN has been online the OLT makes a response and prohibits the...

Страница 1801: ...ute IPv6 This section describes how to implement network communication by configuring a route in Layer 3 networking with an OLT Through the route the OLT can forward packets at Layer 3 between the OLT and its upper layer devices or servers Prerequisites The upper layer router of the OLT has been configured Data Plan Table 16 40 data plan Configuration Item Data Terminal side of CM network segment ...

Страница 1802: ...ative VLANs for Ethernet outbound ports Packets between the OLT and its upper layer router are forwarded at Layer 3 and no VLAN tag is required The created native VLANs remove VLAN tags from the packets transmitted out of Ethernet ports huawei config interface eth 0 4 huawei config if eth 0 4 native vlan 0 vlan 2004 The packets transmitted out of port 0 4 0 are untagged huawei config if eth 0 4 qu...

Страница 1803: ...7 Adding a D CMTS to an OLT You can configure a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS only after adding it to an optical line terminal OLT Prerequisites The MA5633 management policy is set to stand alone To do so run the sysman centralized mgmt primary command Context l When adding a D CMTS to an OLT bind the following profiles to the D CMTS dynamic bandwidth allocation DBA profile lin...

Страница 1804: ...Method Usage Scenario Command Add a D CMTS in offline mode You have obtained the password or serial number SN of the D CMTS Run the ont add command to add the D CMTS to an OLT Add an online D CMTS and confirm the automatic ally discovere d D CMTS You do not know the password or SN of the D CMTS In GPON mode run the port ont auto find command to enable the D CMTS automatic discovery function on GPO...

Страница 1805: ...id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 5 dba profile name PrivateLine The following configurations are used as an example to add a line profile l Index of the GEM port for carrying management service flows 0 l Index of the GEM port for carrying L2VPN service flows 1 l ID of the T CONT that GEM ports 0 and 1 are bound 5 l QoS mode priority queue default l Queue priority of GEM ports 0 and 1 ...

Страница 1806: ...of the line profile bound to the D CMTS is 10 To add a D CTMS in offline mode do as follows huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 1 sn auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 desc MA5633_0 3 1 1_lineprofile10 To automatically find a D CMTS do as follows huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 port 1 ont auto find enable huawei config if gp...

Страница 1807: ...uggestions listed in the following table to rectify faults D CMTS Status Troubleshooting Suggestion The Control flag of the D CMTS is deactivated In GPON port mode run the ont activate command to activate the D CMTS The D CMTS is offline Run state displayed as offline The physical line may be disconnected or the optical module may be damaged Rectify the fault by checking line connection and the ha...

Страница 1808: ... huawei config vlan 8 smart huawei config port vlan 8 0 5 0 huawei config interface vlanif 8 huawei config if vlanif8 ip address 192 168 50 1 24 huawei config if vlanif8 quit 2 Set the inband management VLAN and IP address of the D CMTS Set the static IP address of the D CMTS to 192 168 50 2 24 the IP address of the gateway to 192 168 50 1 and the ID of the management VLAN to 8 the same as the man...

Страница 1809: ... management channel between the OLT and the D CMTS is available l Run the ping 192 168 50 1 command on the OLT to check whether the D CMTS can communicate with the OLT If the OLT can receive Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP ECHO REPLY packets sent from the D CMTS the D CMTS is connected to the OLT l Run the telnet command on the OLT to remotely log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the c...

Страница 1810: ... NS proxy response ARP proxy response DAD proxy and DHCPv6 associated routes depending on dialup operations performed by DHCP DHCPv6 PPPoE and SLAAC users run this command to restrict the number of users allowed on each service port huawei config security user max user count service port 1 2048 l Configure a CM management channel 1 Configure a service flow to receive and transparently transmit D C...

Страница 1811: ...on over cables Data Plan Table 16 43 Data plan for RF port parameters Item Data RF port 0 1 0 Upstream channels l IDs 1 4 l Type European standard default channel type l ID of the upstream channel modulation profile 1 by default l Channel central frequency MHz 29 8 42 60 49 00 and 55 4 Downstream channels l IDs 1 16 l Type European standard default channel type l Channel central frequency MHz 602 ...

Страница 1812: ...ameters for downstream channels and activate the downstream channels Parameter Description modulation A greater modulation mode value for downstream channels results in a higher channel bandwidth but weaker anti interference capability Therefore configure the modulation mode based on site requirements The default modulation mode is QAM256 This example uses the default setting The following configu...

Страница 1813: ...3 In the upstream direction a cable modem CM connects to a distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS through a cable In the downstream direction the CM connects to a switch to provide the L2VPN enterprise service to the users connected to the switch Context An L2VPN S VLAN can be configured through a CM configuration file or commands Only one mode is used each time generally If both modes ...

Страница 1814: ...wei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 0 1 l To configure the L2VPN S VLAN through commands run the following commands huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config cable l2vpn dot1q 0 1 0 cm 0000 0000 1111 200 huawei config port vlan 200 0 0 1 End 16 4 2 12 Verifying Services A distributed cable modem termination system D CMTS locates on an optical node when the D CMTS functions as ...

Страница 1815: ...display cable modem all Idx MAC IP I F Status Prim Num Ver DS RX SID CPE Power 1 0023 ED6F 21A3 192 168 1 118 1 1 0 U4 ol pt 1 0 D2 0 Total 1 ol 0 ol ptd 0 ol pt 1 ol d 0 wol 0 wol ptd 0 wol pt 0 wol d 0 pol 0 pol ptd 0 pol pt 0 pol d 0 offline 0 rej m 0 rej pt 0 rej o 0 init 0 init rc 0 DHCP 0 DHCP O 0 DHCP R 0 DHCP C 0 REG 0 Note 1 Idx is the index of a CM 2 The downstream received power is in t...

Страница 1816: ...CM and sent configuration file name and IP address of the TFTP or ToD server to the CM using the Option 67 and Option 66 fields the Option 67 field carries the configuration file name and the Option 66 field carries the IP address of the TFTP or ToD server If the CM is always in the DHCP C state the CM fails to obtain the configuration file Then check the TFTP server routing between the OLT and th...

Страница 1817: ...CSIS 3 0 l wol pt indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol ptd indicates that the CM is online and passes the BPI authentication NetAccessEnable is disabled and all channels bound to the CM are available valid only for CMs complying with DOCSIS 3 0 l wol d indicates that the C...

Страница 1818: ...cates that the MIC verification fails l rej pt indicates that the BPI authentication fails l rej o indicates that the authentication reject due to other reasons If the CM is in the reject state no service flow can be created Then check the CM authentication and CM message integrity check MIC and check whether class of service COS parameters specified in the CM configuration file are supported by t...

Страница 1819: ...hotspot radio backhaul service The wireless APs provide Wi Fi access for users l Wi Fi users access the Internet through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP dialup Figure 16 13 WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service networking Configuration The method of configuring the WLAN hotspot radio backhaul service is the same as that of configuring the L2VPN enterprise service and therefore is not descri...

Страница 1820: ...and can also be used for video monitoring 17 1 Configuration Example of the FTTx Service GPON Access This topic describes how to configure the data service in the GPON access mode in various FTTx scenarios SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 17 Electrical Service Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copy...

Страница 1821: ...oring data over Ethernet l The data is transmitted over a GPON network Networking Figure 17 1 shows an example network for configuring video monitoring data transmission over Ethernet l Located at a monitored point the ONU is connected to video encoders through GE FE autonegotiation electrical ports The ONU receives encoded video monitoring information and forwards the information upstream to an O...

Страница 1822: ... channel between the OLT and the ONU After configuring an inband management channel between the OLT and the ONU you can log in to the ONU and configure data for the ONU on the OLT 3 Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU The video monitoring data is received by the ONU and then transmitted to the OLT The OLT transparently transmits the data to the monitoring center over the upper ...

Страница 1823: ...20 24 GPON service board l Port 0 3 1 l ONU ID 1 l ONU authentication mode SN l ONU SN 48575443E6D8B541 DBA profile l Profile name VideoMonitoring l Type type3 l Assured bandwidth 20 Mbit s l Maximum bandwidth 50 Mbit s ONU line profile l Profile ID 10 bound to DBA profile VideoMonitoring l GEM port ID 0 used for transmitting inband management service stream l GEM port ID 1 used for transparently ...

Страница 1824: ...ne profile service profile and alarm profile l DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate l Line profile A line profile describes the binding between the T CONT and the DBA profile the QoS mode of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU si...

Страница 1825: ...rt 0 map the service port of video monitoring information SVLAN 100 to GEM port 1 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100 After the configuration is complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huaw...

Страница 1826: ...1 sn auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 desc MA5621_0 3 1 1_lineprofile10 NOTE If multiple ONUs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile is bound to the ONUs you can add ONUs in batches by confirming the auto found ONUs in batches to simplify the operation and increase the configuration efficiency For example the preceding command can be m...

Страница 1827: ...s the ONU through OMCI the management channel need not be configured a Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT To log in to the ONU through Telnet and configure the ONU from the OLT you must configure the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the ONU on the OLT Create management VLAN 8 and add upstream port 0 0 0 to it Configure the inband management IP add...

Страница 1828: ...OLT and then the configuration takes effect globally In the subsequent phases you need not configure queue scheduling repeatedly when configuring other services huawei config queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 Configure the mapping between queues and 802 1p priorities Priorities 0 7 map queues 0 7 respectively For the service board that supports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p pr...

Страница 1829: ...nal and video decoder will receive video monitoring information Configuration File Configure the OLT vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 0 19 0 vlan 8 smart port vlan 8 0 19 0 interface vlanif 8 ip address 192 168 50 20 24 quit dba profile add profile name VideoMonitoring type3 assure 20480 max 51200 ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 tcont 5 dba profile name VideoMonitoring gem add 0 eth tcont 5 priorit...

Страница 1830: ...n information in the electrical power system needs to be collected in real time and transmitted to an automatic meter reading system AMR server l The smart meter on the user side has a serial port and an ONU is connected to the smart meter through the serial port l The power consumption information is transmitted through a GPON network Networking Figure 17 3 shows an example network for configurin...

Страница 1831: ...t cable NOTE In this example an MA5621 is used as the ONU Configuration Flowchart Figure 17 4 provides the procedure for configuring intelligent collection of power consumption information in the electrical power system over Ethernet SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 17 Electrical Service Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Propr...

Страница 1832: ... can log in to the ONU on the OLT and configure data for the ONU 3 Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU The power consumption information collected by the ONU is transparently transmitted by the OLT through the upper layer network to the AMR server ONU 1 Create a virtual local area network VLAN and add the uplink port to the VLAN To transmit packets with a VLAN tag through an up...

Страница 1833: ...aximum bandwidth 50 Mbit s ONU line profile l Profile ID 10 bound to DBA profile Data l GEM port ID 0 used for transmitting inband management service stream l GEM port ID 1 used for transparently transmitting meter data l T CONT ID 5 ONU management mode SNMP Table 17 4 Data plan for configuring intelligent collection of power consumption information in the electrical power system over Ethernet ONU...

Страница 1834: ...of the traffic stream and the mapping between the GEM port and the ONU side service l Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed through OMCI l Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is noti...

Страница 1835: ...sholds of all the alarm parameters in the default alarm profile are 0 which indicates that no alarm is generated l In this example the default alarm profile is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required l Run the gpon alarm profile add command to add an alarm profile which is used for monitoring the performance of an activated ONU line 4 Add an ONU on the OLT The ONU...

Страница 1836: ...dified as follows huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont confirm 1 all sn auth snmp ont lineprofile id 10 desc MA5621_0 3 1_lineprofile10 5 Confirm that the ONU goes online normally After an ONU is added run the display ont info command to query the current status of the ONU Ensure that Control flag of the ONU is active Run State is online and Config state is normal huawei config if gpon 0 3 display ont in...

Страница 1837: ...ddress 192 168 50 20 24 huawei config if vlanif8 quit b Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU Configure the static IP address of the ONU to 192 168 50 2 24 and the management VLAN ID to 8 the same as the management VLAN of the OLT huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont ipconfig 1 1 ip address 192 168 50 2 mask 255 255 255 0 manage vlan 8 c Configure...

Страница 1838: ...ueue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 10 Save the data huawei config save Step 2 Configure the ONU NOTE Because the management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured you can remote log in to the ONU from the OLT to perform the configurat...

Страница 1839: ...service user vlan 8 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 service port 1 vlan 100 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 100 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save Configure the ONU vlan 100 smart port vlan 100 0 0 0 service port 2 vlan 100 eth 0 1 0 multi service user vlan untagged rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 save ...

Страница 1840: ... terminal units is transparently transmitted to the master station system and therefore the transmission network must be secure enough to ensure reliable running of the smart grid l Terminal units must communicate with each other This is because when a breaker is disconnected or the switch position of an isolator switch changes a terminal unit must directly send the change information to the measu...

Страница 1841: ... for configuring automatic transmission of site information in the electrical power system over Ethernet Splitter Active Link Standby Link OLT ONU_A ONU_B OSN PTN Master station system Terminal unit A Terminal unit B Transmission NOTE In this example an MA5621 is used as the ONU Data Plan Table 17 5 provides the OLT data plan and Table 17 6 provides the ONU data plan SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608...

Страница 1842: ...0 3 1 GPON port connecting to the active line 0 4 1 GPON port connecting to the standby line l ONU ID 1 l ONU authentication mode SN l ONU SN 48575443E6D8B541 DBA profile l Profile name Data l Type type3 l Assured bandwidth 20 Mbit s l Maximum bandwidth 50 Mbit s ONU line profile l Profile ID 10 bound to the DBA profile named Data l GEM port ID 0 used for transmitting inband management service str...

Страница 1843: ...net port 0 1 1 Port 0 1 1 is used for services on terminal unit A Uplink port GPON port l 0 0 0 active uplink port l 0 0 1 standby uplink port Uplink VLAN l Smart VLAN 8 used for inband management VLAN l Smart VLAN 200 used for transmitting power distribution site information l Smart VLAN 100 used for transmitting GOOSE packets The uplink VLAN must be the same as the CVLAN on the OLT Priority The ...

Страница 1844: ...used In the case of multiple uplink ports upstream link aggregation can be configured 3 Configure GPON ONU profiles GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile l DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate l Line profile A ...

Страница 1845: ... priority queue 3 Configure the mapping mode from the GEM port to ONU side service to VLAN default map the service port of management VLAN 8 to GEM port 0 map the service port of the site information SVLAN 200 to GEM port 1 and map the service port of the goose packets SVLAN 300 to GEM port 2 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 0 0 vlan...

Страница 1846: ...yed Number 1 F S P 0 3 1 Ont SN 48575443E6D8B541 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version MA5621 Ont SoftwareVersion V800R312C00 Ont EquipmentID SmartAX MA5621 Ont autofind time 2012 09 10 11 20 16 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 desc MA5621_0 3 1 1_lineprofile10 NOTE If multiple ONUs of the same type are connected to a port and the sam...

Страница 1847: ...T remotely manages the ONU through OMCI the management channel need not be configured a Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT To log in to the ONU through Telnet and configure the ONU from the OLT you must configure the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the ONU on the OLT Create management VLAN 8 and configure the inband management IP address to 192 1...

Страница 1848: ...service port Configure the site information service port ID to 1 SVLAN ID to 200 CVLAN ID to 200 and GEM port ID to 1 and configure the GOOSE packets service port ID to 2 SVLAN ID to 100 CVLAN ID to 100 and GEM port ID to 2 Rate limitation for upstream and downstream packets is performed on the ONU instead of on the OLT The same port is used for transmitting the site information about the electric...

Страница 1849: ...on 0 3 1 ont 1 gem port 2 multi service user vlan 100 inbound traffic table index 21 outbound traffic table index 21 10 Configure the bridging function for GOOSE packets a Disable the unknown multicast suppression function Goose packets are unknown multicast packets Disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the OLT to ensure that GOOSE packets are not lost huawei config multicast unkno...

Страница 1850: ... 20 Profile Name srvprof 20 Parameter Committed Not Committed Forwarding mode NotConfig Anti macspoofing NotConfig Anti ipspoofing enable PPPoE MAC mode NotConfig BPDU tunnel NotConfig RIP tunnel NotConfig VTP CDP tunnel NotConfig DHCP mode n a DHCP proxy enable DHCP option82 enable PITP enable Broadcast packet policy NotConfig Multicast packet policy forward Unknown unicast packet policy NotConfi...

Страница 1851: ...ueue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 12 Save the data huawei config save Step 2 The following describes the procedure for configuring the automatic transmission of site information about the electrical powe...

Страница 1852: ...rity to 1 set the traffic profile index of GOOSE packets to 11 and the priority to 5 huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 1 priority policy local Setting Create traffic descriptor record successfully TD Index 10 TD Name ip traffic table_10 Priority 1 Copy Priority CTAG Mapping Priority CTAG Default Priority 0 Priority Policy local pri CIR off CBS off PIR off PBS off Color Mode ...

Страница 1853: ...cttr 11 7 Configure the bridging function for GOOSE packets a Disable the unknown multicast suppression function Goose packets are unknown multicast packets Disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the OLT to ensure that GOOSE packets are not lost huawei config vlan service profile profile id 10 huawei config vlan srvprof 10 packet policy multicast forward Info Please use the commit c...

Страница 1854: ...o traffic suppress 1 multicast huawei config if eth 0 1 quit huawei config interface eth 0 0 huawei config if eth 0 0 undo traffic suppress all multicast huawei config if eth 0 0 quit 8 Set the queue scheduling mode to strict priority queue PQ The GOOSE service traffic is forwarded in PQ mode huawei config queue scheduler strict priority 9 Save the data huawei config save End Result After the mast...

Страница 1855: ...able ip index 20 cir off priority 1 priority policy local Setting traffic table ip index 21 cir off priority 5 priority policy local Setting service port 1 vlan 200 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 200 inbound traffic table index 20 outbound traffic table index 20 service port 2 vlan 100 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 100 gemport 2 inbound traffic table index ...

Страница 1856: ...net port or Bidirectional Forwarding Detection BFD sessions on an optical line terminal OLT namely a protection group is associated with the status of an upstream Ethernet port of BFD sessions the OLT notifies the ONU of performing an active standby switchover to restore services when the OLT upstream network fails to be connected or an OLT Layer 2 physical link fails For details about the GPON ty...

Страница 1857: ... optical network PON port An ONU provides two PON ports for upstream transmission and the backbone fiber optical splitter and distribution fiber are configured for redundancy backup In this scenario GPON type C dual homing protection can be configured to ensure service reliability Figure 17 6 Example network for configuring automatic transmission of power distribution site information in the elect...

Страница 1858: ...tion mode SN ONU SN 48575443E6D8B541 DBA profile Profile name Data Type type3 Assured bandwidth 20 Mbit s Maximum bandwidth 50 Mbit s ONU line profile l Profile ID 10 bound to the DBA profile named Data l GEM port ID 0 used for transmitting inband management service stream l GEM port ID 1 used for transparently transmitting the information about the electrical power system l GEM port ID 2 used for...

Страница 1859: ...stem over Ethernet ONU side Device Configurati on Item Data Remarks ONU_A Inband management IP address IP address 192 168 50 2 24 Traffic profile l Index 10 used for transmitting the power distribution site information l Index 11 used for transmitting GOOSE packets Service port Eth port 0 1 1 Uplink port GPON port 0 0 0 0 0 1 Uplink VLAN l Smart VLAN 100 used for transmitting power distribution si...

Страница 1860: ...is used In the case of multiple uplink ports upstream link aggregation can be configured 3 Configure GPON ONU profiles GPON ONU profiles include the DBA profile line profile service profile and alarm profile l DBA profile A DBA profile describes the GPON traffic parameters A T CONT is bound to a DBA profile for dynamic bandwidth allocation improving the upstream bandwidth usage rate l Line profile...

Страница 1861: ...eue 3 Configure the mapping mode from the GEM port to ONU side service to VLAN default map the service port of management VLAN 8 to GEM port 0 map the service port of the site information SVLAN 200 to GEM port 1 and map the service port of the GOOSE packets SVLAN 101 to GEM port 2 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 mapping mode vlan huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei co...

Страница 1862: ...575443E6D8B541 Password VenderID HWTC Ont Version MA5621 Ont SoftwareVersion V800R312C00 Ont EquipmentID SmartAX MA5621 Ont autofind time 2012 09 10 11 20 16 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 desc MA5621_0 3 1 1_lineprofile10 NOTE If multiple ONUs of the same type are connected to a port and the same line profile or service profile ...

Страница 1863: ...hrough OMCI the management channel need not be configured a Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the OLT To log in to the ONU through Telnet and configure the ONU from the OLT you must configure the inband management VLANs and IP addresses of the OLT and the ONU on the OLT Create management VLAN 8 and configure the inband management IP address to 192 168 50 20 24 huawei config if...

Страница 1864: ...t group member port 0 3 1 ont 1 role work huawei protect group 0 protect group enable Determine whether to run this command based on the type of the member type in a protect group on the port huawei protect group 0 quit 9 Create a service port Configure the site information service port ID to 1 SVLAN ID to 200 GEM port ID to 1 and CVLAN ID to 100 and configure the GOOSE packets service port ID to ...

Страница 1865: ... huawei config service port 1 vlan 200 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 100 rx cttr 20 tx cttr 20 huawei config service port 2 vlan 101 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gemport 2 multi service user vlan 101 rx cttr 21 tx cttr 21 10 Configure the bridging function for GOOSE packets a Disable the unknown multicast suppression function Goose packets are unknown multicast packets Disable the unknown...

Страница 1866: ...nd the VLAN service profile to the uplink VLAN huawei config display vlan service profile profile id 20 Command display vlan service profile profile id 20 Profile ID 20 Profile Name srvprof 20 Parameter Committed Not Committed Forwarding mode NotConfig Anti macspoofing NotConfig Anti ipspoofing enable PPPoE MAC mode NotConfig BPDU tunnel NotConfig RIP tunnel NotConfig VTP CDP tunnel NotConfig DHCP...

Страница 1867: ...ports only four queues the mapping between 802 1p priorities and queue IDs is as follows priorities 0 and 1 map queue 1 priorities 2 and 3 map queue 2 priorities 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 12 Associated a protection group with an upstream Ethernet port huawei config protect group 0 huawei pr...

Страница 1868: ... default Run the pon uplink mode active standby command to set the mode huawei config pon uplink mode active standby Determine whether to run this command based on the dual PON ports upstream mode 3 Configure a traffic profile The same port is used for transmitting power distribution site information and GOOSE packets Therefore the 802 1p priority of each service needs to be set The priority of po...

Страница 1869: ...r power distribution site information create service port 2 with SVLAN 100 and traffic profile 10 For GOOSE packets create service port 3 with SVLAN 101 and traffic profile 11 huawei config service port 2 vlan 100 eth 0 1 1 multi service user vlan untagged rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 huawei config service port 3 vlan 101 eth 0 1 1 multi service user vlan 2 rx cttr 11 tx cttr 11 7 Configure the bridging ...

Страница 1870: ...r Committed Not Committed Forwarding mode VLAN MAC BPDU tunnel disable RIP tunnel disable VTP CDP tunnel disable Multicast packet policy forward User bridging enable OSPF tunnel enable Binding VLAN list 0 huawei config vlan bind service profile 101 profile id 10 d In ETH mode disable the unknown multicast suppression function on the user side interface and uplink port huawei config interface eth 0...

Страница 1871: ...h tcont 5 priority queue 3 mapping mode vlan gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 200 gem mapping 2 2 vlan 101 commit quit interface gpon 0 3 port 1 ont auto find enable ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 desc MA5621_0 3 1 1_lineprofile10 ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip address 192 168 50 2 mask 255 255 255 0 vlan 8 ont alarm profile 1 1 profile id 1 servic...

Страница 1872: ... eth 0 0 undo traffic suppress all multicast quit squeue scheduler strict priority save 17 1 5 Configuration Example of Transmitting Information Collected in Centralized Mode in the Smart Grid over a Serial Port An optical network unit ONU supports the serial port access service and transmits the service upstream to an optical line terminal OLT through a gigabit capable passive optical network GPO...

Страница 1873: ...nstream from the AMR server the ONU restores the UDP or TCP packets to serial port data flows and transmits the data flows to terminal units Figure 17 7 Network diagram for transmitting information collected in centralized mode in the smart grid over a serial port OLT ONU 10 1 1 2 24 0 2 0 0 0 0 VLAN 30 10 1 1 3 24 Master electric station server Serial port frame Electric terminal Socket communica...

Страница 1874: ...e OLT and the ONU is available 3 Configure a service channel between the OLT and the ONU The meter data collected by the ONU needs to be transparently transmitted to the AMR server on the upper layer network through the OLT ONU 1 Configure a Layer 3 interface The data collected by an ONU needs to carry IP addresses so that it can be transmitted over an IP network 2 Configure serial port attributes...

Страница 1875: ...Mbit s l Maximum bandwidth 50 Mbit s ONU line profile l ONU line profile 10 bound to DBA profile SerialAccess l GPON encapsulation mode GEM port ID 0 inband management service port ID l GEM port ID 1 transparent transmission service port ID l Transmission container T CONT ID 5 ONU management mode Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP Table 17 10 Data plan for the ONU Configuration Item Data Rema...

Страница 1876: ...l Serial port frame type none If a remote port ID is not specified on an ONU the system obtains the port ID based on the connection packets received on the serial port from the remote port NOTE When specifying a remote port ID on an ONU ensure that it is the same as the ID of the source port sending connection packets Procedure Step 1 Configure the OLT 1 Create a service VLAN and add an uplink por...

Страница 1877: ...profile add profile name SerialAccess type3 assure 20480 max 51200 b Configure an ONU line profile Add GPON ONU line profile 10 and bind T CONT 5 to DBA profile SerialAccess Then the T CONT can provide flexible DBA solutions based on different DBA profile configurations huawei config ont lineprofile gpon profile id 10 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 tcont 5 dba profile name SerialAccess Add GEM ...

Страница 1878: ... mode to enable the ONU automatic discovery function Then run the ont confirm command to confirm the automatically discovered ONU To add an ONU in offline mode run the following commands huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont add 1 1 sn auth 48575443E6D8B541 snmp ont lineprofile id 10 desc MA5621_0 3 1 1_lineprofile10 To add an ONU using the ONU automatic discovery function...

Страница 1879: ...te command in GPON port mode to activate the ONU l If the ONU cannot be in the up state Run state is offline check materials and lines because the physical line may be cut or the optical module may be damaged l If the ONU status is abnormal Config state is failed ONU capabilities cannot support the configured ONU capability set Then run the display ont failed configuration command in diagnosis mod...

Страница 1880: ...ttr 6 7 Verify that the management channel between the OLT and the ONU is available l Run the ping 192 168 50 2 command on the OLT to check the connectivity to the ONU If the OLT can receive ICMP ECHO REPLY packets sent from the ONU the OLT is connected to the ONU l Run the telnet 192 168 50 2 command to log in to the ONU and configure it 8 Create a service port Configure the ID of the service por...

Страница 1881: ... map queue 4 huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 10 Save the data huawei config save Step 2 Configure the ONU NOTE The management VLAN and the management IP address have been configured Therefore you can run the telnet 192 168 50 2 command on the OLT to log in to the ONU and configure the ONU You can also log in to the ONU through a serial port and c...

Страница 1882: ...s 10 1 1 2 frame type none 6 Save the data huawei config save End Result 1 Run the ping command to verify that the route between the ONU and the master station server is available 2 Run the display serialop connection command to query whether the status of the serial port TCP IP connection is established to determine whether the ONU and the master station server communicate with each other properl...

Страница 1883: ... rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 traffic table ip index 20 cir off priority 1 priority policy local Setting service port 1 vlan 30 gpon 0 3 1 ont 1 gemport 1 multi service user vlan 30 rx cttr 20 tx cttr 20 queue scheduler wrr 10 10 20 20 40 0 0 0 cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 save The ONU configurations are as follows vlan 30 standard port vlan 30 0 0 0 interface vlani...

Страница 1884: ...vices requirements 18 1 Configuring Example of EoC Services OLTs Use GPON Access Ethernet over coaxial cable EoC is a key technology for the next generation broadcast and TV networks This technology can be used to reconstruct the existing cable networks to bidirectional broadband network to provide bandwidth services such as high speed Internet HSI and Internet protocol television IPTV This topic ...

Страница 1885: ...port 2 is connected to a set top box STB for providing a return channel for the interactive TV service The CNU differentiates services by port Virtual local area networks VLANs are not switched on the optical line terminal OLT and services are transparently transmitted on the OLT l Users access the Internet in Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE dialup mode l Policy Information Transfer Pr...

Страница 1886: ...10 bound to the DBA profile named PrivateLine GEM port IDs 0 1 and 2 T CONT ID 5 ONU management mode SNMP Table 18 2 Data plan for configuring the EoC broadband service ONU side Item Data CNU l CNU ID 0 l CNU MAC address 00B0 5240 0003 l CNU SN hwhw 12341234 l CNU line profile 1 VLAN Inband management VLAN smart VLAN 8 adding GPON upstream port 0 0 0 to this VLAN HSI SVLAN smart VLAN 100 with the ...

Страница 1887: ...ervice l Service profile A service profile provides the service configuration channel for the ONU that is managed using optical network terminal management and control interface OMCI l Alarm profile An alarm profile contains a series of alarm thresholds to measure and monitor the performance of activated ONU lines When a statistical value reaches the threshold the host is notified and an alarm is ...

Страница 1888: ...awei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 0 0 vlan 8 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 1 1 vlan 100 huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 gem mapping 2 2 vlan 101 After the configuration is complete run the commit command to make the configured parameters take effect huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 commit huawei config gpon lineprofile 10 quit Optional Add an alarm profile l The ID of ...

Страница 1889: ...t and the same line profiles or service profiles are bound to the ONUs add these ONUs in batches by confirming the auto found ONUs in batches The adding simplifies the operation and increases the configuration efficiency Therefore the preceding command can be modified to huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont confirm 1 all sn auth snmp ont lineprofile id 10 desc MA5631_0 3 1_lineprofile10 5 Confirm that th...

Страница 1890: ...huawei config if vlanif8 quit b Configure the inband management VLAN and IP address of the ONU Set the static IP address of the ONU to 192 168 50 2 24 and the management VLAN ID to 8 the same as the management VLAN of the OLT huawei config interface gpon 0 3 huawei config if gpon 0 3 ont ipconfig 1 1 static ip address 192 168 50 2 mask 255 255 255 0 vlan 8 c Configure an inband management service ...

Страница 1891: ...es 4 and 5 map queue 3 priorities 6 and 7 map queue 4 huawei config cos queue map cos0 0 cos1 1 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7 10 Save the data huawei config save Step 2 Configure the ONU to provide services automatically The CNU can automatically provide services after going online No additional service configuration operation is required and therefore the service provisioning efficien...

Страница 1892: ...head end module A line profile is generally not required for the EoC head end module because the default line profile 1 is automatically bound to the head end module port For details about how to customize a line profile see Configuration Guide of the ONU The default profile is used in this example 3 Optional Configure a CNU line profile A CNU line profile is generally not required because the def...

Страница 1893: ... example uses the default traffic profile huawei config display traffic table ip from index 0 cr to index K Command display traffic table ip from index 0 TID CIR kbps CBS bytes PIR kbps PBS bytes Pri Copy policy Pri Policy 0 512 18384 1024 36768 6 tag pri 1 1024 34768 2048 69536 0 tag pri 2 2048 67536 4096 135072 0 tag pri 3 4096 133072 8192 266144 4 tag pri 4 8192 264144 16384 528288 4 tag pri 5 ...

Страница 1894: ...rts is the same as the preceding procedure for configuring the EoC broadband services on the CNU with two ports Configuration File Configure the OLT vlan 100 101 smart vlan attrib 100 common vlan attrib 101 common port vlan 100 101 0 19 0 vlan 8 smart port vlan 8 0 19 0 interface vlanif 8 ip address 192 168 50 1 24 quit dba profile add profile name PrivateLine type3 assure 20480 max 51200 ont line...

Страница 1895: ...tbound traffic table index 4 Configure the ONU to provide services through manual operations interface eoc 0 1 cnu add 0 0 sn auth hwhw 12341234 lineprofile id 1 desc huaweicnu quit vlan 100 101 smart port vlan 100 101 0 0 0 vlan service profile profile id 1 vlan service profile profile id 2 commit quit vlan bind service profile 100 profile id 1 vlan bind service profile 101 profile id 2 service p...

Страница 1896: ... in the FTTB C No HGWs scenario 19 4 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTB HGW Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTB HGW scenario 19 5 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH Bridging ONT Scenario This section describes the methods for configuring IPv6 services in the FTTH bridging ONT scenario 19 6 Configuring IPv6 Services in the FTTH Gateway ONT Sce...

Страница 1897: ... access network devices still use IPv4 instead of IPv6 to implement voice services Table 19 1 lists how the access network devices process different services in different IPv6 networking scenarios For details see the data planning and configuration for each scenario Table 19 1 IPv6 networking scenarios Netwo rk Topol ogy Servic e Scheme OLT ONU FTTB C no HGW HSI IPv4 IPv6 DS NAT PPPoE Layer 2 forw...

Страница 1898: ...ted IPTV IPv4 IPv6 DS IPoE The OLT is used to duplicate IPv6 multicast flows Bridge forwarding IPv4 IPv6 DS PPPoE Not recommended Not recommended FTTH gatew ay ONT HSI IPv4 IPv6 DS NAT PPPoE Layer 2 forwarding To enable IPv4 IPv6 DS on the ONT enable IPv4 and IPv6 concurrently on the WAN port IPv4 IPv6 DS NAT IPoE DS Lite PPPoE If DS Lite is enabled on the ONT enable IPv6 and DS Lite on the WAN po...

Страница 1899: ...Table 19 2 lists the configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4 on the OLT in each scenario For details about the commands see the later section Table 19 2 Configuration difference between IPv6 and IPv4 on the OLT Service Scheme Configuration Difference Between IPv6 and IPv4 HSI IPv4 IPv6 DS NAT PPPoE The ACL and anti IP spoofing configurations are different for the two services IPv4 IPv6 DS N...

Страница 1900: ...see Table 19 4 l The IP addresses in anti IP spoofing configurations are different for the two services l In the IPv4 configuration DHCP option is DHCPv4 option 82 In the IPv6 configuration DHCP option is DHCPv6 option 18 37 The DHCP option function is used together with the RAIO function which enables the OLT to include physical information including RID and CID of the user such as the subrack sl...

Страница 1901: ...ce can share VLANs with the IPv6 multicast service therefore you can deploy the IPv6 multicast service in existing IPv4 MVLANs only by adding IPv6 multicast programs in the IPv4 MVLANs and in right profiles The configured parameters such as the bound right profiles and MVLANs can remain unchanged For details about the difference of the IGMP commands between the two services see Table 19 5 Table 19...

Страница 1902: ...me igmp ipv6 proxy router gen response time Supported igmp proxy router robustness igmp ipv6 proxy router robustness Supported igmp proxy router sp query interval igmp ipv6 proxy router sp query interval Supported igmp proxy router sp query number igmp ipv6 proxy router sp query number Supported igmp proxy router sp response time igmp ipv6 proxy router sp response time Supported igmp initial unsol...

Страница 1903: ...ward Not supported Statistics igmp statistic reset igmp ipv6 statistic reset Supported display igmp statistic display igmp ipv6 statistic Supported display multicast flow statistic Not supported Log display igmp log statistic Not supported NOTE The multicast commands that are not listed in this table are the commands shared by the IPv4 multicast and IPv6 multicast 19 2 2 Configuration Differences ...

Страница 1904: ...and IPv4 on the network which runs both IPv4 and IPv6 services irrespective of the networking scenarios and service implementation schemes When configuring basic and advanced IPv6 ACLs ensure that the keyword ipv6 is included in the configuration command For details see Table 19 7 Table 19 7 Commands for configuring IPv4 and IPv6 ACL on the ONU IPv4 IPv6 IPv6 ACL Supported or Not acl acl ipv6 Supp...

Страница 1905: ...t Supports DHCP option82 raio mode mode dhcp option82 raio mode mode dhcpv6 option Supported dhcp option82 dhcpv6 option Supported dhcp option82 permit forwarding service port dhcpv6 option permit forwarding Supported raio sub option Not supported dhcp sub option7 Not supported raio dhcpv6 option37 enterprise num Supported display dhcp option82 display dhcpv6 option Supported display dhcp config d...

Страница 1906: ... igmp preview Not supported igmp preview reset count Not supported igmp preview reset record Not supported igmp preview profile add Not supported igmp preview profile delete Not supported igmp preview profile modify Not supported display igmp preview user Not supported display igmp preview profile Not supported Protocol parameter igmp proxy router gen query interval igmp ipv6 router gen query inte...

Страница 1907: ...gmp ipv6 statistic Supported display multicast flow statistic Not supported Log display igmp log Not supported display igmp statistic display igmp ipv6 statistic Supported Multicast additional function igmp leave proxy igmp ipv6 leave proxy Supported igmp priority igmp ipv6 priority Supported imgp report proxy igmp ipv6 report proxy Supported igmp echo Not supported igmp encapsulation Not supporte...

Страница 1908: ... gateway ONT must be configured only Internet WAN port supports IPv6 If the gateway ONT uses the IPv6 IPv4 DS scheme select IPv4 IPv6 for Protocol Type If the gateway ONT uses the DS Lite scheme select IPv6 for Protocol Type For details see Figure 19 1 Figure 19 1 Configuring the IPv6 WAN port Configuring the IPv6 Address of the LAN Side on the Gateway ONT The gateway ONT can be configured to allo...

Страница 1909: ...in the FTTB C No HGWs scenario 19 3 1 Application Scenarios The FTTB C no HGW networking supports the access of IPv6 HSI services Generally no IPTV services will be deployed when there is no HGW As shown in Figure 19 4 the ONU which is installed in a corridor or street optical distribution box transmits services to users through category 5 cables LAN access or twisted pairs xDSL SmartAX MA5600T MA...

Страница 1910: ...a Planning This section describes the security device management data QoS Internet service data and voice service data planning Security Planning Security planning includes system security user security and service security ensuring that user services are provided properly from different dimensions In the FTTB C no HGW networking scenario the data for IPv6 and IPv4 security planning differs only i...

Страница 1911: ...dresses of the OLT and MDU devices Internet l IPv4 address A PC obtains the IPv4 address from the BRAS using PPPoE or DHCP If IPoE dial up is used the static address can be configured for the PC The BRAS can allocate a public network IP address to a PC for Internet access The BRAS can allocate a private network address to a PC The private network address is translated to the public network address...

Страница 1912: ... For details see 11 2 3 Principle of Internet Access Service Data Plan Voice Service Data Planning Voice service data planning includes the VLAN VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios and voice protocol planning Even after IPv6 is used the device still uses IPv4 to implement voice services 19 3 3 Configuration Procedure This section describes the IPv6 service configuratio...

Страница 1913: ...IPv4 FTTB C No HGW xDSL Access Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the IPv6 service configuration procedure in the FTTB C no HGW xDSL access scenario In this scenario the planning and configuration procedure method for IPv6 and IPv4 services are almost the same except the commands for configuring anti IP spoofing and DHCP option For details see 19 2 Configuration Difference Between ...

Страница 1914: ...out HGW networking and the corresponding data plan Key Messages for Configuration l Even after IPv6 is used the OLT and ONU implement Layer 2 forwarding in this networking irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6 Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same l For the HSI service from one end user one service flow is used to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the s...

Страница 1915: ... address Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling Queue scheduling strict priority SQ mode Priority mapping mapped into different queues based on priorities System default is adopted in this example Management channel data plan Management VLAN and management IP address on the OLT side Management VLAN ID 8 Management VLAN type smart VLAN Inband management IP address 192 168 50 1 24 To configure ...

Страница 1916: ...ning VoIP service OLT VLAN ID VLAN transparently transmitting the ONU service 200 ONU VLAN ID 200 Service flow ID 201 For details about the data plan see 19 3 2 Data Planning Security data plan System security Anti DOS attack disabled Anti ICMP attack disabled Anti IP attack disabled System default is adopted in this example User security Anti MAC duplicate disabled Anti IP sproofing disabled Syst...

Страница 1917: ...iorities System default is adopted in this example Service security data plan System security Anti DOS attack disabled Anti ICMP attack disabled Anti IP attack disabled System default is adopted in this example User security Anti MAC duplicate disabled Anti IP sproofing disabled System default is adopted in this example PPPoE Service security RAIO Type PITP P RAIO Mode common PITP is recommended f...

Страница 1918: ... negotiation starts from V1 Phone number 83110001 83110024 Terminal identification Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23 User priority Cat2 for phone 1 Cat3 for phone 2 to phone 24 default User type Common user DEL user by default System parameter Default value Overseas parameter Default value PSTN port attribute Polarity reversal Ringing current at...

Страница 1919: ...plitter There are two modes to add an ONT add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONU l Add an ONU offline huawei config interface gpon 0 2 huawei config if gpon 0 2 ont add 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile name fttb c l Confirm an automatically discovered ONU huawei config interface gpon 0 2 huawei config if gpon 0 2 port 1 ont auto find enable huawei con...

Страница 1920: ... 0 huawei config service port 101 vlan 100 gpon 0 2 1 ont 1 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 1001 tag transform translate and add inner vlan 258 rx cttr 6 tx cttr 6 Step 9 Configure the channel for the VoIP service huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 19 0 huawei config traffic table ip index 9 cir off priority 5 priority policy local setting huawei config service port 201 ...

Страница 1921: ... Configure the voice service huawei config vlan 200 smart huawei config port vlan 200 0 0 1 huawei config interface vlanif 200 huawei config if vlanif200 ip address 11 11 11 11 24 huawei config if vlanif200 quit huawei config voip huawei config voip ip address media 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 huawei config voip ip address signaling 11 11 11 11 huawei config voip quit huawei config ip route static 200...

Страница 1922: ... If the HGW uses the IPv4 IPv6 DS scheme the PPPoE or IPoE channel that supports both IPv4 and IPv6 is established between the HGW and the BRAS The OLT and ONU perform Layer 2 forwarding irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6 Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same Only the ACL anti IP spoofing and DHCP option configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are different If the ...

Страница 1923: ...curity ensuring user services are provided properly from different dimensions In the FTTB HGW networking scenario only anti IP spoofing and DHCP option of IPv6 and IPv4 services are different Anti IP spoofing This function needs to be configured separately for IPv6 services The anti IP spoofing function can be enabled or disabled at three levels This function takes effect only when it is enabled a...

Страница 1924: ...e management uses single tagged VLANs on the entire network HGW Single tagged S VLANs are used as management VLANs for all HGWs that need to be managed by the iTMS The management VLANs for HGWs can be allocated to an entire network an OLT a PON board or a PON port to identify services and physical locations It is recommended that you set different HGW management VLANs for the OLTs connected to one...

Страница 1925: ...tocol is used an STB obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCP l If the IPv6 protocol is used the STB obtains the IP address in either of the following ways Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCPv6 Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using SLAAC VoIP service The IPv4 protocol is still used An ONU or HGW functions as the DHCP client to obtain the IP address using DHCP TR069 service ...

Страница 1926: ... that carries only the IPv4 Internet service Voice Service Data Planning Voice service data planning includes the VLAN VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios and voice protocol planning Even after IPv6 is used the device still uses IPv4 to implement voice services IPTV Service Data Planning IPTV service data planning includes the VLAN VLAN switching policy planning in dif...

Страница 1927: ... profile Not supported Multicast quick leave The quick leave function is enabled recommended to help reduce the exchange of IGMP packets and save bandwidth resources 19 4 3 Configuration Procedure This section describes IPv6 service configuration procedure by scenario and compares it with the IPv4 service configuration procedure FTTB HGW ONU Provides the Voice Service Configuration Procedure The f...

Страница 1928: ...tation of the HGW products FTTB HGW HGW provides the voice service Configuration Procedure The following figure shows the IPv6 service configuration procedure in the FTTB HGW ONU provides the voice service scenario In this scenario the planning and configuration procedure method for IPv6 and IPv4 services are almost the same except the following differences On the OLT side Multicast service channe...

Страница 1929: ... differences between the HGW s IPv6 and IPv4 service processing see documentation of the HGW products 19 4 4 Configuration Example Introduce the end to end service configuration based on the FTTB HGW networking and the corresponding data plan Key Messages for Configuration l Even after IPv6 is used the voice service is still realized by IPv4 l Even after IPv6 is used the OLT and ONU implement Laye...

Страница 1930: ...D 4 GEM port ID for management service 11 GEM port ID for Internet access service 12 GEM port ID for VoIP service 13 Network topology data PON port 0 2 1 ONT ID 1 LAG data plan LAG Ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 Working mode LACP static aggregation Configure upstream ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 into an aggregation group Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC addre...

Страница 1931: ...ervice in per user per service per VLAN PUPSPV mode and apply S VLAN C VLAN to differentiate users The 802 1p priority of the Internet access service is 0 and rate limitation is not required System traffic profile 6 can be used For details see 19 4 2 Data Planning VoIP service S VLAN ID 200 C VLAN ID 200 Traffic profile 9 The voice over IP VoIP service is a carrier operating closed service and pri...

Страница 1932: ...rofile 10 The multicast service is a carrier operating closed service and primarily adopts only S VLAN tags Take the same traffic profile with the VoD service For details see 19 4 2 Data Planning Security data plan System security Anti DOS attack disabled Anti ICMP attack disabled Anti IP attack disabled System default is adopted in this example User security Anti MAC duplicate disabled Anti IP sp...

Страница 1933: ...lt is adopted in this example User security Anti MAC duplicate disabled Anti IP sproofing disabled System default is adopted in this example PPPoE Service security RAIO Type PITP P RAIO Mode common PITP is recommended for PPPoE IPv4oE Service security RAIO Type DHCP Option 82 RAIO Mode common DHCPv4 option and DHCPv6 option are recommended for IPoE IPv6oE Service security RAIO Type DHCPv6 Option R...

Страница 1934: ...tification Terminal layering is not supported and the terminal identification ranges from 0 to 23 User priority Cat2 for phone 1 Cat3 for phone 2 to phone 24 default User type Common user DEL user by default System parameter Default value Overseas parameter Default value PSTN port attribute Polarity reversal Ringing current attribute Default value IPTV service data plan SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5...

Страница 1935: ...rvice 300 The VoD service is a carrier operating closed service and primarily adopts only SVLAN tags which are transparently transmitted by OLTs Multicast VLAN ID of the ONU 1000 Multicast VLAN ID of HGWs 43 A carrier generally specifies a globally unique multicast VLAN ID for HGWs Procedure Step 1 Configure GPON ONU profiles 1 Configure a DBA profile huawei config dba profile add profile name ftt...

Страница 1936: ...config if gpon 0 2 port 1 ont auto find enable huawei config if gpon 0 2 display ont autofind 1 huawei config if gpon 0 2 ont confirm 1 ontid 1 sn auth 32303131B39FD641 snmp ont lineprofile name fttb c 1 Optional Bind the alarm profile to the ONU In this example default alarm profile 1 is used and therefore the configuration of the alarm profile is not required Step 3 Check the ONU status After an...

Страница 1937: ...ure a channel for the VoD service huawei config vlan 300 smart huawei config port vlan 300 0 19 0 huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority policy local Setting huawei config service port vlan 300 gpon 0 2 1 ont 1 gemport 14 multi service user vlan 300 rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 Step 11 Configure a channel for the multicast service huawei config vlan 1000 smart huawei config p...

Страница 1938: ...AN to untagged and bind traffic profile 8 to the user VLAN huawei config service port 101 vlan 1001 eth 0 3 1 multi service user vlan untagged rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 l For packets with user VLAN tags the configuration is as follows assuming that the user VLAN ID is 10 and the VLAN ID is 1001 Create service port 101 bind port 0 3 1 to it set the user VLAN ID to 10 and bind traffic profile 8 to the use...

Страница 1939: ...at no traffic profile meets the requirements so a traffic profile needs to be configured Add traffic profile 10 and set priority policy to local setting Then traffic is scheduled based on the priority specified in the traffic profile huawei config traffic table ip index 10 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting Configure a service flow for the VoD service Configurations vary according to...

Страница 1940: ...tream in ADSL2 mode assume that the VPI VCI is 0 35 and the ADSL2 port is 0 2 0 and add a service flow as follows huawei config service port 401 vlan 1000 adsl vpi 0 vci 35 0 2 0 multi service user vlan untagged rx cttr 10 tx cttr 10 l If HGWs are connected to an ONU upstream in VDSL2 mode assume that the VDSL2 path mode is PTM mode the user VLAN ID is 43 and the VDSL2 port is 0 1 0 and add a serv...

Страница 1941: ...the same but commands are different The ONTs perform Layer 2 forwarding for only IPTV services and the configurations for IPv6 and IPv4 multicast services are the same on the ONT side When STBs use the PPPoE dial up they directly connect to the BRAS by PPPoE The OLT and ONTs only forward PPPoE services instead of processing multicast services This solution is not recommended Figure 19 6 FTTH bridg...

Страница 1942: ...and option37 functions can be enabled or disabled at two levels This function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels 1 Global level Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in global config mode 2 VLAN level Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in VLAN service profile mode Device Management Data Planning Device management data planning includes the management channel and IP address planni...

Страница 1943: ...ission but does not participate in the address allocation IPTV service l If the IPv4 protocol is used an STB obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCP l If the IPv6 protocol is used the STB obtains the IP address in either of the following ways Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCPv6 Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using SLAAC In all above mentioned situations the ONT is only ...

Страница 1944: ...vice data planning includes the VLAN VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios and the voice protocol planning When the IPv6 protocol is used the voice service still uses IPv4 to implement voice services IPTV Service Data Planning IPTV service data planning includes the VLAN VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios and IPTV service planning When the I...

Страница 1945: ...is networking irrespective of whether the access service is IPv4 or IPv6 Service configurations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same For the HSI service from one end user one service flow is used to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the same service VLAN is used l For multicast service the OLT is the node to make multicast duplication The configuration procedure is the same for IPv4 multicast an...

Страница 1946: ...orking mode LACP static aggregation Configure upstream ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 into an aggregation group Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling Queue scheduling strict priority SQ mode Priority mapping mapped into different queues based on priorities System default is adopted in this example Security d...

Страница 1947: ...4 For details see 19 5 2 Data Planning ONT service profile Profile name ftth ONT port capability set adaptive Traffic profile Profile name ftth_hsi CIR 4Mbit s Priority 0 Network topology data Upstream port 0 19 0 PON port 0 1 0 ONT IDs 1 and 2 ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC 1 Voice service data plan ONT line profile Profile name ftth T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 For details s...

Страница 1948: ...y local setting VLAN Plan SVLAN ID 1000 VLAN type smart VLAN attribute common VLAN Translation Policy ONT duplicates packets based on user ports and multicast VLANs MVLANs are stripped off downstream OLT duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged Multicast service data Multicast protocol IGMP proxy Multicast version IGMPv2 Multicast program dynamic obtaining mode Program ...

Страница 1949: ...ddress The working mode is LACP static aggregation huawei config link aggregation 0 19 0 1 ingress workmode lacp static Step 2 Configure GPON ONT profiles 1 Configure a DBA profile Create the same DBA profile for different types of services Set the profile name to ftth_dba profile type to type3 assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit s and maximum bandwidth to 20 Mbit s huawei config dba profile add profile n...

Страница 1950: ... add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT l Add ONTs offline If the password of an ONT is known run the ont add command to add an ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 0 1 password auth 0100000001 once on no aging omci ont lineprofile name ftth ont srvprofile name ftth huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 0 2 password auth 0100000002 once...

Страница 1951: ...l If Control flag is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the optical module l If Config state is failed the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnose mode to c...

Страница 1952: ...e 1 quit Configure the VLAN of the Ethernet port on the ONT If the ONT is connected to the PC through Ethernet port 1 add Ethernet port 1 to VLAN 1001 in the ONT service profile huawei config ont srvprofile gpon profile name ftth huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 port vlan eth 1 1001 huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 commit huawei config gpon srvprofile 1 quit Configure the native VLAN of the ONT port...

Страница 1953: ... Internet access service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 100 huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei config port vlan 100 0 19 0 Create service flows Set S VLAN ID to 100 and GEM port ID to 14 Use traffic profile ftth_hsi huawei config service port vlan 100 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 14 multi service user vlan untagged tag trans...

Страница 1954: ...ion Policy Bridging ONT Double VLAN tags l SVLAN ID 300 l SVLAN type smart l SVLAN attribute stacking l CVLAN ID 3001 ONT provides the VoIP service and uses the same CVLAN A CVLAN identifies a VoIP service OLT implements VLAN translation C S C Configure the mapping relationship between a GEM port and a VLAN The service flow of user VLAN 3001 is mapped to GEM port 12 in the ONT line profile huawei ...

Страница 1955: ...command to query the existing MGC interface profile in the system If the existing MGC interface profile in the system does not meet the requirements run the ont mgc profile add command to add an MGC interface profile Create MGC interface profile 2 set the IP address of the MGC to 200 200 200 200 and use default values for other parameters huawei config ont mgc profile add profile id 2 primary mgc ...

Страница 1956: ...es must be reapplied so that the changed parameters can take effect 1 Apply an interface common profile Run the if h248 attribute command to apply an interface common profile to an H 248 interface or configure the interface customized parameters or run the ont if h248 bat apply command to bulk apply the interface common profiles to H 248 interfaces If you use these two commands to apply the interf...

Страница 1957: ... through Ethernet port 2 the native VLAN ID is 1000 huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 0 1 eth 2 vlan 1000 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont port native vlan 0 2 eth 2 vlan 1000 huawei config if gpon 0 1 quit Create a service VLAN and add an upstream port to it Add upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 1000 huawei config vlan 1000 smart huawei config port vlan 1000 ...

Страница 1958: ...dd service ports 1 and 2 as multicast users huawei config btv igmp policy service port 1 normal huawei config btv igmp policy service port 2 normal huawei config btv igmp user add service port 1 huawei config btv igmp user add service port 2 huawei config btv multicast vlan 1000 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member service port 1 huawei config mvlan1000 igmp multicast vlan member ser...

Страница 1959: ...ep 24 Optional Configure the DHCP option function for IPoE huawei config raio mode common dhcp option82 For DHCPv4 packets huawei config dhcp option82 enable For DHCPv4 packets huawei config raio mode common dhcpv6 option For DHCPv6 packets huawei config dhcpv6 option enable For DHCPv6 packets Step 25 Save the configuration on the OLT side huawei config save End 19 6 Configuring IPv6 Services in t...

Страница 1960: ...rwarding for both IPv4 and IPv6 user services which are configured almost in the same way The only difference is that commands for configuring DHCP option and anti IP spoofing are different l IPTV service The STB supports IPv4 IPv6 dual stack and carries IPTV services using either IPv4 or IPv6 When the STB uses IPoE and the OLT functions as the multicast duplicate point the process for configuring...

Страница 1961: ... serviceport id enable command DHCP option The DHCP option for IPv4 is DHCPv4 option 82 and for IPv6 is DHCPv6 option 18 37 The DHCPv6 option18 and option37 functions can be enabled or disabled at two levels This function takes effect only when it is enabled at both levels 1 Global level Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in global config mode 2 VLAN level Run the dhcpv6 option enable command in...

Страница 1962: ... cable or WiFi IPTV service l If the IPv4 protocol is used an STB obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCP l If the IPv6 protocol is used the STB obtains the IP address in either of the following ways Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using DHCPv6 Obtains the IP address from the BRAS using SLAAC VoIP service The IPv4 protocol is still used The ONT functions as the DHCP client to obtain a...

Страница 1963: ...nning Voice service data planning includes the VLAN VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios and voice protocol planning Even after IPv6 is used the device still uses IPv4 to implement voice services IPTV Service Data Planning IPTV service data planning includes the VLAN VLAN switching policy planning in different networking scenarios and IPTV service planning When the IPv6...

Страница 1964: ...urations for IPv4 and IPv6 are the same For the HSI service from one end user one service flow is used to carry IPv6 and IPv4 Internet services and the same service VLAN is used The gateway ONT requires specific configuration to enable the IPv4 IPv6 dual stack or the DS Lite for the HSI service l For multicast service the OLT is the node to make multicast duplication The configuration procedure is...

Страница 1965: ...orking mode LACP static aggregation Configure upstream ports 0 19 0 and 0 19 1 into an aggregation group Each member port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address Queue scheduling data plan Queue scheduling Queue scheduling strict priority SQ mode Priority mapping mapped into different queues based on priorities System default is adopted in this example Security d...

Страница 1966: ...ils see 19 6 2 Data Plan ONT service profile Profile name ftth ONT port capability set adaptive Traffic profile Profile name ftth_hsi CIR 4Mbit s Priority 0 Network topology data Upstream port 0 19 0 PON port 0 1 0 ONT IDs 1 and 2 ID of the port on the ONT that is connected to the PC 1 Voice service data plan ONT line profile Profile name ftth T CONT ID 4 GEM port ID 12 For details see 19 6 2 Data...

Страница 1967: ...icy local setting VLAN Plan SVLAN ID 1000 VLAN type smart VLAN attribute common VLAN Translation Policy ONT duplicates packets based on user ports and multicast VLANs MVLANs are stripped off downstream OLT duplicates multicast packets based on PON ports with MVLAN unchanged Multicast service data Multicast protocol IGMP proxy Multicast version IGMPv2 Multicast program dynamic obtaining mode Progra...

Страница 1968: ...port in the aggregation group allocates packets based on the source MAC address The working mode is LACP static aggregation huawei config link aggregation 0 19 0 1 ingress workmode lacp static Step 2 Configure GPON ONT profiles 1 Configure a DBA profile Create the same DBA profile for different types of services Set the profile name to ftth_dba profile type to type3 assured bandwidth to 8 Mbit s a...

Страница 1969: ... service profile ftth There are two methods of adding an ONT add an ONT offline and confirm an automatically discovered ONT l Add ONTs offline If the password of an ONT is known run the ont add command to add an ONT offline huawei config interface gpon 0 1 huawei config if gpon 0 1 ont add 0 1 password auth 0100000001 once on no aging omci ont lineprofile name ftth ont srvprofile name ftth huawei ...

Страница 1970: ...g is deactive run the ont active command in GPON mode to activate the ONU l If Run state is offline a physical line may be broken or the optical module may be damaged Check the line and the optical module l If Config state is failed the configured ONU capability exceeds the actual ONU capability In this case run the display ont failed configuration command in the diagnose mode to check the failed ...

Страница 1971: ...d upstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 100 huawei config vlan 100 smart huawei config vlan attrib 100 stacking huawei config port vlan 100 0 19 0 Create service flows Set SVLAN ID to 100 and GEM port ID to 14 Use traffic profile ftth_hsi huawei config service port vlan 100 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 14 multi service user vlan untagged tag transform add double inner vlan 1001 inbound traffic table name ftth_...

Страница 1972: ...on Policy Scenario 1 Single VLAN tag l SVLAN ID 300 l SVLAN type smart l SVLAN attribute common l CVLAN ID 300 ONT The iTMS issues the VLAN of the WAN port or factory default setting is used OLT transparently transmits VLAN CVLAN is the same as the planned SVLAN Scenario 2 Single VLAN tag l SVLAN ID 300 l SVLAN type smart l SVLAN attribute common l CVLAN ID 3001 ONT The iTMS issues the VLAN of the...

Страница 1973: ...onfig service port vlan 300 gpon 0 1 0 ont 2 gemport 12 multi service user vlan 3001 tag transform translate inbound traffic table name ftth_voip outboun d traffic table name ftth_voip Step 9 Configure ONT voice service profiles ONT voice service profiles include the interface common profile MGC interface profile and POTS port profile l Interface common profile saves common attributes of an ONT vo...

Страница 1974: ...n H 248 interface and apply an MGC interface profile to the interface For ONT 1 and ONT 2 set the MG ID to 1 apply MGC interface profile 2 to ONT 1 and ONT 2 and use default values for other parameters If parameters of an MGC interface profile are changed the MGC interface profile must be reapplied to the ONT so that the changed parameters can take effect huawei config if gpon 0 1 if h248 add 0 1 ...

Страница 1975: ...the H 248 user codec Run the mgpstnuser codec command to configure the H 248 user codec The H 248 user codec will not be configured independently in this example Step 14 Configure the traffic profile for the IPTV service huawei config traffic table ip index 8 cir off priority 4 priority policy local setting Step 15 Configure the VLAN translation policy and service port for the multicast service 1 ...

Страница 1976: ...ecuted Please wait Command has been executed successfully huawei config mvlan1000 igmp ipv6 match mode disable Command has been executed successfully Optional Set the address range for the dynamic programs If you need to limit the address range of dynamic programs perform this operation For example set the address range of dynamic programs to ff15 ff15 ffff huawei config mvlan1000 igmp ipv6 match ...

Страница 1977: ...pstream port 0 19 0 to VLAN 1100 huawei config vlan 1100 smart huawei config port vlan 1100 0 19 0 4 Create service flows Set the service VLAN to 1100 GEM port ID to 13 and VLAN translation mode to transparent transmission and use traffic profile 8 huawei config service port 3 vlan 1100 gpon 0 1 0 ont 1 gemport 13 rx cttr 8 tx cttr 8 tag transform transparent huawei config service port 4 vlan 1100...

Страница 1978: ...ew In the dialog box that is displayed set the parameters as follows l Select Enable WAN Connection to enable the new WAN connection l Set Encapsulation Mode to PPPOE or IPOE according to the IPv6 HSI solution l Set Protocol Type to IPv4 IPv6 dual stack or IPv6 DS Lite l Set Mode to Route WAN l Set Service List to INTERNET l Select Enable VLAN l Set VLAN ID to 1001 l Set 802 1p to 0 l Set User Nam...

Страница 1979: ...Figure 19 9 shows the parameter settings Figure 19 9 Parameter settings on the Web page for the WAN port 3 Click Apply to make the configuration take effect End SmartAX MA5600T MA5603T MA5608T Multi service Access Module Commissioning and Configuration Guide 19 IPv6 Configuration Issue 01 2014 04 30 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright Huawei Technologies Co Ltd 1954 ...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для SmartAX MA5600T

Ubisys J1 Manual preview
J1
Бренд: Ubisys Страницы: 2
NEJE E80 Manual preview
E80
Бренд: NEJE Страницы: 17
Oceanic ZX Service Procedure preview
ZX
Бренд: Oceanic Страницы: 13
Balboa Instruments EL Series Hot Sheet preview
EL Series
Бренд: Balboa Instruments Страницы: 10
Quantum Data 980 Application Manual preview
980
Бренд: Quantum Data Страницы: 36
Danfoss VLT series Quick Manual preview
VLT series
Бренд: Danfoss Страницы: 37
Daikin MicroTech II Operation And Maintenance Manual preview
MicroTech II
Бренд: Daikin Страницы: 44
Rabbit RCM2000 Getting Started Manual preview
RCM2000
Бренд: Rabbit Страницы: 38
Balboa Revolution System Overview Manual preview
Revolution
Бренд: Balboa Страницы: 74
Cadac 343 User Instructions preview
343
Бренд: Cadac Страницы: 4
Watts 009 Series Instruction, Installation, Maintenance And Repair Manual preview
009 Series
Бренд: Watts Страницы: 24
Paradox MG5050 Programming Steps preview
MG5050
Бренд: Paradox Страницы: 3
One for All Kameleon User Manual preview
Kameleon
Бренд: One for All Страницы: 15
Gimenez Ganga Saxun Mosquito Screen Lateral Door 2020 Assembly Manual preview
Saxun Mosquito Screen Lateral Door 2020
Бренд: Gimenez Ganga Страницы: 2
Keysight Technologies J-BERT M8020A Installation Manual preview
J-BERT M8020A
Бренд: Keysight Technologies Страницы: 78
Samson 3371 Series Mounting And Operating Instructions preview
3371 Series
Бренд: Samson Страницы: 70
Keysight Technologies 11713D Operating And Service Manual preview
11713D
Бренд: Keysight Technologies Страницы: 105
Hearth Products Controls RCK-I Series Installation And Operation Instructions preview
RCK-I Series
Бренд: Hearth Products Controls Страницы: 5

Бренды по названию

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды